US20200261536A1 - Compositions and related methods for controlling vector-borne diseases - Google Patents

Compositions and related methods for controlling vector-borne diseases Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20200261536A1
US20200261536A1 US16/826,728 US202016826728A US2020261536A1 US 20200261536 A1 US20200261536 A1 US 20200261536A1 US 202016826728 A US202016826728 A US 202016826728A US 2020261536 A1 US2020261536 A1 US 2020261536A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
spp
host
aphids
insect
treatment
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US16/826,728
Inventor
Ignacio Martinez
Zachary Garo Armen
Christine Cezar
Barry Andrew Martin
Maier Steve Avendano Amado
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Flagship Pioneering Innovations V Inc
Original Assignee
Flagship Pioneering Innovations V Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Flagship Pioneering Innovations V Inc filed Critical Flagship Pioneering Innovations V Inc
Priority to US16/826,728 priority Critical patent/US20200261536A1/en
Assigned to FLAGSHIP PIONEERING, INC. reassignment FLAGSHIP PIONEERING, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: CEZAR, Christine, MARTIN, BARRY ANDREW, Avendano Amado, Maier Steve, MARTINEZ, IGNACIO, ARMEN, ZACHARY GARO
Assigned to FLAGSHIP PIONEERING INNOVATIONS V, INC. reassignment FLAGSHIP PIONEERING INNOVATIONS V, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: FLAGSHIP PIONEERING, INC.
Publication of US20200261536A1 publication Critical patent/US20200261536A1/en
Priority to US17/120,476 priority patent/US20210275635A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/16Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/17Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • A61K38/1703Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates
    • A61K38/1709Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals
    • A61K38/1729Cationic antimicrobial peptides, e.g. defensins
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04Antibacterial agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/16Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/16Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/17Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • A61K38/1703Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/16Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/17Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • A61K38/1767Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from invertebrates
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/43504Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from invertebrates
    • C07K14/43563Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from invertebrates from insects
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/43504Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from invertebrates
    • C07K14/43563Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from invertebrates from insects
    • C07K14/43572Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from invertebrates from insects from bees
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/43504Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from invertebrates
    • C07K14/43563Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from invertebrates from insects
    • C07K14/43577Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from invertebrates from insects from flies
    • C07K14/43581Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from invertebrates from insects from flies from Drosophila
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/43504Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from invertebrates
    • C07K14/43563Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from invertebrates from insects
    • C07K14/43586Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from invertebrates from insects from silkworms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00Fusion polypeptide
    • C07K2319/01Fusion polypeptide containing a localisation/targetting motif
    • C07K2319/10Fusion polypeptide containing a localisation/targetting motif containing a tag for extracellular membrane crossing, e.g. TAT or VP22
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02ATECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A50/00TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
    • Y02A50/30Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change

Definitions

  • Insects function as vectors for pathogens causing severe human disease such as dengue, trypanosomiases, and malaria. With 174 million diagnoses and 655,000 million deaths in 2011, malaria is considered as one of the most significant diseases worldwide. Thus, there is need in the art for methods and compositions to control insects that carry vector-borne diseases.
  • compositions and methods for modulating the fitness of insects for controlling the spread of vector-borne diseases in humans includes an agent that alters a level, activity, or metabolism of one or more microorganisms resident in a host, the alteration resulting in a modulation in the host's fitness.
  • a method of decreasing fitness of a vector for a human pathogen, the method including delivering an antimicrobial peptide having at least 90% sequence identity (e.g., at least 90%, 92%, 94%, 96%, 98%, or 100% sequence identity) with one or more of the following: cecropin (SEQ ID NO: 82), melittin, copsin, drosomycin (SEQ ID NO: 93), dermcidin (SEQ ID NO: 81), andropin (SEQ ID NO: 83), moricin (SEQ ID NO: 84), ceratotoxin (SEQ ID NO: 85), abaecin (SEQ ID NO: 86), apidaecin (SEQ ID NO: 87), prophenin (SEQ ID NO: 88), indolicidin (SEQ ID NO: 89), protegrin (SEQ ID NO: 90), tachyplesin (SEQ ID NO: 91), or def
  • the delivery includes delivering the antimicrobial peptide to at least one habitat where the vector grows, lives, reproduces, feeds, or infests.
  • the antimicrobial peptide may be delivered in an insect comestible composition for ingestion by the vector.
  • the antimicrobial peptide may be formulated as a liquid, a solid, an aerosol, a paste, a gel, or a gas composition.
  • the insect may be at least one of a mosquito, midge, louse, sandfly, tick, triatomine bug, tsetse fly, or flea.
  • compositions including an antimicrobial peptide having at least 90% sequence identity (e.g., at least 90%, 92%, 94%, 96%, 98%, or 100% sequence identity) with one or more of the following: cecropin (SEQ ID NO: 82), melittin, copsin, drosomycin (SEQ ID NO: 93), dermcidin (SEQ ID NO: 81), andropin (SEQ ID NO: 83), moricin (SEQ ID NO: 84), ceratotoxin (SEQ ID NO: 85), abaecin (SEQ ID NO: 86), apidaecin (SEQ ID NO: 87), prophenin (SEQ ID NO: 88), indolicidin (SEQ ID NO: 89), protegrin (SEQ ID NO: 90), tachyplesin (SEQ ID NO: 91), or defensin (SEQ ID NO: 92) formulated for targeting a microorganism in a vector (
  • the antimicrobial peptide may be at a concentration of about 0.1 ng/g to about 100 mg/g (about 0.1 ng/g to about 1 ng/g, about 1 ng/g to about 10 ng/g, about 10 ng/g to about 100 ng/g, about 100 ng/g to about 1000 ng/g, about 1 mg/g to about 10 mg/g, about 10 mg/g to about 100 mg/g) or about 0.1 ng/mL to about 100 mg/mL (about 0.1 ng/mL to about 1 ng/mL, about 1 ng/mL to about 10 ng/mL, about 10 ng/mL to about 100 ng/mL, about 100 ng/mL to about 1000 ng/mL, about 1 mg/mL to about 10 mg/mL, about 10 mg/mL to about 100 mg/mL) in the composition.
  • the antimicrobial peptide may further include a targeting domain.
  • the antimicrobial peptide may further include a cell penetrating peptide.
  • the composition includes an agent that alters a level, activity, or metabolism of one or more microorganisms resident in an insect host, the alteration resulting in a decrease in the insect host's fitness.
  • the one or more microorganisms may be a bacterium or fungus resident in the host.
  • the bacterium resident in the host is at least one selected from the group consisting of Candidatus spp, Buchenera spp, Blattabacterium spp, Baumania spp, Wigglesworthia spp, Wolbachia spp, Rickettsia spp, Orientia spp, Sodalis spp, Burkholderia spp, Cupriavidus spp, Frankia spp, Snirhizobium spp, Streptococcus spp, Wolinella spp, Xylella spp, Erwinia spp, Agrobacterium spp, Bacillus spp, Paenibacillus spp, Streptomyces spp, Micrococcus spp, Corynebacterium s
  • the fungus resident in the host is at least one selected from the group consisting of Candida, Metschnikowia, Debaromyces, Starmerella, Pichia, Cryptococcus, Pseudozyma, Symbiotaphrina bucneri, Symbiotaphrina kochii, Scheffersomyces shehatae, Scheffersomyces stipites, Cryptococcus, Trichosporon, Amylostereum areolatum, Epichloe spp, Pichia pinus, Hansenula capsulate, Daldinia decipien, Ceratocytis spp, Ophiostoma spp, and Attamyces bromatificus .
  • the bacteria is a Wolbachia spp. (e.g., in a mosquito host). In certain embodiments, the bacteria is a Rickettsia spp. (e.g., in a tick host).
  • the agent which hereinafter may also be referred to as a modulating agent, may alter the growth, division, viability, metabolism, and/or longevity of the microorganism resident in the host.
  • the modulating agent may decrease the viability of the one or more microorganisms resident in the host.
  • the modulating agent increases growth or viability of the one or more microorganisms resident in the host.
  • the modulating agent is a phage, a polypeptide, a small molecule, an antibiotic, a bacterium, or any combination thereof.
  • the phage binds a cell surface protein on a bacterium resident in the host. In some embodiments, the phage is virulent to a bacterium resident in the host. In some embodiments, the phage is at least one selected from the group consisting of Myoviridae, Siphoviridae, Podoviridae, Lipothrixviridae, Rudiviridae, Ampullaviridae, Bicaudaviridae, Clavaviridae, Corticoviridae, Cystoviridae, Fuselloviridae, Gluboloviridae, Guttaviridae, Inoviridae, Leviviridae, Microviridae, Plasmaviridae, and Tectiviridae.
  • the polypeptide is at least one of a bacteriocin, R-type bacteriocin, nodule C-rich peptide, antimicrobial peptide, lysin, or bacteriocyte regulatory peptide.
  • the small molecule is a metabolite.
  • the antibiotic is a broad-spectrum antibiotic.
  • the modulating agent is a naturally occurring bacteria.
  • the bacteria is at least one selected from the group consisting of Bartonella apis, Parasaccharibacter apium, Frischella perrara, Snodgrassella alvi, Gilliamela apicola, Bifidobacterium spp, and Lactobacillus spp.
  • the bacterium is at least one selected from the group consisting of Candidatus spp, Buchenera spp, Blattabacterium spp, Baumania spp, Wigglesworthia spp, Wolbachia spp, Rickettsia spp, Orientia spp, Sodalis spp, Burkholderia spp, Cupriavidus spp, Frankia spp, Snirhizobium spp, Streptococcus spp, Wolinella spp, Xylella spp, Erwinia spp, Agrobacterium spp, Bacillus spp, Paenibacillus spp, Streptomyces spp, Micrococcus spp, Corynebacterium spp, Corynebacterium spp, Corynebacterium spp, Corynebacterium spp, Corynebacterium spp, Coryn
  • host fitness may be measured by survival, reproduction, or metabolism of the host.
  • the modulating agent may modulate the host's fitness by increasing pesticidal susceptibility of the host (e.g., susceptibility to a pesticide listed in Table 12).
  • the modulating agent modulates the host's fitness by increasing pesticidal susceptibility of the host.
  • the pesticidal susceptibility is bactericidal or fungicidal susceptibility.
  • the pesticidal susceptibility is insecticidal susceptibility.
  • the composition may include a plurality of different modulating agents.
  • the composition includes a modulating agent and a pesticidal agent (e.g., a pesticide listed in Table 12).
  • the pesticidal agent is a bactericidal or fungicidal agent.
  • the pesticidal agent is an insecticidal agent.
  • modulating agent may be linked to a second moiety.
  • the second moiety is a modulating agent.
  • the modulating agent may be linked to a targeting domain.
  • the targeting domain targets the modulating agent to a target site in the host.
  • the targeting domain targets the modulating agent to the one or more microorganisms resident in the host.
  • the modulating agent may include an inactivating pre- or pro-sequence, thereby forming a precursor modulating agent.
  • the precursor modulating agent is converted to an active form in the host.
  • the modulating agent may include a linker.
  • the linker is a cleavable linker.
  • the composition may further include a carrier.
  • the carrier may be an agriculturally acceptable carrier.
  • the composition may further include a host bait, a sticky agent, or a combination thereof.
  • the host bait is a comestible agent and/or a chemoattractant.
  • the composition may be at a dose effective to modulate host fitness.
  • the composition may be formulated for delivery to a microorganism inhabiting the gut of the host. In any of the above compositions, the composition may be formulated for delivery to a microorganism inhabiting a bacteriocyte of the host and/or the gut of the host.
  • the composition may be formulated for delivery to a plant. In some embodiments, the composition may be formulated for use in a host feeding station.
  • the composition may be formulated as a liquid, a powder, granules, or nanoparticles.
  • the composition is formulated as one selected from the group consisting of a liposome, polymer, bacteria secreting peptide, and synthetic nanocapsule.
  • the synthetic nanocapsule delivers the composition to a target site in the host.
  • the target site is the gut of the host.
  • the target site is a bacteriocyte in the host.
  • hosts that include any of the above compositions.
  • the host is an insect.
  • the insect is a mosquito, midge, louse, sandfly, tick, triatomine bug, tsetse fly, or flea.
  • the insect is a mosquito.
  • the insect is a tick.
  • the insect is a mite.
  • the insect is a louse.
  • a system for modulating a host's fitness comprising a modulating agent that targets a microorganism that is required for a host's fitness, wherein the system is effective to modulate the host's fitness, and wherein the host is an insect.
  • the modulating agent may include any of the compositions described herein.
  • the modulating agent is formulated as a powder.
  • the modulating agent is formulated as a solvent.
  • the modulating agent is formulated as a concentrate.
  • the modulating agent is formulated as a diluent.
  • the modulating agent is prepared for delivery by combining any of the previous compositions with a carrier.
  • the method of modulating the fitness of an insect host includes delivering the composition of any one of the previous claims to the host, wherein the modulating agent targets the one or more microorganisms resident in the host, and thereby modulates the host's fitness.
  • the method of modulating microbial diversity in an insect host includes delivering the composition of any one of the previous claims to the host, wherein the modulating agent targets the one or more microorganisms resident in the host, and thereby modulates microbial diversity in the host.
  • the modulating agent may alter the levels of the one or more microorganisms resident in the host. In some embodiments of any of the above methods, the modulating agent may alter the function of the one or more microorganisms resident in the host. In some embodiments, the one or more microorganisms may be a bacterium and/or fungus. In some embodiments, the one or more microorganisms are required for host fitness. In some embodiments, the one or more microorganisms are required for host survival.
  • the delivering step may include providing the modulating agent at a dose and time sufficient to effect the one or more microorganisms, thereby modulating microbial diversity in the host.
  • the delivering step includes topical application of any of the previous compositions to a plant.
  • the delivering step includes providing the modulating agent through a genetically engineered plant.
  • the delivering step includes providing the modulating agent to the host as a comestible.
  • the delivering step includes providing a host carrying the modulating agent.
  • the host carrying the modulating agent can transmit the modulating agent to one or more additional hosts.
  • the composition may be effective to increase the host's sensitivity to a pesticidal agent (e.g., a pesticide listed in Table 12).
  • the host is resistant to the pesticidal agent prior to delivery of the modulating agent.
  • the pesticidal agent is an allelochemical agent.
  • the allelochemical agent is caffeine, soyacystatin N, monoterpenes, diterpene acids, or phenolic compounds.
  • the composition is effective to selectively kill the host.
  • the composition is effective to decrease host fitness.
  • the composition is effective to decrease the production of essential amino acids and/or vitamins in the host.
  • the host is an insect.
  • the host is a vector for a human pathogen.
  • the vector is a. mosquito, midge, louse, sandfly, tick, triatomine bug, tsetse fly, or flea.
  • the vector is a mosquito.
  • the vector is a tick. In certain embodiments, the vector is a mite. In certain embodiments, the vector is a louse.
  • the human pathogen is a virus, a protozoan, a bacterium, a protist, or a nematoda.
  • the virus is one belonging to the group Togaviridae, Flaviviridae, Bunyaviridae, Rhabdoviridae, or Orbiviridae.
  • the bacterium is one belonging to the genus Yersinia, Francisella, Rickettsia, Orientia , or Borrelia .
  • the protozoan is one belonging to the genus Plasmodium, Trypanosoma, Leishmania , or Babesia .
  • the nematode is one belonging to the genus Brugia .
  • the composition is effective to prevent or decrease transmission of the pathogen to humans.
  • the composition is effective to prevent or decrease horizontal or vertical transmission of the pathogen between hosts.
  • the composition is effective to decrease host fitness, host development, or vectorial competence.
  • screening assays to identify modulating agent that modulate the fitness of a host includes the steps of (a) exposing a microorganism that can be resident in the host to one or more candidate modulating agents and (b) identifying a modulating agent that decreases the fitness of the host.
  • the modulating agent is a microorganism resident in the host.
  • the microorganism is a bacterium.
  • the bacterium when resident in the host, decreases host fitness.
  • the modulating agent affects an allelochemical-degrading microorganism.
  • the modulating agent is a phage, an antibiotic, or a test compound.
  • the antibiotic is timentin or azithromycin.
  • the host may be an invertebrate.
  • the invertebrate is an insect.
  • the insect is a mosquito.
  • the insect is a tick.
  • the insect is a mite.
  • the insect is a louse.
  • host fitness may be modulated by modulating the host microbiota.
  • bacteriocin refers to a peptide or polypeptide that possesses anti-microbial properties. Naturally occurring bacteriocins are produced by certain prokaryotes and act against organisms related to the producer strain, but not against the producer strain itself. Bacteriocins contemplated herein include, but are not limited to, naturally occurring bacteriocins, such as bacteriocins produced by bacteria, and derivatives thereof, such as engineered bacteriocins, recombinantly expressed bacteriocins, and chemically synthesized bacteriocins. In some instances, the bacteriocin is a functionally active variant of the bacteriocins described herein.
  • the variant of the bacteriocin has at least 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity, e.g., over a specified region or over the entire sequence, to a sequence of a bacteriocin described herein or a naturally occurring bacteriocin.
  • bacteriocyte refers to a specialized cell found in certain insects where intracellular bacteria reside with symbiotic bacterial properties.
  • the term “effective amount” refers to an amount of a modulating agent (e.g., a phage, lysin, bacteriocin, small molecule, or antibiotic) or composition including said agent sufficient to effect the recited result, e.g., to decrease or reduce the fitness of a host organism (e.g., insect, e.g., mosquito, tick, mite, louse); to reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of a modulating agent concentration inside a target host; to reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of a modulating agent concentration inside a target host gut; to reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of a modulating agent concentration inside a target host bacteriocyte; to modulate the level, or an activity, of one or more microorganism (e.g., endosymbiont) in the target host.
  • a modulating agent e.g
  • the term “fitness” refers to the ability of a host organism to survive, and/or to produce surviving offspring. Fitness of an organism may be measured by one or more parameters, including, but not limited to, life span, reproductive rate, mobility, body weight, and metabolic rate.
  • Fitness may additionally be measured based on measures of activity (e.g., biting animals or humans) or disease transmission (e.g., vector-vector transmission or vector-human transmission).
  • measures of activity e.g., biting animals or humans
  • disease transmission e.g., vector-vector transmission or vector-human transmission.
  • gut refers to any portion of a host's gut, including, the foregut, midgut, or hindgut of the host.
  • the term “host” refers to an organism (e.g., insect, e.g., mosquito, louse, mite, or tick) carrying resident microorganisms (e.g., endogenous microorganisms, endosymbiotic microorganisms (e.g., primary or secondary endosymbionts), commensal organisms, and/or pathogenic microorganisms).
  • an organism e.g., insect, e.g., mosquito, louse, mite, or tick
  • resident microorganisms e.g., endogenous microorganisms, endosymbiotic microorganisms (e.g., primary or secondary endosymbionts), commensal organisms, and/or pathogenic microorganisms.
  • decreasing host fitness or “decreasing host fitness” refers to any disruption to host physiology, or any activity carried out by said host, as a consequence of administration of a modulating agent, including, but not limited to, any one or more of the following desired effects: (1) decreasing a population of a host by about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 99%, 100% or more; (2) decreasing the reproductive rate of a host (e.g., insect, e.g., mosquito, tick, mite, louse) by about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 99%, 100% or more; (3) decreasing the mobility of a host (e.g., insect, e.g., mosquito, tick, mite, louse) by about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 99%, 100% or more; (4) decreasing the body weight of a host (e.
  • insects includes any organism belonging to the phylum Arthropoda and to the class Insecta or the class Arachnida, in any stage of development, i.e., immature and adult insects.
  • lysin also known as endolysin, autolysin, murein hydrolase, peptidoglycan hydrolase, or cell wall hydrolase refers to a hydrolytic enzyme that can lyse a bacterium by cleaving peptidoglycan in the cell wall of the bacterium.
  • Lysins contemplated herein include, but are not limited to, naturally occurring lysins, such as lysins produced by phages, lysins produced by bacteria, and derivatives thereof, such as engineered lysins, recombinantly expressed lysins, and chemically synthesized lysins.
  • a functionally active variant of the bacteriocin may have at least 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity, e.g., over a specified region or over the entire sequence, to a sequence of a synthetic, recombinant, or naturally derived bacteriocin, including any described herein.
  • microorganism refers to bacteria or fungi. Microorganisms may refer to microorganisms resident in a host organism (e.g., endogenous microorganisms, endosymbiotic microorganisms (e.g., primary or secondary endosymbionts)) or microorganisms exogenous to the host, including those that may act as modulating agents.
  • target microorganism refers to a microorganism that is resident in the host and impacted by a modulating agent, either directly or indirectly.
  • agent refers to an agent that is capable of altering the levels and/or functioning of microorganisms resident in a host organism (e.g., insect, e.g., mosquito, tick, mite, louse), and thereby modulate (e.g., decrease) the fitness of the host organism (e.g., insect, e.g., mosquito, tick, mite, louse).
  • a host organism e.g., insect, e.g., mosquito, tick, mite, louse
  • pesticide or “pesticidal agent” refers to a substance that can be used in the control of agricultural, environmental, or domestic/household pests, such as insects, fungi, bacteria, or viruses.
  • pesticide is understood to encompass naturally occurring or synthetic insecticides (larvicides, and adulticides), insect growth regulators, acaricides (miticides), nematicides, ectoparasiticides, bactericides, fungicides, or herbicides (substance which can be used in agriculture to control or modify plant growth). Further examples of pesticides or pesticidal agents are listed in Table 12.
  • the pesticide is an allelochemical.
  • allelochemical or “allelochemical agent” is a substance produced by an organism that can effect a physiological function (e.g., the germination, growth, survival, or reproduction) of another organism (e.g., a host insect, e.g., mosquito).
  • peptide encompasses any chain of naturally or non-naturally occurring amino acids (either D- or L-amino acids), regardless of length (e.g., at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 100, or more amino acids), the presence or absence of post-translational modifications (e.g., glycosylation or phosphorylation), or the presence of, e.g., one or more non-amino acyl groups (for example, sugar, lipid, etc.) covalently linked to the peptide, and includes, for example, natural proteins, synthetic, or recombinant polypeptides and peptides, hybrid molecules, peptoids, or peptidomimetics.
  • amino acids either D- or L-amino acids
  • length e.g., at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 100, or more amino acids
  • post-translational modifications e.g., glycosylation or phosphorylation
  • percent identity between two sequences is determined by the BLAST 2.0 algorithm, which is described in Altschul et al., (1990) J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-410. Software for performing BLAST analyses is publicly available through the National Center for Biotechnology Information.
  • bacteriophage or “phage” refers to a virus that infects and replicates in bacteria. Bacteriophages replicate within bacteria following the injection of their genome into the cytoplasm and do so using either a lytic cycle, which results in bacterial cell lysis, or a lysogenic (non-lytic) cycle, which leaves the bacterial cell intact.
  • the phage may be a naturally occurring phage isolate, or an engineered phage, including vectors, or nucleic acids that encode either a partial phage genome (e.g., including at least all essential genes necessary to carry out the life cycle of the phage inside a host bacterium) or the full phage genome.
  • plant refers to whole plants, plant organs, plant tissues, seeds, plant cells, seeds, and progeny of the same.
  • Plant cells include, without limitation, cells from seeds, suspension cultures, embryos, meristematic regions, callus tissue, leaves, roots, shoots, gametophytes, sporophytes, pollen, and microspores.
  • Plant parts include differentiated and undifferentiated tissues including, but not limited to the following: roots, stems, shoots, leaves, pollen, seeds, tumor tissue, and various forms of cells and culture (e.g., single cells, protoplasts, embryos, and callus tissue).
  • the plant tissue may be in a plant or in a plant organ, tissue, or cell culture.
  • a plant may be genetically engineered to produce a heterologous protein or RNA, for example, of any of the modulating agents in the methods or compositions described herein.
  • vector refers to an insect that can carry or transmit a human pathogen from a reservoir to a human.
  • exemplary vectors include insects, such as those with piercing-sucking mouthparts, as found in Hemiptera and some Hymenoptera and Diptera such as mosquitoes, bees, wasps, midges, lice, tsetse fly, fleas and ants, as well as members of the Arachnidae such as ticks and mites.
  • FIG. 1A-1G show images of different antibiotic delivery systems.
  • First instar LSR-1 aphids were treated with different therapeutic solutions by delivery through plants ( FIG. 1A ), leaf coating ( FIG. 1B ), microinjection ( FIG. 1C ), topical delivery ( FIG. 1D ), leaf perfusion and cutting ( FIG. 1E ), leaf perfusion and through plant ( FIG. 1F ), and combination treatment of spraying both plant and aphid, and delivery though plant ( FIG. 1G ).
  • FIG. 2A-2C show the delay in aphid development during rifampicin treatment in first instar LSR-1 aphids treated by delivery through plants with three different conditions: artificial diet without essential amino acids (AD only), artificial diet without essential amino acids with 100 ⁇ g/ml rifampicin (AD+Rif), and artificial diet with 100 ⁇ g/ml rifampicin and essential amino acids (AD+Rif+EAA).
  • FIG. 2B shows representative images from each treatment taken at 12 days. Scale bars 2.5 mm.
  • FIG. 2C shows area measurements from aphid bodies showing the drastic effect of rifampicin treatment. Adding back essential amino acids partially rescues development defects.
  • FIG. 4 is a graph showing that rifampicin treatment resulted in loss of reproduction in aphids.
  • First instar LSR-1 aphids were treated by delivery through plants with artificial diet without essential amino acids (AD only), artificial diet without essential amino acids with 100 ug/ml rifampicin (AD+Rif), and artificial diet with 100 ug/ml rifampicin and (AD+Rif+EAA) and the number of offspring produced each day after aphid reached adulthood was measured. Shown is the mean number of offspring produced per day after aphid reached adulthood ⁇ S.D.
  • FIG. 5 is a graph showing that rifampicin treatment eliminated endosymbiotic Buchnera .
  • Symbiont titer was determined for the different conditions at 7 days post-treatment.
  • DNA from aphids was extracted and qPCR was performed to determine the ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA. Shown is the mean ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA ⁇ SD of 3 aphids per group.
  • Statistically significant differences were determined using a one-way-ANOVA followed by Tukey's Post-Test; *, p ⁇ 0.05.
  • FIGS. 6A and 6B show that rifampicin treatment delivered through leaf coating delayed aphid development.
  • First instar eNASCO aphids were treated by coating leaves with 100 ⁇ l of two different solutions: solvent control (0.025% Silwet L-77), and 50 ⁇ g/ml rifampicin.
  • FIG. 6B is a graph showing area measurements from aphid bodies showing the drastic effect of rifampicin coated leaves on aphid size. Statistically significant differences were determined using a one-way-ANOVA followed by Tukey's Post-Test; *, p ⁇ 0.05.
  • FIG. 7 shows that rifampicin treatment delivered through leaf coating resulted in aphid death. Survival was monitored daily for eNASCO aphids treated by coating leaves with 100 ⁇ l of two different solutions: solvent control (Silwet L-77), and 50 ⁇ g/ml rifampicin. Treatment affects survival rate of aphids.
  • FIG. 8 shows that rifampicin treatment delivered through leaf coating eliminated endosymbiotic Buchnera .
  • Symbiont titer was determined for the two conditions at 6 days post-treatment.
  • DNA from aphids was extracted and qPCR was performed to determine the ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA. Shown is the mean ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA ⁇ SD.
  • Statistically significant differences were determined using a one-way-ANOVA followed by Tukey's Post-Test; *, p ⁇ 0.05.
  • FIG. 9 is a graph showing rifampicin treatment by microinjection eliminated endosymbiotic Buchnera .
  • Symbiont titer was determined 4 days post-injection with the indicated conditions.
  • Control sample is the solvent, 0.025% Silwet L-77 described before.
  • DNA from aphids was extracted and qPCR was performed to determine the ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA. Shown is the mean ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA ⁇ SD.
  • Statistically significant differences were determined using a one-way-ANOVA followed by Tukey's Post-Test; *, p ⁇ 0.05.
  • FIG. 10 is a graph showing that rifampicin treatment delivered through topical treatment eliminated endosymbiotic Buchnera .
  • Symbiont titer was determined 3 days post-spraying with: solvent (silwet L-77) or the rifampicin solution diluted in solvent.
  • DNA from aphids was extracted and qPCR was performed to determine the ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA. Shown is the mean ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA ⁇ SD.
  • Statistically significant differences were determined using a one-way-ANOVA followed by Tukey's Post-Test; *, p ⁇ 0.05.
  • FIG. 12 shows a graph demonstrating survival of 1 st and 2 nd instar LSR-1 aphids placed on leaves perfused with water plus food coloring or 50 ⁇ g/ml rifampicin in water plus food coloring. Number in parentheses represents the number of aphids in each group. Statistical significance was determined by Log-Rank Test.
  • FIG. 13 shows a graph demonstrating symbiont titer determined 8 days post-treatment with leaves perfused with water and food coloring or rifampicin plus water and food coloring.
  • DNA from aphids was extracted and qPCR was performed to determine the ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA. Shown is the mean ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA ⁇ SD. Number in box indicates the median of the experimental group.
  • FIG. 15 is a graph demonstrating survival of 1 st and 2 nd instar LSR-1 aphids placed on leaves perfused and treated with water plus food coloring or 100 ⁇ g/ml rifampicin in water plus food coloring. Number in parentheses represents the number of aphids in each group. A Log-Rank Test was performed and determined that there were no statistically significant differences between groups.
  • FIGS. 16A and 16B are graphs showing symbiont titer determined 6 (16A) and 8 (16B) days post-treatment in aphids feeding on leaves perfused and treated with water and food coloring or rifampicin plus water and food coloring.
  • DNA was extracted from aphids and qPCR was performed to determine the ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA. Shown is the mean ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA ⁇ SD. Number in box indicates the median of the experimental group.
  • FIG. 18 is a graph showing 1st and 2nd instar LSR-1 aphids were treated with control solutions of a combination of treatments containing rifampicin. Number in parentheses represents the number of aphids in each group. A Log-Rank Test was performed and determined that there were no statistically significant differences between groups.
  • FIG. 19 is a graph showing symbiont titer determined at 7 days post-treatment with control or rifampicin solutions.
  • DNA from aphids was extracted and qPCR was performed to determine the ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA. Shown is the mean ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA ⁇ SD. Number in box indicates the median of the experimental group. Statistically significant differences were determined by t-test.
  • FIG. 20 is an image showing the chitosan delivery system. A. pisum aphids were treated with a therapeutic solution by delivery through leaf perfusion and through the plants as shown.
  • FIG. 21 is a panel of graphs showing that chitosan treatment resulted in delayed aphid development.
  • First and second instar A pisum aphids were treated by delivery through plants and leaf perfusion with the control solution (Water), and 300 ug/ml chitosan in water. Developmental stage was monitored throughout the experiment. Shown are the percent of aphids at each developmental stage (1st instar, 2nd instar, 3rd instar, 4th instar, 5th instar, or 5R which represents a reproducing 5th instar) per treatment group.
  • FIG. 22 is a graph showing there was a decrease in insect survival upon treatment with chitosan.
  • First and second instar A pisum aphids were treated by delivery through plants and leaf perfusion with just water or chitosan solution and survival was monitored daily over the course of the experiment.
  • Number in parentheses represents the total number of aphids in the treatment group.
  • FIG. 23 is a graph showing treatment with chitosan reduced endosymbiotic Buchnera .
  • First and second instar A pisum aphids were treated by delivery through plants and leaf perfusion with water or 300 ug/ml chitosan in water.
  • DNA from aphids was extracted and qPCR was performed to determine the ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA. Shown is the mean ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA ⁇ SD of 6 aphids/group. The median value for each group is shown in box.
  • FIG. 24 is a panel of graphs showing treatment with nisin resulted in delayed aphid development.
  • FIG. 25 is a graph showing there was a dose dependent decrease in insect survival upon treatment with nisin.
  • First and second instar LSR-1 A pisum aphids were treated with water (control) or 1.6 or 7 mg/ml nisin via delivery by leaf injection and through the plant and survival was monitored over time. Number in parentheses indicates the number of aphids/group. Statistically significant differences were determined by Log Rank (Mantel-Cox) test.
  • FIG. 26 is a graph showing treatment with nisin reduced endosymbiotic Buchnera .
  • First and second instar LSR-1 A pisum aphids were treated with water (control) or 1.6 mg/ml nisin via delivery by leaf injection and through the plant and DNA was extracted from select aphids at eight days post-treatment and used for qPCR to determine Buchnera copy numbers. Shown are the mean Buchnera /aphid ratios for each treatment+/ ⁇ SEM. Number in the box above each experimental group indicates the median value for that group. Each data point represents a single aphid.
  • FIG. 27 is a panel of graphs showing treatment with levulinic acid resulted in delayed aphid development.
  • FIG. 28 is a graph showing there was a decrease in insect survival upon treatment with levulinic acid.
  • FIG. 29 is a panel of graphs showing treatment with levulinic acid reduced endosymbiotic Buchnera .
  • First and second instar eNASCO A pisum aphids were treated with water (control) or 0.03 or 0.3% levulinic acid via delivery by leaf injection and through the plant and DNA was extracted from select aphids at seven and eleven days post-treatment and used for qPCR to determine Buchnera copy numbers. Shown are the mean Buchnera /aphid ratios for each treatment+/ ⁇ SEM. Statistically significant differences were determined by One-way ANOVA and Dunnett's Multiple Comparison Test; *, p ⁇ 0.05. Each data point represents a single aphid.
  • FIGS. 30A and 30B show graphs demonstrating that gossypol treatment resulted in delayed aphid development.
  • First and second instar A pisum aphids were treated by delivery through plants with artificial diet without essential amino acids (AD only), and artificial diet without essential amino acids with different concentrations of gossypol (0.05%, 0.25% and 0.5%). Developmental stage was monitored throughout the experiment.
  • FIG. 30A is a series of graphs showing the mean number of aphids at each developmental stage (1st instar, 2nd instar, 3rd instar, 4th instar, 5th instar, or 5R which represents a reproducing 5th instar) per treatment group. At the indicated time, aphids were imaged and their size was determined using Image J.
  • FIG. 30B is a graph showing the mean aphid area ⁇ SD of artificial diet treated (Control) or gossypol treated aphids. Statistical significance was determined using a One-Way ANOVA followed by Tukey's post-test. *, p ⁇ 0.05. **, p ⁇ 0.01.
  • FIG. 31 is a graph showing a dose-dependent decrease in survival of aphids upon treatment with the allelochemical gossypol.
  • FIGS. 32A and 32B are two graphs showing that treatment with 0.25% gossypol resulted in decreased fecundity.
  • First and second instar A pisum aphids were treated by delivery through plants with artificial diet without essential amino acids (AD5-2 no EAA), or artificial diet without essential amino acids with 0.25% gossypol acetic acid (AD5-2 no EAA+0.25% gossypol), and fecundity was determined throughout the time course of the experiment.
  • FIG. 32A shows the mean day ⁇ SD at which aphids began producing offspring was measured and gossypol treatment delayed production of offspring.
  • FIG. 32B shows the mean number of offspring produced after the aphid began a reproducing adult ⁇ SD was measured and gossypol treatment results in decreased number of offspring produced. Each data point represents one aphid.
  • FIG. 33 is a graph showing that treatment with different concentrations of gossypol reduced endosymbiotic Buchnera .
  • Control artificial diet without essential amino acids
  • 0.05% gossypol 0.5%, 0.25%, or 0.05% gossypol.
  • DNA from aphids was extracted and qPCR was performed to determine the ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA. Shown is the mean ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA ⁇ SD of 2-6 aphids/group. Statistically significant differences were determined by Unpaired T-test; *, p ⁇ 0.05.
  • FIG. 34 is a graph showing that microinjection of gossypol resulted in decreased Buchnera levels in aphids.
  • AD essential amino acids
  • gossypol 0.05%)
  • Three days after injection DNA was extracted from aphids and Buchnera levels were assessed by qPCR. Shown are the mean ratios of Buchnera /aphid DNA ⁇ SD. Each data point represents one aphid.
  • FIG. 35 is a panel of graphs showing Trans-cinnemaldehyde treatment resulted in delayed aphid development.
  • First and second instar A pisum aphids were treated by delivery through plants with water and water with different concentrations of trans-cinnemaldehyde (TC, 0.05%, 0.5%, and 5%). Developmental stage was monitored throughout the experiment. Shown are the mean number of aphids at each developmental stage (1st instar, 2nd instar, 3rd instar, 4th instar, 5th instar, or 5R which represents a reproducing 5th instar) per treatment group. N-40-49 aphids/experimental group.
  • FIG. 36 is a graph showing there was a dose-dependent decrease in survival upon treatment the natural antimicrobial trans-cinnemaldehyde.
  • FIG. 37 is a graph showing treatment with different concentrations of trans-cinnemaldehyde reduced endosymbiotic Buchnera .
  • First and second instar A pisum aphids were treated by delivery through plants with water and water with different concentrations of trans-cinnemaldehyde (0.05%, 0.5%, and 5%).
  • DNA from aphids was extracted and qPCR was performed to determine the ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA. Shown is the mean ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA ⁇ SD of 2-11 aphids/group. The median of each treatment group is shown in the box above the data points. Statistically significant differences were determined by Unpaired T-test; *, p ⁇ 0.05. There was a statistically significant difference between the water control and the 0.5% trans-cinnemaldehyde group.
  • FIG. 38 is a panel of graphs showing treatment with scorpion peptide Uy192 resulted in delayed aphid development.
  • First and second instar A pisum aphids were treated by delivery through plants and leaf perfusion with the control solution (water), and 100 ug/ml Uy192 in water. a) developmental stage was monitored throughout the experiment. Shown are the percent of aphids at each developmental stage (1st instar, 2nd instar, 3rd instar, 4th instar, 5th instar, or 5R which represents a reproducing 5th instar) per treatment group.
  • FIG. 39 is a graph showing there was a decrease in insect survival upon treatment with the scorpion AMP Uy192.
  • First and second instar A pisum aphids were treated by delivery through plants and leaf perfusion with just water or Uy192 solution and survival was monitored daily over the course of the experiment. Number in parentheses represents the total number of aphids in the treatment group.
  • FIG. 40 is a graph showing treatment with Uy192 reduced endosymbiotic Buchnera .
  • First and second instar A pisum aphids were treated by delivery through plants and leaf perfusion with water or 100 ug/ml Uy192 in water, at 8 days post-treatment, DNA from aphids was extracted and qPCR was performed to determine the ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA. Shown is the mean ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA ⁇ SD of 2-6 aphids/group. The median value for each group is shown in box.
  • FIG. 41 is a graph showing a decrease in survival in aphids microinjected with scorpion peptides D10 and D3.
  • LSR-1 A pisum aphids were microinjected with water (control) or with 100 ng of either scorpion peptide D3 or D10. After injection, aphids were released to fava bean leaves and survival was monitored throughout the course of the experiment. The number in parentheses indicates the number of aphids in each experimental treatment group.
  • FIG. 42 is a graph showing a decrease in endosymbiont titers upon injection with scorpion peptides D3 and D10.
  • FIG. 43 is a graph showing a decrease in insect survival upon treatment with a cocktail of scorpion AMPs.
  • First and second instar eNASCO aphids were treated by delivery through leaf perfusion and through plants with a cocktail of scorpion peptides (40 ⁇ g/ml of each of Uy17, D3, UyCt3, and D10) and survival was monitored over the course of the experiment.
  • the number in parentheses represents the number of aphids in each treatment group.
  • FIG. 44 is a panel of graphs showing treatment with scorpion peptide fused to a cell penetrating peptide resulted in delayed aphid development.
  • FIG. 45 is a graph showing treatment of aphids with a scorpion peptide fused to a cell penetrating peptide increased mortality.
  • FIG. 46 is a graph showing treatment with Uy192+CPP+FAM reduced endosymbiotic Buchnera .
  • First instar LSR-1 A pisum aphids were treated with water or 100 ⁇ g/ml Uy192+CPP+FAM (peptide) in water delivered by leaf injection and through the plant. DNA was extracted from select aphids at five days post-treatment and used for qPCR to determine Buchnera copy numbers. Shown are the mean Buchnera /aphid ratios for each treatment+/ ⁇ SEM. Number in the box above each experimental group indicates the median value for that group. Each data point represents a single aphid. Statistically significant differences were determined by Student's T-test; ****, p ⁇ 0.0001.
  • FIG. 47 is a panel of images showing Uy192+CPP+FAM penetrated bacteriocyte membranes. Bacteriocytes were dissected from the aphids and incubated with 250 ug/ml of the Uy192+CPP+FAM peptide for 30 min. Upon washing and imaging, the Uy192+CPP+FAM can be seen at high quantities inside the bacteriocytes.
  • FIG. 48A and FIG. 48B are a panel of graphs showing pantothenol treatment delayed aphid development.
  • First instar and second eNASCO aphids were treated by delivery through plants with three different conditions: artificial diet without essential amino acids (AD no EAA), artificial diet without essential amino acids with 10 uM pantothenol (10 uM pantothenol), and artificial diet without essential amino acids with 100 uM pantothenol (100 uM pantothenol), artificial diet without essential amino acids with 100 uM pantothenol, and artificial diet without essential amino acids with 10 uM pantothenol.
  • FIG. 48A shows developmental stage monitored over time for each condition.
  • FIG. 48B shows relative area measurements from aphid bodies showing the drastic effect of pantothenol treatment.
  • FIG. 49 is a graph showing that treatment with pantothenol increased aphid mortality. Survival was monitored daily for eNASCO aphids treated by delivery through plants with artificial diet without essential amino acids, or artificial diet without essential amino acids containing 10 or 100 uM pantothenol. Number in parentheses represents number of aphids in each group.
  • FIGS. 50A, 50B, and 50C are a panel of graphs showing Pantothenol treatment resulted in loss of reproduction.
  • First and second instar eNASCO aphids were treated by delivery through plants with artificial diet without essential amino acids or with artificial diet without essential amino acids with 10 or 100 uM pantothenol.
  • FIG. 50A shows the fraction of aphids surviving to maturity and reproducing.
  • FIG. 50B shows the mean day aphids in each group began reproducing. Shown is the mean day an aphid began reproducing ⁇ SD.
  • FIG. 50C shows the mean number of offspring produced per day after an aphid began reproducing. Shown are the mean number of offspring/day ⁇ SD.
  • FIG. 51 is a graph showing Pantothenol treatment did not affect endosymbiotic Buchnera .
  • Symbiont titer was determined for the different conditions at 8 days post-treatment.
  • DNA from aphids was extracted and qPCR was performed to determine the ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA. Shown is the mean ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA ⁇ SD of 6 aphids per group.
  • FIG. 52 is a panel of graphs showing Pantothenol treatment delivered through plants did not affect aphid development.
  • FIGS. 54A and 54B are a panel of graphs showing treatment with a cocktail of amino acid analogs delayed aphid development.
  • First instar LSR-1 aphids were treated by delivery through leaf perfusion and through plants with water or a cocktail of amino acid analogs in water (AA cocktail).
  • FIG. 54A shows the developmental stage measured over time for each condition. Shown are the percentage of living aphids at each developmental stage.
  • FIG. 54B shows the area measurements from aphid bodies showing the drastic effect of treatment with an amino acid analog cocktail (AA cocktail). Statistically significant differences were determined using a Student's T-test; ****, p ⁇ 0.0001.
  • FIG. 55 is a graph showing treatment with a cocktail of amino acid analogs eliminated endosymbiotic Buchnera .
  • Symbiont titer was determined for the different conditions at 6 days post-treatment.
  • DNA from aphids was extracted and qPCR was performed to determine the ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA. Shown are the mean ratios of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA ⁇ SD of 19-20 aphids per group. Each data point represents an individual aphid. Statistically significant differences were determined using a Student's T-test; *, p ⁇ 0.05.
  • FIGS. 56A and 56B is a panel of graphs showing treatment with a combination of three agents delayed aphid development.
  • First instar LSR-1 aphids were treated by delivery through leaf perfusion and through plants with water or a combination of three agents in water (Pep-Rif-Chitosan).
  • FIG. 56A shows the developmental stage measured over time for each condition. Shown are the percentage of living aphids at each developmental stage.
  • FIG. 56B shows the area measurements from aphid bodies showing the drastic effect of treatment with a combination of three treatments (Pep-Rif-Chitosan).
  • Statistically significant differences were determined using a Student's T-test; ****, p ⁇ 0.0001.
  • FIG. 57 is a graph showing treatment with a combination of a peptide, antibiotic, and natural antimicrobial agent increased aphid mortality.
  • LSR-1 aphids were treated with water or a combination of three treatments (Pep-Rif-Chitosan) and survival was monitored daily after treatment.
  • FIG. 58 is a graph showing treatment with a combination of a peptide, antibiotic, and natural antimicrobial agent eliminated endosymbiotic Buchnera .
  • Symbiont titer was determined for the different conditions at 6 days post-treatment.
  • DNA from aphids was extracted and qPCR was performed to determine the ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA. Shown are the mean ratios of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA ⁇ SD of 20-21 aphids per group. Each data point represents an individual aphid.
  • FIGS. 59A and 59B are a panel of images showing ciprofloxacin coated and penetrated corn kernels. Corn kernels were soaked in water (no antibiotic) or the indicated concentration of ciprofloxacin in water and whole kernels or kernel were tested to see whether they can inhibit the growth of E. coli DH5 ⁇ .
  • FIG. 59A shows bacterial growth in the presence of a corn kernel soaked in water without antibiotics and
  • FIG. 59B shows the inhibition of bacterial growth when whole or half corn kernels that have been soaked in antibiotics are placed on a plate spread with E. coli.
  • FIG. 60 is a graph showing that adult S. zeamais weevils were treated with ciprofloxacin (250 ug/ml or 2.5 mg/ml) or mock treated with water. After 18 days of treatment, genomic DNA was isolated from weevils and the amount of Sitophilus primary endosymbiont was determined by qPCR. Shown is the mean ⁇ SEM of each group. Each data point represents one weevil. The median of each group is listed above the dataset.
  • FIGS. 61A and 61B are graphs showing weevil development after treatment with ciprofloxacin.
  • FIG. 61A shows individual corn kernels cut open 25 days after adults were removed from one replicate each of the initial corn kernels soaked/coated with water (control) or ciprofloxacin (250 ug/ml or 2.5 mg/ml) and examined for the presence of larvae, pupae, or almost fully developed (adult) weevils. Shown is the percent of each life stage found in kernels from each treatment group. The total number of offspring found in the kernels from each treatment group is indicated above each dataset.
  • FIG. 61A shows individual corn kernels cut open 25 days after adults were removed from one replicate each of the initial corn kernels soaked/coated with water (control) or ciprofloxacin (250 ug/ml or 2.5 mg/ml) and examined for the presence of larvae, pupae, or almost fully developed (adult) weevils. Shown is the percent of each life stage found
  • 61B shows genomic DNA isolated from offspring dissected from corn kernels from the control (water) and 2.5 mg/ml ciprofloxacin treatment groups and qPCR was done to measure the amount of Sitophilus primary endosymbiont present. Shown are the mean ⁇ SD for each group. Statistically significant differences were determined by unpaired t-test; ***, p ⁇ 0.001.
  • FIGS. 62A and 62B are graphs showing the two remaining replicates of corn kernels mock treated (water) or treated with 250 ug/ml or 2.5 mg/ml ciprofloxacin monitored for the emergence of offspring after mating pairs were removed (at 7 days post-treatment).
  • FIG. 62A shows the mean number of newly emerged weevils over time ⁇ SD for each treatment group.
  • FIG. 62B shows the mean number ⁇ SEM of emerged weevils for each treatment group at 43 days after mating pairs were removed.
  • FIG. 63 is a graph showing rifampicin and doxycycline treatment resulted in mite mortality. Survival was monitored daily for untreated two-spotted spider mites and mites treated with 250 ⁇ g/ml rifampicin and 500 ⁇ g/ml doxycycline in 0.025% Silwet L-77.
  • FIG. 64 is a panel of graphs showing the results of a Seahorse flux assay for bacterial respiration.
  • Bacteria were grown to logarithmic phase and loaded into Seahorse XFe96 plates for temporal measurements of oxygen consumption rate (OCR) and extracellular acidification rate (ECAR) as described in methods. Treatments were injected into the wells after approximately 20 minutes and bacteria were monitored to detect changes in growth.
  • OCR oxygen consumption rate
  • ECAR extracellular acidification rate
  • Treatments were injected into the wells after approximately 20 minutes and bacteria were monitored to detect changes in growth.
  • Rifampicin 100 ⁇ g/mL
  • Chloramphenicol 25 ⁇ g/mL
  • Phages (T7 for E. coli and ⁇ SmVL-C1 for S. marcescens ) were lysates diluted either 1:2 or 1:100 in SM Buffer.
  • the markers on each line are solely provided as indicators of the condition to which each line corresponds, and are not indicative
  • FIG. 65 is a graph showing phage against S. marcescens reduced fly mortality. Flies that were pricked with S. marcescens were all dead within a day, whereas a sizeable portion of the flies that were pricked with both S. marcescens and the phage survived for five days after the treatment. Almost all of the control flies which were not treated in anyway survived till the end of the experiment. Log-rank test was used to compare the curves for statistical significance, asterisk denotes p ⁇ 0.0001.
  • compositions useful for human health e.g., for altering a level, activity, or metabolism of one or more microorganisms resident in a host insect (e.g., arthropod, e.g., insect, e.g., a human pathogen vector, e.g., mosquito, mite, louse, or tick), the alteration resulting in a decrease in the fitness of the host.
  • a host insect e.g., arthropod, e.g., insect, e.g., a human pathogen vector, e.g., mosquito, mite, louse, or tick
  • the invention features a composition that includes a modulating agent (e.g., phage, peptide, small molecule, antibiotic, or combinations thereof) that can alter the host's microbiota in a manner that is detrimental to the host.
  • a modulating agent e.g., phage, peptide, small molecule, antibiotic, or combinations thereof
  • compositions described herein are based in part on the examples provided herein, which illustrate how modulating agents, for example antibiotics (e.g., oxytetracycline, doxycycline, or a combination thereof) can be used to target symbiotic microorganisms in a host (e.g., endosymbionts e.g., endosymbiotic Wolbachia in mosquitos or Rickettsia in ticks) in insect vectors of human pathogens, to decrease the fitness of the host by altering the level, activity, or metabolism of the microorganisms within the hosts.
  • antibiotics e.g., oxytetracycline, doxycycline, or a combination thereof
  • symbiotic microorganisms in a host e.g., endosymbionts e.g., endosymbiotic Wolbachia in mosquitos or Rickettsia in ticks
  • the present disclosure describes a variety of different approaches for the use of agents that alter a level, activity, or metabolism of one or more microorganisms resident in a host (e.g., a vector of a human pathogen, e.g., a mosquito, mite, louse or a tick) the alteration resulting in a decrease in the host's fitness.
  • a host e.g., a vector of a human pathogen, e.g., a mosquito, mite, louse or a tick
  • compositions provided herein may be used with any insect host that is considered a vector for a pathogen that is capable of causing disease in humans
  • the insect host may include, but is not limited to those with piercing-sucking mouthparts, as found in Hemiptera and some Hymenoptera and Diptera such as mosquitoes, bees, wasps, midges, lice, tsetse fly, fleas and ants, as well as members of the Arachnidae such as ticks and mites; order, class or family of Acarina (ticks and mites) e.g.
  • the insect is a blood-sucking insect from the order Diptera (e.g., suborder Nematocera, e.g., family Colicidae).
  • the insect is from the subfamilies Culicinae, Corethrinae, Ceratopogonidae, or Simuliidae.
  • the insect is of a Culex spp., Theobaldia spp., Aedes spp., Anopheles spp., Aedes spp., Forciponiyia spp., Culicoides spp., or Helea spp.
  • the insect is a mosquito. In certain instances, the insect is a tick. In certain instances, the insect is a mite. In certain instances, the insect is a biting louse.
  • the methods and compositions provided herein may be used to decrease the fitness of any of the hosts described herein.
  • the decrease in fitness may arise from any alterations in microorganisms resident in the host, wherein the alterations are a consequence of administration of a modulating agent and have detrimental effects on the host.
  • the decrease in host fitness may manifest as a deterioration or decline in the physiology of the host (e.g., reduced health or survival) as a consequence of administration of a modulating agent.
  • the fitness of an organism may be measured by one or more parameters, including, but not limited to, reproductive rate, lifespan, mobility, fecundity, body weight, metabolic rate or activity, or survival in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered.
  • the methods or compositions provided herein may be effective to decrease the overall health of the host or to decrease the overall survival of the host.
  • the decreased survival of the host is about 2%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%, or greater than 100% greater relative to a reference level (e.g., a level found in a host that does not receive a modulating agent).
  • a reference level e.g., a level found in a host that does not receive a modulating agent.
  • the methods and compositions are effective to decrease host reproduction (e.g., reproductive rate) in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered.
  • the methods and compositions are effective to decrease other physiological parameters, such as mobility, body weight, life span, fecundity, or metabolic rate, by about 2%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%, or greater than 100% relative to a reference level (e.g., a level found in a host that does not receive a modulating agent).
  • a reference level e.g., a level found in a host that does not receive a modulating agent.
  • the decrease in host fitness may manifest as a decrease in the production of one or more nutrients in the host (e.g., vitamins, carbohydrates, amino acids, or polypeptides).
  • the methods or compositions provided herein may be effective to decrease the production of nutrients in the host (e.g., vitamins, carbohydrates, amino acids, or polypeptides) by about 2%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%, or greater than 100% relative to a reference level (e.g., a level found in a host that does not receive a modulating agent).
  • the methods or compositions provided herein may decrease nutrients in the host by decreasing the production of nutrients by one or more microorganisms (e.g., endosymbiont) in the host in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered.
  • microorganisms e.g., endosymbiont
  • the decrease in host fitness may manifest as an increase in the host's sensitivity to a pesticidal agent (e.g., a pesticide listed in Table 12) and/or a decrease in the host's resistance to a pesticidal agent (e.g., a pesticide listed in Table 12) in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered.
  • a pesticidal agent e.g., a pesticide listed in Table 12
  • a decrease in the host's resistance to a pesticidal agent e.g., a pesticide listed in Table 12
  • the methods or compositions provided herein may be effective to increase the host's sensitivity to a pesticidal agent (e.g., a pesticide listed in Table 12) by about 2%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%, or greater than 100% relative to a reference level (e.g., a level found in a host that does not receive a modulating agent).
  • a pesticidal agent e.g., a pesticide listed in Table 12
  • the pesticidal agent may be any pesticidal agent known in the art, including insecticidal agents.
  • the methods or compositions provided herein may increase the host's sensitivity to a pesticidal agent (e.g., a pesticide listed in Table 12) by decreasing the host's ability to metabolize or degrade the pesticidal agent into usable substrates.
  • a pesticidal agent e.g., a pesticide listed in Table 12
  • the decrease in host fitness may manifest as an increase in the host's sensitivity to an allelochemical agent and/or a decrease in the host's resistance to an allelochemical agent in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered.
  • the methods or compositions provided herein may be effective to decrease the host's resistance to an allelochemical agent by about 2%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%, or greater than 100% relative to a reference level (e.g., a level found in a host that does not receive a modulating agent).
  • the allelochemical agent is caffeine, soyacystatin N, monoterpenes, diterpene acids, or phenolic compounds.
  • the methods or compositions provided herein may increase the host's sensitivity to an allelochemical agent by decreasing the host's ability to metabolize or degrade the allelochemical agent into usable substrates in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered.
  • the methods or compositions provided herein may be effective to decease the host's resistance to parasites or pathogens (e.g., fungal, bacterial, or viral pathogens or parasites) in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered.
  • the methods or compositions provided herein may be effective to decrease the host's resistance to a pathogen or parasite (e.g., fungal, bacterial, or viral pathogens; or parasitic mites) by about 2%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%, or greater than 100% relative to a reference level (e.g., a level found in a host that does not receive a modulating agent).
  • a reference level e.g., a level found in a host that does not receive a modulating agent.
  • the decrease in host fitness may manifest as other fitness disadvantages, such as decreased tolerance to certain environmental factors (e.g., a high or low temperature tolerance), decreased ability to survive in certain habitats, or a decreased ability to sustain a certain diet in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered.
  • the methods or compositions provided herein may be effective to decrease host fitness in any plurality of ways described herein.
  • the modulating agent may decrease host fitness in any number of host classes, orders, families, genera, or species (e.g., 1 host species, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 200, 250, 500, or more host species).
  • the modulating agent acts on a single host class, order, family, genus, or species.
  • Host fitness may be evaluated using any standard methods in the art. In some instances, host fitness may be evaluated by assessing an individual host. Alternatively, host fitness may be evaluated by assessing a host population. For example, a decrease in host fitness may manifest as a decrease in successful competition against other insects, thereby leading to a decrease in the size of the host population.
  • the modulating agents provided herein are effective to reduce the spread of vector-borne diseases.
  • the modulating agent may be delivered to the insects using any of the formulations and delivery methods described herein, in an amount and for a duration effective to reduce transmission of the disease, e.g., reduce vertical or horizontal transmission between vectors and/or reduce transmission to humans.
  • the modulating agent described herein may reduce vertical or horizontal transmission of a vector-borne pathogen by about 2%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%, or more in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered.
  • the modulating agent described herein may reduce vectorial competence of an insect vector by about 2%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%, or more in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered.
  • Non-limiting examples of diseases that may be controlled by the compositions and methods provided herein include diseases caused by Togaviridae viruses (e.g., Chikungunya, Ross River fever, Mayaro, Onyon-nyong fever, Sindbis fever, Eastern equine enchephalomyeltis, Wesetern equine encephalomyelitis, deciualan equine encephalomyelitis, or Barmah forest); diseases caused by Flavivirdae viruses (e.g., Dengue fever, Yellow fever, Kyasanur Forest disease, Omsk haemorrhagic fever, Japaenese encephalitis, Murray Valley encephalitis, Rocio, St.
  • Togaviridae viruses e.g., Chikungunya, Ross River fever, Mayaro, Onyon-nyong fever, Sindbis fever, Eastern equine enchephalomyeltis, Wesetern equine ence
  • microorganisms targeted by the modulating agent described herein may include any microorganism resident in or on the host, including, but not limited to, any bacteria and/or fungi described herein.
  • Microorganisms resident in the host may include, for example, symbiotic (e.g., endosymbiotic microorganisms that provide beneficial nutrients or enzymes to the host), commensal, pathogenic, or parasitic microorganisms.
  • An endosymbiotic microorganism may be a primary endosymbiont or a secondary endosymbiont.
  • a symbiotic microorganism e.g., bacteria or fungi
  • Microorganisms resident in the host may be acquired by any mode of transmission, including vertical, horizontal, or multiple origins of transmission.
  • Exemplary bacteria that may be targeted in accordance with the methods and compositions provided herein, include, but are not limited to, Xenorhabdus spp, Photorhabdus spp, Candidatus spp, Buchnera spp, Blattabacterium spp, Baumania spp, Wigglesworthia spp, Wolbachia spp, Rickettsia spp, Orientia spp, Sodalis spp, Burkholderia spp, Cupriavidus spp, Frankia spp, Snirhizobium spp, Streptococcus spp, Wolinella spp, Xylella spp, Erwinia spp, Agrobacterium spp, Bacillus spp, Paenibacillus spp, Streptomyces spp, Micrococcus spp, Corynebacterium spp, Acetobacter spp, Cyanobacteri
  • Non-limiting examples of bacteria that may be targeted by the methods and compositions provided herein are shown in Table 1.
  • the 16S rRNA sequence of the bacteria targeted by the modulating agent has at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 97%, 99%, 99.9%, or 100% identity with a sequence listed in Table 1.
  • CACATGCAAGTCGAACGGCAGC ACGGAGAGCTTGCTCTGGTG GCGAGTGGCGAACGGGTGAGTA ATGCATCGGAACGTACCGAGTA ATGGGGGATAACTGTCCGAAAG GATGGCTAATACCGCATACGCC CTGAGGGGGAAAGCGGGGGAT CGAAAGACCTCGCGTTATTTGAG CGGCCGATGTTGGATTAGCTAG TTGGTGGGGTAAAGGCCTACCA AGGCGACGATCCATAGCGGGTC TGAGAGGATGATCCGCCACATT GGGACTGAGACACGGCCCAAAC TCCTACGGGAGGCAGCAGTGGG GAATTTTGGACAATGGGGGGAA CCCTGATCCAGCCATGCCGCGT GTCTGAAGAAGGCCTTCGGGTT GTAAAGGACTTTTGTTAGGGAAG AAAAGCCGGGTGTTAATACCATC TGGTGCTGACGGTACCTAAAGA ATAAGCACCGGCTAACTACGTG CCAGCAGCCGCGGTAATACGTA GGGTGCGAGCGTTA
  • a mosquito e.g., Aedes spp. or Anopheles spp. harbors symbiotic bacteria that modulate the mosquito's immune response and influence vectorial competence to pathogens.
  • the modulating agent described herein may be useful in targeting bacteria resident in the mosquito, including, but not limited to, EspZ, Seratia spp (e.g., Serratia marcescens ), Enterbacterioaceae spp., Enterobacter spp. (e.g., Enterobacter cloacae, Enterobacter amnigenus, Enterobacter ludwigi ), Proteus spp., Acinetobacter spp., Wigglesworthia spp.
  • Xanthomonas spp. e.g., Xanthomonas maltophilia
  • Pseudomonas spp. e.g., Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Pseudomonas stutzeri, Pseudomonas rhodesiae
  • Escherichia spp. e.g., Escherchia coli
  • Cedecea spp. e.g., Cedecea lapagei
  • Ewingella spp. e.g., Ewingella americana
  • Wolbachia spp. e.g., Wolbachia —wMel, Wolbachia —wAlbB, Wolbachia —wMelPop, Wolbachia —wMelPop-CLA.
  • the modulating agent may target a single bacterial species.
  • the modulating agent may target at least about any of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 500, or more distinct bacterial species.
  • the modulating agent may target any one of about 1 to about 5, about 5 to about 10, about 10 to about 20, about 20 to about 50, about 50 to about 100, about 100 to about 200, about 200 to about 500, about 10 to about 50, about 5 to about 20, or about 10 to about 100 distinct bacterial species.
  • the modulating agent may target at least about any of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, or more phyla, classes, orders, families, or genera of bacteria.
  • the modulating agent may increase a population of one or more bacteria (e.g., pathogenic bacteria, toxin-producing bacteria) by at least about any of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or more in the host in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered.
  • bacteria e.g., pathogenic bacteria, toxin-producing bacteria
  • the modulating agent may reduce the population of one or more bacteria (e.g., symbiotic bacteria, a pesticide-degrading bacterium, e.g., a bacterium that degrades a pesticide listed in Table 12) by at least about any of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or more in the host in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered.
  • the modulating agent may eradicate the population of a bacterium (e.g., symbiotic bacteria, a pesticide-degrading bacterium) in the host.
  • the modulating agent may increase the level of one or more pathogenic bacteria by at least about any of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or more in the host and/or decreases the level of one or more symbiotic bacteria by at least about any of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or more in the host in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered.
  • the modulating agent may alter the bacterial diversity and/or bacterial composition of the host. In some instances, the modulating agent may increase the bacterial diversity in the host relative to a starting diversity by at least about any of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or more in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered. In some instances, the modulating agent may decrease the bacterial diversity in the host relative to a starting diversity by at least about any of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or more in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered.
  • the modulating agent may alter the function, activity, growth, and/or division of one or more bacterial cells.
  • the modulating agent may alter the expression of one or genes in the bacteria.
  • the modulating agent may alter the function of one or more proteins in the bacteria.
  • the modulating agent may alter the function of one or more cellular structures (e.g., the cell wall, the outer or inner membrane) in the bacteria.
  • the modulating agent may kill (e.g., lyse) the bacteria.
  • the target bacterium may reside in one or more parts of the insect. Further, the target bacteria may be intracellular or extracellular. In some instances, the bacteria reside in or on one or more parts of the host gut, including, e.g., the foregut, midgut, and/or hindgut. In some instances, the bacteria reside as an intracellular bacteria within a cell of the host insect. In some instances, the bacteria reside in a bacteriocyte of the host insect.
  • Changes to the populations of bacteria in the host may be determined by any methods known in the art, such as microarray, polymerase chain reaction (PCR), real-time PCR, flow cytometry, fluorescence microscopy, transmission electron microscopy, fluorescence in situ hybridization (e.g., FISH), spectrophotometry, matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization-mass spectrometry (MALDI-MS), and DNA sequencing.
  • a sample of the host treated with a modulating agent is sequenced (e.g., by metagenomics sequencing of 16S rRNA or rDNA) to determine the microbiome of the host after delivery or administration of the modulating agent.
  • a sample of a host that did not receive the modulating agent is also sequenced to provide a reference.
  • Exemplary fungi that may be targeted in accordance with the methods and compositions provided herein, include, but are not limited to Amylostereum areolatum , Epichloe spp, Pichia pinus, Hansenula capsulate, Daldinia decipien, Ceratocytis spp, Ophiostoma spp, and Attamyces bromatificus .
  • Non-limiting examples of yeast and yeast-like symbionts found in insects include Candida , Metschnikowia, Debaromyces, Scheffersomyces shehatae and Scheffersomyces stipites, Starmerella, Pichia, Trichosporon, Cryptococcus, Pseudozyma , and yeast-like symbionts from the subphylum Pezizomycotina (e.g., Symbiotaphrina bucneri and Symbiotaphrina kochii ).
  • yeast that may be targeted by the methods and compositions herein are listed in Table 2.
  • Harpium inquisitor Coleoptera Cerambycidae Mycetomes ( Candida rhagii ) Harpium mordax Coleoptera: Cerambycidae Cecae around midgut ( Candida tenuis ) H.
  • cerambyciformis Leptura sanguinolenta Coleoptera Cerambycidae Cecae around midgut ( Candida sp.)
  • R hagium bifasciatum Coleoptera Cerambycidae Cecae around midgut ( Candida tenuis )
  • Rhagium inquisitor Coleoptera Cerambycidae Cecae around midgut ( Candida guilliermondii )
  • Rhagium mordax Coleoptera Cerambycidae Cecae around midgut ( Candida )
  • Carpophilus Coleoptera Nitidulidae Intestinal tract (10 yeast species) hemipterus
  • Odontotaenius Coleoptera Passalidae Hindgut ( Enteroramus dimorphus ) disjunctus
  • Odontotaenius Coleoptera Passalidae Gut ( Pichia stipitis, P.
  • Dendroctonus frontalis Coleoptera Scolytidae Midgut ( Candida sp.)
  • Ips sexdentatus Coleoptera Scolytidae Digestive tract ( Pichia bovis, P. rhodanensis ) Hansenula holstii ( Candida rhagii ) Digestive tract ( Candida pulcherina )
  • Ips typographus Coleoptera Scolytidae Alimentary canal Alimentary tracts ( Hansenula capsulata , Candida parapsilosis ) Guts and beetle homogenates ( Hansenula holstii, H. capsulata, Candida diddensii, C.
  • Homoptera Aphididae Tissue sections Hamiltonaphis styraci Glyphinaphis bambusae Cerataphis sp. Hamiltonaphis styraci Homoptera: Aphididae Abdominal hemocoel Cofana unimaculata Homoptera: Cicadellidae Fat body Leofa unicolor Homoptera: Cicadellidae Fat body Lecaniines, etc. Homoptera: Coccoidea d Hemolymph, fatty tissue, etc. Lecanium sp.
  • Homoptera Coccidae Hemolymph, adipose tissue Ceroplastes (4 sp.) Homoptera: Coccidae Blood smears Laodelphax striatellus Homoptera: Delphacidae Fat body Eggs Eggs ( Candida ) Nilaparvata lugens Homoptera: Delphacidae Fat body Eggs (2 unidentified yeast species) Eggs, nymphs ( Candida ) Eggs (7 unidentified yeast species) Eggs ( Candida ) Nisia nervosa Homoptera: Delphacidae Fat body Nisia grandiceps Perkinsiella spp.
  • Homoptera Delphacidae Fat body Amrasca devastans
  • Homoptera Jassidae Eggs, mycetomes, hemolymph Tachardina lobata
  • Homoptera Kerriidae Blood smears ( Torula variabilis ) sp.
  • Comperia merceti Hymenoptera Encyrtidae Hemolymph, gut, poison gland
  • Solenopsis invicta Hymenoptera Formicidae Hemolymph ( Myrmecomyces annellisae )
  • S. quinquecuspis Solenopsis invicta Hymenoptera: Formicidae Fourth instar larvae ( Candida parapsilosis, Yarrowia lipolytica ) Gut and hemolymph ( Candida parapsilosis, C. lipolytica, C. guillermondii, C.
  • the modulating agent may target a single fungal species.
  • the modulating agent may target at least about any of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 500, or more distinct fungal species.
  • the modulating agent may target any one of about 1 to about 5, about 5 to about 10, about 10 to about 20, about 20 to about 50, about 50 to about 100, about 100 to about 200, about 200 to about 500, about 10 to about 50, about 5 to about 20, or about 10 to about 100 distinct fungal species.
  • the modulating agent may target at least about any of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, or more phyla, classes, orders, families, or genera of fungi.
  • the modulating agent may increase a population of one or more fungi (e.g., pathogenic or parasitic fungi) by at least about any of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or more in the host in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered.
  • the modulating agent may reduce the population of one or more fungi (e.g., symbiotic fungi) by at least about any of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or more in the host in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered.
  • the modulating agent may eradicate the population of a fungi (e.g., symbiotic fungi) in the host.
  • the modulating agent may increase the level of one or more symbiotic fungi by at least about any of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or more in the host and/or may decrease the level of one or more symbiotic fungi by at least about any of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or more in the host in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered.
  • the modulating agent may alter the fungal diversity and/or fungal composition of the host.
  • the modulating agent may increase the fungal diversity in the host relative to a starting diversity by at least about any of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or more in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered.
  • the modulating agent may decrease the fungal diversity in the host relative to a starting diversity by at least about any of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or more in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered.
  • the modulating agent may alter the function, activity, growth, and/or division of one or more fungi.
  • the modulating agent may alter the expression of one or more genes in the fungus.
  • the modulating agent may alter the function of one or more proteins in the fungus.
  • the modulating agent may alter the function of one or more cellular components in the fungus.
  • the modulating agent may kill the fungus.
  • the target fungus may reside in one or more parts of the insect.
  • the fungus resides in or on one or more parts of the insect gut, including, e.g., the foregut, midgut, and/or hindgut.
  • the fungus lives extracellularly in the hemolymph, fat bodies or in specialized structures in the host.
  • Changes to the population of fungi in the host may be determined by any methods known in the art, such as microarray, polymerase chain reaction (PCR), real-time PCR, flow cytometry, fluorescence microscopy, transmission electron microscopy, fluorescence in situ hybridization (e.g., FISH), spectrophotometry, matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization-mass spectrometry (MALDI-MS), and DNA sequencing.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • FISH fluorescence in situ hybridization
  • MALDI-MS matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization-mass spectrometry
  • DNA sequencing DNA sequencing.
  • a sample of the host treated with a modulating agent is sequenced (e.g., by metagenomics sequencing) to determine the microbiome of the host after delivery or administration of the modulating agent.
  • a sample of a host that did not receive the modulating agent is also sequenced to provide a reference.
  • the modulating agent of the methods and compositions provided herein may include a phage, a polypeptide, a small molecule, an antibiotic, a secondary metabolite, a bacterium, a fungus, or any combination thereof.
  • the modulating agent described herein may include a phage (e.g., a lytic phage or a non-lytic phage).
  • a phage e.g., a lytic phage or a non-lytic phage.
  • an effective concentration of any phage described herein may alter a level, activity, or metabolism of one or more microorganisms (as described herein) resident in a host described herein (e.g., a vector of a human pathogen, e.g., a mosquito, a mite, a biting louse, or a tick), the modulation resulting in a decrease in the host's fitness (e.g., as outlined herein).
  • the modulating agent includes at least one phage selected from the order Tectiviridae, Myoviridae, Siphoviridae, Podoviridae, Caudovirales, Lipothrixviridae, Rudiviridae, or Ligamenvirales.
  • the composition includes at least one phage selected from the family Myoviridae, Siphoviridae, Podoviridae, Lipothrixviridae, Rudiviridae, Ampullaviridae, Bicaudaviridae, Clavaviridae, Corticoviridae, Cystoviridae, Fuselloviridae, Gluboloviridae, Guttaviridae, Inoviridae, Leviviridae, Microviridae, Plasmaviridae, and Tectiviridae. Further non-limiting examples of phages useful in the methods and compositions are listed in Table 3.
  • NC_009382 carotovorum ⁇ RSA1 (NC_009382), Ralstonia Bombyx mori ⁇ RSB1 (NC_011201), ⁇ RSL1 solanacearum (NC_010811), RSM1 (NC_008574) SF1(NC_028807) Streptomyces Philantus sp.; Trachypus scabies sp ECML-4 (NC_025446), ECML-117 Escherichia coli Apidae family; (NC_025441), ECML-134 (NC_025449) Varroa destructor SSP5(JX274646.1), SSP6 Salmonella sp.
  • Drosphilidae family (NC_004831), SFP10 (NC_016073), F18SE (NC_028698) ⁇ (NC_001416), Bcp1 (NC_024137) Bacillus sp. Gypsy moth; Lymantria dispar ; Varroa destructor Phi1 (NC_009821) Enterococcus Schistocerca gragaria sp. ⁇ KMV (NC_005045), Pseudomonas Lymantria dispar ; Apidae ⁇ EL(AJ697969.1), ⁇ KZ (NC_004629) sp.
  • NC_004112 phig1e
  • NC_0043005 Lactobacilli sp. Apidae family
  • Drosophila family Drosophila family
  • Varroa destructor KLPN1 NC_028760
  • Klebsiella sp C. capitata vB_AbaM_Acibel004 NC_025462
  • Acinetobacter Schistocerca gragaria vB_AbaP_Acibel007 NC_025457
  • a modulating agent includes a lytic phage.
  • the phage causes lysis in the target bacterial cell.
  • the lytic phage targets and kills a bacterium resident in a host insect to decrease the fitness of the host.
  • the phage of the modulating agent may be a non-lytic phage (also referred to as lysogenic or temperate phage).
  • the bacterial cell may remain viable and able to stably maintain expression of genes encoded in the phage genome.
  • a non-lytic phage is used to alter gene expression in a bacterium resident in a host insect to decrease the fitness of the host.
  • the modulating agent includes a mixture of lytic and non-lytic phage.
  • the phage is a naturally occurring phage.
  • a naturally occurring phage may be isolated from an environmental sample containing a mixture of different phages.
  • the naturally occurring phage may be isolated using methods known in the art to isolate, purify, and identify phage that target a particular microorganism (e.g., a bacterial endosymbiont in an insect host).
  • the phage may be engineered based on a naturally occurring phage.
  • the modulating agent described herein may include phage with either a narrow or broad bacterial target range.
  • the phage has a narrow bacterial target range.
  • the phage is a promiscuous phage with a large bacterial target range.
  • the promiscuous phage may target at least about any of 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, or more bacterium resident in the host.
  • a phage with a narrow bacterial target range may target a specific bacterial strain in the host without affecting another, e.g., non-targeted, bacterium in the host.
  • the phage may target no more than about any of 50, 40, 30, 20, 10, 8, 6, 4, 2, or 1 bacterium resident in the host.
  • the phage described herein may be useful in targeting one or more bacteria resident in the mosquito, including, but not limited to, EspZ, Seratia spp (e.g., Serratia marcescens ), Enterbacterioaceae spp., Enterobacter spp. (e.g., Enterobacter cloacae, Enterobacter amnigenus, Enterobacter ludwigii ), . Proteus spp., Acinetobacter spp., Wigglesworthia spp. ( Wigglesworthia gloosinidia ), Xanthomonas spp.
  • EspZ Seratia spp
  • Seratia spp e.g., Serratia marcescens
  • Enterbacterioaceae spp. Enterobacter spp.
  • Enterobacter spp. e.g., Enterobacter cloacae, Enterobacter amnigenus, Enterobacter ludwigii
  • Pseudomonas spp. e.g., Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Pseudomonas stutzeri, Pseudomonas rhodesiae
  • Escherichia spp. e.g., Escherchia coli
  • Cedecea spp. e.g., Cedecea lapagei
  • Ewingella spp. e.g., Ewingella americana
  • Bacillus spp. e.g., Bacillus pumilus
  • Comamonas spp. Comamonas spp., or Vagococcus spp.
  • Wolbachia spp. e.g., Wolbachia —wMel, Wolbachia —wAlbB, Wolbachia —wMelPop, Wolbachia —wMelPop-CLA.
  • compositions described herein may include any number of phage, such as at least about any one of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 100, or more phage.
  • the composition includes phage from one or more (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more phage) families, one or more orders (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more phage), or one or more species (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 100, or more phage).
  • Compositions including one or more phage are also referred herein as “phage cocktails.” Phage cocktails are useful because they allow for targeting of a wider host range of bacteria.
  • a cocktail includes multiple phages targeting one bacterial species.
  • a cocktail includes multiple phages targeting multiple bacterial species.
  • a one-phage “cocktail” includes a single promiscuous phage (i.e. a phage with a large host range) targeting many strains within a species.
  • Suitable concentrations of the phage in the modulating agent described herein depends on factors such as efficacy, survival rate, transmissibility of the phage, number of distinct phage, and/or lysin types in the compositions, formulation, and methods of application of the composition.
  • the phage is in a liquid or a solid formulation.
  • the concentration of each phage in any of the compositions described herein is at least about any of 10 2 , 10 3 , 10 4 , 10 5 , 10 6 , 10 7 , 10 8 , 10 9 , 10 10 or more pfu/ml.
  • the concentration of each phage in any of the compositions described herein is no more than about any of 10 2 , 10 3 , 10 4 , 10 5 , 10 6 , 10 7 , 10 8 , 109 pfu/ml. In some instances, the concentration of each phage in the composition is any of about 10 2 to about 10 3 , about 10 3 to about 10 4 , about 10 4 to about 10 5 , about 10 5 to about 10 6 , about 10 7 to about 10 8 , about 10 8 to about 10 9 , about 10 2 to about 10 4 , about 10 4 to about 10 6 , about 10 6 to about 10 9 , or about 10 3 to about 10 8 pfu/ml.
  • the concentration of each type of the phages may be the same or different.
  • the concentration of one phage in the cocktail is about 10 8 pfu/ml and the concentration of a second phage in the cocktail is about 106 pfu/ml.
  • a modulating agent including a phage as described herein can be contacted with the target host in an amount and for a time sufficient to: (a) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of phage concentration inside a target host; (b) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of phage concentration inside a target host gut; (c) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of phage concentration inside a target host bacteriocyte; (d) modulate the level, or an activity, of one or more microorganism (e.g., endosymbiont) in the target host; or/and (e) modulate fitness of the target host.
  • a target level e.g., a predetermined or threshold level
  • a target level e.g., a predetermined or threshold level
  • a target level e.g., a predetermined or threshold level
  • a target host gut
  • phages e.g., one or more naturally occurring phage
  • polypeptides e.g., a bacteriocin, R-type bacteriocin, nodule C-rich peptide, antimicrobial peptide, lysin, or bacteriocyte regulatory peptide
  • an effective concentration of any peptide or polypeptide described herein may alter a level, activity, or metabolism of one or more microorganisms (as described herein, e.g., a Wolbachia spp.
  • a host e.g., a vector of a human pathogen, e.g., a mosquito, mite, biting louse, or tick
  • the modulation resulting in a decrease in the host's fitness e.g., as outlined herein.
  • Polypeptides included herein may include naturally occurring polypeptides or recombinantly produced variants.
  • the polypeptide may be a functionally active variant of any of the polypeptides described herein with at least 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity, e.g., over a specified region or over the entire sequence, to a sequence of a polypeptide described herein or a naturally occurring polypeptide.
  • a modulating agent comprising a polypeptide as described herein can be contacted with the target host in an amount and for a time sufficient to: (a) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of concentration inside a target host; (b) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of concentration inside a target host gut; (c) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of concentration inside a target host bacteriocyte; (d) modulate the level, or an activity, of one or more microorganism (e.g., endosymbiont) in the target host; or/and (e) modulate fitness of the target host.
  • a target level e.g., a predetermined or threshold level
  • a target level e.g., a predetermined or threshold level
  • a target level e.g., a predetermined or threshold level
  • concentration inside a target host gut e.g.,
  • polypeptide modulating agents discussed hereinafter namely bacteriocins, lysins, antimicrobial peptides, nodule C-rich peptides, and bacteriocyte regulatory peptides, can be used to alter the level, activity, or metabolism of target microorganisms (e.g., Rickettsia or Wolbochia ) as indicated in the section for decreasing the fitness of host insects (e.g., a vector of a human pathogen, e.g., a mosquito, a mite, a biting louse, or a tick).
  • target microorganisms e.g., Rickettsia or Wolbochia
  • host insects e.g., a vector of a human pathogen, e.g., a mosquito, a mite, a biting louse, or a tick.
  • the modulating agent described herein may include a bacteriocin.
  • the bacteriocin is naturally produced by Gram-positive bacteria, such as Pseudomonas, Streptomyces, Bacillus, Staphylococcus , or lactic acid bacteria (LAB, such as Lactococcus lactis ).
  • the bacteriocin is naturally produced by Gram-negative bacteria, such as Hafnia alvei, Citrobacter freundii, Klebsiella oxytoca, Klebsiella pneumonia, Enterobacter cloacae, Serratia plymithicum, Xanthomonas campestris, Erwinia carotovora, Ralstonia solanacearum , or Escherichia coli .
  • Exemplary bacteriocins include, but are not limited to, Class I-IV LAB antibiotics (such as lantibiotics), colicins, microcins, and pyocins. Non-limiting examples of bacteriocins are listed in Table 4.
  • WVTTIVSILTAV GSGGLSLLAAA GRESIKAYLKKE IKKKGKRAVIAW SEQ ID NO: 46
  • Class III b aureocin A70 Staphylococcus Broad spectrum Gram MSWLNFLKYIAK aureus positive and Gram YGKKAVSAAWK negative bacteria.
  • YKGKVLEWLNV GPTLEWVWQKL KKIAGL SEQ ID NO: 47
  • Class IV Garvicin A Lactococcus Broad spectrum Gram IGGALGNALNGL garvieae positive and Gram GTWANMMNGG negative bacteria.
  • GFVNQWQVYA NKGKINQYRPY (SEQ ID NO: 48) Unclassified Colicin V Escherichia Active against MRTLTLNELDS coli Escherichia coli VSGGASGRDIA (also closely related MAIGTLSGQFV bacteria); AGGIGAAAGGV Enterobacteriaceae AGGAIYDYAST HKPNPAMSPSG LGGTIKQKPEGI PSEAWNYAAGR LCNWSPNNLSD VCL (SEQ ID NO: 49)
  • the bacteriocin is a colicin, a pyocin, or a microcin produced by Gram-negative bacteria. In some instances, the bacteriocin is a colicin.
  • the colicin may be a group A colicin (e.g., uses the Tol system to penetrate the outer membrane of a target bacterium) or a group B colicin (e.g., uses the Ton system to penetrate the outer membrane of a target bacterium). In some instances, the bacteriocin is a microcin.
  • the microcin may be a class I microcin (e.g., ⁇ 5 kDa, has post-translational modifications) or a class II microcin (e.g., 5-10 kDa, with or without post-translational modifications).
  • the class II microcin is a class IIa microcin (e.g., requires more than one genes to synthesize and assemble functional peptides) or a class lib microcin (e.g., linear peptides with or without post-translational modifications at C-terminus).
  • the bacteriocin is a pyocin.
  • the pyocin is an R-pyocin, F-pyocin, or S-pyocin.
  • the bacteriocin is a class I, class II, class III, or class IV bacteriocin produced by Gram-positive bacteria.
  • the modulating agent includes a Class I bacteriocin (e.g., lanthionine-containing antibiotics (lantibiotics) produced by a Gram-positive bacteria).
  • the class I bacteriocins or lantibiotic may be a low molecular weight peptide (e.g., less than about 5 kDa) and may possess post-translationally modified amino acid residues (e.g., lanthionine, ⁇ -methyllanthionine, or dehydrated amino acids).
  • the bacteriocin is a Class II bacteriocin (e.g., non-lantibiotics produced by Gram-positive bacteria). Many are positively charged, non-lanthionine-containing peptides, which unlike lantibiotics, do not undergo extensive post-translational modification.
  • the Class II bacteriocin may belong to one of the following subclasses: “pediocin-like” bacteriocins (e.g., pediocin PA-1 and carnobacteriocin X (Class IIa)); two-peptide bacteriocins (e.g., lactacin F and ABP-118 (Class IIb)); circular bacteriocins (e.g., carnocyclin A and enterocin AS-48 (Class IIc)); or unmodified, linear, non-pediocin-like bacteriocins (e.g., epidermicin NI01 and lactococcin A (Class lid)).
  • pediocin-like bacteriocins e.g., pediocin PA-1 and carnobacteriocin X (Class IIa)
  • two-peptide bacteriocins e.g., lactacin F and ABP-118
  • the bacteriocin is a Class III bacteriocin (e.g., produced by Gram-positive bacteria).
  • Class III bacteriocins may have a molecular weight greater than 10 kDa and may be heat unstable proteins.
  • the Class III bacteriocins can be further subdivided into Group IlIA and Group IIIB bacteriocins.
  • the Group IlA bacteriocins include bacteriolytic enzymes which kill sensitive strains by lysis of the cell well, such as Enterolisin A.
  • Group IIIB bacteriocins include non-lytic proteins, such as Caseicin 80, Helveticin J, and lactacin B.
  • the bacteriocin is a Class IV bacteriocin (e.g., produced by Gram-positive bacteria).
  • Class IV bacteriocins are a group of complex proteins, associated with other lipid or carbohydrate moieties, which appear to be required for activity. They are relatively hydrophobic and heat stable. Examples of Class IV bacteriocins leuconocin S, lactocin 27, and lactocin S.
  • the bacteriocin is an R-type bacteriocin.
  • R-type bacteriocins are contractile bacteriocidal protein complexes. Some R-type bacteriocins have a contractile phage-tail-like structure. The C-terminal region of the phage tail fiber protein determines target-binding specificity. They may attach to target cells through a receptor-binding protein, e.g., a tail fiber. Attachment is followed by sheath contraction and insertion of the core through the envelope of the target bacterium. The core penetration results in a rapid depolarization of the cell membrane potential and prompt cell death. Contact with a single R-type bacteriocin particle can result in cell death.
  • R-type bacteriocin may be thermolabile, mild acid resistant, trypsin resistant, sedimentable by centrifugation, resolvable by electron microscopy, or a combination thereof.
  • Other R-type bacteriocins may be complex molecules including multiple proteins, polypeptides, or subunits, and may resemble a tail structure of bacteriophages of the myoviridae family.
  • the subunit structures may be encoded by a bacterial genome, such as that of C. difficile or P. aeruginosa and form R-type bacteriocins to serve as natural defenses against other bacteria.
  • the R-type bacteriocin is a pyocin.
  • the pyocin is an R-pyocin, F-pyocin, or S-pyocin.
  • the bacteriocin is a functionally active variant of the bacteriocins described herein.
  • the variant of the bacteriocin has at least 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity, e.g., over a specified region or over the entire sequence, to a sequence of a bacteriocin described herein or a naturally occurring bacteriocin.
  • the bacteriocin may be bioengineered, according to standard methods, to modulate their bioactivity, e.g., increase or decrease or regulate, or to specify their target microorganisms.
  • the bacteriocin is produced by the translational machinery (e.g. a ribosome, etc.) of a microbial cell.
  • the bacteriocin is chemically synthesized.
  • Some bacteriocins can be derived from a polypeptide precursor.
  • the polypeptide precursor can undergo cleavage (e.g., processing by a protease) to yield the polypeptide of the bacteriocin itself.
  • the bacteriocin is produced from a precursor polypeptide.
  • the bacteriocin includes a polypeptide that has undergone post-translational modifications, for example, cleavage, or the addition of one or more functional groups.
  • the bacteriocins described herein may be formulated in a composition for any of the uses described herein.
  • the compositions disclosed herein may include any number or type (e.g., classes) of bacteriocins, such as at least about any one of 1 bacteriocin, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 100, or more bacteriocins. Suitable concentrations of each bacteriocin in the compositions described herein depends on factors such as efficacy, stability of the bacteriocin, number of distinct bacteriocin types in the compositions, formulation, and methods of application of the composition. In some instances, each bacteriocin in a liquid composition is from about 0.01 ng/ml to about 100 mg/mL.
  • each bacteriocin in a solid composition is from about 0.01 ng/g to about 100 mg/g. In some instances, wherein the composition includes at least two types of bacteriocins, the concentration of each type of the bacteriocins may be the same or different. In some instances, the bacteriocin is provided in a composition including a bacterial cell that secretes the bacteriocin. In some instances, the bacteriocin is provided in a composition including a polypeptide (e.g., a polypeptide isolated from a bacterial cell).
  • Bacteriocins may neutralize (e.g., kill) at least one microorganism other than the individual bacterial cell in which the polypeptide is made, including cells clonally related to the bacterial cell and other microbial cells.
  • a bacterial cell may exert cytotoxic or growth-inhibiting effects on a plurality of microbial organisms by secreting bacteriocins.
  • the bacteriocin targets and kills one or more species of bacteria resident in the host via cytoplasmic membrane pore formation, cell wall interference (e.g., peptidoglycanase activity), or nuclease activity (e.g., DNase activity, 16S rRNase activity, or tRNase activity).
  • the bacteriocin has a neutralizing activity.
  • Neutralizing activity of bacteriocins may include, but is not limited to, arrest of microbial reproduction, or cytotoxicity.
  • Some bacteriocins have cytotoxic activity, and thus can kill microbial organisms, for example bacteria, yeast, algae, and the like.
  • Some bacteriocins can inhibit the reproduction of microbial organisms, for example bacteria, yeast, algae, and the like, for example by arresting the cell cycle.
  • the bacteriocin has killing activity.
  • the killing mechanism of bacteriocins is specific to each group of bacteriocins.
  • the bacteriocin has narrow-spectrum bioactivity.
  • Bacteriocins are known for their very high potency against their target strains. Some bacteriocin activity is limited to strains that are closely related to the bacteriocin producer strain (narrow-spectrum bioactivity). In some instances, the bacteriocin has broad-spectrum bioactivity against a wide range of genera.
  • bacteriocins interact with a receptor molecule or a docking molecule on the target bacterial cell membrane.
  • nisin is extremely potent against its target bacterial strains, showing antimicrobial activity even at a single-digit nanomolar concentration.
  • the nisin molecule has been shown to bind to lipid II, which is the main transporter of peptidoglycan subunits from the cytoplasm to the cell wall
  • the bacteriocin has anti-fungal activity.
  • a number of bacteriocins with anti-yeast or anti-fungal activity have been identified.
  • bacteriocins from Bacillus have been shown to have neutralizing activity against some yeast strains (see, for example, Adetunji and Olaoye, Malaysian Journal of Microbiology 9:130-13, 2013).
  • an Enterococcus faecalis peptide has been shown to have neutralizing activity against Candida species (see, for example, Shekh and Roy, BMC Microbiology 12:132, 2012).
  • bacteriocins from Pseudomonas have been shown to have neutralizing activity against fungi, such as Curvularia lunata, Fusarium species, Helminthosporium species, and Biopolaris species (see, for example, Shalani and Srivastava, The Internet Journal of Microbiology Volume 5 Number 2, 2008).
  • botrycidin AJ1316 and alirin B1 from B. subtilis have been shown to have antifungal activities.
  • a modulating agent including a bacteriocin as described herein can be contacted with the target host in an amount and for a time sufficient to: (a) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of bacteriocin concentration inside a target host; (b) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of bacteriocin concentration inside a target host gut; (c) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of bacteriocin concentration inside a target host bacteriocyte; (d) modulate the level, or an activity, of one or more microorganism (e.g., endosymbiont) in the target host; or/and (e) modulate fitness of the target host.
  • a target level e.g., a predetermined or threshold level
  • a target level e.g., a predetermined or threshold level
  • bacteriocin concentration inside a target host gut e.g.
  • bacteriocins e.g., colA or nisin
  • the modulating agent described herein may include a lysin (e.g., also known as a murein hydrolase or peptidoglycan autolysin). Any lysin suitable for inhibiting a bacterium resident in the host may be used. In some instances, the lysin is one that can be naturally produced by a bacterial cell. In some instances, the lysin is one that can be naturally produced by a bacteriophage. In some instances, the lysin is obtained from a phage that inhibits a bacterium resident in the host. In some instances, the lysin is engineered based on a naturally occurring lysin.
  • a lysin e.g., also known as a murein hydrolase or peptidoglycan autolysin.
  • the lysin is engineered to be secreted by a host bacterium, for example, by introducing a signal peptide to the lysin. In some instances, the lysin is used in combination with a phage holin. In some instances, a lysin is expressed by a recombinant bacterium host that is not sensitive to the lysin. In some instances, the lysin is used to inhibit a Gram-positive or Gram-negative bacterium resident in the host.
  • the lysin may be any class of lysin and may have one or more substrate specificities.
  • the lysin may be a glycosidase, an endopeptidase, a carboxypeptidase, or a combination thereof.
  • the lysin cleaves the ⁇ -1-4 glycosidic bond in the sugar moiety of the cell wall, the amide bond connecting the sugar and peptide moieties of the bacterial cell wall, and/or the peptide bonds between the peptide moieties of the cell wall.
  • the lysin may belong to one or more specific lysin groups, depending on the cleavage site within the peptidoglycan.
  • the lysin is a N-acetyl- ⁇ -D-muramidase (e.g., lysozyme), lytic transglycosylase, N-acetyl- ⁇ -D-glucosaminidase, N-acetylmuramyl-L-alanine amidase, L,D-endopeptidase, D,D-endopeptidase, D,D-carboxypeptidase, L,D-carboxypeptidase, or L,D-transpeptidase.
  • lysins and their activities are listed in Table 5.
  • Lysins Target Bacteria Producer Lysins Activity Sequence S . pneumoniae Cp1 Cpl-1 Muramidase MVKKNDLFVDVS SHNGYDITGILEQ MGTTNTIIKISEST TYLNPCLSAQVEQ SNPIGFYHFARFG GDVAEAEREAQF FLDNVPMQVKYLV LDYEDDPSGDAQ ANTNACLRFMQMI ADAGYKPIYYSYK PFTHDNVDYQQIL AQFPNSLWIAGYG LNDGTANFEYFPS MDGIRWWQYSSN PFDKNIVLLDDEE DDKPKTAGTWKQ DSKGWWFRRNN GSFPYNKWEKIG GVWYYFDSKGYC LTSEWLKDNEKW YYLKDNGAMATG WVLVGSEWYYMD DSGAMVTGWVKY KNNWYYMTNERG NMVSNEFIKSGKG WYFMNTNGELAD NPSFTKE
  • aureus P68 Lys16 Endopeptidase N/A S aureus K LysK Amidase and MAKTQAEINKRLD endopeptidase AYAKGTVDSPYR VKKATSYDPSFGV MEAGAIDADGYY HAQCQDLITDYVL WLTDNKVRTWGN AKDQIKQSYGTGF KIHENKPSTVPKK GWIAVFTSGSYEQ WGHIGIVYDGGNT STFTILEQNWNGY ANKKPTKRVDNY YGLTHFIEIPVKAG TTVKKETAKKSAS KTPAPKKKATLKV SKNHINYTMDKRG KKPEGMVIHNDA GRSSGQQYENSL ANAGYARYANGIA HYYGSEGYVWEA IDAKNQIAWHTGD GTGANSGNFRFA GIEVCQSMSASDA QFLKNEQAVFQFT AEKFKEWGLTPN RKTVRLHMEFVPT ACPHRSMVL
  • uberis ATCC70040 Ply700 Amidase MTDSIQEMRKLQS 7
  • prophage IPVRYDMGDRYG NDADRDGRIEMD CSSAVSKALGISM TNNTETLQQALPA IGYGKIHDAVDGT FDMQAYDVIIWAP RDGSSSLGAFGH VLIATSPTTAIHCN YGSDGITENDYNY IWEINGRPREIVFR KGVTQTQATVTS QFERELDVNARLT VSDKPYYEATLSE DYYVEAGPRIDSQ DKELIKAGTRVRV YEKLNGWSRINHP ESAQWVEDSYLV DATEM (SEQ ID NO: 61) S .
  • the lysin is a functionally active variant of the lysins described herein.
  • the variant of the lysin has at least 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity, e.g., over a specified region or over the entire sequence, to a sequence of a lysin described herein or a naturally occurring lysin.
  • the lysin may be bioengineered to modulate its bioactivity, e.g., increase or decrease or regulate, or to specify a target microorganism.
  • the lysin is produced by the translational machinery (e.g. a ribosome, etc.) of a microbial cell.
  • the lysin is chemically synthesized.
  • the lysin is derived from a polypeptide precursor.
  • the polypeptide precursor can undergo cleavage (for example, processing by a protease) to yield the polypeptide of the lysin itself.
  • the lysin is produced from a precursor polypeptide.
  • the lysin includes a polypeptide that has undergone post-translational modifications, for example, cleavage, or the addition of one or more functional groups.
  • the lysins described herein may be formulated in a composition for any of the uses described herein.
  • the compositions disclosed herein may include any number or type (e.g., classes) of lysins, such as at least about any one of 1 lysin, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, or more lysins.
  • a suitable concentration of each lysin in the composition depends on factors such as efficacy, stability of the lysin, number of distinct lysin, the formulation, and methods of application of the composition.
  • each lysin in a liquid composition is from about 0.1 ng/mL to about 100 mg/mL.
  • each lysin in a solid composition is from about 0.1 ng/g to about 100 mg/g.
  • the concentration of each type of lysin may be the same or different.
  • a modulating agent including a lysin as described herein can be contacted with the target host in an amount and for a time sufficient to: (a) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of lysin concentration inside a target host; (b) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of lysin concentration inside a target host gut; (c) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of lysin concentration inside a target host bacteriocyte; (d) modulate the level, or an activity, of one or more microorganism (e.g., endosymbiont) in the target host; or/and (e) modulate fitness of the target host.
  • a target level e.g., a predetermined or threshold level
  • a target level e.g., a predetermined or threshold level
  • a target level e.g., a predetermined or threshold level
  • the modulating agent described herein may include an antimicrobial peptide (AMP). Any AMP suitable for inhibiting a microorganism resident in the host may be used. AMPs are a diverse group of molecules, which are divided into subgroups on the basis of their amino acid composition and structure.
  • the AMP may be derived or produced from any organism that naturally produces AMPs, including AMPs derived from plants (e.g., copsin), insects (e.g., drosocin, scorpion peptide (e.g., Uy192, UyCT3, D3, D10, Uy17, Uy192), mastoparan, poneratoxin, cecropin, moricin, melittin), frogs (e.g., magainin, dermaseptin, aurein), and mammals (e.g., cathelicidins, defensins and protegrins).
  • plants e.g., copsin
  • insects e.g., drosocin, scorpion peptide (e.g., Uy192, UyCT3, D3, D10, Uy17, Uy192), mastoparan, poneratoxin, cecropin, moricin, melittin), frogs (e.g., magainin, der
  • the AMP may be a scorpion peptide, such as Uy192 (5′-FLSTIWNGIKGLL-3′; SEQ ID NO: 227), UyCT3 (5′-LSAIWSGIKSLF-3; SEQ ID NO: 228), D3 (5′-LWGKLWEGVKSLI-3′; SEQ ID NO: 229), and D10 (5′-FPFLKLSLKIPKSAIKSAIKRL-3′; SEQ ID NO: 230), Uy17 (5′-ILSAIWSGIKGLL-3′; SEQ ID NO: 231), or a combination thereof.
  • Uy192 5′-FLSTIWNGIKGLL-3′; SEQ ID NO: 227)
  • UyCT3 5′-LSAIWSGIKSLF-3; SEQ ID NO: 228)
  • D3 5′-LWGKLWEGVKSLI-3′; SEQ ID NO: 229)
  • D10 5′-FPFLKLSLKIPKSAIKSAIKRL-3′; SEQ ID NO: 230
  • Uy17 5′-
  • the antimicrobial peptide may be one having at least 90% sequence identity (e.g., at least 90%, 92%, 94%, 96%, 98%, or 100% sequence identity) with one or more of the following: cecropin (SEQ ID NO: 82), melittin, copsin, drosomycin (SEQ ID NO: 93), dermcidin (SEQ ID NO: 81), andropin (SEQ ID NO: 83), moricin (SEQ ID NO: 84), ceratotoxin (SEQ ID NO: 85), abaecin (SEQ ID NO: 86), apidaecin (SEQ ID NO: 87), prophenin (SEQ ID NO: 88), indolicidin (SEQ ID NO: 89), protegrin (SEQ ID NO: 90), tachyplesin (SEQ ID NO: 91), or defensin (SEQ ID NO: 92) to a vector of a human pathogen.
  • cecropin SEQ ID NO: 82
  • the AMP may be active against any number of target microorganisms.
  • the AMP may have antibacterial and/or antifungal activities.
  • the AMP may have a narrow-spectrum bioactivity or a broad-spectrum bioactivity. For example, some AMPs target and kill only a few species of bacteria or fungi, while others are active against both gram-negative and gram-positive bacteria as well as fungi.
  • the AMP may function through a number of known mechanisms of action.
  • the cytoplasmic membrane is a frequent target of AMPs, but AMPs may also interfere with DNA and protein synthesis, protein folding, and cell wall synthesis.
  • AMPs with net cationic charge and amphipathic nature disrupt bacterial membranes leading to cell lysis.
  • AMPs may enter cells and interact with intracellular target to interfere with DNA, RNA, protein, or cell wall synthesis.
  • AMPs In addition to killing microorganisms, AMPs have demonstrated a number of immunomodulatory functions that are involved in the clearance of infection, including the ability to alter host gene expression, act as chemokines and/or induce chemokine production, inhibit lipopolysaccharide induced pro-inflammatory cytokine production, promote wound healing, and modulating the responses of dendritic cells and cells of the adaptive immune response.
  • the AMP is a functionally active variant of the AMPs described herein.
  • the variant of the AMP has at least 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity, e.g., over a specified region or over the entire sequence, to a sequence of an AMP described herein or a naturally derived AMP.
  • the AMP may be bioengineered to modulate its bioactivity, e.g., increase or decrease or regulate, or to specify a target microorganism.
  • the AMP is produced by the translational machinery (e.g. a ribosome, etc.) of a cell.
  • the AMP is chemically synthesized.
  • the AMP is derived from a polypeptide precursor.
  • the polypeptide precursor can undergo cleavage (for example, processing by a protease) to yield the polypeptide of the AMP itself.
  • the AMP is produced from a precursor polypeptide.
  • the AMP includes a polypeptide that has undergone post-translational modifications, for example, cleavage, or the addition of one or more functional groups.
  • the AMPs described herein may be formulated in a composition for any of the uses described herein.
  • the compositions disclosed herein may include any number or type (e.g., classes) of AMPs, such as at least about any one of 1 AMP, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, or more AMPs.
  • the compositions may include a cocktail of AMPs (e.g., a cocktail of scorpion peptides, e.g., UyCT3, D3, D10, and Uy17).
  • a suitable concentration of each AMP in the composition depends on factors such as efficacy, stability of the AMP, number of distinct AMP in the composition, the formulation, and methods of application of the composition.
  • each AMP in a liquid composition is from about 0.1 ng/mL to about 100 mg/mL (about 0.1 ng/mL to about 1 ng/mL, about 1 ng/mL to about 10 ng/mL, about 10 ng/mL to about 100 ng/mL, about 100 ng/mL to about 1000 ng/mL, about 1 mg/mL to about 10 mg/mL, about 10 mg/mL to about 100 mg/mL).
  • each AMP in a solid composition is from about 0.1 ng/g to about 100 mg/g (about 0.1 ng/g to about 1 ng/g, about 1 ng/g to about 10 ng/g, about 10 ng/g to about 100 ng/g, about 100 ng/g to about 1000 ng/g, about 1 mg/g to about 10 mg/g, about 10 mg/g to about 100 mg/g).
  • the concentration of each type of AMP may be the same or different.
  • a modulating agent including an AMP as described herein can be contacted with the target host in an amount and for a time sufficient to: (a) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of AMP concentration inside a target host; (b) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of AMP concentration inside a target host gut; (c) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of AMP concentration inside a target host bacteriocyte; (d) modulate the level, or an activity, of one or more microorganism (e.g., endosymbiont) in the target host; or/and (e) modulate fitness of the target host.
  • a target level e.g., a predetermined or threshold level
  • AMP concentration inside a target host gut e.g., a predetermined or threshold level
  • a target level e.g., a predetermined or threshold level
  • AMPs such as scorpion peptides
  • the modulating agent described herein may include a nodule C-rich peptide (NCR peptide).
  • NCR peptides are produced in certain leguminous plants and play an important role in the mutualistic, nitrogen-fixing symbiosis of the plants with bacteria from the Rhizobiaceae family ( rhizobia ), resulting in the formation of root nodules where plant cells contain thousands of intracellular endosymbionts.
  • NCR peptides possess anti-microbial properties that direct an irreversible, terminal differentiation process of bacteria, e.g., to permeabilize the bacterial membrane, disrupt cell division, or inhibit protein synthesis.
  • NCR peptides are produced which direct irreversible differentiation of the bacteria into large polyploid nitrogen-fixing bacteroids.
  • Non-limiting examples of NCR peptides are listed in Table 7.
  • NCR Peptides NAME Peptide sequence Producer >gi
  • NCR peptide-producing plants include but are not limited to Pisum sativum (pea), Astragalus sinicus (IRLC legumes), Phaseolus vulgaris (bean), Vigna unguiculata (cowpea), Medicago truncatula (barrelclover), and Lotus japonicus .
  • pea Pisum sativum
  • IRLC Astragalus sinicus
  • Bean Phaseolus vulgaris
  • Vigna unguiculata cowpea
  • Medicago truncatula barrelclover
  • Lotus japonicus .
  • over 600 potential NCR peptides are predicted from the M. truncatula genome sequence and almost 150 different NCR peptides have been detected in cells isolated from root nodules by mass spectrometry.
  • the NCR peptides described herein may be mature or immature NCR peptides.
  • Immature NCR peptides have a C-terminal signal peptide that is required for translocation into the endoplasmic reticulum and cleaved after translocation.
  • the N-terminus of a NCR peptide includes a signal peptide, which may be cleavable, for targeting to a secretory pathway.
  • NCR peptides are generally small peptides with disulfide bridges that stabilize their structure.
  • Mature NCR peptides have a length in the range of about 20 to about 60 amino acids, about 25 to about 55 amino acids, about 30 to about 50 amino acids, about 35 to about 45 amino acids, or any range therebetween.
  • NCR peptides may include a conserved sequence of cysteine residues with the rest of the peptide sequence highly variable.
  • NCR peptides generally have about four or eight cysteines.
  • NCR peptides may be anionic, neutral, or cationic.
  • MAQFLLFVYSLIIFLSLFFGEAAFERTETRMLTIPCTSDDNCPKVISPCHTKCFDGFCGWYIEGSYEGP SEQ ID NO: 197
  • neutral and/or anionic NCR peptides such as NCR001, do not possess antimicrobial activities at a pI greater than about 8.
  • the NCR peptide is effective to kill bacteria. In some instances, the NCR peptide is effective to kill S. meliloti, Xenorhabdus spp, Photorhabdus spp, Candidatus spp, Buchnera spp, Blattabacterium spp, Baumania spp, Wigglesworthia spp, Wolbachia spp, Rickettsia spp, Orientia spp, Sodalis spp, Burkholderia spp, Cupriavidus spp, Frankia spp, Snirhizobium spp, Streptococcus spp, Wolinella spp, Xylella spp, Erwinia spp, Agrobacterium spp, Bacillus spp, Paenibacillus spp, Streptomyces spp, Micrococcus spp, Corynebacterium spp, Acetobacter
  • the NCR peptide is a functionally active variant of a NCR peptide described herein.
  • the variant of the NCR peptide has at least 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity, e.g., over a specified region or over the entire sequence, to a sequence of a NCR peptide described herein or naturally derived NCR peptide.
  • the NCR peptide may be bioengineered to modulate its bioactivity, e.g., increase or decrease or regulate, or to specify a target microorganism.
  • the NCR peptide is produced by the translational machinery (e.g. a ribosome, etc.) of a cell.
  • the NCR peptide is chemically synthesized.
  • the NCR peptide is derived from a polypeptide precursor.
  • the polypeptide precursor can undergo cleavage (for example, processing by a protease) to yield the NCR peptide itself.
  • the NCR peptide is produced from a precursor polypeptide.
  • the NCR peptide includes a polypeptide that has undergone post-translational modifications, for example, cleavage, or the addition of one or more functional groups.
  • the NCR peptide described herein may be formulated in a composition for any of the uses described herein.
  • the compositions disclosed herein may include any number or type of NCR peptides, such as at least about any one of 1 NCR peptide, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 100, or more NCR peptides.
  • a suitable concentration of each NCR peptide in the composition depends on factors such as efficacy, stability of the NCR peptide, number of distinct NCR peptide, the formulation, and methods of application of the composition.
  • each NCR peptide in a liquid composition is from about 0.1 ng/mL to about 100 mg/mL.
  • each NCR peptide in a solid composition is from about 0.1 ng/g to about 100 mg/g. In some instances, wherein the composition includes at least two types of NCR peptides, the concentration of each type of NCR peptide may be the same or different.
  • a modulating agent including a NCR peptide as described herein can be contacted with the target host in an amount and for a time sufficient to: (a) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of NCR peptide concentration inside a target host; (b) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of NCR peptide concentration inside a target host gut; (c) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of NCR peptide concentration inside a target host bacteriocyte; (d) modulate the level, or an activity, of one or more microorganism (e.g., endosymbiont) in the target host; or/and (e) modulate fitness of the target host.
  • a target level e.g., a predetermined or threshold level
  • a target level e.g., a predetermined or threshold level
  • a target level e.g., a predetermined or threshold level
  • the modulating agent described herein may include a bacteriocyte regulatory peptide (BRP).
  • BRPs are peptides expressed in the bacteriocytes of insects. These genes are expressed first at a developmental time point coincident with the incorporation of symbionts and their bacteriocyte-specific expression is maintained throughout the insect's life.
  • the BRP has a hydrophobic amino terminal domain, which is predicted to be a signal peptide.
  • some BRPs have a cysteine-rich domain.
  • the bacteriocyte regulatory peptide is a bacteriocyte-specific cysteine rich (BCR) protein.
  • Bacteriocyte regulatory peptides have a length between about 40 and 150 amino acids.
  • the bacteriocyte regulatory peptide has a length in the range of about 45 to about 145, about 50 to about 140, about 55 to about 135, about 60 to about 130, about 65 to about 125, about 70 to about 120, about 75 to about 115, about 80 to about 110, about 85 to about 105, or any range therebetween.
  • BRPs and their activities are listed in Table 8.
  • the BRP alters the growth and/or activity of one or more bacteria resident in the bacteriocyte of the host.
  • the BRP may be bioengineered to modulate its bioactivity (e.g., increase, decrease, or regulate) or to specify a target microorganism.
  • the BRP is produced by the translational machinery (e.g. a ribosome, etc.) of a cell.
  • the BRP is chemically synthesized.
  • the BRP is derived from a polypeptide precursor.
  • the polypeptide precursor can undergo cleavage (for example, processing by a protease) to yield the polypeptide of the BRP itself.
  • the BRP is produced from a precursor polypeptide.
  • the BRP includes a polypeptide that has undergone post-translational modifications, for example, cleavage, or the addition of one or more functional groups.
  • the variant of the BRP has at least 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity, e.g., over a specified region or over the entire sequence, to a sequence of a BRP described herein or naturally derived BRP.
  • the BRP described herein may be formulated in a composition for any of the uses described herein.
  • the compositions disclosed herein may include any number or type (e.g., classes) of BRPs, such as at least about any one of 1 BRP, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, or more BRPs.
  • a suitable concentration of each BRP in the composition depends on factors such as efficacy, stability of the BRP, number of distinct BRP, the formulation, and methods of application of the composition.
  • each BRP in a liquid composition is from about 0.1 ng/mL to about 100 mg/mL.
  • each BRP in a solid composition is from about 0.1 ng/g to about 100 mg/g.
  • the concentration of each type of BRP may be the same or different.
  • a modulating agent including a BRP as described herein can be contacted with the target host in an amount and for a time sufficient to: (a) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of BRP concentration inside a target host; (b) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of BRP concentration inside a target host gut; (c) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of BRP concentration inside a target host bacteriocyte; (d) modulate the level, or an activity, of one or more microorganism (e.g., endosymbiont) in the target host; or/and (e) modulate fitness of the target host.
  • a target level e.g., a predetermined or threshold level
  • a target level e.g., a predetermined or threshold level
  • a target level e.g., a predetermined or threshold level
  • a target host gut e.g.
  • an effective concentration of any small molecule described herein may alter the level, activity, or metabolism of one or more microorganisms (as described herein) resident in a host, the alteration resulting in a decrease in the host's fitness.
  • a modulating agent comprising a small molecule as described herein can be contacted with the target host in an amount and for a time sufficient to: (a) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of a small molecule concentration inside a target host; (b) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of small molecule concentration inside a target host gut; (c) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of a small molecule concentration inside a target host bacteriocyte; (d) modulate the level, or an activity, of one or more microorganism (e.g., endosymbiont) in the target host; or/and (e) modulate fitness of the target host.
  • a target level e.g., a predetermined or threshold level
  • a target level e.g., a predetermined or threshold level
  • a target level e.g., a predetermined or threshold level
  • the small molecules discussed hereinafter can be used to alter the level, activity, or metabolism of target microorganisms as indicated in the sections for decreasing the fitness of a host insect (e.g., vector of a human pathogen), such as a mosquito, a mite, a louse, or a tick.
  • a host insect e.g., vector of a human pathogen
  • a host insect e.g., vector of a human pathogen
  • the modulating agent described herein may include an antibiotic. Any antibiotic known in the art may be used. Antibiotics are commonly classified based on their mechanism of action, chemical structure, or spectrum of activity.
  • the antibiotic described herein may target any bacterial function or growth processes and may be either bacteriostatic (e.g., slow or prevent bacterial growth) or bactericidal (e.g., kill bacteria).
  • the antibiotic is a bactericidal antibiotic.
  • the bactericidal antibiotic is one that targets the bacterial cell wall (e.g., penicillins and cephalosporins); one that targets the cell membrane (e.g., polymyxins); or one that inhibits essential bacterial enzymes (e.g., rifamycins, lipiarmycins, quinolones, and sulfonamides).
  • the bactericidal antibiotic is an aminoglycoside.
  • the antibiotic is a bacteriostatic antibiotic.
  • the bacteriostatic antibiotic targets protein synthesis (e.g., macrolides, lincosamides and tetracyclines).
  • Additional classes of antibiotics that may be used herein include cyclic lipopeptides (such as daptomycin), glycylcyclines (such as tigecycline), oxazolidinones (such as linezolid), or lipiarmycins (such as fidaxomicin).
  • examples of antibiotics include oxytetracycline, doxycycline, rifampicin, ciprofloxacin, ampicillin, and polymyxin B.
  • Other non-limiting examples of antibiotics are found in Table 9.
  • Antibiotics Antibiotics Action Penicillins, cephalosporins, vancomycin Cell wall synthesis Polymixin, gramicidin Membrane active agent, disrupt cell membrane Tetracyclines, macrolides, chloramphenicol, Inhibit protein synthesis clindamycin, spectinomycin Sulfonamides Inhibit folate-dependent pathways Ciprofloxacin Inhibit DNA-gyrase Isoniazid, rifampicin, pyrazinamide, Antimycobacterial agents ethambutol, (myambutol)l, streptomycin
  • the antibiotic described herein may have any level of target specificity (e.g., narrow- or broad-spectrum).
  • the antibiotic is a narrow-spectrum antibiotic, and thus targets specific types of bacteria, such as gram-negative or gram-positive bacteria.
  • the antibiotic may be a broad-spectrum antibiotic that targets a wide range of bacteria.
  • the antibiotics described herein may be formulated in a composition for any of the uses described herein.
  • the compositions disclosed herein may include any number or type (e.g., classes) of antibiotics, such as at least about any one of 1 antibiotic, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, or more antibiotics (e.g., a combination of rifampicin and doxycycline, or a combination of ampicillin and rifampicin).
  • a suitable concentration of each antibiotic in the composition depends on factors such as efficacy, stability of the antibiotic, number of distinct antibiotics, the formulation, and methods of application of the composition. In some instances, wherein the composition includes at least two types of antibiotics, the concentration of each type of antibiotic may be the same or different.
  • a modulating agent including an antibiotic as described herein can be contacted with the target host in an amount and for a time sufficient to: (a) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of antibiotic concentration inside a target host; (b) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of antibiotic concentration inside a target host gut; (c) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of antibiotic concentration inside a target host bacteriocyte; (d) modulate the level, or an activity, of one or more microorganism (e.g., endosymbiont) in the target host; or/and (e) modulate fitness of the target host.
  • a target level e.g., a predetermined or threshold level
  • a target level e.g., a predetermined or threshold level
  • a target level e.g., a predetermined or threshold level
  • a target host gut e.g., a predetermined
  • antibiotics e.g., doxycycline, oxytetracycline, azithromycin, ciprofloxacin, or rifampicin
  • an endosymbiotic bacterium such as a Wolbachia spp.
  • an insect host e.g., an insect vector of an animal pathogen
  • a mosquito or mite or tick or biting louse e.g., an insect vector of an animal pathogen
  • antibiotics such as oxytetracycline can be used as modulating agents that target an endosymbiotic bacterium, such as a Rickettsia spp., in an insect host, such as ticks, to decrease the fitness of the host (e.g., as outlined herein).
  • the modulating agent of the compositions and methods described herein includes a secondary metabolite.
  • Secondary metabolites are derived from organic molecules produced by an organism. Secondary metabolites may act (i) as competitive agents used against bacteria, fungi, amoebae, plants, insects, and large animals; (ii) as metal transporting agents; (iii) as agents of symbiosis between microbes and plants, insects, and higher animals; (iv) as sexual hormones; and (v) as differentiation effectors.
  • Non-limiting examples of secondary metabolites are found in Table 10.
  • the secondary metabolite used herein may include a metabolite from any known group of secondary metabolites.
  • secondary metabolites can be categorized into the following groups: alkaloids, terpenoids, flavonoids, glycosides, natural phenols (e.g., gossypol acetic acid), enals (e.g., trans-cinnamaldehyde), phenazines, biphenols and dibenzofurans, polyketides, fatty acid synthase peptides, nonribosomal peptides, ribosomally synthesized and post-translationally modified peptides, polyphenols polysaccharides (e.g., chitosan), and biopolymers.
  • alkaloids e.g., gossypol acetic acid
  • enals e.g., trans-cinnamaldehyde
  • phenazines e.g., biphenols and dibenzofurans
  • Secondary metabolites useful for compositions and methods described herein include those that alter a natural function of an endosymbiont (e.g., primary or secondary endosymbiont), bacteriocyte, or extracellular symbiont.
  • one or more secondary metabolites described herein is isolated from a high throughput screening (HTS) for antimicrobial compounds.
  • HTS high throughput screening
  • a HTS screen identified 49 antibacterial extracts that have specificity against gram positive and gram negative bacteria from over 39,000 crude extracts from organisms growing in diverse ecosystems of one specific region.
  • the secondary metabolite is transported inside a bacteriocyte.
  • the small molecule is an inhibitor of vitamin synthesis.
  • the vitamin synthesis inhibitor is a vitamin precursor analog.
  • the vitamin precursor analog is pantothenol.
  • the small molecule is an amino acid analog.
  • the amino acid analog is L-canvanine, D-arginine, D-valine, D-methionine, D-phenylalanine, D-histidine, D-tryptophan, D-threonine, D-leucine, L-NG-nitroarginine, or a combination thereof.
  • the small molecule is a natural antimicrobial compound, such as propionic acid, levulinic acid, trans-cinnemaldehdye, nisin, or low molecular weight chitosan.
  • the secondary metabolite described herein may be formulated in a composition for any of the uses described herein.
  • the compositions disclosed herein may include any number or type (e.g., classes) of secondary metabolites, such as at least about any one of 1 secondary metabolite, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, or more secondary metabolites.
  • a suitable concentration of each secondary metabolite in the composition depends on factors such as efficacy, stability of the secondary metabolite, number of distinct secondary metabolites, the formulation, and methods of application of the composition.
  • the concentration of each type of secondary metabolite may be the same or different.
  • a modulating agent including a secondary metabolite as described herein can be contacted with the target host in an amount and for a time sufficient to: (a) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of secondary metabolite concentration inside a target host; (b) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of secondary metabolite concentration inside a target host gut; (c) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of secondary metabolite concentration inside a target host bacteriocyte; (d) modulate the level, or an activity, of one or more microorganism (e.g., endosymbiont) in the target host; or/and (e) modulate fitness of the target host.
  • a target level e.g., a predetermined or threshold level
  • a target level e.g., a predetermined or threshold level
  • a target level e.g., a predetermined or threshold level
  • secondary metabolites e.g., gossypol
  • secondary metabolites can be used as modulating agents that target an endosymbiotic bacterium in an insect host to decrease the fitness of the host (e.g., as outlined herein).
  • small molecules such as trans-cinnemaldehyde, levulinic acid, chitosan, vitamin analogs, or amino acid transport inhibitors, can also be used as modulating agents that target an endosymbiotic bacterium in an insect host to decrease the fitness of the host (e.g., as outlined herein).
  • the modulating agent described herein includes one or more bacteria. Numerous bacteria are useful in the compositions and methods described herein. In some instances, the agent is a bacterial species endogenously found in the host. In some instances, the bacterial modulating agent is an endosymbiotic bacterial species. Non-limiting examples of bacteria that may be used as modulating agents include all bacterial species described herein in Section II of the detailed description and those listed in Table 1.
  • the modulating agent may be a bacterial species from any bacterial phyla present in insect guts, including Gammaproteobacteria, Alphaproteobacteria, Betaproteobacteria, Bacteroidetes, Firmicutes (e.g., Lactobacillus and Bacillus spp.), Clostridia, Actinomycetes, Spirochetes, Verrucomicrobia , and Actinobacteria.
  • the modulating agent is a bacterium that disrupts microbial diversity or otherwise alters the microbiota of the host in a manner detrimental to the host.
  • bacteria may be provided to disrupt the microbiota of mosquitos.
  • the bacterial modulating agent may compete with, displace, and/or reduce a population of symbiotic bacteria in a mosquito.
  • bacteria may be provided to disrupt the microbiota of mites.
  • the bacterial modulating agent may compete with, displace, and/or reduce a population of symbiotic bacteria in a mite.
  • bacteria may be provided to disrupt the microbiota of biting louse.
  • the bacterial modulating agent may compete with, displace, and/or reduce a population of symbiotic bacteria in a biting louse.
  • bacteria may be provided to disrupt the microbiota of ticks.
  • the bacterial modulating agent may compete with, displace, and/or reduce a population of symbiotic bacteria in a tick.
  • the bacterial modulating agents discussed herein can be used to alter the level, activity, or metabolism of target microorganisms as indicated in the sections for decreasing the fitness of a host insect (e.g., a vector of a human pathogen), such as a mosquito a mite, a biting louse, or a tick.
  • a host insect e.g., a vector of a human pathogen
  • a mosquito a mite e.g., a mosquito a mite, a biting louse, or a tick.
  • any of the modulating agents described herein may be fused or linked to an additional moiety.
  • the modulating agent includes a fusion of one or more additional moieties (e.g., 1 additional moiety, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more additional moieties).
  • the additional moiety is any one of the modulating agents described herein (e.g., a peptide, polypeptide, small molecule, or antibiotic).
  • the additional moiety may not act as modulating agent itself but may instead serve a secondary function.
  • the additional moiety may to help the modulating agent access, bind, or become activated at a target site in the host (e.g., at a host gut or a host bacteriocyte) or at a target microorganism resident in the host (e.g., a vector of a human pathogen, e.g., a mosquito, a mite, a biting louse, or a tick).
  • a target site in the host e.g., at a host gut or a host bacteriocyte
  • a target microorganism resident in the host e.g., a vector of a human pathogen, e.g., a mosquito, a mite, a biting louse, or a tick.
  • the additional moiety may help the modulating agent penetrate a target host cell or target microorganism resident in the host.
  • the additional moiety may include a cell penetrating peptide.
  • Cell penetrating peptides may be natural sequences derived from proteins; chimeric peptides that are formed by the fusion of two natural sequences; or synthetic CPPs, which are synthetically designed sequences based on structure-activity studies.
  • CPPs have the capacity to ubiquitously cross cellular membranes (e.g., prokaryotic and eukaryotic cellular membranes) with limited toxicity.
  • CPPs may have the capacity to cross cellular membranes via energy-dependent and/or independent mechanisms, without the necessity of a chiral recognition by specific receptors.
  • CPPs can be bound to any of the modulating agents described herein.
  • a CPP can be bound to an antimicrobial peptide (AMP), e.g., a scorpion peptide, e.g., UY192 fused to a cell penetrating peptide (e.g., YGRKKRRQRRRFLSTIWNGIKGLLFAM; SEQ ID NO: 232).
  • AMP antimicrobial peptide
  • a scorpion peptide e.g., UY192 fused to a cell penetrating peptide (e.g., YGRKKRRQRRRFLSTIWNGIKGLLFAM; SEQ ID NO: 232).
  • Non-limiting examples of CPPs are listed in Table 11.
  • CPPs Cell Penetrating Peptides
  • Peptide Origin Sequence Protein-derived Penetratin Antennapedia RQIKIWFQNRRMKWKK (SEQ ID NO: 211) Tat peptide Tat GRKKRRQRRRPPQ (SEQ ID NO: 212) pVEC Cadherin LLIILRRRIRKQAHAHSK (SEQ ID NO: 213) Chimeric Transportan Galanine/ GWTLNSAGYLLGKI Mastoparan NLKALAALAKKIL (SEQ ID NO: 214)
  • MGAWSQPKKKRKV (SEQ ID NO: 215) Pep-1 HIV-reverse KETWWETWWTE transcriptase/ WSQPKKKRKV SV40 T-antigen (SEQ ID NO: 216) Synthetic Polyarginines Based on (R) n ; 6 ⁇ n ⁇ 12 Tat peptide MAP de novo KLALK
  • the additional moiety helps the modulating agent bind a target microorganism (e.g., a fungi or bacterium) resident in the host.
  • the additional moiety may include one or more targeting domains.
  • the targeting domain may target the modulating agent to one or more microorganisms (e.g., bacterium or fungus) resident in the gut of the host.
  • the targeting domain may target the modulating agent to a specific region of the host (e.g., host gut or bacteriocyte) to access microorganisms that are generally present in said region of the host.
  • the targeting domain may target the modulating agent to the foregut, midgut, or hindgut of the host.
  • the targeting domain may target the modulating agent to a bacteriocyte in the host and/or one or more specific bacteria resident in a host bacteriocyte.
  • the targeting domain may be Galanthus nivalis lectin or agglutinin (GNA) bound to a modulating agent described herein, e.g., an AMP, e.g., a scorpion peptide, e.g., Uy192.
  • the modulating agent may include a pre- or pro-amino acid sequence.
  • the modulating agent may be an inactive protein or peptide that can be activated by cleavage or post-translational modification of a pre- or pro-sequence.
  • the modulating agent is engineered with an inactivating pre- or pro-sequence.
  • the pre- or pro-sequence may obscure an activation site on the modulating agent, e.g., a receptor binding site, or may induce a conformational change in the modulating agent.
  • the modulating agent upon cleavage of the pre- or pro-sequence, the modulating agent is activated upon cleavage of the pre- or pro-sequence.
  • the modulating agent may include a pre- or pro-small molecule, e.g., an antibiotic.
  • the modulating agent may be an inactive small molecule described herein that can be activated in a target environment inside the host.
  • the small molecule may be activated upon reaching a certain pH in the host gut.
  • the modulating agent may further include a linker.
  • the linker may be a chemical bond, e.g., one or more covalent bonds or non-covalent bonds.
  • the linker may be a peptide linker (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, or more amino acids longer).
  • the linker maybe include any flexible, rigid, or cleavable linkers described herein.
  • a flexible peptide linker may include any of those commonly used in the art, including linkers having sequences having primarily Gly and Ser residues (“GS” linker). Flexible linkers may be useful for joining domains that require a certain degree of movement or interaction and may include small, non-polar (e.g. Gly) or polar (e.g. Ser or Thr) amino acids.
  • a peptide linker may be a rigid linker.
  • Rigid linkers are useful to keep a fixed distance between moieties and to maintain their independent functions.
  • Rigid linkers may also be useful when a spatial separation of the domains is critical to preserve the stability or bioactivity of one or more components in the fusion.
  • Rigid linkers may, for example, have an alpha helix-structure or Pro-rich sequence, (XP) n , with X designating any amino acid, preferably Ala, Lys, or Glu.
  • a peptide linker may be a cleavable linker.
  • linkers may be cleaved under specific conditions, such as the presence of reducing reagents or proteases.
  • In vivo cleavable linkers may utilize the reversible nature of a disulfide bond.
  • One example includes a thrombin-sensitive sequence (e.g., PRS) between two Cys residues.
  • PRS thrombin-sensitive sequence
  • In vitro thrombin treatment of CPRSC results in the cleavage of the thrombin-sensitive sequence, while the reversible disulfide linkage remains intact.
  • Such linkers are known and described, e.g., in Chen et al., Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev.
  • Cleavage of linkers in fusions may also be carried out by proteases that are expressed in vivo under conditions in specific cells or tissues of the host or microorganisms resident in the host. In some instances, cleavage of the linker may release a free functional, modulating agent upon reaching a target site or cell.
  • Fusions described herein may alternatively be linked by a linking molecule, including a hydrophobic linker, such as a negatively charged sulfonate group; lipids, such as a poly (—CH2-) hydrocarbon chains, such as polyethylene glycol (PEG) group, unsaturated variants thereof, hydroxylated variants thereof, amidated or otherwise N-containing variants thereof, non-carbon linkers; carbohydrate linkers; phosphodiester linkers, or other molecule capable of covalently linking two or more molecules, e.g., two modulating agents.
  • a hydrophobic linker such as a negatively charged sulfonate group
  • lipids such as a poly (—CH2-) hydrocarbon chains, such as polyethylene glycol (PEG) group, unsaturated variants thereof, hydroxylated variants thereof, amidated or otherwise N-containing variants thereof, non-carbon linkers
  • carbohydrate linkers such as polyethylene glycol (PEG) group
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • Non-covalent linkers may be used, such as hydrophobic lipid globules to which the modulating agent is linked, for example, through a hydrophobic region of the modulating agent or a hydrophobic extension of the modulating agent, such as a series of residues rich in leucine, isoleucine, valine, or perhaps also alanine, phenylalanine, or even tyrosine, methionine, glycine, or other hydrophobic residue.
  • the modulating agent may be linked using charge-based chemistry, such that a positively charged moiety of the modulating agent is linked to a negative charge of another modulating agent or an additional moiety.
  • compositions described herein may be formulated either in pure form (e.g., the composition contains only the modulating agent) or together with one or more additional agents (such as excipient, delivery vehicle, carrier, diluent, stabilizer, etc.) to facilitate application or delivery of the compositions.
  • additional agents such as excipient, delivery vehicle, carrier, diluent, stabilizer, etc.
  • excipients and diluents include, but are not limited to, lactose, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, mannitol, starches, gum acacia, calcium phosphate, alginates, tragacanth, gelatin, calcium silicate, microcrystalline cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, cellulose, water, saline solution, syrup, methylcellulose, methyl- and propylhydroxybenzoates, talc, magnesium stearate, and mineral oil.
  • the composition includes a delivery vehicle or carrier.
  • the delivery vehicle includes an excipient.
  • excipients include, but are not limited to, solid or liquid carrier materials, solvents, stabilizers, slow-release excipients, colorings, and surface-active substances (surfactants).
  • the delivery vehicle is a stabilizing vehicle.
  • the stabilizing vehicle includes a stabilizing excipient.
  • Exemplary stabilizing excipients include, but are not limited to, epoxidized vegetable oils, antifoaming agents, e.g. silicone oil, preservatives, viscosity regulators, binding agents and tackifiers.
  • the stabilizing vehicle is a buffer suitable for the modulating agent.
  • the composition is microencapsulated in a polymer bead delivery vehicle.
  • the stabilizing vehicle protects the modulating agent against UV and/or acidic conditions.
  • the delivery vehicle contains a pH buffer.
  • the composition is formulated to have a pH in the range of about 4.5 to about 9.0, including for example pH ranges of about any one of 5.0 to about 8.0, about 6.5 to about 7.5, or about 6.5 to about 7.0.
  • the composition may be formulated into emulsifiable concentrates, suspension concentrates, directly sprayable or dilutable solutions, coatable pastes, diluted emulsions, spray powders, soluble powders, dispersible powders, wettable powders, dusts, granules, encapsulations in polymeric substances, microcapsules, foams, aerosols, carbon dioxide gas preparations, tablets, resin preparations, paper preparations, nonwoven fabric preparations, or knitted or woven fabric preparations.
  • the composition is a liquid.
  • the composition is a solid.
  • the composition is an aerosol, such as in a pressurized aerosol can.
  • the composition is present in the waste (such as feces) of the pest.
  • the composition is present in or on a live pest.
  • the delivery vehicle is the food or water of the host. In other instances, the delivery vehicle is a food source for the host. In some instances, the delivery vehicle is a food bait for the host. In some instances, the composition is a comestible agent consumed by the host. In some instances, the composition is delivered by the host to a second host, and consumed by the second host. In some instances, the composition is consumed by the host or a second host, and the composition is released to the surrounding of the host or the second host via the waste (such as feces) of the host or the second host. In some instances, the modulating agent is included in food bait intended to be consumed by a host or carried back to its colony.
  • the modulating agent may make up about 0.1% to about 100% of the composition, such as any one of about 0.01% to about 100%, about 1% to about 99.9%, about 0.1% to about 10%, about 1% to about 25%, about 10% to about 50%, about 50% to about 99%, or about 0.1% to about 90% of active ingredients (such as phage, lysin or bacteriocin).
  • the composition includes at least any of 0.1%, 0.5%, 1%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, or more active ingredients (such as phage, lysin or bacteriocin).
  • the concentrated agents are preferred as commercial products, the final user normally uses diluted agents, which have a substantially lower concentration of active ingredient.
  • any of the formulations described herein may be used in the form of a bait, a coil, an electric mat, a smoking preparation, a fumigant, or a sheet.
  • compositions provided herein may be in a liquid formulation.
  • Liquid formulations are generally mixed with water, but in some instances may be used with crop oil, diesel fuel, kerosene or other light oil as a carrier.
  • the amount of active ingredient often ranges from about 0.5 to about 80 percent by weight.
  • An emulsifiable concentrate formulation may contain a liquid active ingredient, one or more petroleum-based solvents, and an agent that allows the formulation to be mixed with water to form an emulsion.
  • Such concentrates may be used in agricultural, ornamental and turf, forestry, structural, food processing, livestock, and public health pest formulations. These may be adaptable to application equipment from small portable sprayers to hydraulic sprayers, low-volume ground sprayers, mist blowers, and low-volume aircraft sprayers.
  • Some active ingredients are readily dissolve in a liquid carrier. When mixed with a carrier, they form a solution that does not settle out or separate, e.g., a homogenous solution.
  • Formulations of these types may include an active ingredient, a carrier, and one or more other ingredients. Solutions may be used in any type of sprayer, indoors and outdoors.
  • the composition may be formulated as an invert emulsion.
  • An invert emulsion is a water-soluble active ingredient dispersed in an oil carrier. Invert emulsions require an emulsifier that allows the active ingredient to be mixed with a large volume of petroleum-based carrier, usually fuel oil. Invert emulsions aid in reducing drift. With other formulations, some spray drift results when water droplets begin to evaporate before reaching target surfaces; as a result the droplets become very small and lightweight. Because oil evaporates more slowly than water, invert emulsion droplets shrink less and more active ingredient reaches the target. Oil further helps to reduce runoff and improve rain resistance. It further serves as a sticker-spreader by improving surface coverage and absorption. Because droplets are relatively large and heavy, it is difficult to get thorough coverage on the undersides of foliage. Invert emulsions are most commonly used along rights-of-way where drift to susceptible non-target areas can be a problem.
  • a flowable or liquid formulation combines many of the characteristics of emulsifiable concentrates and wettable powders. Manufacturers use these formulations when the active ingredient is a solid that does not dissolve in either water or oil. The active ingredient, impregnated on a substance such as clay, is ground to a very fine powder. The powder is then suspended in a small amount of liquid. The resulting liquid product is quite thick. Flowables and liquids share many of the features of emulsifiable concentrates, and they have similar disadvantages. They require moderate agitation to keep them in suspension and leave visible residues, similar to those of wettable powders.
  • Flowables/liquids are easy to handle and apply. Because they are liquids, they are subject to spilling and splashing. They contain solid particles, so they contribute to abrasive wear of nozzles and pumps. Flowable and liquid suspensions settle out in their containers. Because flowable and liquid formulations tend to settle, packaging in containers of five gallons or less makes remixing easier.
  • Aerosol formulations contain one or more active ingredients and a solvent. Most aerosols contain a low percentage of active ingredients. There are two types of aerosol formulations—the ready-to-use type commonly available in pressurized sealed containers and those products used in electrical or gasoline-powered aerosol generators that release the formulation as a smoke or fog.
  • Ready to use aerosol formulations are usually small, self-contained units that release the formulation when the nozzle valve is triggered.
  • the formulation is driven through a fine opening by an inert gas under pressure, creating fine droplets.
  • These products are used in greenhouses, in small areas inside buildings, or in localized outdoor areas.
  • Commercial models, which hold five to 5 pounds of active ingredient, are usually refillable.
  • Smoke or fog aerosol formulations are not under pressure. They are used in machines that break the liquid formulation into a fine mist or fog (aerosol) using a rapidly whirling disk or heated surface.
  • Dry formulations can be divided into two types: ready-to-use and concentrates that must be mixed with water to be applied as a spray. Most dust formulations are ready to use and contain a low percentage of active ingredients (less than about 10 percent by weight), plus a very fine, dry inert carrier made from talc, chalk, clay, nut hulls, or volcanic ash. The size of individual dust particles varies. A few dust formulations are concentrates and contain a high percentage of active ingredients. Mix these with dry inert carriers before applying. Dusts are always used dry and can easily drift to non-target sites.
  • the composition is formulated as granules.
  • Granular formulations are similar to dust formulations, except granular particles are larger and heavier.
  • the coarse particles may be made from materials such as clay, corncobs, or walnut shells.
  • the active ingredient either coats the outside of the granules or is absorbed into them.
  • the amount of active ingredient may be relatively low, usually ranging from about 0.5 to about 15 percent by weight.
  • Granular formulations are most often used to apply to the soil, insects living in the soil, or absorption into plants through the roots.
  • Granular formulations are sometimes applied by airplane or helicopter to minimize drift or to penetrate dense vegetation. Once applied, granules may release the active ingredient slowly. Some granules require soil moisture to release the active ingredient.
  • Granular formulations also are used to control larval mosquitoes and other aquatic pests. Granules are used in agricultural, structural, ornamental, turf, aquatic, right-of-way, and public health (biting insect) pest-control operations.
  • the composition is formulated as pellets. Most pellet formulations are very similar to granular formulations; the terms are used interchangeably. In a pellet formulation, however, all the particles are the same weight and shape. The uniformity of the particles allows use with precision application equipment.
  • the composition is formulated as a powder. In some instances, the composition is formulated as a wettable powder.
  • Wettable powders are dry, finely ground formulations that look like dusts. They usually must be mixed with water for application as a spray. A few products, however, may be applied either as a dust or as a wettable powder—the choice is left to the applicator. Wettable powders have about 1 to about 95 percent active ingredient by weight; in some cases more than about 50 percent. The particles do not dissolve in water. They settle out quickly unless constantly agitated to keep them suspended. They can be used for most pest problems and in most types of spray equipment where agitation is possible. Wettable powders have excellent residual activity. Because of their physical properties, most of the formulation remains on the surface of treated porous materials such as concrete, plaster, and untreated wood. In such cases, only the water penetrates the material.
  • the composition is formulated as a soluble powder.
  • Soluble powder formulations look like wettable powders. However, when mixed with water, soluble powders dissolve readily and form a true solution. After they are mixed thoroughly, no additional agitation is necessary.
  • the amount of active ingredient in soluble powders ranges from about 15 to about 95 percent by weight; in some cases more than about 50 percent. Soluble powders have all the advantages of wettable powders and none of the disadvantages, except the inhalation hazard during mixing.
  • the composition is formulated as a water-dispersible granule.
  • Water-dispersible granules also known as dry flowables, are like wettable powders, except instead of being dust-like, they are formulated as small, easily measured granules.
  • Water-dispersible granules must be mixed with water to be applied. Once in water, the granules break apart into fineparticles similar to wettable powders. The formulation requires constant agitation to keep it suspended in water. The percentage of active ingredient is high, often as much as 90 percent by weight. Water-dispersible granules share many of the same advantages and disadvantages of wettable powders, except they are more easily measured and mixed. Because of low dust, they cause less inhalation hazard to the applicator during handling
  • the composition includes a bait.
  • the bait can be in any suitable form, such as a solid, paste, pellet or powdered form.
  • the bait can also be carried away by the host back to a population of said host (e.g., a colony or hive).
  • the bait can then act as a food source for other members of the colony, thus providing an effective modulating agent for a large number of hosts and potentially an entire host colony.
  • the baits can be provided in a suitable “housing” or “trap.”
  • housings and traps are commercially available and existing traps can be adapted to include the compositions described herein.
  • the housing or trap can be box-shaped for example, and can be provided in pre-formed condition or can be formed of foldable cardboard for example. Suitable materials for a housing or trap include plastics and cardboard, particularly corrugated cardboard.
  • the inside surfaces of the traps can be lined with a sticky substance in order to restrict movement of the host once inside the trap.
  • the housing or trap can contain a suitable trough inside which can hold the bait in place.
  • a trap is distinguished from a housing because the host cannot readily leave a trap following entry, whereas a housing acts as a “feeding station” which provides the host with a preferred environment in which they can feed and feel safe from predators.
  • the composition includes an attractant (e.g., a chemoattractant).
  • the attractant may attract an adult host or immature host (e.g., larva) to the vicinity of the composition.
  • Attractants include pheromones, a chemical that is secreted by an animal, especially an insect, which influences the behavior or development of others of the same species.
  • Other attractants include sugar and protein hydrolysate syrups, yeasts, and rotting meat. Attractants also can be combined with an active ingredient and sprayed onto foliage or other items in the treatment area.
  • Attractants useful in the methods and compositions described herein include, for example, eugenol, phenethyl propionate, ethyl dimethylisobutyl-cyclopropane carboxylate, propyl benszodioxancarboxylate, cis-7,8-epoxy-2-methyloctadecane, trans-8,trans-0-dodecadienol, cis-9-tetradecenal (with cis-11-hexadecenal), trans-11-tetradecenal, cis-11-hexadecenal, (Z)-11,12-hexadecadienal, cis-7-dodecenyl acetate, cis-8-dodecenyul acetate, cis-9-dodecenyl a
  • Means other than chemoattractants may also be used to attract insects, including lights in various wavelengths or colors.
  • the composition is provided in a microencapsulated formulation.
  • Microencapsulated formulations are mixed with water and sprayed in the same manner as other sprayable formulations. After spraying, the plastic coating breaks down and slowly releases the active ingredient.
  • compositions described herein may be formulated to include the modulating agent described herein and an inert carrier.
  • carrier can be a solid carrier, a liquid carrier, a gel carrier, and/or a gaseous carrier.
  • the carrier can be a seed coating.
  • the seed coating is any non-naturally occurring formulation that adheres, in whole or part, to the surface of the seed.
  • the formulation may further include an adjuvant or surfactant.
  • the formulation can also include one or more modulating agents to enlarge the action spectrum.
  • a solid carrier used for formulation includes finely-divided powder or granules of clay (e.g. kaolin clay, diatomaceous earth, bentonite, Fubasami clay, acid clay, etc.), synthetic hydrated silicon oxide, talc, ceramics, other inorganic minerals (e.g., sericite, quartz, sulfur, activated carbon, calcium carbonate, hydrated silica, etc.), a substance which can be sublimated and is in the solid form at room temperature (e.g., 2,4,6-triisopropyl-1,3,5-trioxane, naphthalene, p-dichlorobenzene, camphor, adamantan, etc.); wool; silk; cotton; hemp; pulp; synthetic resins (e.g., polyethylene resins such as low-density polyethylene, straight low-density polyethylene and high-density polyethylene; ethylene-vinyl ester copolymers such as ethylene-vinyl acetate copoly
  • a liquid carrier may include, for example, aromatic or aliphatic hydrocarbons (e.g., xylene, toluene, alkylnaphthalene, phenylxylylethane, kerosine, gas oil, hexane, cyclohexane, etc.), halogenated hydrocarbons (e.g., chlorobenzene, dichloromethane, dichloroethane, trichloroethane, etc.), alcohols (e.g., methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, butanol, hexanol, benzyl alcohol, ethylene glycol, etc.), ethers (e.g., diethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, etc.), esters (e.g.,
  • N-methylpyrrolidone alkylidene carbonates e.g., propylene carbonate, etc.
  • vegetable oil e.g., soybean oil, cottonseed oil, etc.
  • vegetable essential oils e.g., orange oil, hyssop oil, lemon oil, etc.
  • a gaseous carrier may include, for example, butane gas, flon gas, liquefied petroleum gas (LPG), dimethyl ether, and carbon dioxide gas.
  • LPG liquefied petroleum gas
  • the composition provided herein may include an adjuvant.
  • Adjuvants are chemicals that do not possess activity. Adjuvants are either pre-mixed in the formulation or added to the spray tank to improve mixing or application or to enhance performance. They are used extensively in products designed for foliar applications. Adjuvants can be used to customize the formulation to specific needs and compensate for local conditions. Adjuvants may be designed to perform specific functions, including wetting, spreading, sticking, reducing evaporation, reducing volatilization, buffering, emulsifying, dispersing, reducing spray drift, and reducing foaming. No single adjuvant can perform all these functions, but compatible adjuvants often can be combined to perform multiple functions simultaneously.
  • adjuvants included in the formulation are binders, dispersants and stabilizers, specifically, for example, casein, gelatin, polysaccharides (e.g., starch, gum arabic, cellulose derivatives, alginic acid, etc.), lignin derivatives, bentonite, sugars, synthetic water-soluble polymers (e.g., polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyacrylic acid, etc.), PAP (acidic isopropyl phosphate), BHT (2,6-di-t-butyl-4-methylphenol), BHA (a mixture of 2-t-butyl-4-methoxyphenol and 3-t-butyl-4-methoxyphenol), vegetable oils, mineral oils, fatty acids and fatty acid esters.
  • binders specifically, for example, casein, gelatin, polysaccharides (e.g., starch, gum arabic, cellulose derivatives, alginic acid, etc.), lignin derivatives, bentonit
  • the composition provided herein includes a surfactant.
  • Surfactants also called wetting agents and spreaders, physically alter the surface tension of a spray droplet.
  • a spray droplet must be able to wet the foliage and spread out evenly over a leaf.
  • Surfactants enlarge the area of formulation coverage, thereby increasing the pest's exposure to the chemical.
  • Surfactants are particularly important when applying a formulation to waxy or hairy leaves. Without proper wetting and spreading, spray droplets often run off or fail to cover leaf surfaces adequately. Too much surfactant, however, can cause excessive runoff and reduce efficacy.
  • Surfactants are classified by the way they ionize or split apart into electrically charged atoms or molecules called ions.
  • a surfactant with a negative charge is anionic.
  • One with a positive charge is cationic, and one with no electrical charge is nonionic.
  • Formulation activity in the presence of a nonionic surfactant can be quite different from activity in the presence of a cationic or anionic surfactant. Selecting the wrong surfactant can reduce the efficacy of a pesticide product and injure the target plant.
  • Anionic surfactants are most effective when used with contact pesticides (pesticides that control the pest by direct contact rather than being absorbed systemically). Cationic surfactants should never be used as stand-alone surfactants because they usually are phytotoxic.
  • Nonionic surfactants often used with systemic pesticides, help pesticide sprays penetrate plant cuticles.
  • Nonionic surfactants are compatible with most pesticides, and most EPA-registered pesticides that require a surfactant recommend a nonionic type.
  • Adjuvants include, but are not limited to, stickers, extenders, plant penetrants, compatibility agents, buffers or pH modifiers, drift control additives, defoaming agents, and thickeners.
  • surfactants included in the compositions described herein are alkyl sulfate ester salts, alkyl sulfonates, alkyl aryl sulfonates, alkyl aryl ethers and polyoxyethylenated products thereof, polyethylene glycol ethers, polyvalent alcohol esters and sugar alcohol derivatives.
  • the modulating agent may be in a mixture with other active compounds, such as pesticidal agents (e.g., insecticides, sterilants, acaricides, nematicides, molluscicides, or fungicides; see, e.g., pesticides listed in Table 12), attractants, growth-regulating substances, or herbicides.
  • pesticidal agents e.g., insecticides, sterilants, acaricides, nematicides, molluscicides, or fungicides; see, e.g., pesticides listed in Table 12
  • attractants e.g., growth-regulating substances, or herbicides.
  • the term “pesticidal agent” refers to any substance or mixture of substances intended for preventing, destroying, repelling, or mitigating any pest.
  • a pesticide can be a chemical substance or biological agent used against pests including insects, pathogens, weeds, and microbes that compete with humans for food, destroy property, spread disease, or are a nuisance.
  • the term “pesticidal agent” may further encompass other bioactive molecules such as antibiotics, antivirals pesticides, antifungals, antihelminthics, nutrients, pollen, sucrose, and/or agents that stun or slow insect movement.
  • the modulating agent is applied to plants, a mixture with other known compounds, such as herbicides, fertilizers, growth regulators, safeners, semiochemicals, or else with agents for improving plant properties is also possible.
  • other known compounds such as herbicides, fertilizers, growth regulators, safeners, semiochemicals, or else with agents for improving plant properties is also possible.
  • a host described herein can be exposed to any of the compositions described herein in any suitable manner that permits delivering or administering the composition to the insect.
  • the modulating agent may be delivered either alone or in combination with other active or inactive substances and may be applied by, for example, spraying, microinjection, through plants, pouring, dipping, in the form of concentrated liquids, gels, solutions, suspensions, sprays, powders, pellets, briquettes, bricks and the like, formulated to deliver an effective concentration of the modulating agent.
  • Amounts and locations for application of the compositions described herein are generally determined by the habits of the host, the lifecycle stage at which the microorganisms of the host can be targeted by the modulating agent, the site where the application is to be made, and the physical and functional characteristics of the modulating agent.
  • the modulating agents described herein may be administered to the insect by oral ingestion, but may also be administered by means which permit penetration through the cuticle or penetration of the insect respiratory system.
  • the insect can be simply “soaked” or “sprayed” with a solution including the modulating agent.
  • the modulating agent can be linked to a food component (e.g., comestible) of the insect for ease of delivery and/or in order to increase uptake of the modulating agent by the insect.
  • Methods for oral introduction include, for example, directly mixing a modulating agent with the insect's food, spraying the modulating agent in the insect's habitat or field, as well as engineered approaches in which a species that is used as food is engineered to express a modulating agent, then fed to the insect to be affected.
  • the modulating agent composition can be incorporated into, or overlaid on the top of, the insect's diet.
  • the modulating agent composition can be sprayed onto a field of crops which an insect inhabits.
  • the composition is sprayed directly onto a plant e.g., crops, by e.g., backpack spraying, aerial spraying, crop spraying/dusting etc.
  • the plant receiving the modulating agent may be at any stage of plant growth.
  • formulated modulating agents can be applied as a seed-coating or root treatment in early stages of plant growth or as a total plant treatment at later stages of the crop cycle.
  • the modulating agent may be applied as a topical agent to a plant, such that the host insect ingests or otherwise comes in contact with the plant upon interacting with the plant.
  • the modulating agent may be applied (e.g., in the soil in which a plant grows, or in the water that is used to water the plant) as a systemic agent that is absorbed and distributed through the tissues (e.g., stems or leafs) of a plant or animal host, such that an insect feeding thereon will obtain an effective dose of the modulating agent.
  • plants or food organisms may be genetically transformed to express the modulating agent such that a host feeding upon the plant or food organism will ingest the modulating agent.
  • Delayed or continuous release can also be accomplished by coating the modulating agent or a composition containing the modulating agent(s) with a dissolvable or bioerodable coating layer, such as gelatin, which coating dissolves or erodes in the environment of use, to then make the modulating agent available, or by dispersing the agent in a dissolvable or erodable matrix.
  • a dissolvable or bioerodable coating layer such as gelatin, which coating dissolves or erodes in the environment of use, to then make the modulating agent available, or by dispersing the agent in a dissolvable or erodable matrix.
  • Such continuous release and/or dispensing means devices may be advantageously employed to consistently maintain an effective concentration of one or more of the modulating agents described herein in a specific host habitat.
  • the modulating agent can also be incorporated into the medium in which the insect grows, lives, reproduces, feeds, or infests.
  • a modulating agent can be incorporated into a food container, feeding station, protective wrapping, or a hive.
  • the modulating agent may be bound to a solid support for application in powder form or in a “trap” or “feeding station.”
  • the compositions may also be bound to a solid support or encapsulated in a time-release material.
  • compositions described herein can be administered by delivering the composition to at least one habitat where a vector (e.g., a vector of a human pathogen, e.g., a mosquito, mite, biting louse, or tick) grows, lives, reproduces, feeds, or infests.
  • a vector e.g., a vector of a human pathogen, e.g., a mosquito, mite, biting louse, or tick
  • the screening assays provided herein may be effective to identify one or more modulating agents (e.g., phage) that target symbiotic microorganisms resident in the host and thereby decrease the fitness of the host.
  • modulating agents e.g., phage
  • the identified modulating agent e.g., phage
  • the identified modulating agent may be effective to decrease the viability of pesticide- or allelochemical-degrading microorganisms (e.g., bacteria e.g., a bacterium that degrades a pesticide listed in Table 12), thereby increasing the hosts sensitivity to a pesticide (e.g., sensitivity to a pesticide listed in Table 12) or allelochemical agent.
  • pesticide- or allelochemical-degrading microorganisms e.g., bacteria e.g., a bacterium that degrades a pesticide listed in Table 12
  • a phage library may be screened to identify a phage that targets a specific endosymbiotic microorganism resident in a host.
  • the phage library may be provided in the form of one or more environmental samples (e.g., soil, pond sediments, or sewage water).
  • the phage library may be generated from laboratory isolates.
  • the phage library may be co-cultured with a target bacterial strain. After incubation with the bacterial strain, phage that successfully infect and lyse the target bacteria are enriched in the culture media.
  • the phage-enriched culture may be sub-cultured with additional bacteria any number of times to further enrich for phage of interest.
  • the phage may be isolated for use as a modulating agent in any of the methods or compositions described herein, wherein the phage alters the microbiota of the host in a manner that decreases host fitness.
  • This example demonstrates the ability to kill or decrease the fitness of the Anopheles coluzzii mosquitoes and decrease the transmission rate of parasites by treatment with azithromycin, relatively broad but shallow antibacterial activity. It inhibits some Gram-positive bacteria, some Gram-negative bacteria, and many atypical bacteria.
  • the effect of azithromycin on mosquitoes is mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the mosquito that are sensitive to azithromycin.
  • One targeted bacterial strain is Asaia.
  • the mosquito has been described as the most dangerous animal in the world and malaria is one mosquito-borne disease that detrimentally impacts humans. There are about 3,500 mosquito species and those that transmit malaria all belong to a sub-set called the Anopheles . Approximately 40 Anopheles species are able to transmit malaria that significantly impacts human health.
  • Blood meals mixed with azithromycin solutions are formulated with final antibiotic concentrations of 0 (negative control), 0.1, 1, or 5 ⁇ g/ml in 1 mL of blood.
  • mosquitoes are grown in a lab environment and medium.
  • Plasmodium falciparum NF54 gametocytes are cultured in RPMI medium (GIBCO) including 300 mg. L-1 L-glutamine supplemented with 50 mg/L hypoxanthine, 25 mM HEPES plus 10% heat-inactivated human serum without antibiotics. Two 25-mL cultures are started 17 and 14 days before the infection at 0.5% parasitemia in 6% v/v washed 0+red blood cells (RBCs). Media is changed daily. Before mosquito infection, centrifuged RBCs are pooled and supplemented with 20% fresh washed RBCs and human serum (2:3 v/v ratio between RBCs and serum). Mosquitoes are offered a blood meal from a membrane-feeding device (2 ml Eppendorf tube) covered with Parafilm and kept at 37° C.
  • a membrane-feeding device (2 ml Eppendorf tube) covered with Parafilm and kept at 37° C.
  • Azithromycin solutions are made by dissolving azithromycin (SIGMA-ALDRICH, PZ0007) in DMSO. Different volumes of azithromycin solution are added to fresh blood to total 1 mL in preparation for blood meals. The final azithromycin concentrations in the blood are 0 (just solvent as control solution), 0.1, 1, or 5 ⁇ g/ml.
  • mosquitoes per condition For each Plasmodium infection, at least 100 age-matched, 2- to 3-day-old, mosquitoes per condition are offered a control or experimental blood meal from a membrane-feeding device (2 ml Eppendorf tube) covered with parafilm and kept at 37° C. and nonengorged mosquitoes are removed. Meals are given every four days for a total of three blood meals. Between the blood meals, mosquitoes are provided with a cotton pad moistened with distilled water for oviposition. Unfed mosquitoes are not removed after the second and later blood meals. Deaths are counted daily and carcasses are removed and stored for Asaia analysis as described herein. At least 50 mosquitoes per concentration of azithromycin are used for each replicate. At the end of the last blood meal, mosquitoes are kept for 12 hours before dissection.
  • mosquitoes are immersed in 70% ethanol for 5 minutes then rinsed 3 times in sterile phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) to kill and remove surface bacteria, thus minimizing sample contamination with cuticle bacteria during dissection.
  • PBS sterile phosphate-buffered saline
  • the midgut of each mosquitoe (control and azithromycin treatment) is removed and frozen immediately on dry ice and stored at 20° C. until processing. Midguts are only excluded from analysis if they burst and a substantial amount of the gut content is lost.
  • Samples are homogenized in phenol-chloroform in a Precellys 24 homogenizer (Bertin) using 0.5 mm-wide glass beads (Bertin) for 30 seconds at 6800 rpm and deoxy-ribonucleic acid (DNA) is extracted with phenol-chloroform.
  • the 16S ribosomal DNA (rDNA) is used for Asaia quantification and is shown as a ratio of the Anopheles housekeeping gene 40S ribosomal protein S7 (Vector-Base gene ID AGAP010592).
  • Primer sequences for Asaia are: forward 5′-GTGCCGATCTCTAAAAGCCGTCTCA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 219) and reverse 5′-TTCGCTCACCGGCTTCGGGT-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 220), and for S7: forward 5′-GTGCGCGAGTTGGAGAAGA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 221) and reverse 5′-ATCGGTTTGGGCAGAATGC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 222).
  • Quantitative polymerase chain reaction qPCR is performed on a 7500 Fast Real-Time thermocycler (Applied Biosystems) using the SYBR Premix Ex Taq kit (Takara), following the manufacturer's instructions. Azithromycin treated mosquitoes show a reduction of Asaia specific genes.
  • the survival rates of mosquitoes treated with azithromycin are compared to the mosquitoes treated with the negative control.
  • the survival rate of mosquitoes treated with azithromycin solution is decreased compared to the control.
  • Example 2 Treatment of the Aedes vexans Mosquito with an Antibiotic Solution
  • This Example demonstrates the ability to kill or decrease the fitness of the Aedes vexans mosquitoes by treatment with doxycycline, a broad spectrum antibiotic that inhibits protein production.
  • the effect of doxycycline on mosquitoes is mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the mosquito that are sensitive to doxycycline.
  • One targeted bacterial strain is Wolbachia.
  • PRRSV porcine reproductive and respiratory syndrome virus
  • Aedes vexans is a cosmopolitan and common pest mosquito.
  • Dirofilaria immitis dog heartworm
  • Myxomatosis deadly rabbit virus disease
  • Eastern equine encephalitis deadly horse virus disease in the USA.
  • Aedes vexans is the most common mosquito in Europe, often composing more than 80% the European mosquito community. Its abundance depends upon availability of floodwater pools. In summer, mosquito traps can collect up to 8,000 mosquitoes per trap per night.
  • Blood meals mixed with doxycycline solutions are formulated with final antibiotic concentrations of 0 (negative control), 1, 10, or 50 ⁇ g/ml in 1 mL of blood
  • Doxycycline solutions are made by dissolving doxycycline (SIGMA-ALDRICH, D9891) in sterile water. Different volumes of a doxycycline solution are added to fresh blood to total 1 mL in preparation for blood meals. The final doxycycline concentrations in the blood are approximately 0 (control solution), 1, 10 or 50 ⁇ g/ml.
  • mosquitoes For each replicate, age-matched, 2- to 3-day-old mosquitoes are offered a control or experimental blood meal from a membrane-feeding device (2 ml Eppendorf tube) covered with parafilm and kept at 37° C. Nonengorged mosquitoes are discarded. Meals are given every four days for a total of three blood meals. Between the blood meals, mosquitoes are provided with a cotton pad moistened with distilled water for oviposition. Unfed mosquitoes are not removed after the second and later blood meals. Deaths are counted daily and carcasses are removed and stored for Wolbachia analysis as described herein. At least 50 mosquitoes per concentration of doxycycline are used for each replicate. At the end of the last blood meal, mosquitoes are kept for 12 hours before dissection.
  • mosquitoes are immersed in 70% ethanol for 5 minutes then rinsed 3 times in sterile phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) to kill and remove surface bacteria, thus minimizing sample contamination with cuticle bacteria during dissection.
  • PBS sterile phosphate-buffered saline
  • the midgut of each mosquito (control and doxycycline treatment) is removed and frozen immediately on dry ice and stored at 20° C. until processing. Midguts are only excluded from analysis if they burst and a substantial amount of the gut content is lost.
  • Samples are homogenized in phenol-chloroform in a Precellys 24 homogenizer (Bertin) using 0.5 mm wide glass beads (Bertin) for 30 seconds at 6800 rpm and deoxy-ribonucleic acid (DNA) is extracted with phenol-chloroform.
  • the 16S ribosomal DNA (rDNA) is used for Wolbachia quantification and is shown as a ratio of the Aedes housekeeping gene 40S ribosomal protein S7 (Vector-Base gene ID AAEL009496).
  • Primer sequences for Wolbachia are: forward primer 5′-TCAGCCACACTGGAACTGAG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 225) and reverse primer 5′-TAACGCTAGCCCTCTCCGTA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 226), and for S7: forward 5′-AAGGTCGACACCTTCACGTC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 227) and reverse 5′-CCGTTTGGTGAGGGTCTTTA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 228).
  • Quantitative polymerase chain reaction qPCR is performed on a 7500 Fast Real-Time thermocycler (Applied Biosystems) using the SYBR Premix Ex Taq kit (Takara), following the manufacturer's instructions. Doxycycline treated mosquitoes show a reduction of Wolbachia specific genes.
  • the survival rates of mosquitoes treated with doxycycline solution are compared to the mosquitoes treated with the negative control.
  • the survival rate of mosquitoes treated with doxycycline solution is decreased compared to the control.
  • Example 3 Treatment of the Dermacentor andersoni , with an Antibiotic Solution
  • This Example demonstrates the ability to kill or decrease the fitness of the tick, Dermacentor andersoni , by treatment with Liquamycin LA-200 oxytetracycline, a broad spectrum antibiotic commonly used to treat a broad range of bacterial infections in cattle.
  • Liquamycin LA-200 oxytetracycline a broad spectrum antibiotic commonly used to treat a broad range of bacterial infections in cattle.
  • the effect of Liquamycin LA-200 oxytetracycline on ticks is mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the tick that are sensitive to Liquamycin LA-200 oxytetracycline.
  • One targeted bacterial strain is Rickettsia.
  • Ticks are obligate hematophagous arthropods that feed on vertebrates and cause great economic losses to livestock due to their ability to transmit diseases to humans and animals.
  • ticks transmit pathogens throughout all continents and are labeled as principle vectors of zoonotic pathogens.
  • 415 new tick-borne bacterial pathogens have been discovered since Lyme disease was characterized in 1982.
  • Dermacentor andersoni the Rocky Mountain wood tick, has been labeled a ‘veritable Pandora's box of disease-producing agents’ and transmits several pathogens, including Rickettsia rickettsii and Francisella tularensis .
  • Therapeutic design A therapeutic dose (11 mg/kg of body weight) of Liquamycin LA-200 oxytetracycline injection on ⁇ 4, ⁇ 1, +3 and +5 days post application of ticks.
  • a cohort of F1 ticks are fed on either antibiotic-treated calves or untreated calves (control).
  • the antibiotic-treated calves received a therapeutic dose (11 mg/kg of body weight) of Liquamycin LA-200 oxytetracycline injections on ⁇ 4, ⁇ 1, +3 and +5 days post application of ticks, whereas untreated calves did not receive any injections (untreated control).
  • Females ticks are allowed to oviposit to continue a second generation of the untreated and treated ticks (F2 generation).
  • the F2 treated generation arose from F1 adults that are exposed to antibiotics.
  • the F2 ticks are not subjected to antibiotics.
  • F1 and F2 generation adult male ticks are fed for 7 days and then dissected within 24 h. Deaths are counted daily and ticks are removed and stored for Rickettsia analysis as described herein. Before dissection, the ticks are surface sterilized and all dissection tools are sterilized between each dissection. Tick MG and SG are dissected and pooled in groups of 30 with three biological replicates. Tissues are stored in Cell Lysis Solution (Qiagen, Valencia, Calif., USA) and Proteinase K (1.25 mg/ml). Genomic DNA is isolated using the PureGene Extraction kit (Qiagen) according to the manufacturer's specifications.
  • rickA gene copy numbers are measured using SYBR Green quantitative PCR of non-treated and antibiotic treated in F1 and F2 ticks.
  • the quantity of Rickettsia is determined using Forward (5′-TACGCCACTCCCTGTGT CA-3′; SEQ ID NO: 229) and Reverse (5′-GATGTAACGGTATTAC ACCAACAG-3′; SEQ ID NO: 230) primers.
  • the bacterial quantity is measured in F1 and F2 MG and SG of the pooled samples.
  • Quantitative polymerase chain reaction qPCR is performed on a 7500 Fast Real-Time thermocycler (Applied Biosystems) using the SYBR Premix Ex Taq kit (Takara), following the manufacturer's instructions. Liquamycin LA-200 oxytetracycline treated ticks show a reduction of Rickettsia specific genes.
  • the survival rates of ticks treated with antibiotic solution are compared to the ticks untreated.
  • the survival rate of ticks treated with Liquamycin LA-200 oxytetracycline solution is decreased compared to the untreated.
  • This Example demonstrates the ability to kill or decrease the fitness of mites by treating them with an antibiotic solution.
  • This Example demonstrates that the effect of oxytetracycline on mites is mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous, such as Bacillus , to the mites that are sensitive to oxytetracycline.
  • Sarcoptic mange is caused by mites that infest animals by burrowing deeply into the skin and laying eggs inside the burrows. The eggs hatch into the larval stage. The larval mites then leave the burrows, move up to the skin surface, and begin forming new burrows in healthy skin tissue. Development from egg to adult is completed in about 2 weeks. The lesions resulting from infestations by these mites are a consequence of the reaction of the animals' immune system to the mites' presence. Because of the intensity of the animals' immunological response, it takes only a small number of mites to produce widespread lesions and generalized dermatitis.
  • mites can be killed with chemically synthesized miticides
  • these types of chemicals must sprayed on every animal in the herd with high-pressure hydraulic spray equipment to ensure penetration by the spray into the skin.
  • these types of chemical pesticides may have detrimental ecological and/or agricultural effects.
  • Oxytetracycline solution is formulated with 0 (negative control), 1, 10, or 50 ⁇ g/ml in 10 mL of sterile water with 0.5% sucrose and essential amino acids.
  • the brood mites are collected from mite-infested pigs. Skin samples are collected by gently scraping and lifting off encrusted areas from the inner ear area of the pig with a sharpened teaspoon and subsequently examined for mites.
  • Mites are grouped per age and assayed separately. The age is determined based on the morphology and pigmentation of the larva or the pupa as follows: mites collected from spinning larvae that are small enough to move around are grouped into Group 1; mites collected from stretched larvae, which are too big to lay in the cell and start to stretch upright with their mouth in the direction of the cell opening, are grouped into Group 2; and mites collected from pupae are grouped into Group 3. Mites are stored on their host larva or pupa in glass Petri dishes until 50 units are collected. This ensures their feeding routine and physiological status remains unchanged. To prevent mites from straying from their host larva or pupa or climbing onto one another, only hosts at the same development stage are kept in the same dish.
  • the equipment a stainless steel ring (56 mm inner diameter, 2-3 mm height) and 2 glass circles (62 mm diameter)—is cleaned with acetone and hexane or pentane to form the testing arena.
  • the oxytetracycline solutions and control solution are applied on the equipment by spraying the glass disks and ring of the arena homogeneously.
  • a reservoir is loaded with 1 ml of the solutions; the distance of the sprayed surface from the bottom end of the tube is set at 11 mm and a 0.0275 inch nozzle is used.
  • the pressure is adjusted (usually in the range 350-500 hPa) until the amount of solution deposited is 1 ⁇ 0.05 mg/cm2.
  • the antibiotic solutions are poured in their respective dishes, covering the whole bottom of the dishes, and residual liquid is evaporated under a fume hood.
  • the ring is placed between the glass circles to build a cage.
  • the cages are used within 60 hr of preparation, for not more than three assays, in order to control the exposure of mites to antibiotic solutions. 10 to 15 mites are introduced in this cage and the equipment pieces are bound together with droplets of melted wax. Mites collected from spinning larvae, stretched larvae, white eyed pupae and dark eyed with white and pale body are used.
  • mites are transferred into a clean glass Petri dish (60 mm diameter) with two or three white eye pupae (4-5 days after capping) to feed on.
  • the mites are observed under a dissecting microscope at 4 hr, 24 hr, and 48 hr after being treated with the antibiotic or the control solutions, and classified according to the following categories:
  • a sterile toothpick or needle is used to stimulate the mites by touching their legs. New tooth picks or sterile needles are used for stimulating each group to avoid contamination between mite groups.
  • the assays are carried out at 32.5° C. and 60-70% relative humidity. If the mortality in the controls exceeds 30%, the replicate is excluded. Each experiment is replicated with four series of cages.
  • the status of Bacillus in mite groups is assessed by PCR.
  • Total DNA is isolated from control (non-oxytetracycline treated) and oxytetracyline treated individuals (whole body) using a DNA Kit (OMEGA, Bio-tek) according to the manufacturer's protocol.
  • the primers for Bacillus forward primer 5′-GAGGTAGACGAAGCGACCTG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 231) and reverse primer 5′-TTCCCTCACGGTACTGGTTC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 232), are designed based on 23S-5S rRNA sequences obtained from the Bacillus genome (Accession Number: AP007209.1) (Takeno et al., J. Bacteriol.
  • PCR amplification cycles included an initial denaturation step at 95° C. for 5 min, 35 cycles of 95° C. for 1 min, 59° C. for 1 min, and 72° C. for 2 min, and a final extension step of 5 min at 72° C.
  • Amplification products from oxytetracyline treated and control samples are analyzed on 1% agarose gels, stained with SYBR safe, and visualized using an imaging System.
  • the survival rates of mites treated with an oxytetracyline solution are compared to the Varroa mites treated with the negative control.
  • the survival rate and the mobility of mites treated with oxytetracyline solution are expected to be decreased compared to the control.
  • This Example demonstrates the acquisition of a phage collection from environmental samples.
  • Phage library collection having the following phage families: Myoviridae, Siphoviridae, Podoviridae, Lipothrixviridae, Rudiviridae, Ampullaviridae, Bicaudaviridae, Clavaviridae, Corticoviridae, Cystoviridae, Fuselloviridae, Gluboloviridae, Guttaviridae, Inoviridae, Leviviridae, Microviridae, Plasmaviridae, Tectiviridae
  • This Example demonstrates the isolation, purification, and identification of single target specific phages from a heterogeneous phage library.
  • 20-30 ml of the phage library described in Example 5 is diluted to a volume of 30-40 ml with LB-broth.
  • the target bacterial strain e.g., Buchnera
  • the target bacterial strain is added (50-200 ⁇ l overnight culture grown in LB-broth) to enrich phages that target this specific bacterial strain in the culture.
  • This culture is incubated overnight at +37° C., shaken at 230 rpm.
  • Bacteria from this enrichment culture are removed by centrifugation (3000-6000 g in Megafuge 1.0R, Heraeus, or in Eppendorf centrifuge 5702 R, 15-20 min, +4° C.) and filtered (0.2 or 0.45 ⁇ m filter).
  • 2.5 ml of the bacteria free culture is added to 2.5 ml of LB-broth and 50-100 ⁇ l of the target bacteria to enrich the phages.
  • the enrichment culture is grown overnight as above.
  • a sample from this enrichment culture is centrifuged at 13,000 g for 15 min at room temperature and 10 ⁇ l of the supernatant is plated on a LB-agar containing petri dish along with 100-300 ⁇ l of the target bacteria and 3 ml of melted 0.7% soft-agar. The plates are incubated overnight at +37° C.
  • Each of the plaques observed on the bacterial lawn are picked and transferred into 500 ⁇ l of LB-broth.
  • a sample from this plaque-stock is further plated on the target bacteria. Plaque-purification is performed three times for all discovered phages in order to isolate a single homogenous phage from the heterogeneous phage mix.
  • Lysates from plates with high-titer phages are prepared by harvesting overlay plates of a host bacterium strain exhibiting confluent lysis. After being flooded with 5 ml of buffer, the soft agar overlay is macerated, clarified by centrifugation, and filter sterilized. The resulting lysates are stored at 4° C. High-titer phage lysates are further purified by isopycnic CsCl centrifugation, as described in (Summer et al., J. Bacteriol. 192:179-190, 2010).
  • DNA is isolated from CsCl-purified phage suspensions as described in (Summer, Methods Mol. Biol. 502:27-46, 2009). An individual isolated phage is sequenced as part of two pools of phage genomes by using a 454 pyrosequencing method. Phage genomic DNA is mixed in equimolar amounts to a final concentration of about 100 ng/L. The pooled DNA is sheared, ligated with a multiplex identifier (MID) tag specific for each of the pools, and sequenced by pyrosequencing using a full-plate reaction on a Roche FLX Titanium sequencer according to the manufacturer's protocols. The pooled phage DNA is present in two sequencing reactions.
  • MID multiplex identifier
  • the trimmed FLX Titanium flow-gram output corresponding to each of the pools is assembled individually by using Newbler Assembler version 2.5.3 (454 Life Sciences), by adjusting the settings to include only reads containing a single MID per assembly.
  • the identity of individual contigs is determined by PCR using primers generated against contig sequences and individual phage genomic DNA preparations as the template.
  • Sequencher 4.8 (Gene Codes Corporation) is used for sequence assembly and editing. Phage chromosomal end structures are determined experimentally.
  • Cohesive (cos) ends for phages are determined by sequencing off the ends of the phage genome and sequencing the PCR products derived by amplification through the ligated junction of circularized genomic DNA, as described in (Summer, Methods Mol. Biol.
  • Protein-coding regions are initially predicted using GeneMark.hmm (Lukashin et al. Nucleic Acids Res. 26:1107-1115, 1998), refined through manual analysis in Artemis (Rutherford et al., Bioinformatics 16:944-945, 2000.), and analyzed through the use of BLAST (E value cutoff of 0.005) (Camacho et al., BMC Bioinformatics 10:421, 2009). Proteins of particular interest are additionally analyzed by InterProScan (Hunter et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 40:D306-D312, 2012).
  • Electron microscopy of CsCl-purified phage (>1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ circumflex over ( ) ⁇ 11 PFU/ml) that lysed the endosymbiotic bacteria, Buchnera , is performed by diluting stock with the tryptic soy broth buffer. Phages are applied onto thin 400-mesh carbon-coated Formvar grids, stained with 2% (wt/vol) uranyl acetate, and air dried. Specimens are observed on a JEOL 1200EX transmission electron microscope operating at an acceleration voltage of 100 kV. Five virions of each phage are measured to calculate mean values and standard deviations for dimensions of capsid and tail, where appropriate.
  • This Example demonstrates the ability to kill or decrease the fitness of aphids by treating them with a phage solution.
  • This Example demonstrates that the effect of phage on aphids is mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the aphid that are sensitive to phages.
  • One targeted bacterial strain is Buchnera with the phage identified in Example 6.
  • Aphids are representative species for testing microbiota modulating agents and effects on fitness of the aphids.
  • Phage solutions are formulated with 0 (negative control), 10 2 , 10 5 , or 10 8 plaque-forming units (pfu)/ml phage from Example 6 in 10 mL of sterile water with 0.5% sucrose and essential amino acids.
  • aphids are grown in a lab environment and medium.
  • fava bean plants are grown in a mixture of vermiculite and perlite at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness.
  • 5-10 adults from different plants are distributed among 10 two-week-old plants, and allowed to multiply to high density for 5-7 days.
  • second and third instar aphids are collected from healthy plants and divided into treatments so that each treatment receives approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants.
  • Phage solutions are prepared as described herein. Wells of a 96-well plate are filled with 200 ⁇ l of artificial aphid diet (Febvay et al., Canadian Journal of Zoology 66(11):2449-2453, 1988) and the plate is covered with parafilm to make a feeding sachet. Artificial diet is either mixed with sterile water and with 0.5% sucrose and essential amino acids as a negative control or phage solutions with varying concentrations of phages. Phage solutions are mixed with artificial diet to get final concentrations of phages between 10 2 to 10 8 (pfu)/ml.
  • aphids For each replicate treatment, 30-50 second and third instar aphids are placed individually in wells of a 96-well plate and a feeding sachet plate is inverted above them, allowing the insects to feed through the parafilm and keeping them restricted to individual wells. Experimental aphids are kept under the same environmental conditions as aphid colonies. After the aphids are fed for 24 hr, the feeding sachet is replaced with a new one containing sterile artificial diet and a new sterile sachet is provided every 24 h for 4 days. At the time that the sachet is replaced, aphids are also checked for mortality.
  • An aphid is counted as dead if it had turned brown or is at the bottom of the well and does not move during the observation. If an aphid is on the parafilm of the feeding sachet but not moving, it is assumed to be feeding and alive.
  • the primers for Buchnera forward primer 5′-GTCGGCTCATCACATCC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 233) and reverse primer 5′-TTCCGTCTGTATTATCTCCT-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 234), are designed based on 23S-5S rRNA sequences obtained from the Buchnera genome (Accession Number: GCA_000009605.1) (Shigenobu et al., Nature 407:81-86, 2000) using Primer 5.0 software (Primer-E Ltd., Plymouth, UK).
  • the PCR amplification cycles included an initial denaturation step at 95° C. for 5 min, 35 cycles of 95° C. for 30s, 55° C. for 30s, and 72° C.
  • Amplification products from rifampicin treated and control samples are analyzed on 1% agarose gels, stained with SYBR safe, and visualized using an imaging System. Phage treated aphids show a reduction of Buchnera specific genes.
  • the survival rates of aphids treated with Buchnera specific phages are compared to the aphids treated with the negative control.
  • the survival rate of aphids treated with Buchnera specific phages is decreased as compared to the control treated aphids.
  • Example 8 Production of a colA Bacteriocin Solution
  • This Example demonstrates the production and purification of colA bacteriocin.
  • DNA is generated by PCR with specific primers with upstream (NdeI) and downstream (XhoI) restriction sites.
  • Forward primer GTATCTATTCCCGTCTACGAACATATGGAATTCC SEQ ID NO: 236) and reverse primer CCGCTCGAGCCATCTGACACTTCCTCCAA (SEQ ID NO: 237).
  • Purified PCR fragments (Nucleospin Extract II-Macherey Nagel) are digested with NdeI or XhoI and then the fragments are ligated.
  • the ligated DNA fragment is cloned into pcr2.1 (GenBank database accession number EY122872) vector (Anselme et al., BMC Biol. 6:43, 2008). The nucleotide sequence is systematically checked (Cogenics).
  • the plasmid with colA sequence is expressed in BL21 (DE3)/pLys.
  • Bacteria are grown in LB broth at 30° C. At an OD600 of 0.9, isopropyl ⁇ -D-1-thiogalactopyranoside (IPTG) is added to a final concentration of 1 mM and cells were grown for 6h.
  • IPTG isopropyl ⁇ -D-1-thiogalactopyranoside
  • Bacteria are lysed by sonication in 100 mM NaCL, 1% Triton X-100, 100 mM Tris-base pH 9.5, and proteins are loaded onto a HisTrap HP column (GE Healthcare). The column is washed successively with 100 mM NaCl, 100 mM Tris-HCl pH 6.8, and PBS. Elution is performed with 0.3M imidazol in PBS.
  • Desalting PD-10 columns (GE Healthcare) are used to eliminate imidazol and PBS solubilized peptid
  • Example 9 Treatment of Aphids with a Solution of colA Bacteriocin
  • This Example demonstrates the ability to kill or decrease the fitness of aphids by treating them with a bacteriocin solution.
  • This Example demonstrates that the effect of bacteriocins on aphids is mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the aphid that are sensitive to ColA bacteriocin.
  • One targeted bacterial strain is Buchnera with the bacteriocin produced in Example 8.
  • ColA solutions are formulated with 0 (negative control), 0.6, 1, 50 or 100 mg/ml of ColA from Example 8 in 10 mL of sterile water with 0.5% sucrose and essential amino acids.
  • aphids are grown in a lab environment and medium.
  • plants are grown in a mixture of vermiculite and perlite and are infested with aphids.
  • E. balteatus larvae are obtained from a mass production; the hoverflies are reared with sugar, pollen, and water; and the oviposition is induced by the introduction of infested host plants in the rearing cage during 3 h.
  • the complete life cycle takes place on the host plants that are daily re-infested with aphids.
  • Wells of a 96-well plate are filled with 200 ⁇ l of artificial aphid diet (Febvay et al., Canadian Journal of Zoology 66(11):2449-2453, 1988) and the plate is covered with parafilm to make a feeding sachet.
  • Artificial diet is either mixed with the solution of sterile water with 0.5% sucrose and essential amino acids as a negative control or ColA solutions with varying concentrations of ColA.
  • ColA solutions are mixed with artificial diet to obtain final concentrations between 0.6 to 100 mg/ml.
  • aphids For each replicate treatment, 30-50 second and third instar aphids are placed individually in wells of a 96-well plate and a feeding sachet plate is inverted above them, allowing the insects to feed through the parafilm and keeping them restricted to individual wells. Experimental aphids are kept under the same environmental conditions as aphid colonies. After the aphids are fed for 24 hr, the feeding sachet is replaced with a new one containing sterile artificial diet and a new sterile sachet is provided every 24 h for 4 days. At the time that the sachet is replaced, aphids are also checked for mortality.
  • An aphid is counted as dead if it had turned brown or is at the bottom of the well and does not move during the observation. If an aphid is on the parafilm of the feeding sachet but not moving, it is assumed to be feeding and alive.
  • the status of Buchnera in aphid samples is assessed by PCR. Aphids adults from the negative control and phage treated are first surface-sterilized with 70% ethanol for 1 min, 10% bleach for 1 min and three washes of ultrapure water for 1 min. Total DNA is extracted from each individual (whole body) using an Insect DNA Kit (OMEGA, Bio-tek) according to the manufacturer's protocol.
  • OEGA Insect DNA Kit
  • the primers for Buchnera forward primer 5′-GTCGGCTCATCACATCC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 233) and reverse primer 5′-TTCCGTCTGTATTATCTCCT-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 234), are designed based on 23S-5S rRNA sequences obtained from the Buchnera genome (Accession Number: GCA_000009605.1) (Shigenobu, et al., Nature 200.407, 81-86) using Primer 5.0 software (Primer-E Ltd., Madison, UK).
  • the PCR amplification cycles included an initial denaturation step at 95° C. for 5 min, 35 cycles of 95° C. for 30s, 55° C. for 30s, and 72° C.
  • Amplification products from rifampicin treated and control samples are analyzed on 1% agarose gels, stained with SYBR safe, and visualized using an imaging System. ColA treated aphids show a reduction of Buchnera specific genes.
  • the survival rates of aphids treated with Buchnera specific ColA bacteriocin are compared to the aphids treated with the negative control.
  • the survival rate of aphids treated with Buchnera specific ColA bacteriocin is decreased as compared to the control treated aphids.
  • This Example demonstrates the ability to kill or decrease the fitness of aphids by treating them with rifampicin, a narrow spectrum antibiotic that inhibits DNA-dependent RNA synthesis by inhibiting a bacterial RNA polymerase.
  • This Example demonstrates that the effect of rifampicin on aphids is mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the aphid that are sensitive to rifampicin.
  • One targeted bacterial strain is Buchnera.
  • the antibiotic solutions are formulated with 0 (negative control), 1, 10, or 50 ⁇ g/ml of rifampicin in 10 mL of sterile water with 0.5% sucrose and essential amino acids.
  • aphids are grown in a lab environment and medium.
  • fava bean plants are grown in a mixture of vermiculite and perlite at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness.
  • 5-10 adults from different plants are distributed among 10 two-week-old plants, and allowed to multiply to high density for 5-7 days.
  • second and third instar aphids are collected from healthy plants and divided into treatments so that each treatment receives approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants.
  • Rifampicin solutions are made by dissolving rifampicin (SIGMA-ALDRICH, 557303) in sterile water with 0.5% sucrose and essential aminoacids.
  • Wells of a 96-well plate are filled with 200 ⁇ l of artificial aphid diet (Febvay et al., Canadian Journal of Zoology 66(11):2449-2453, 1988) and the plate is covered with parafilm to make a feeding sachet.
  • Artificial diet is either mixed with sterile water and with 0.5% sucrose and essential aminoacids as a negative control or a rifampicin solution with one of the concentrations of rifampicin.
  • Rifampicin solutions are mixed with artificial diet to get final concentrations of the antibiotic between 1 and 50 ⁇ g/mL.
  • aphids For each replicate treatment, 30-50 second and third instar aphids are placed individually in wells of a 96-well plate and a feeding sachet plate is inverted above them, allowing the insects to feed through the parafilm and keeping them restricted to individual wells. Experimental aphids are kept under the same environmental conditions as aphid colonies. After the aphids are fed for 24 hr, the feeding sachet is replaced with a new one containing sterile artificial diet and a new sterile sachet is provided every 24 h for four days. At the time that the sachet is replaced, aphids are also checked for mortality.
  • An aphid is counted as dead if it had turned brown or is at the bottom of the well and does not move during the observation. If an aphid is on the parafilm of the feeding sachet but not moving, it is assumed to be feeding and alive.
  • the primers for Buchnera forward primer 5′-GTCGGCTCATCACATCC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 233) and reverse primer 5′-TTCCGTCTGTATTATCTCCT-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 234), are designed based on 23S-5S rRNA sequences obtained from the Buchnera genome (Accession Number: GCA_000009605.1) (Shigenobu et al., Nature 407:81-86, 2000) using Primer 5.0 software (Primer-E Ltd., Plymouth, UK).
  • the PCR amplification cycles included an initial denaturation step at 95° C. for 5 min, 35 cycles of 95° C. for 30s, 55° C. for 30s, and 72° C.
  • Amplification products from rifampicin treated and control samples are analyzed on 1% agarose gels, stained with SYBR safe, and visualized using an imaging System. Rifampicin treated aphids show a reduction of Buchnera specific genes.
  • the survival rates of aphids treated with rifampicin solution are compared to the aphids treated with the negative control.
  • the survival rate of aphids treated with rifampicin solution is decreased compared to the control.
  • a HTS to identify inhibitors of targeted bacterial strains uses sucrose fermentation in pH-MMSuc medium (Ymele-Leki et al., PLoS ONE 7(2):e31307, 2012) to decrease the pH of the medium. pH indicators in the medium monitor medium acidification spectrophotometrically through a change in absorbance at 615 nm (A615).
  • a target bacterial strain, Buchnera derived from a glycerol stock, is plated on an LB-agar plate and incubated overnight at 37° C. A loopful of cells is harvested, washed three times with PBS, and then resuspended in PBS at an optical density of 0.015.
  • This step is automated and validated in the 384-well plate format using an EnVisionTM multi-well spectrophotometer to test all fractions from the library. Fractions that demonstrate delayed medium acidification by sucrose fermentation and inhibited cell growth are selected for further purification and identification.
  • Example 11 demonstrates the isolation and identification of an isolate from the fraction described in Example 11 that blocks sucrose fermentation and inhibits cell growth of Buchnera.
  • Fraction II is separated on an Agilent 1100 series HPLC with a preparative Phenyl-hexyl column (Phenomenex, Luna, 25 cm610 mm, 5 mm particle size) using an elution buffer with 20% acetonitrile/water with 0.1% formic acid at a flow rate of 2 mL/min for 50 minutes. This yields multiple compounds at different elution times.
  • Spectra for each compound is obtained on an Alpha FT-IR mass spectrometer (Bruker), an UltrospecTM 5300 pro UV/Visible Spectrophotometer (Amersham Biosciences), and an INOVA 600 MHz nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometer (Varian).
  • Example 13 Treatment of Aphids with a Solution of a Buchnera Specific Molecule
  • This Example demonstrates the ability to kill or decrease the fitness of aphids by treating them with one of the compounds identified in Example 12 through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the aphid that are sensitive to this compound.
  • One targeted bacterial strain is Buchnera.
  • Each compound from Example 12 is formulated at 0 (negative control), 0.6, 1, 20 or 80 ⁇ g/ml in 10 mL of sterile water with 0.5% sucrose and essential amino acids.
  • aphids are grown in a lab environment and medium.
  • fava bean plants are grown in a mixture of vermiculite and perlite at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness.
  • 5-10 adults from different plants are distributed among 10 two-week-old plants, and allowed to multiply to high density for 5-7 days.
  • second and third instar aphids are collected from healthy plants and divided into treatments so that each treatment receives approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants.
  • Wells of a 96-well plate are filled with 200 ⁇ l of artificial aphid diet (Febvay et al., Canadian Journal of Zoology 66(11):2449-2453, 1988) and the plate is covered with parafilm to make a feeding sachet.
  • Artificial diet is either mixed with sterile water with 0.5% sucrose and essential amino acids as a negative control or solutions with varying concentrations of the compound.
  • aphids For each replicate treatment, 30-50 second and third instar aphids are placed individually in wells of a 96-well plate and a feeding sachet plate is inverted above them, allowing the insects to feed through the parafilm and keeping them restricted to individual wells. Experimental aphids are kept under the same environmental conditions as aphid colonies. After the aphids are fed for 24 hr, the feeding sachet is replaced with a new one containing sterile artificial diet and a new sterile sachet is provided every 24 h for 4 days. At the time that the sachet is replaced, aphids are also checked for mortality.
  • An aphid is counted as dead if it had turned brown or is at the bottom of the well and does not move during the observation. If an aphid is on the parafilm of the feeding sachet but not moving, it is assumed to be feeding and alive.
  • the primers for Buchnera forward primer 5′-GTCGGCTCATCACATCC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 233) and reverse primer 5′-TTCCGTCTGTATTATCTCCT-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 234), are designed based on 23S-5S rRNA sequences obtained from the Buchnera genome (Accession Number: GCA_000009605.1) (Shigenobu et al., Nature 407:81-86, 2000) using Primer 5.0 software (Primer-E Ltd., Plymouth, UK).
  • the PCR amplification cycles included an initial denaturation step at 95° C. for 5 min, 35 cycles of 95° C. for 30s, 55° C. for 30s, and 72° C.
  • Amplification products from compound 1 treated and control samples are analyzed on 1% agarose gels, stained with SYBR safe, and visualized using an imaging System. Reduction of Buchnera specific genes indicates antimicrobial activity of compound 1.
  • the survival rate of aphids treated with the compound is compared to the aphids treated with the negative control. A decrease in the survival rate of aphids treated with the compound is expected to indicate antimicrobial activity of the compound.
  • This Example demonstrates the treatment of aphids with rifampicin, a narrow spectrum antibiotic that inhibits DNA-dependent RNA synthesis by inhibiting a bacterial RNA polymerase.
  • This Example demonstrates that the effect of rifampicin on a model insect species, aphids, was mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the insect that were sensitive to rifampicin.
  • One targeted bacterial strain is Buchnera.
  • the antibiotic solution was formulated according to the means of delivery, as follows ( FIG. 1A-1G ):
  • Leaf coating 100 ⁇ l of 0.025% nonionic organosilicone surfactant solvent Silwet L-77 in water (negative control) or 100 ⁇ l of 50 ⁇ g/ml of rifampicin formulated in solvent solution was applied directly to the leaf surface and allowed to dry.
  • injection solutions were either 0.025% nonionic organosilicone surfactant solvent Silwet L-77 in water (negative control), or 50 ⁇ g/ml of rifampicin formulated in solvent solution.
  • Topical delivery 100 ⁇ l of 0.025% nonionic organosilicone surfactant solvent Silwet L-77 (negative control), or 50 ⁇ g/ml of rifampicin formulated in solvent solution were sprayed using a 30 mL spray bottle.
  • Leaf injection method A Leaf perfusion and cutting: leaves were injected with approximately 1 ml of 50 ⁇ g/ml of rifampicin in water with food coloring or approximately 1 ml of negative control with water and food coloring. Leaves were cut into 2 ⁇ 2 cm squared pieces and aphids were placed on the leaf pieces.
  • Leaf perfusion and delivery through plant Leaves were injected with approximately 1 ml of 100 ⁇ g/ml of rifampicin in water plus food coloring or approximately 1 ml of negative control with water and food coloring. The stem of injected leaf was then placed into an Eppendorf tube with 1 ml of 100 ⁇ g/ml of rifampicin plus water and food coloring or 1 ml of negative control with only water and food coloring.
  • Combination delivery method a) Topical delivery to aphid and plant: via spraying both aphids and plants with 0.025% nonionic organosilicone surfactant solvent Silwet L-77 in water (negative control) or 100 ⁇ g/ml of rifampicin formulated in solvent solution using a 30 mL, b) Delivery through plant: water only (negative control) or 100 ⁇ g/ml of rifampicin formulated in water.
  • Aphids (LSR-1 strain, Acyrthosiphon pisum ) were grown on fava bean plants ( Vroma vicia faba from Johnny's Selected Seeds) in a climate-controlled incubator (16 h light/8 h dark photoperiod; 60 ⁇ 5% RH; 25 ⁇ 2° C.). Prior to being used for aphid rearing, fava bean plants were grown in potting soil at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness. To limit maternal effects or health differences between plants, 5-10 adults from different plants were distributed among 10 two-week-old plants, and allowed to multiply to high density for 5-7 days.
  • first instar aphids were collected from healthy plants and divided into 3 different treatment groups: 1) artificial diet alone without essential amino acids, 2) artificial diet alone without essential amino acids and 100 ⁇ g/ml rifampicin, and 3) artificial diet with essential amino acids and 100 ⁇ g/ml rifampicin).
  • Each treatment group received approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants.
  • the artificial diet used was made as previously published (Akey and Beck, 1971 Continuous Rearing of the Pea Aphid, Acyrthosiphon pisum , on a Holidic Diet), with and without the essential amino acids (2 mg/ml histidine, 2 mg/ml isoleucine, 2 mg/ml leucine, 2 mg/ml lysine, 1 mg/ml methionine, 1.62 mg/ml phenylalanine, 2 mg/ml threonine, 1 mg/ml tryptophan, and 2 mg/ml valine), except neither diet included homoserine or beta-alanyltyrosine.
  • the pH of the diets was adjusted to 7.5 with KOH and diets were filter sterilized through a 0.22 ⁇ m filter and stored at 4° C. for short term ( ⁇ 7 days) or at ⁇ 80° C. for long term.
  • Rifampicin (Tokyo Chemical Industry, LTD) stock solutions were made at 25 mg/ml in methanol, sterilized by passing through a 0.22 ⁇ m syringe filter, and stored at ⁇ 20° C.
  • the appropriate amount of stock solution was added to the artificial diet with or without essential amino acids to obtain a final concentration of 100 ⁇ g/ml rifampicin.
  • the diet was then placed into a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube with a fava bean stem with a leaf and the opening of the tube was closed using parafilm.
  • This artificial diet feeding system was then placed into a deep petri dish (Fisher Scientific, Cat#FB0875711) and aphids were applied to the leaves of the plant.
  • the developmental stage (1 st , 2 nd , 3 rd , 4 th , 5 th instar) was determined daily throughout the experiment. Once an aphid reached the 4 th instar stage, they were given their own artificial feeding system in a deep petri dish so that fecundity could be monitored once they reached adulthood.
  • a DNA extraction kit Qiagen, DNeasy kit
  • the primers used for Buchnera were Buch_groES_18F (CATGATCGTGTGCTTGTTAAG; SEQ ID NO: 238) and Buch_groES_98R (CTGTTCCTCGAGTCGATTTCC; SEQ ID NO: 239) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS).
  • the primers used for aphid were ApEF1a 107F (CTGATTGTGCCGTGCTTATTG; SEQ ID NO: 240) and ApEF1a 246R (TATGGTGGTTCAGTAGAGTCC; SEQ ID NO: 241) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS).
  • qPCR was performed using a qPCR amplification ramp of 1.6 degrees C./s and the following conditions: 1) 95° C.
  • LSR-1 1 st instar aphids were divided into three separate treatment groups as defined in Experimental Design (above). Aphids were monitored daily and the number of aphids at each developmental stage was determined. Aphids treated with artificial diet alone without essential amino acids began reaching maturity (5 th instar stage) at approximately 6 days ( FIG. 2A ). Development was delayed in aphids treated with rifampicin, and by 6 days of treatment, most aphids did not mature further than the 3 rd instar stage, even after 12 days and their size is drastically affected ( FIGS. 2A-2C ).
  • aphids treated with artificial diet with rifampicin supplemented with essential amino acids developed faster and to higher instar stages as compared to aphids treated with rifampicin alone, but not as quickly as aphids treated with artificial diet without essential amino acids ( FIGS. 2A-2C ).
  • FIGS. 2A-2C These data indicate that treatment with rifampicin impaired aphid development. Adding back essential amino acids partially rescued this defect in development.
  • aphids treated with rifampicin without essential amino acids had lower survival rates than aphids treated with artificial diet alone (p ⁇ 0.00001).
  • Rifampicin stock solution was added to 0.025% of a nonionic organosilicone surfactant solvent, Silwet L-77, to obtain a final concentration of 50 ⁇ g/ml rifampicin.
  • Aphids eNASCO strain, Acyrthosiphon pisum
  • first instar aphids were collected from healthy plants and divided into 2 different treatment groups: leaves were sprayed with 1) negative control (solvent solution only), 2) 50 ⁇ g/ml rifampicin in solvent. Solutions were absorbed onto a 2 ⁇ 2 cm piece of fava bean leaf.
  • Each treatment group received approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plant. For each treatment, 20 aphids were placed onto each leaf. Aphids were monitored daily for survival and dead aphids were removed when they were discovered. In addition, the developmental stage (1 st , 2 nd , 3 rd , 4 th , 5 th instar, and 5R, representing a reproducing 5 th instar) was determined daily throughout the experiment. Pictures of aphids were taken throughout the experiment to evaluate size differences between treatment groups.
  • LSR-1 1 st instar aphids were divided into two separate treatment groups as defined in the Experimental Design described herein. Aphids were monitored daily and the number of aphids at each developmental stage was determined. Aphids placed on coated leaves treated with control began reaching maturity (5 th instar reproducing stage; 5R) at approximately 6 days ( FIG. 6A ). Development was delayed in aphids placed on coated leaves with rifampicin, and by 6 days of treatment, most aphids did not mature further than the 3 rd instar stage, even after 12 days, and their size is drastically affected ( FIGS. 6A and 6B ).
  • Microinjection was performed using NanoJet III Auto-Nanoliter Injector with the in-house pulled borosilicate needle (Drummond Scientific; Cat#3-000-203-G/XL).
  • Aphids eNASCO strain, Acyrthosiphon pisum ) were grown on fava bean plants as described in a previous Example. Aphids are transferred using a paint brush to a tubing system connected to vacuum ( FIG. 1C ). The injection site was at the ventral thorax of the aphid.
  • the injection solutions were either the organosilicone surfactant solvent 0.025% Silwet L-77 (Lehle Seeds, Cat No VIS-01) in water (negative control), or 50 ⁇ g/ml of rifampicin formulated in solvent solution.
  • the injection volume was 10 nl for nymph and 20 nl for adult (both at a rate of 2 nl/sec).
  • Each treatment group had approximately the same number of individuals injected from each of the collection plants. After injection, aphids were released into a petri dish with fava bean leaves, whose stems are in 2% agar.
  • Leaf Injection Method A Leaf Perfusion and Cutting
  • Aphids LSR-1 (which harbor only Buchnera ), Acyrthosiphon pisum were grown on fava bean plants ( Vroma vicia faba from Johnny's Selected Seeds) in a climate-controlled incubator (16 h light/8 h dark photoperiod; 60 ⁇ 5% RH; 25 ⁇ 2° C.). Prior to being used for aphid rearing, fava bean plants were grown in potting soil at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness. To limit maternal effects or health differences between plants, 5-10 adults from different plants were distributed among 10 two-week-old plants, and allowed to multiply to high density for 5-7 days.
  • first and second instar aphids were collected from healthy plants and divided into 2 different treatment groups: 1) negative control (leaf injected with water plus blue food coloring) and 2) leaf injected with 50 ⁇ g/ml rifampicin in water plus blue food coloring.
  • Each treatment group received approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants.
  • rifampicin stock solution 25 mg/ml in 100% methanol
  • the solution was then placed into a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube with a fava bean stem perfused with the solutions and the opening of the tube was closed using parafilm.
  • This feeding system was then placed into a deep petri dish (Fisher Scientific, Cat#FB0875711) and aphids were applied to the leaves of the plant. For each treatment, 74-81 aphids were placed onto each leaf. The feeding systems were changed every 2-3 days throughout the experiment. Aphids were monitored daily for survival and dead aphids were removed from the deep petri dish when they were discovered. In addition, the developmental stage (1 st , 2 nd , 3 rd , 4 th , 5 th , and 5R (5 th that has reproduced) instar) was determined daily throughout the experiment.
  • LSR-1 1st and 2nd instar aphids were divided into two separate treatment groups as defined in Leaf injection method A—Leaf perfusion and cutting Experimental Design (described herein). Aphids were monitored daily and the number of aphids at each developmental stage was determined. Aphids treated with water plus food coloring began reaching maturity (5th instar stage) at approximately 6 days ( FIG. 11 ). Development was delayed in aphids feeding on rifampicin injected leaves, and by 6 days of treatment, most aphids did not mature further than the 4th instar stage. Even after 8 days, the development of aphids feeding on rifampicin injected leaves was drastically delayed ( FIG. 11 ). These data indicate that rifampicin treatment via leaf perfusion impaired aphid development.
  • Aphids LSR-1 (which harbor only Buchnera ), Acyrthosiphon pisum were grown on fava bean plants ( Vroma vicia faba from Johnny's Selected Seeds) in a climate-controlled incubator (16 h light/8 h dark photoperiod; 60 ⁇ 5% RH; 25 ⁇ 2° C.). Prior to being used for aphid rearing, fava bean plants were grown in potting soil at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness.
  • first and second instar aphids were collected from healthy plants and divided into 2 different treatment groups: 1) aphids placed on leaves injected with the negative control solution (water and food coloring) and placed into an Eppendorf tube with the negative control solution, or 2) aphids placed on leaves that were injected with 100 ug/ml rifampicin in water plus food coloring and put into an Eppendorf tube with 100 ug/ml rifampicin in water.
  • Each treatment group received approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants.
  • rifampicin stock solution 25 mg/ml in 100% methanol
  • rifampicin stock solution 25 mg/ml in 100% methanol
  • the solution was then placed into a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube with a fava bean stem with a leaf also perfused with the solutions and the opening of the tube was closed using parafilm.
  • This feeding system was then placed into a deep petri dish (Fisher Scientific, Cat#FB0875711) and aphids were applied to the leaves of the plant.
  • LSR-1 1 st and 2 nd instar aphids were divided into two separate treatment groups as defined in Leaf perfusion and delivery through plant Experimental Design (described herein). Aphids were monitored daily and the number of aphids at each developmental stage was determined. Aphids treated with the control solution (water plus food coloring only) began reaching maturity (5 th instar stage) at approximately 6 days ( FIG. 14 ).
  • Aphids LSR-1 (which harbor only Buchnera ), Acyrthosiphon pisum were grown on fava bean plants ( Vroma vicia faba from Johnny's Selected Seeds) in a climate-controlled incubator (16 h light/8 h dark photoperiod; 60 ⁇ 5% RH; 20 ⁇ 2° C.). Prior to being used for aphid rearing, fava bean plants were grown in potting soil at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness. To limit maternal effects or health differences between plants, 5-10 adults from different plants were distributed among 10 two-week-old plants, and allowed to multiply to high density for 5-7 days.
  • first and second instar aphids were collected from healthy plants and divided into 2 different treatment groups: 1) treatment with Silwet-L77 or water control solutions or 2) treatment with rifampicin diluted in silwet L-77 or water.
  • Each treatment group received approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants.
  • the combination of delivery methods was as follows: a) Topical delivery to aphid and plant by spraying 0.025% nonionic organosilicone surfactant solvent Silwet L-77 (negative control) or 100 ⁇ g/ml of rifampicin formulated in solvent solution using a 30 mL spray bottle and b) Delivery through plant with either water (negative control) or 100 ⁇ g/ml of rifampicin formulated in water.
  • rifampicin stock solution 25 mg/ml in 100% methanol
  • Silwet L-77 for topical treatment to aphid and coating the leaf
  • water for delivery through plant.
  • the solution was then placed into a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube with a fava bean stem with a leaf also perfused with the solutions and the opening of the tube was closed using parafilm.
  • This feeding system was then placed into a deep petri dish (Fisher Scientific, Cat#FB0875711) and aphids were applied to the leaves of the plant.
  • aphids were placed onto each leaf.
  • the feeding systems were changed every 2-3 days throughout the experiment. Aphids were monitored daily for survival and dead aphids were removed from the deep petri dish when they were discovered.
  • LSR-1 1 st and 2 nd instar aphids were divided into two separate treatment groups as defined in Combination delivery method Experimental Design (described herein). Aphids were monitored daily and the number of aphids at each developmental stage was determined. Control treated aphids began reaching maturity (5 th instar stage) at approximately 6 days ( FIG. 17 ). Development was delayed in aphids treated with rifampicin, and by 6 days of treatment, most aphids did not mature further than the 3 rd instar stage, even after 7 days their development was drastically delayed ( FIG. 17 ). These data indicate that a combination of rifampicin treatments impaired aphid development.
  • Example 15 Insects Treated with a Natural Antimicrobial Polysacharide
  • This Example demonstrates the treatment of aphids with Chitosan, a natural cationic linear polysaccharide of deacetylated beta-1,4-D-glucosamine derived from chitin.
  • Chitin is the structural element in the exoskeleton of insects, crustaceans (mainly shrimp and crabs) and cell walls of fungi, and the second most abundant natural polysaccharide after cellulose.
  • This Example demonstrates that the effect of chitosan on insects was mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the insect that were sensitive to chitosan.
  • One targeted bacterial strain is Buchnera aphidicola.
  • the chitosan solution was formulated using a combination of leaf perfusion and delivery through plants ( FIG. 20 ).
  • the control solution was leaf injected with water+blue food coloring and water in tube.
  • the treatment solution with 300 ug/ml chitosan in water (low molecular weight) via leaf injection (with blue food coloring) and through plant (in Eppendorf tube).
  • Aphids LSR-1 (which harbor only Buchnera ), Acyrthosiphon pisum were grown on fava bean plants ( Vroma vicia faba from Johnny's Selected Seeds) in a climate-controlled incubator (16 h light/8 h dark photoperiod; 60 ⁇ 5% RH; 25 ⁇ 2° C.). Prior to being used for aphid rearing, fava bean plants were grown in potting soil at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness. To limit maternal effects or health differences between plants, 5-10 adults from different plants were distributed among 10 two-week-old plants, and allowed to multiply to high density for 5-7 days.
  • first and second instar aphids were collected from healthy plants and divided into 2 different treatment groups: 1) negative control (water treated), 2) The treatment solution included 300 ug/ml chitosan in water (low molecular weight). Each treatment group received approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants.
  • Chitosan (Sigma, catalog number 448869-50G) stock solution was made at 1% in acetic acid, sterilized autoclaving, and stored at 4° C.
  • the appropriate amount of stock solution was diluted with water to obtain the final treatment concentration of chitosan.
  • the solution was then placed into a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube with a fava bean stem with a leaf also perfused with the solutions and the opening of the tube was closed using parafilm. This feeding system was then placed into a deep petri dish (Fisher Scientific, Cat#FB0875711) and aphids were applied to the leaves of the plant.
  • aphids were placed onto each leaf.
  • the feeding systems were changed every 2-3 days throughout the experiment. Aphids were monitored daily for survival and dead aphids were removed from the deep petri dish when they were discovered.
  • a DNA extraction kit Qiagen, DNeasy kit
  • the primers used for Buchnera were Buch_groES_18F (CATGATCGTGTGCTTGTTAAG; SEQ ID NO: 238) and Buch_groES_98R (CTGTTCCTCGAGTCGATTTCC; SEQ ID NO: 239) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS).
  • the primers used for aphid were ApEF1a 107F (CTGATTGTGCCGTGCTTATTG; SEQ ID NO: 240) and ApEF1a 246R (TATGGTGGTTCAGTAGAGTCC; SEQ ID NO: 241) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS).
  • qPCR was performed using a qPCR amplification ramp of 1.6 degrees C./s and the following conditions: 1) 95° C.
  • LSR-1 A pisum 1 st and 2 nd instar aphids were divided into two separate treatment groups as defined in Experimental Design (above). Aphids were monitored daily and the number of aphids at each developmental stage was determined. Aphids treated with the negative control alone began reaching maturity (5 th instar stage) at approximately 6 days ( FIG. 21 ). Development was delayed in aphids treated with chitosan solution, and by 6 days of treatment with chitosan, most aphids did not mature further than the 4 rd instar stage. These data indicate that treatment with chitosan delayed and stopped progression of aphid development.
  • Example 16 Insects Treated with Nisin, a Natural Antimicrobial Peptide
  • This Example demonstrates the treatment of aphids with the natural, “broad spectrum,” polycyclic antibacterial peptide produced by the bacterium Lactococcus lactis that is commonly used as a food preservative.
  • the antibacterial activity of nisin is mediated through its ability to generate pores in the bacterial cell membrane and interrupt bacterial cell-wall biosynthesis through a specific lipid II interaction.
  • This Example demonstrates that the negative effect of nisin on insect fitness is mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the insect that were sensitive to nisin.
  • One targeted bacterial strain is Buchnera aphidicola.
  • Nisin was formulated using a combination of leaf perfusion and delivery through plants.
  • the control solution (water) or treatment solution (nisin) was injected into the leaf and placed in the Eppendorf tube.
  • the treatment solutions consisted of 1.6 or 7 mg/ml nisin in water.
  • LSR-1 aphids Acyrthosiphon pisum were grown on fava bean plants ( Vroma vicia faba from Johnny's Selected Seeds) in a climate-controlled incubator (16 h light/8 h dark photoperiod; 60 ⁇ 5% RH; 25 ⁇ 2° C.). Prior to being used for aphid rearing, fava bean plants were grown in potting soil at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness. To limit maternal effects or health differences between plants, 5-10 adults from different plants were distributed among 10 two-week-old plants, and allowed to multiply to high density for 5-7 days.
  • first and second instar aphids were collected from healthy plants and divided into 2 different treatment groups: 1) negative control (water treated), 2) nisin treated with either 1.6 or 7 mg/ml nisin in water. Each treatment group received approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants.
  • nisin (Sigma, product number: N5764) solution was made at 1.6 or 7 mg/ml (w/v) in water and filter sterilized using a 0.22 um syringe filter. The solution was then injected into the leaf of the plant and the stem of the plant was placed into a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube. The opening of the tube was closed using parafilm. This feeding system was then placed into a deep petri dish (Fisher Scientific, Cat#FB0875711) and aphids were applied to the leaves of the plant.
  • aphids were placed onto each leaf.
  • the feeding systems were changed every 2-3 days throughout the experiment. Aphids were monitored daily for survival and dead aphids were removed from the deep petri dish when they were discovered.
  • a DNA extraction kit Qiagen, DNeasy kit
  • the primers used for Buchnera were Buch_groES_18F (CATGATCGTGTGCTTGTTAAG; SEQ ID NO: 238) and Buch_groES_98R (CTGTTCCTCGAGTCGATTTCC; SEQ ID NO: 239) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS).
  • the primers used for aphid were ApEF1a 107F (CTGATTGTGCCGTGCTTATTG; SEQ ID NO: 240) and ApEF1a 246R (TATGGTGGTTCAGTAGAGTCC; SEQ ID NO: 241) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS).
  • qPCR was performed using a qPCR amplification ramp of 1.6 degrees C./s and the following conditions: 1) 95° C.
  • LSR-1 A pisum 1 st and 2nd instar aphids were divided into three separate treatment groups as defined in Experimental Design (above). Aphids were monitored daily and the number of aphids at each developmental stage was determined. Aphids treated with the negative control solution (water) began reaching maturity (5th instar stage) at approximately 6 days, and reproducing (5R stage) by 7 days ( FIG. 24 ). Development was severely delayed in aphids treated with 7 mg/ml nisin. Aphids treated with 7 mg/ml nisin only developed to the 2nd instar stage by day 3, and by day 6, all aphids in the group were dead ( FIG. 24 ).
  • Example 17 Insects Treated with Levulinic Acid Decreases Insect Fitness
  • This Example demonstrates the treatment of aphids with levulinic acid, a keto acid produced by heating a carbohydrate with hexose (e.g., wood, starch, wheat, straw, or cane sugar) with the addition of a dilute mineral acid reduces insect fitness.
  • Levulinic acid has previously been tested as an antimicrobial agent against Escherichia coli and Salmonella in meat production (Carpenter et al., 2010, Meat Science; Savannah G. Hawkins, 2014, University of Tennessee Honors Thesis).
  • This Example demonstrates that the effect of levulinic acid on insects was mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the insect that were sensitive to levulinic acid.
  • One targeted bacterial strain is Buchnera aphidicola.
  • the levulinic acid was formulated using a combination of leaf perfusion and delivery through plants.
  • the control solution was leaf injected with water and water was placed in the Eppendorf tube.
  • the treatment solutions included 0.03 or 0.3% levulinic acid in water via leaf injection and through plant (in Eppendorf tube).
  • eNASCO aphids Acyrthosiphon pisum were grown on fava bean plants ( Vroma vicia faba from Johnny's Selected Seeds) in a climate-controlled incubator (16 h light/8 h dark photoperiod; 60 ⁇ 5% RH; 25 ⁇ 2° C.). Prior to being used for aphid rearing, fava bean plants were grown in potting soil at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness. To limit maternal effects or health differences between plants, 5-10 adults from different plants were distributed among 10 two-week-old plants, and allowed to multiply to high density for 5-7 days.
  • first and second instar aphids were collected from healthy plants and divided into 2 different treatment groups: 1) negative control (water treated), 2) The treatment solution included 0.03 or 0.3% levulinic acid in water. Each treatment group received approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants.
  • levulinic acid (Sigma, product number: W262706) was diluted to either 0.03 or 0.3% in water. The solution was then placed into a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube with a fava bean stem with a leaf also perfused with the solutions and the opening of the tube was closed using parafilm. This feeding system was then placed into a deep petri dish (Fisher Scientific, Cat#FB0875711) and aphids were applied to the leaves of the plant.
  • 57-59 aphids were placed onto each leaf.
  • the feeding systems were changed every 2-3 days throughout the experiment. Aphids were monitored daily for survival and dead aphids were removed from the deep petri dish when they were discovered.
  • a DNA extraction kit Qiagen, DNeasy kit
  • the primers used for Buchnera were Buch_groES_18F (CATGATCGTGTGCTTGTTAAG; SEQ ID NO: 238) and Buch_groES_98R (CTGTTCCTCGAGTCGATTTCC; SEQ ID NO: 239) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS).
  • the primers used for aphid were ApEF1a 107F (CTGATTGTGCCGTGCTTATTG; SEQ ID NO: 240) and ApEF1a 246R (TATGGTGGTTCAGTAGAGTCC; SEQ ID NO: 241) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS).
  • qPCR was performed using a qPCR amplification ramp of 1.6 degrees C./s and the following conditions: 1) 95° C.
  • eNASCO A pisum 1 st and 2 nd instar aphids were divided into three separate treatment groups as defined in Experimental Design (above). Aphids were monitored daily and the number of aphids at each developmental stage was determined. Aphids treated with the negative control alone began reaching maturity (5 th instar stage) at approximately 7 days ( FIG. 27 ). Development was delayed in aphids treated with levulinic acid and by 11 days post-treatment, nearly all control treated aphids reached maturity while 23 and 63% aphids treated with 0.03 and 0.3% levulinic acid, respectively, did not mature further than the 4 rd instar stage. These data indicate that treatment with levulinic acid delayed and stopped progression of aphid development and this delay in development is dependent on the dose of levulinic acid administered.
  • Example 18 Insects Treated with a Plant Derived Secondary Metabolite Solution
  • This Example demonstrates the treatment of aphids with gossypol acetic acid, a natural phenol derived from the cotton plant (genus Gossypium ) that permeates cells and acts as an inhibitor for several dehydrogenase enzymes.
  • gossypol acetic acid a natural phenol derived from the cotton plant (genus Gossypium ) that permeates cells and acts as an inhibitor for several dehydrogenase enzymes.
  • This Example demonstrates that the effect of gossypol on insects was mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the insect that were sensitive to gossypol.
  • One targeted bacterial strain is Buchnera aphidicola.
  • the gossypol solution was formulated depending on the delivery method: 1) Through the plants: with 0 (negative control) or 0.5%, 0.25%, and 0.05% of gossypol formulated in an artificial diet (based on Akey and Beck, 1971; see Experimental Design) without essential amino acids (histidine, isoleucine, leucine, lysine, methionine, phenylalanine, threonine, tryptophan, and valine).
  • injection solutions were either 0.5% of gossypol or artificial diet only (negative control).
  • Aphids either eNASCO (which harbor both Buchnera and Serratia primary and secondary symbionts, respectively) or LSR-1 (which harbor only Buchnera ) strains, Acyrthosiphon pisum ) were grown on fava bean plants ( Vroma vicia faba from Johnny's Selected Seeds) in a climate-controlled incubator (16 h light/8 h dark photoperiod; 60 ⁇ 5% RH; 25 ⁇ 2° C.). Prior to being used for aphid rearing, fava bean plants were grown in potting soil at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness.
  • first and second instar aphids were collected from healthy plants and divided into 4 different treatment groups: 1) artificial diet alone without essential amino acids, 2) artificial diet alone without essential amino acids and 0.05% of gossypol, 3) artificial diet alone without essential amino acids and 0.25% of gossypol, and 4) artificial diet alone without essential amino acids and 0.5% of gossypol.
  • Each treatment group received approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants.
  • the artificial diet used was made as previously published (Akey and Beck, 1971 Continuous Rearing of the Pea Aphid, Acyrthosiphon pisum , on a Holidic Diet), with and without the essential amino acids (2 mg/ml histidine, 2 mg/ml isoleucine, 2 mg/ml leucine, 2 mg/ml lysine, 1 mg/ml methionine, 1.62 mg/ml phenylalanine, 2 mg/ml threonine, 1 mg/ml tryptophan, and 2 mg/ml valine), except neither diet included homoserine or beta-alanyltyrosine.
  • the pH of the diets was adjusted to 7.5 with KOH and diets were filter sterilized through a 0.22 ⁇ m filter and stored at 4° C. for short term ( ⁇ 7 days) or at ⁇ 80° C. for long term.
  • Gossypol acetic acid (Sigma, Cat#G4382-250MG) stock solution was made at 5% in methanol and sterilized by passing through a 0.22 ⁇ m syringe filter, and stored at 4° C.
  • the appropriate amount of stock solution was added to the artificial diet to obtain the different final concentrations of gossypol.
  • the diet was then placed into a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube with a fava bean stem with a leaf and the opening of the tube was closed using parafilm. This feeding system was then placed into a deep petri dish (Fisher Scientific, Cat#FB0875711) and aphids were applied to the leaves of the plant.
  • the developmental stage (1 st , 2 nd , 3 rd , 4 th , 5 th , and 5R (5 th that has reproduced) instar) was determined daily throughout the experiment. Once an aphid reached the 4 th instar stage, they were given their own artificial feeding system in a deep petri dish so that fecundity could be monitored once they reached adulthood.
  • a DNA extraction kit Qiagen, DNeasy kit
  • the primers used for Buchnera were Buch_groES_18F (CATGATCGTGTGCTTGTTAAG; SEQ ID NO: 238) and Buch_groES_98R (CTGTTCCTCGAGTCGATTTCC; SEQ ID NO: 239) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS).
  • the primers used for aphid were ApEF1a 107F (CTGATTGTGCCGTGCTTATTG; SEQ ID NO: 240) and ApEF1a 246R (TATGGTGGTTCAGTAGAGTCC; SEQ ID NO: 241) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS).
  • qPCR was performed using a qPCR amplification ramp of 1.6 degrees C./s and the following conditions: 1) 95° C.
  • eNASCO and LSR-1 A pisum 1 st and 2 nd instar aphids were divided into four separate treatment groups as defined in Experimental Design (described herein). Aphids were monitored daily and the number of aphids at each developmental stage was determined. Aphids treated with artificial diet alone began reaching maturity (5 th instar stage) at approximately 3 days ( FIG. 30A ). Development was delayed in aphids treated with gossypol, and by 5 days of treatment with 0.5% of gossypol, most aphids did not mature further than the 3 rd instar stage, and their size is also affected ( FIGS. 30A and 30B ). These data indicate that treatment with gossypol delayed and stopped progression of aphid development, and that this response was dose dependent.
  • 0.5% gossypol-treated aphids began dying after 2 days of treatment and all aphids succumbed to treatment by 4 days. Aphids treated with 0.25% survived a bit longer than those treated with 0.5% but were also drastically affected.
  • Microinjection was performed using NanoJet III Auto-Nanoliter Injector with the in-house pulled borosilicate needle (Drummond Scientific; Cat#3-000-203-G/XL).
  • Aphids LSR-1 strain, A. pisum
  • Each treatment group had approximately the same number of individuals injected from each of the collection plants.
  • Nymph aphids ( ⁇ 3 rd instar stage) were transferred using a paint brush to a tubing system connected to vacuum and microinjected into the ventral thorax with 20 nl of either artificial diet without essential amino acids (negative control) or 0.05% of gossypol solution in artificial diet without essential amino acids.
  • aphids were placed in a deep petri dish with a fava bean leaf with stem in 2% agar.
  • trans-cinnemaldehyde a natural aromatic aldehyde that is the major component of bark extract of cinnamon ( Cinnamomum zeylandicum ) results in decreased fitness.
  • Trans-cinnemaldehyde has been shown to have antimicrobial activity against both gram-negative and gram-positive organisms, although the exact mechanism of action of its antimicrobial activity remains unclear.
  • Trans-cinnemaldehyde may damage bacterial cell membranes and inhibit of specific cellular processes or enzymes (Gill and Holley, 2004 Applied Environmental Microbiology).
  • This Example demonstrates that the effect of trans-cinnemaldehyde on insects was mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the insect that were sensitive to trans-cinnemaldehyde.
  • One targeted bacterial strain is Buchnera aphidicola.
  • Trans-cinnemaldehyde was diluted to 0.05%, 0.5%, or 5% in water and was delivered through leaf perfusion ( ⁇ 1 ml was injected into leaves) and through plants.
  • Aphids (LSR-1 (which harbor only Buchnera ) strains, Acyrthosiphon pisum ) were grown on fava bean plants ( Vroma vicia faba from Johnny's Selected Seeds) in a climate-controlled incubator (16 h light/8 h dark photoperiod; 60 ⁇ 5% RH; 25 ⁇ 2° C.). Prior to being used for aphid rearing, fava bean plants were grown in potting soil at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness. To limit maternal effects or health differences between plants, 5-10 adults from different plants were distributed among 10 two-week-old plants, and allowed to multiply to high density for 5-7 days.
  • first and second instar aphids were collected from healthy plants and divided into four different treatment groups: 1) water treated controls, 2) 0.05% trans-cinnemaldehyde in water, 3) 0.5% trans-cinnemaldehyde in water, and 4) 5% trans-cinnemaldehyde in water.
  • Each treatment group received approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants.
  • Trans-cinnemaldehyde (Sigma, Cat#C80687) was diluted to the appropriate concentration in water (see Therapeutic design), sterilized by passing through a 0.22 ⁇ m syringe filter, and stored at 4° C. Fava bean leaves were injected with approximately 1 ml of the treatment and then the leaf was placed in a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube containing the same treatment solution. The opening of the tube where the fava bean stem was placed was closed using parafilm. This treatment feeding system was then placed into a deep petri dish (Fisher Scientific, Cat#FB0875711) and aphids were applied to the leaves of the plant.
  • a DNA extraction kit Qiagen, DNeasy kit
  • the primers used for Buchnera were Buch_groES_18F (CATGATCGTGTGCTTGTTAAG; SEQ ID NO: 238) and Buch_groES_98R (CTGTTCCTCGAGTCGATTTCC; SEQ ID NO: 239) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS).
  • the primers used for aphid were ApEF1a 107F (CTGATTGTGCCGTGCTTATTG; SEQ ID NO: 240) and ApEF1a 246R (TATGGTGGTTCAGTAGAGTCC; SEQ ID NO: 241) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS).
  • qPCR was performed using a qPCR amplification ramp of 1.6 degrees C./s and the following conditions: 1) 95° C.
  • LSR-1 A pisum 1 st and 2 nd instar aphids were divided into four separate treatment groups as defined in Experimental Design (described herein). Aphids were monitored daily and the number of aphids at each developmental stage was determined. Aphids treated with water alone began reaching the 3 rd instar stage at 3 days post-treatment ( FIG. 35 ). Development was delayed in aphids treated with trans-cinnemaldehyde, and by 3 days of treatment with each the three of the trans-cinnemaldehyde concentrations, none of the aphids matured past the second instar stage ( FIG. 35 ).
  • trans-cinnemaldehyde treatment decreased Buchnera levels, and that this decrease was concentration dependent.
  • This Example demonstrates the treatment of aphids with multiple scorpion antimicrobial peptides (AMP), of which several are identified AMPs in the venom gland transcriptome of the scorpion Urodacus yaschenkoi (Luna-Ramirez et al., 2017, Toxins).
  • AMPs typically have a net positive charge and hence, a high affinity for bacterial membranes.
  • This Example demonstrates that the effect of the AMP on insects was mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the insect that were sensitive to AMP peptides.
  • One targeted bacterial strain is Buchnera aphidicola , an obligate symbiont of aphids.
  • the Uy192 solution was formulated using a combination of leaf perfusion and delivery through plants.
  • the control solution was leaf injected with water+blue food coloring and water in tube.
  • the treatment solution consisted of 100 ug/ml Uy192 in water via leaf injection (with blue food coloring) and through plant (in Eppendorf tube).
  • Aphids LSR-1 (which harbor only Buchnera ), Acyrthosiphon pisum were grown on fava bean plants ( Vroma vicia faba from Johnny's Selected Seeds) in a climate-controlled incubator (16 h light/8 h dark photoperiod; 60 ⁇ 5% RH; 20 ⁇ 2° C.). Prior to being used for aphid rearing, fava bean plants were grown in potting soil at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness. To limit maternal effects or health differences between plants, 5-10 adults from different plants were distributed among 10 two-week-old plants, and allowed to multiply to high density for 5-7 days.
  • first and second instar aphids were collected from healthy plants and divided into 2 different treatment groups: 1) negative control (water treated), 2) The treatment solution of 100 ug/ml AMP in water. Each treatment group received approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants.
  • Uy192 was synthesized by Bio-Synthesis at >75% purity. 1 mg of lyophilized peptide was reconstituted in 500 ul of 80% acetonitrile, 20% water, and 0.1% TFA, 100 ul (100 ug) was aliquoted into 10 individual Eppendorf tubes, and allowed to dry. For treatment (see Therapeutic design), 1 ml of water was added to a 100 ug aliquot of peptide to obtain the final concentration of Uy192 (100 ug/ml). The solution was then placed into a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube with a fava bean stem with a leaf also perfused with the solutions and the opening of the tube was closed using parafilm. This feeding system was then placed into a deep petri dish (Fisher Scientific, Cat#FB0875711) and aphids were applied to the leaves of the plant.
  • aphids were placed onto each leaf.
  • the feeding systems were changed every 2-3 days throughout the experiment. Aphids were monitored daily for survival and dead aphids were removed from the deep petri dish when they were discovered.
  • a DNA extraction kit Qiagen, DNeasy kit
  • the primers used for Buchnera were Buch_groES_18F (CATGATCGTGTGCTTGTTAAG; SEQ ID NO: 238) and Buch_groES_98R (CTGTTCCTCGAGTCGATTTCC; SEQ ID NO: 239) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS).
  • the primers used for aphid were ApEF1a 107F (CTGATTGTGCCGTGCTTATTG; SEQ ID NO: 240) and ApEF1a 246R (TATGGTGGTTCAGTAGAGTCC; SEQ ID NO: 241) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS).
  • qPCR was performed using a qPCR amplification ramp of 1.6 degrees C./s and the following conditions: 1) 95° C.
  • LSR-1 A pisum 1 st and 2 nd instar aphids were divided into two separate treatment groups as defined in Experimental Design (above). Aphids were monitored daily and the number of aphids at each developmental stage was determined. Aphids treated with the negative control alone began reaching maturity (5 th instar stage) at approximately 6 days ( FIG. 38 ). Development was delayed in aphids treated with Uy192, and after 8 days of treatment, aphids did not mature further than the 4 rd instar stage. These data indicate that treatment with Uy192 delayed and stopped progression of aphid development.
  • This Example demonstrates the treatment of aphids with several scorpion antimicrobial peptides (AMPs) D10, D3, Uyct3, and Uy17, which have been recently identified AMPs in the venom gland transcriptome of the scorpion Urodacus yaschenkoi (Luna-Ramirez et al., 2017, Toxins).
  • AMPs typically have a net positive charge and hence, a high affinity for bacterial membranes.
  • This Example demonstrates that the effect of the AMPs on insects was mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the insect that were sensitive to AMP peptides.
  • One targeted bacterial strain is Buchnera aphidicola , an obligate symbiont of aphids.
  • Aphids are agricultural insect pests causing direct feeding damage to the plant and serving as vectors of plant viruses.
  • aphid honeydew promotes the growth of sooty mold and attracts nuisance ants.
  • the indicated peptide or peptide cocktail was directly microinjected into aphids or delivered using a combination of leaf perfusion and delivery through plants.
  • aphids were microinjected with water (for microinjection experiments) or placed on leaves injected with water and water in tube (for leaf perfusion and plant delivery experiments).
  • the treatment solutions consisted of 20 nl of 5 ⁇ g/ ⁇ l of D3 or D10 dissolved in water (for aphid microinjections) or 40 ⁇ g/ml of a cocktail of D10, Uy17, D3, and UyCt3 in water via leaf injection and through plant (in Eppendorf tube).
  • Microinjection was performed using NanoJet III Auto-Nanoliter Injector with the in-house pulled borosilicate needle (Drummond Scientific; Cat#3-000-203-G/XL).
  • Aphids LSR-1 strain, Acyrthosiphon pisum
  • fava bean plants Vroma vicia faba from Johnny's Selected Seeds
  • a climate-controlled incubator (16 h light/8 h dark photoperiod; 60 ⁇ 5% RH; 25 ⁇ 2° C.).
  • fava bean plants Prior to being used for aphid rearing, fava bean plants were grown in potting soil at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness.
  • aphids were microinjected into the ventral thorax with 20 nl of either water or 100 ng (20 ul of a 5 ug/ml solution of peptide D3 or D10. The microinjection rate as 5 nl/sec. After injection, aphids were placed in a deep petri dish containing a fava bean leaf with stem in 2% agar.
  • Peptides were synthesized by Bio-Synthesis at >75% purity. 1 mg of lyophilized peptide was reconstituted in 500 ⁇ l of 80% acetonitrile, 20% water, and 0.1% TFA, 100 ⁇ l (100 ⁇ g) was aliquoted into 10 individual Eppendorf tubes, and allowed to dry.
  • a DNA extraction kit Qiagen, DNeasy kit
  • the primers used for Buchnera were Buch_groES_18F (CATGATCGTGTGCTTGTTAAG; SEQ ID NO: 238) and Buch_groES_98R (CTGTTCCTCGAGTCGATTTCC; SEQ ID NO: 239) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS).
  • the primers used for aphid were ApEF1a 107F (CTGATTGTGCCGTGCTTATTG; SEQ ID NO: 240) and ApEF1a 246R (TATGGTGGTTCAGTAGAGTCC; SEQ ID NO: 241) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS).
  • qPCR was performed using a qPCR amplification ramp of 1.6 degrees C./s and the following conditions: 1) 95° C.
  • LSR-1 A pisum 1 st and 2 nd instar aphids were divided into three separate treatment groups as defined in Experimental Design (described herein). Aphids were monitored daily and survival rate was determined. After 5 days of treatment, the aphids injected with the scorpion peptides had lower survival rates compared to water injected controls (9, 35, and 45% survival for injection with D3, D10, and water, respectively) ( FIG. 41 ). These data indicate that there was a decrease in survival upon treatment with the scorpion AMPs D3 and D10.
  • eNASCO Aphids which harbor Buchnera and Serratia
  • Acyrthosiphon pisum were grown on fava bean plants ( Vroma vicia faba from Johnny's Selected Seeds) as described above.
  • first and second instar aphids were collected from healthy plants and divided into 2 different treatment groups: 1) negative control (water treated), 2) The treatment solution consisted of 40 ⁇ g/ml of each D10, Uy17, D3, and UyCt3 in water. Each treatment group received approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants.
  • Peptides were synthesized, dissolved, and aliquoted, as described above.
  • water was added to a 100 ⁇ g aliquot of peptide to obtain the desired final concentration (40 ⁇ g/ml).
  • the four peptides were combined to make the peptide cocktail solution. This solution was used to perfuse into leaves via injection. Following injection, the stems of the injected leaves were placed into a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube which was then sealed with parafilm. This feeding system was then placed into a deep petri dish (Fisher Scientific, Cat#FB0875711) and aphids were applied to the leaves of the plant.
  • Example 22 Insects Treated with an Antimicrobial Peptide Fused to a Cell Penetrating Peptide
  • This Example demonstrates the treatment of aphids with a fused scorpion antimicrobial peptide (AMP) (Uy192) to a cell penetrating peptide derived from a virus.
  • AMP scorpion antimicrobial peptide
  • Uy192 is one of several recently identified AMPs in the venom gland transcriptome of the scorpion Urodacus yaschenkoi (Luna-Ramirez et al., 2017, Toxins).
  • AMPs typically have a net positive charge and hence, a high affinity for bacterial membranes.
  • the peptide was synthesized fused to a portion of the transactivator of transcription (TAT) protein of human immunodeficiency virus I (HIV-1).
  • TAT transactivator of transcription
  • HAV-1 human immunodeficiency virus I
  • the scorpion peptide conjugated to the cell penetrating peptide and fluorescently tagged with 6FAM was formulated using a combination of leaf perfusion and delivery through plants.
  • the control solution (water) or treatment solution (Uy192+CPP+FAM) was injected into the leaf and placed in the Eppendorf tube.
  • the treatment solution included 100 ⁇ g/ml Uy192+CPP+FAM in water.
  • LSR-1 aphids Acyrthosiphon pisum were grown on fava bean plants ( Vroma vicia faba from Johnny's Selected Seeds) in a climate-controlled incubator (16 h light/8 h dark photoperiod; 60 ⁇ 5% RH; 25 ⁇ 2° C.). Prior to being used for aphid rearing, fava bean plants were grown in potting soil at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness. To limit maternal effects or health differences between plants, 5-10 adults from different plants were distributed among 10 two-week-old plants, and allowed to multiply to high density for 5-7 days.
  • Uy192+CPP+FAM amino acid sequence: YGRKKRRQRRRFLSTIWNGIKGLL-FAM
  • Bio-Synthesis at >75% purity. 5 mg of lyophilized peptide was reconstituted in 1 ml of 80% acetonitrile, 20% water, and 0.1% TFA, 50 ⁇ l (100 ⁇ g) was aliquoted into individual Eppendorf tubes, and allowed to dry.
  • 1 ml of sterile water was added to a 100 ⁇ g aliquot of peptide to obtain the final concentration of Uy192+CPP+FAM (100 ⁇ g/ml).
  • the solution was then injected into the leaf of the plant and the stem of the plant was placed into a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube. The opening of the tube was closed using parafilm. This feeding system was then placed into a deep petri dish (Fisher Scientific, Cat#FB0875711) and aphids were applied to the leaves of the plant. Epi fluorescence imaging of the leaf confirmed that the leaves contained the green fluorescently tagged peptide in their vascular system.
  • a DNA extraction kit Qiagen, DNeasy kit
  • the primers used for Buchnera were Buch_groES_18F (CATGATCGTGTGCTTGTTAAG; SEQ ID NO: 238) and Buch_groES_98R (CTGTTCCTCGAGTCGATTTCC; SEQ ID NO: 239) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS).
  • the primers used for aphid were ApEF1a 107F (CTGATTGTGCCGTGCTTATTG; SEQ ID NO: 240) and ApEF1a 246R (TATGGTGGTTCAGTAGAGTCC; SEQ ID NO: 241) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS).
  • qPCR was performed using a qPCR amplification ramp of 1.6 degrees C./s and the following conditions: 1) 95° C.
  • LSR-1 A pisum 1st instar aphids were divided into three separate treatment groups as defined in Experimental Design (above). Aphids were monitored daily and the number of aphids at each developmental stage was determined. Development for both aphids treated with water and those treated with the scorpion peptide fused to the cell penetrating peptide was similar for days 0 and 1 ( FIG. 44 ). By day 2, however, control treated aphids developed to either in the second or third instar stage, while some aphids treated with the scorpion peptide fused to the cell penetrating peptide remained in the first instar stage ( FIG. 44 ).
  • isolated bacteriocytes were directly exposed to the fusion protein and imaged.
  • the bacteriocytes were dissected from the aphids in Schneider's medium supplemented with 1% w/v BSA (Schneider-BSA medium), and placed in an imaging well containing 20 ul of schneider's medium.
  • a 100 ug lyophilized aliquot of the scorpion peptide was resuspended in 100 ul of the schneider's medium to produce 1 mg/ml solution, and 5ul of this solution was mixed in to the well containing bacteriocytes.
  • this data demonstrates the ability to kill and decrease the development, longevity, and endogenous bacterial populations, e.g., fitness, of aphids by treating them with the scorpion antimicrobial peptide Uy192 fused to a cell penetrating peptide.
  • pantothenol which is the alcohol analog of pantothenic acid (Vitamin B5).
  • Aphids have obligate endosymbiont bacteria, Buchnera , that help them make essential amino acids and vitamins, including Vitamin B5.
  • pantothenol inhibits the growth of Plasmodium falciparium by inhibition of the specific parasite kinases (Saliba et al., 2005). It was hypothesized that treating insects with pantothenol would be detrimental for the bacterial-insect symbiosis therefore affecting insect fitness. This Example demonstrates that the treatment with pantothenol decreased insect fitness.
  • Pantothenol solutions were formulated depending on the delivery method:
  • pantothenol formulated in an artificial diet (based on Akey and Beck, 1971; see Experimental Design) without essential amino acids (2 mg/ml histidine, 2 mg/ml isoleucine, 2 mg/ml leucine, 2 mg/ml lysine, 1 mg/ml methionine, 1.62 mg/ml phenylalanine, 2 mg/ml threonine, 1 mg/ml tryptophan, and 2 mg/ml valine).
  • Leaf coating 100 ⁇ l of 0.025% nonionic organosilicone surfactant solvent Silwet L-77 in water (negative control) or 100 ⁇ l of 50 ⁇ g/ml of rifampicin formulated in solvent solution was applied directly to the leaf surface and allowed to dry.
  • Aphids were grown on fava bean plants ( Vroma vicia faba from Johnny's Selected Seeds) in a climate-controlled incubator (16 h light/8 h dark photoperiod; 60 ⁇ 5% RH; 25 ⁇ 2° C.). Prior to being used for aphid rearing, fava bean plants were grown in potting soil at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness. To limit maternal effects or health differences between plants, 5-10 adults from different plants were distributed among 10 two-week-old plants, and allowed to multiply to high density for 5-7 days.
  • first and second instar aphids were collected from healthy plants and divided into 3 different treatment groups: 1) artificial diet alone without essential amino acids, 2) artificial diet alone without essential amino acids and 10 uM pantothenol, and 3) artificial diet alone without essential amino acids and 100 uM pantothenol.
  • Each treatment group received approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants.
  • the artificial diet used was made as previously published (Akey and Beck, 1971 Continuous Rearing of the Pea Aphid, Acyrthosiphon pisum , on a Holidic Diet), with and without the essential amino acids (2 mg/ml histidine, 2 mg/ml isoleucine, 2 mg/ml leucine, 2 mg/ml lysine, 1 mg/ml methionine, 1.62 mg/ml phenylalanine, 2 mg/ml threonine, 1 mg/ml tryptophan, and 2 mg/ml valine), except neither diet included homoserine or beta-alanyltyrosine.
  • the pH of the diets was adjusted to 7.5 with KOH and diets were filter sterilized through a 0.22 ⁇ m filter and stored at 4° C. for short term ( ⁇ 7 days) or at ⁇ 80° C. for long term.
  • Pantothenol (Sigma Cat#295787) solutions were made at 10 uM and 100 uM in artificial diet without essential amino acids, sterilized by passing through a 0.22 ⁇ m syringe filter, and stored at ⁇ 20° C.
  • the appropriate amount of stock solution was added to the artificial diet without essential amino acids to obtain a final concentration of 10 or 100 uM pantothenol.
  • the diet was then placed into a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube with a fava bean stem with a leaf and the opening of the tube was closed using parafilm. This artificial diet feeding system was then placed into a deep petri dish (Fisher Scientific, Cat#FB0875711) and aphids were applied to the leaves of the plant.
  • the developmental stage (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th instar) was determined daily throughout the experiment. Once an aphid reached the 4th instar stage, they were given their own artificial feeding system in a deep petri dish so that fecundity could be monitored once they reached adulthood.
  • a DNA extraction kit Qiagen, DNeasy kit
  • the primers used for Buchnera were Buch_groES_18F (CATGATCGTGTGCTTGTTAAG; SEQ ID NO: 238) and Buch_groES_98R (CTGTTCCTCGAGTCGATTTCC; SEQ ID NO: 239) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS).
  • the primers used for aphid were ApEF1a 107F (CTGATTGTGCCGTGCTTATTG; SEQ ID NO: 240) and ApEF1a 246R (TATGGTGGTTCAGTAGAGTCC; SEQ ID NO: 241) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS).
  • qPCR was performed using a qPCR amplification ramp of 1.6 degrees C./s and the following conditions: 1) 95° C.
  • eNASCO 1st and 2nd instar aphids were divided into three separate treatment groups as defined in Plant Delivery Experimental Design (described herein). Aphids were monitored daily and the number of aphids at each developmental stage was determined. Aphids treated with artificial diet alone without essential amino acids began reaching maturity (5th instar stage) at approximately 5 days ( FIG. 48A ). Development was delayed in aphids treated with pantothenol, especially at days two and three post-treatment ( FIG. 48A ), indicating that treatment with pantothenol impairs aphid development. Eventually, most aphids from each treatment group reached maturity and began reproducing.
  • aphids were also imaged and aphid area was determined. All aphids were the same size after 1 day of treatment, however, by 3 days post-treatment, aphids treated with pantothenol were smaller in area than untreated controls. Moreover, aphids treated with pantothenol had much less of an increase in body size (as determined by area) over the course of the experiment, compared to aphids treated with artificial diet alone without essential amino acids ( FIG. 48B ).
  • Fecundity was also monitored in aphids during the treatments. The fraction of aphids surviving to maturity and reproducing was determined. Approximately one quarter of aphids treated with artificial diet without essential amino acids survived to reach maturity by 8 days post-treatment ( FIG. 50A ). In contrast, only a little over 1/10th of aphids treated with 10 or 100 uM pantothenol survived to reach maturity and reproduce by 8 days post-treatment. The mean day aphids in each treatment group began reproducing was also measured and for all treatment groups, the mean day aphids began reproducing was 7 days ( FIG. 50B ). Additionally, the mean number of offspring per day produced by mature, reproducing aphids was also monitored.
  • Pantothenol Treatment does not Affect Buchnera in Aphids
  • Pantothenol powder was added to 0.025% of a nonionic organosilicone surfactant solvent, Silwet L-77, to obtain a final concentration of 10 uM pantothenol.
  • the treatment was filter sterilized using a 0.22 um filter and stored at 4 degrees C.
  • Aphids eNASCO strain, Acyrthosiphon pisum ) were grown on fava bean plants as described in a previous Example.
  • first instar aphids were collected from healthy plants and divided into 2 different treatment groups: 1) negative control (solvent solution only) and 2) 10 uM pantothenol in solvent. 100 ul of the solution was absorbed onto a 2 ⁇ 2 cm piece of fava bean leaf.
  • Each treatment group received approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plant. For each treatment, 20 aphids were placed onto each leaf. Aphids were monitored daily for survival and dead aphids were removed when they were discovered. In addition, the developmental stage (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th instar, and 5R, representing a reproducing 5th instar) was determined daily throughout the experiment.
  • eNASCO 1st instar aphids were divided into two separate treatment groups as defined in the Experimental Design described herein. Aphids were monitored daily and the number of aphids at each developmental stage was determined. Aphids placed on coated leaves treated with either the control or pantothenol solution matured at similar rates up to two days post-treatment ( FIG. 52 ). These data indicate that leaf coating with pantothenol did not affect aphid development.
  • Example 24 Insects Treated with a Cocktail of Amino Acid Transporters Inhibitors
  • This Example demonstrates the treatment of aphids with a cocktail of amino acid analogs.
  • the objective of this treatment was to inhibit uptakes of glutamine into the bacteriocytes through the ApGLNT1 glutamine transporter. It has previously been shown that arginine inhibits glutamine uptake by the glutamine transporter (Price et al., 2014 PNAS), and we hypothesized that treatment with analogs of arginine, or other amino acid analogs, may also inhibit uptake of essential amino acids into the aphid bacteriocytes.
  • This Example demonstrates that the decrease in fitness upon treatment was mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the insect that were sensitive to amino acid analogs.
  • One targeted bacterial strain is Buchnera.
  • the amino acid cocktail was formulated for delivery through leaf perfusion and through the plant. This delivery method consisted of injecting leaves with approximately 1 ml of the amino acid cocktail in water (see below for list of components in the cocktail) or 1 ml of the negative control solution containing water only.
  • Aphids LSR-1 (which harbor only Buchnera ), Acyrthosiphon pisum were grown on fava bean plants ( Vroma vicia faba from Johnny's Selected Seeds) in a climate-controlled incubator (16 h light/8 h dark photoperiod; 60 ⁇ 5% RH; 25 ⁇ 2° C.). Prior to being used for aphid rearing, fava bean plants were grown in potting soil at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness. To limit maternal effects or health differences between plants, 5-10 adults from different plants were distributed among 10 two-week-old plants, and allowed to multiply to high density for 5-7 days.
  • amino acid cocktail contained each of the following agents at the indicated final concentrations: 330 ⁇ M L-NNA (N-nitro-L-Arginine; Sigma), 0.1 mg/ml L-canavanine (Sigma), 0.5 mg/ml D-arginine (Sigma), 0.5 mg/ml D-phenylalanine (Sigma), 0.5 mg/ml D-histidine (Sigma), 0.5 mg/ml D-tryptophan (Sigma), 0.5 mg/ml D-threonine (Sigma), 0.5 mg/ml D-valine (Sigma), 0.5 mg/ml D-methionine (Sigma), 0.5 mg/ml D-leucine, and 6 ⁇ M L-NMMA (citrate) (Cayman Chemical).
  • L-NNA N-nitro-L-Arginine
  • Sigma 0.1 mg/ml L-canavanine
  • 0.5 mg/ml D-arginine Sigma
  • ⁇ 1 ml of the treatment solution was perfused into the fava bean leaf via injection and the stem of the plant was put into a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube containing the treatment solution. The opening of the tube was closed using parafilm.
  • This feeding system was then placed into a deep petri dish (Fisher Scientific, Cat#FB0875711) and aphids were applied to the leaves of the plant. For each treatment, a total of 56-58 aphids were placed onto each leaf (each treatment consisted of two replicates of 28-31 aphids). Each treatment group received approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants. The feeding systems were changed every 2-3 days throughout the experiment.
  • Aphids were monitored daily for survival and dead aphids were removed from the deep petri dish when they were discovered.
  • the aphid developmental stage (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th instar) was determined daily throughout the experiment and microscopic images were taken of the aphids on day 5 to determine aphid area measurements.
  • Stock solutions of L-NNA were made at 5 mM in water, sterilized by passing through a 0.22 m syringe filter, and stored at ⁇ 20° C.
  • Stock solutions of L-canavanine were made at 100 mg/ml in water, sterilized by passing through a 0.22 ⁇ m syringe filter, and stored at 4° C.
  • Stock solutions of D-arginine and D-threonine were made at 50 mg/ml in water, sterilized by passing through a 0.22 ⁇ m syringe filter, and stored at 4° C.
  • Stock solutions of D-valine and D-methionine were made at 25 mg/ml in water, sterilized by passing through a 0.22 ⁇ m syringe filter, and stored at 4° C.
  • Stock solutions of D-leucine were made at 12 mg/ml in water, sterilized by passing through a 0.22 ⁇ m syringe filter, and stored at 4° C.
  • Stock solutions of D-phenylalanine and D-histidine were made at 50 mg/ml in 1M HCl, sterilized by passing through a 0.22 ⁇ m syringe filter, and stored at 4° C.
  • Stock solutions of D-tryptophan were made at 50 mg/ml in 0.5M HCl, sterilized by passing through a 0.22 ⁇ m syringe filter, and stored at 4° C.
  • Stock solutions of L-NMMA were made at 6 mg/ml in sterile PBS, sterilized by passing through a 0.22 am syringe filter, and stored at ⁇ 20° C.
  • the appropriate amount of stock solution was added to water to obtain the final concentration of the agent in the cocktail as indicated above.
  • a DNA extraction kit Qiagen, DNeasy kit
  • the primers used for Buchnera were Buch_groES_18F (CATGATCGTGTGCTTGTTAAG; SEQ ID NO: 238) and Buch_groES_98R (CTGTTCCTCGAGTCGATTTCC; SEQ ID NO: 239) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS).
  • the primers used for aphid were ApEF1a 107F (CTGATTGTGCCGTGCTTATTG; SEQ ID NO: 240) and ApEF1a 246R (TATGGTGGTTCAGTAGAGTCC; SEQ ID NO: 241) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS).
  • qPCR was performed using a qPCR amplification ramp of 1.6 degrees C./s and the following conditions: 1) 95° C.
  • LSR-1 1st instar aphids were divided into two separate treatment groups as defined in Leaf perfusion and delivery through plants experimental design (described herein). Aphids were monitored daily and the number of aphids at each developmental stage was determined. Aphids treated with water began reaching maturity (5th instar stage) at day 5 post-treatment ( FIG. 54A ). By 6 days post-treatment, ⁇ 20 percent of aphids treated with water reached the 5th instar stage. In contrast, less than 3 percent of the aphids treated with the amino acid cocktail reached the 5th instar stage, even after 6 days ( FIG. 54A ). This delay in development upon treatment with the amino acid cocktail was further exemplified by aphid size measurements taken at 5 days post-treatment.
  • this data demonstrates the ability to decrease the development and endogenous bacterial populations, e.g., fitness, of aphids by treating them with a cocktail of amino acid analogs.
  • Example 25 Insects Treated with a Combination of Agents (Antibiotic, Peptide, and Natural Antimicrobial)
  • This Example demonstrates the treatment of insects with a combination of three antimicrobial agents—an antibiotic (rifampicin), a peptide (the scorpion peptide Uy192), and a natural antimicrobial (low molecular weight chitosan).
  • an antibiotic rifampicin
  • a peptide the scorpion peptide Uy192
  • a natural antimicrobial low molecular weight chitosan
  • each of these agents administered individually resulted in decreased aphid fitness and reduced endosymbiont levels.
  • This Example demonstrates that through the delivery of a combination of treatments, insect fitness and endosymbiont levels were reduced as well as, or better than, treatment with each individual agent alone.
  • the combination treatment was formulated for delivery through leaf perfusion and through the plant.
  • This delivery method consisted of injecting leaves with approximately 1 ml of the combination treatment in water (with final concentrations of 100 ⁇ g/ml rifampicin, 100 ⁇ g/ml Uy192, and 300 ⁇ g/ml chitosan) or 1 ml of the negative control solution containing water only.
  • Aphids LSR-1 (which harbor only Buchnera ), Acyrthosiphon pisum were grown on fava bean plants ( Vroma vicia faba from Johnny's Selected Seeds) in a climate-controlled incubator (16 h light/8 h dark photoperiod; 60 ⁇ 5% RH; 25 ⁇ 2° C.). Prior to being used for aphid rearing, fava bean plants were grown in potting soil at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness. To limit maternal effects or health differences between plants, 5-10 adults from different plants were distributed among 10 two-week-old plants, and allowed to multiply to high density for 5-7 days.
  • first instar aphids were collected from healthy plants and divided into 2 different treatment groups: 1) negative control (water treatment) and 2) a combination of 100 ⁇ g/ml rifampicin, 100 ⁇ g/ml Uy192, and 300 ⁇ g/ml chitosan treatment.
  • 1 ml of the treatment solution was perfused into the fava bean leaf via injection and the stem of the plant was put into a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube containing the treatment solution. The opening of the tube was closed using parafilm.
  • This treatment system was then placed into a deep petri dish (Fisher Scientific, Cat#FB0875711) and aphids were applied to the leaves of the plant.
  • each treatment consisted of two replicates of 28 aphids.
  • Each treatment group received approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants.
  • the feeding systems were changed every 2-3 days throughout the experiment. Aphids were monitored daily for survival and dead aphids were removed from the deep petri dish when they were discovered.
  • the aphid developmental stage (1 st , 2 nd , 3 rd , 4 th , and 5 th instar) was determined daily throughout the experiment and microscopic images were taken of the aphids on day 5 to determine aphid area measurements.
  • Rifampicin (Tokyo Chemical Industry, LTD) stock solution was made at 25 mg/ml in methanol, sterilized by passing through a 0.22 ⁇ m syringe filter, and stored at ⁇ 20° C. For treatment, the appropriate amount of stock solution was added to water to obtain a final concentration of 100 ⁇ g/ml rifampicin.
  • Uy192 was synthesized by Bio-Synthesis at >75% purity. 1 mg of lyophilized peptide was reconstituted in 500 ⁇ l of 80% acetonitrile, 20% water, and 0.1% TFA. 100 ⁇ l (100 ⁇ g) was aliquoted into 10 individual Eppendorf tubes and allowed to dry.
  • a DNA extraction kit Qiagen, DNeasy kit
  • the primers used for Buchnera were Buch_groES_18F (CATGATCGTGTGCTTGTTAAG; SEQ ID NO: 238) and Buch_groES_98R (CTGTTCCTCGAGTCGATTTCC; SEQ ID NO: 239) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS).
  • the primers used for aphid were ApEF1a 107F (CTGATTGTGCCGTGCTTATTG; SEQ ID NO: 240) and ApEF1a 246R (TATGGTGGTTCAGTAGAGTCC; SEQ ID NO: 241) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS).
  • qPCR was performed using a qPCR amplification ramp of 1.6 degrees C./s and the following conditions: 1) 95° C. for 10 minutes, 2) 95° C. for 15 seconds, 3) 55° C. for 30 seconds, 4) repeat steps 2-3 40 ⁇ , 5) 95° C. for 15 seconds, 6) 55° C. for 1 minute, 7) ramp change to 0.15 degrees C./s, 8) 95° C. for 1 second.
  • qPCR data was analyzed using analytic (Thermo Fisher Scientific, QuantStudio Design and Analysis) software.
  • LSR-1 1 st instar aphids were divided into two separate treatment groups as defined in Leaf perfusion and delivery through plants experimental design (described herein). Aphids were monitored daily and the number of aphids at each developmental stage was determined. Aphids treated with water began reaching maturity (5 th instar stage) at day 5 post-treatment ( FIG. 56A ). By 6 days post-treatment, ⁇ 20 percent of aphids treated with water reached the 5 th instar stage. In contrast, no aphids treated with the combination of three agents reached the 5 th instar stage, even after 6 days ( FIG. 56A ). This delay in development upon combination treatment was further exemplified by aphid size measurements taken at 5 days post-treatment.
  • this data demonstrates the ability to decrease the development and endogenous bacterial populations, e.g., fitness, of aphids by treating them with a combination of a peptide, antibiotic, and natural antimicrobial.
  • This Example demonstrates the effects of treatment of weevils with ciprofloxacin, a bactericidal antibiotic that inhibits the activity of DNA gyrase and topoisomerase, two enzymes essential for DNA replication.
  • This Example demonstrates that the phenotypic effect of ciprofloxacin on another model insect, weevils, was mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the insects that were sensitive to ciprofloxacin.
  • One targeted bacterial strain is Sitophilus primary endosymbiont (SPE, Candidatus Sodalis pierantonius ).
  • Sitophilus maize weevils Sitophilus zeamais were reared on organic corn at 27.5° C. and 70% relative humidity. Prior to being used for weevil rearing, corn was frozen for 7 days and then tempered to 10% humidity with sterile water. For experiments, adult male/female mating pairs were divided into 3 different treatment groups that were done in triplicate: 1) water control, 2) 250 ⁇ g/ml ciprofloxacin, and 3) 2.5 mg/ml ciprofloxacin. Ciprofloxacin (Sigma) stock solutions were made at 25 mg/ml in 0.1N HCl, sterilized by passing through a 0.22 ⁇ m syringe filter, and stored at ⁇ 20° C. For treatments, the appropriate amount of stock solution was diluted in sterile water.
  • the weevils were subjected to three successive treatments:
  • weevil survival was monitored daily for 18 days, after which DNA was extracted from the remaining weevils in each group. Briefly, the weevil body was surface sterilized by dipping the weevil into a 6% bleach solution for approximately 5 seconds. Weevils were then rinsed in sterile water and DNA was extracted from each individual aphid using a DNA extraction kit (Qiagen, DNeasy kit) according to manufacturer's instructions. DNA concentration was measured using a nanodrop nucleic acid quantification, and SPE and weevil DNA copy numbers were measured by qPCR.
  • a DNA extraction kit Qiagen, DNeasy kit
  • the primers used for SPE were qPCR_Sod_F (ATAGCTGTCCAGACGCTTCG; SEQ ID NO: 242) and qPCR_Sod_R (ATGTCGTCGAGGCGATTACC; SEQ ID NO: 243).
  • the primers used for weevil ( ⁇ -actin) were SACT144_FOR (GGTGTTGGCGTACAAGTCCT; SEQ ID NO: 244) and SACT314_REV (GAATTGCCTGATGGACAGGT; SEQ ID NO: 245) (Login et al., 2011).
  • qPCR was performed using a qPCR amplification ramp of 1.6 degrees C./s and the following conditions: 1) 95° C. for 10 minutes, 2) 95° C.
  • corn kernels were soaked in water without antibiotics or water with 2.5 or 0.25 mg/ml ciprofloxacin (as described above). A concentrated culture of E. coli was then spread onto LB plates and one of the coated kernels was then placed onto the center of the plate. The plates were incubated overnight, and bacterial growth was assessed the next day.
  • FIG. 56A A lawn of bacteria grew on the entire plate with the corn kernel that had been coated in water without any antibiotics. In contrast, no bacteria grew on plates with entire corn kernels that had been soaked in either of the two concentrations of ciprofloxacin ( FIG. 56B , left panels). These data show that the coating method employed in these experiments allowed for ciprofloxacin to successfully coat the surface of corn kernels and inhibit bacterial growth.
  • corn kernels soaked in 2.5 or 0.25 mg/ml ciprofloxacin were cut in half and placed cut side down on an LB plate with a concentrated culture of E. coli . The plates were incubated overnight and the next day bacterial growth was assessed. No bacterial growth was present on the plates with the kernels soaked in either concentration of antibiotic, indicating that ciprofloxacin penetrated the corn kernel ( FIG. 56B , right panels). Together, these data indicate that the method of corn kernel soaking used for these experiments successfully coated and penetrated the kernels with the antibiotic.
  • Antibiotic Treatment Decreases SPE Levels in the F0 Generation.
  • this data demonstrate the ability to kill and decrease the development, reproductive ability, longevity, and endogenous bacterial populations, e.g., fitness, of weevils by treating them with an antibiotic through multiple delivery methods.

Abstract

Provided herein are methods and compositions useful for human health, e.g., for targeting one or more microorganisms resident in a host insect (e.g., arthropod, e.g., insect, e.g., pathogen vector), the modulation resulting in a decrease in the fitness of the host. The invention features a composition that includes a modulating agent (e.g., phage, peptide, small molecule, antibiotic, or combinations thereof) that can alter the host's microbiota in a manner that is detrimental to the host. By disrupting microbial levels, microbial activity, microbial metabolism, or microbial diversity, the modulating agent described herein may be used to decrease the fitness of a variety of insects that carry vector-bore pathogens that cause disease in humans.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/450,032, filed on Jan. 24, 2017, and U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/583,925, filed on Nov. 9, 2017, the contents of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
  • BACKGROUND
  • Insects function as vectors for pathogens causing severe human disease such as dengue, trypanosomiases, and malaria. With 174 million diagnoses and 655,000 million deaths in 2011, malaria is considered as one of the most significant diseases worldwide. Thus, there is need in the art for methods and compositions to control insects that carry vector-borne diseases.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • Disclosed herein are compositions and methods for modulating the fitness of insects for controlling the spread of vector-borne diseases in humans. The composition includes an agent that alters a level, activity, or metabolism of one or more microorganisms resident in a host, the alteration resulting in a modulation in the host's fitness.
  • In one aspect, provided herein is a method of decreasing fitness of a vector (e.g., insect vector) for a human pathogen, the method including delivering an antimicrobial peptide having at least 90% sequence identity (e.g., at least 90%, 92%, 94%, 96%, 98%, or 100% sequence identity) with one or more of the following: cecropin (SEQ ID NO: 82), melittin, copsin, drosomycin (SEQ ID NO: 93), dermcidin (SEQ ID NO: 81), andropin (SEQ ID NO: 83), moricin (SEQ ID NO: 84), ceratotoxin (SEQ ID NO: 85), abaecin (SEQ ID NO: 86), apidaecin (SEQ ID NO: 87), prophenin (SEQ ID NO: 88), indolicidin (SEQ ID NO: 89), protegrin (SEQ ID NO: 90), tachyplesin (SEQ ID NO: 91), or defensin (SEQ ID NO: 92) to the vector.
  • In some embodiments, the delivery includes delivering the antimicrobial peptide to at least one habitat where the vector grows, lives, reproduces, feeds, or infests.
  • In some embodiments, the antimicrobial peptide may be delivered in an insect comestible composition for ingestion by the vector.
  • In some embodiments, the antimicrobial peptide may be formulated as a liquid, a solid, an aerosol, a paste, a gel, or a gas composition.
  • In some embodiments, the insect may be at least one of a mosquito, midge, louse, sandfly, tick, triatomine bug, tsetse fly, or flea.
  • In another aspect, provided herein is a composition including an antimicrobial peptide having at least 90% sequence identity (e.g., at least 90%, 92%, 94%, 96%, 98%, or 100% sequence identity) with one or more of the following: cecropin (SEQ ID NO: 82), melittin, copsin, drosomycin (SEQ ID NO: 93), dermcidin (SEQ ID NO: 81), andropin (SEQ ID NO: 83), moricin (SEQ ID NO: 84), ceratotoxin (SEQ ID NO: 85), abaecin (SEQ ID NO: 86), apidaecin (SEQ ID NO: 87), prophenin (SEQ ID NO: 88), indolicidin (SEQ ID NO: 89), protegrin (SEQ ID NO: 90), tachyplesin (SEQ ID NO: 91), or defensin (SEQ ID NO: 92) formulated for targeting a microorganism in a vector (e.g., an insect vector) for a human pathogen.
  • In some embodiments of the second aspect, the antimicrobial peptide may be at a concentration of about 0.1 ng/g to about 100 mg/g (about 0.1 ng/g to about 1 ng/g, about 1 ng/g to about 10 ng/g, about 10 ng/g to about 100 ng/g, about 100 ng/g to about 1000 ng/g, about 1 mg/g to about 10 mg/g, about 10 mg/g to about 100 mg/g) or about 0.1 ng/mL to about 100 mg/mL (about 0.1 ng/mL to about 1 ng/mL, about 1 ng/mL to about 10 ng/mL, about 10 ng/mL to about 100 ng/mL, about 100 ng/mL to about 1000 ng/mL, about 1 mg/mL to about 10 mg/mL, about 10 mg/mL to about 100 mg/mL) in the composition.
  • In some embodiments of the second aspect, the antimicrobial peptide may further include a targeting domain.
  • In some embodiments of the second aspect, the antimicrobial peptide may further include a cell penetrating peptide.
  • In yet another aspect, the composition includes an agent that alters a level, activity, or metabolism of one or more microorganisms resident in an insect host, the alteration resulting in a decrease in the insect host's fitness.
  • In some embodiments of any of the above compositions, the one or more microorganisms may be a bacterium or fungus resident in the host. In some embodiments, the bacterium resident in the host is at least one selected from the group consisting of Candidatus spp, Buchenera spp, Blattabacterium spp, Baumania spp, Wigglesworthia spp, Wolbachia spp, Rickettsia spp, Orientia spp, Sodalis spp, Burkholderia spp, Cupriavidus spp, Frankia spp, Snirhizobium spp, Streptococcus spp, Wolinella spp, Xylella spp, Erwinia spp, Agrobacterium spp, Bacillus spp, Paenibacillus spp, Streptomyces spp, Micrococcus spp, Corynebacterium spp, Acetobacter spp, Cyanobacteria spp, Salmonella spp, Rhodococcus spp, Pseudomonas spp, Lactobacillus spp, Enterococcus spp, Alcaligenes spp, Klebsiella spp, Paenibacillus spp, Arthrobacter spp, Corynebacterium spp, Brevibacterium spp, Thermus spp, Pseudomonas spp, Clostridium spp, and Escherichia spp. In some embodiments, the fungus resident in the host is at least one selected from the group consisting of Candida, Metschnikowia, Debaromyces, Starmerella, Pichia, Cryptococcus, Pseudozyma, Symbiotaphrina bucneri, Symbiotaphrina kochii, Scheffersomyces shehatae, Scheffersomyces stipites, Cryptococcus, Trichosporon, Amylostereum areolatum, Epichloe spp, Pichia pinus, Hansenula capsulate, Daldinia decipien, Ceratocytis spp, Ophiostoma spp, and Attamyces bromatificus. In certain embodiments, the bacteria is a Wolbachia spp. (e.g., in a mosquito host). In certain embodiments, the bacteria is a Rickettsia spp. (e.g., in a tick host).
  • In any of the above compositions, the agent, which hereinafter may also be referred to as a modulating agent, may alter the growth, division, viability, metabolism, and/or longevity of the microorganism resident in the host. In any of the above embodiments, the modulating agent may decrease the viability of the one or more microorganisms resident in the host. In some embodiments, the modulating agent increases growth or viability of the one or more microorganisms resident in the host.
  • In any of the above embodiments, the modulating agent is a phage, a polypeptide, a small molecule, an antibiotic, a bacterium, or any combination thereof.
  • In some embodiments, the phage binds a cell surface protein on a bacterium resident in the host. In some embodiments, the phage is virulent to a bacterium resident in the host. In some embodiments, the phage is at least one selected from the group consisting of Myoviridae, Siphoviridae, Podoviridae, Lipothrixviridae, Rudiviridae, Ampullaviridae, Bicaudaviridae, Clavaviridae, Corticoviridae, Cystoviridae, Fuselloviridae, Gluboloviridae, Guttaviridae, Inoviridae, Leviviridae, Microviridae, Plasmaviridae, and Tectiviridae.
  • In some embodiments, the polypeptide is at least one of a bacteriocin, R-type bacteriocin, nodule C-rich peptide, antimicrobial peptide, lysin, or bacteriocyte regulatory peptide.
  • In some embodiments, the small molecule is a metabolite.
  • In some embodiments, the antibiotic is a broad-spectrum antibiotic.
  • In some embodiments, the modulating agent is a naturally occurring bacteria. In some embodiments, the bacteria is at least one selected from the group consisting of Bartonella apis, Parasaccharibacter apium, Frischella perrara, Snodgrassella alvi, Gilliamela apicola, Bifidobacterium spp, and Lactobacillus spp. In some embodiments, the bacterium is at least one selected from the group consisting of Candidatus spp, Buchenera spp, Blattabacterium spp, Baumania spp, Wigglesworthia spp, Wolbachia spp, Rickettsia spp, Orientia spp, Sodalis spp, Burkholderia spp, Cupriavidus spp, Frankia spp, Snirhizobium spp, Streptococcus spp, Wolinella spp, Xylella spp, Erwinia spp, Agrobacterium spp, Bacillus spp, Paenibacillus spp, Streptomyces spp, Micrococcus spp, Corynebacterium spp, Acetobacter spp, Cyanobacteria spp, Salmonella spp, Rhodococcus spp, Pseudomonas spp, Lactobacillus spp, Enterococcus spp, Alcaligenes spp, Klebsiella spp, Paenibacillus spp, Arthrobacter spp, Corynebacterium spp, Brevibacterium spp, Thermus spp, Pseudomonas spp, Clostridium spp, and Escherichia spp.
  • In any of the above compositions, host fitness may be measured by survival, reproduction, or metabolism of the host. In any of the above embodiments, the modulating agent may modulate the host's fitness by increasing pesticidal susceptibility of the host (e.g., susceptibility to a pesticide listed in Table 12). In some embodiments, the modulating agent modulates the host's fitness by increasing pesticidal susceptibility of the host. In some embodiments, the pesticidal susceptibility is bactericidal or fungicidal susceptibility. In some embodiments, the pesticidal susceptibility is insecticidal susceptibility.
  • In any of the above compositions, the composition may include a plurality of different modulating agents. In some embodiments, the composition includes a modulating agent and a pesticidal agent (e.g., a pesticide listed in Table 12). In some embodiments, the pesticidal agent is a bactericidal or fungicidal agent. In some embodiments, the pesticidal agent is an insecticidal agent.
  • In any of the above compositions, modulating agent may be linked to a second moiety. In some embodiments, the second moiety is a modulating agent.
  • In any of the above compositions, the modulating agent may be linked to a targeting domain. In some embodiments, the targeting domain targets the modulating agent to a target site in the host. In some embodiments, the targeting domain targets the modulating agent to the one or more microorganisms resident in the host.
  • In any of the above compositions, the modulating agent may include an inactivating pre- or pro-sequence, thereby forming a precursor modulating agent. In some embodiments, the precursor modulating agent is converted to an active form in the host.
  • In any of the above compositions, the modulating agent may include a linker. In some embodiments, the linker is a cleavable linker.
  • In any of the above compositions, the composition may further include a carrier. In some instances, the carrier may be an agriculturally acceptable carrier.
  • In any of the above compositions, the composition may further include a host bait, a sticky agent, or a combination thereof. In some embodiments, the host bait is a comestible agent and/or a chemoattractant.
  • In any of the above compositions, the composition may be at a dose effective to modulate host fitness. I
  • In any of the above compositions, the composition may be formulated for delivery to a microorganism inhabiting the gut of the host. In any of the above compositions, the composition may be formulated for delivery to a microorganism inhabiting a bacteriocyte of the host and/or the gut of the host.
  • In some embodiments, the composition may be formulated for delivery to a plant. In some embodiments, the composition may be formulated for use in a host feeding station.
  • In any of the above compositions, the composition may be formulated as a liquid, a powder, granules, or nanoparticles. In some embodiments, the composition is formulated as one selected from the group consisting of a liposome, polymer, bacteria secreting peptide, and synthetic nanocapsule. In some embodiments, the synthetic nanocapsule delivers the composition to a target site in the host. In some embodiments, the target site is the gut of the host. In some embodiments, the target site is a bacteriocyte in the host.
  • In a further aspect, also provided herein are hosts that include any of the above compositions. In some embodiments, the host is an insect. In some embodiments, the insect is a mosquito, midge, louse, sandfly, tick, triatomine bug, tsetse fly, or flea. In certain embodiments, the insect is a mosquito. In certain embodiments, the insect is a tick. In certain embodiments, the insect is a mite. In certain embodiments, the insect is a louse.
  • Also provided herein is a system for modulating a host's fitness comprising a modulating agent that targets a microorganism that is required for a host's fitness, wherein the system is effective to modulate the host's fitness, and wherein the host is an insect. The modulating agent may include any of the compositions described herein. In some embodiments, the modulating agent is formulated as a powder. In some embodiments, the modulating agent is formulated as a solvent. In some embodiments, the modulating agent is formulated as a concentrate. In some embodiments, the modulating agent is formulated as a diluent. In some embodiments, the modulating agent is prepared for delivery by combining any of the previous compositions with a carrier.
  • In yet a further aspect, also provided herein are methods for modulating the fitness of an insect using any of the compositions described herein. In one instance, the method of modulating the fitness of an insect host includes delivering the composition of any one of the previous claims to the host, wherein the modulating agent targets the one or more microorganisms resident in the host, and thereby modulates the host's fitness. In another instance, the method of modulating microbial diversity in an insect host includes delivering the composition of any one of the previous claims to the host, wherein the modulating agent targets the one or more microorganisms resident in the host, and thereby modulates microbial diversity in the host.
  • In some embodiments of any of the above methods, the modulating agent may alter the levels of the one or more microorganisms resident in the host. In some embodiments of any of the above methods, the modulating agent may alter the function of the one or more microorganisms resident in the host. In some embodiments, the one or more microorganisms may be a bacterium and/or fungus. In some embodiments, the one or more microorganisms are required for host fitness. In some embodiments, the one or more microorganisms are required for host survival.
  • In some embodiments of any of the above methods, the delivering step may include providing the modulating agent at a dose and time sufficient to effect the one or more microorganisms, thereby modulating microbial diversity in the host. In some embodiments, the delivering step includes topical application of any of the previous compositions to a plant. In some embodiments, the delivering step includes providing the modulating agent through a genetically engineered plant. In some embodiments, the delivering step includes providing the modulating agent to the host as a comestible. In some embodiments, the delivering step includes providing a host carrying the modulating agent. In some embodiments the host carrying the modulating agent can transmit the modulating agent to one or more additional hosts.
  • In some embodiments of any of the above methods, the composition may be effective to increase the host's sensitivity to a pesticidal agent (e.g., a pesticide listed in Table 12). In some embodiments, the host is resistant to the pesticidal agent prior to delivery of the modulating agent. In some embodiments, the pesticidal agent is an allelochemical agent. In some embodiments, the allelochemical agent is caffeine, soyacystatin N, monoterpenes, diterpene acids, or phenolic compounds. In some embodiments, the composition is effective to selectively kill the host. In some embodiments, the composition is effective to decrease host fitness. In some embodiments, the composition is effective to decrease the production of essential amino acids and/or vitamins in the host.
  • In some embodiments of any of the above methods, the host is an insect. In some embodiments, the host is a vector for a human pathogen. In some embodiments, the vector is a. mosquito, midge, louse, sandfly, tick, triatomine bug, tsetse fly, or flea. In certain embodiments, the vector is a mosquito.
  • In certain embodiments, the vector is a tick. In certain embodiments, the vector is a mite. In certain embodiments, the vector is a louse.
  • In some embodiments, the human pathogen is a virus, a protozoan, a bacterium, a protist, or a nematoda. In some embodiments, the virus is one belonging to the group Togaviridae, Flaviviridae, Bunyaviridae, Rhabdoviridae, or Orbiviridae. In some embodiments, the bacterium is one belonging to the genus Yersinia, Francisella, Rickettsia, Orientia, or Borrelia. In some embodiments, the protozoan is one belonging to the genus Plasmodium, Trypanosoma, Leishmania, or Babesia. In some embodiments, the nematode is one belonging to the genus Brugia. In some embodiments, the composition is effective to prevent or decrease transmission of the pathogen to humans. In some embodiments, the composition is effective to prevent or decrease horizontal or vertical transmission of the pathogen between hosts. In some embodiments, the composition is effective to decrease host fitness, host development, or vectorial competence.
  • In another aspect, also provided herein are screening assays to identify modulating agent that modulate the fitness of a host. In one instance, the screening assay to identify a modulating agent that modulates the fitness of a host, includes the steps of (a) exposing a microorganism that can be resident in the host to one or more candidate modulating agents and (b) identifying a modulating agent that decreases the fitness of the host.
  • In some embodiments of the screening assay, the modulating agent is a microorganism resident in the host. In some embodiments, the microorganism is a bacterium. In some embodiments, the bacterium, when resident in the host, decreases host fitness. In some embodiments of the screening assay, the modulating agent affects an allelochemical-degrading microorganism. In some embodiments, the modulating agent is a phage, an antibiotic, or a test compound. In some embodiments, the antibiotic is timentin or azithromycin.
  • In some embodiments of the screening assay, the host may be an invertebrate. In some embodiments, the invertebrate is an insect. In some embodiments, the insect is a mosquito. In some embodiments, the insect is a tick. In certain embodiments, the insect is a mite. In certain embodiments, the insect is a louse.
  • In any of the above embodiments of the screening assay, host fitness may be modulated by modulating the host microbiota.
  • Definitions
  • As used herein, the term “bacteriocin” refers to a peptide or polypeptide that possesses anti-microbial properties. Naturally occurring bacteriocins are produced by certain prokaryotes and act against organisms related to the producer strain, but not against the producer strain itself. Bacteriocins contemplated herein include, but are not limited to, naturally occurring bacteriocins, such as bacteriocins produced by bacteria, and derivatives thereof, such as engineered bacteriocins, recombinantly expressed bacteriocins, and chemically synthesized bacteriocins. In some instances, the bacteriocin is a functionally active variant of the bacteriocins described herein. In some instances, the variant of the bacteriocin has at least 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity, e.g., over a specified region or over the entire sequence, to a sequence of a bacteriocin described herein or a naturally occurring bacteriocin.
  • As used herein, the term “bacteriocyte” refers to a specialized cell found in certain insects where intracellular bacteria reside with symbiotic bacterial properties.
  • As used herein, the term “effective amount” refers to an amount of a modulating agent (e.g., a phage, lysin, bacteriocin, small molecule, or antibiotic) or composition including said agent sufficient to effect the recited result, e.g., to decrease or reduce the fitness of a host organism (e.g., insect, e.g., mosquito, tick, mite, louse); to reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of a modulating agent concentration inside a target host; to reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of a modulating agent concentration inside a target host gut; to reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of a modulating agent concentration inside a target host bacteriocyte; to modulate the level, or an activity, of one or more microorganism (e.g., endosymbiont) in the target host.
  • As used herein, the term “fitness” refers to the ability of a host organism to survive, and/or to produce surviving offspring. Fitness of an organism may be measured by one or more parameters, including, but not limited to, life span, reproductive rate, mobility, body weight, and metabolic rate.
  • Fitness may additionally be measured based on measures of activity (e.g., biting animals or humans) or disease transmission (e.g., vector-vector transmission or vector-human transmission).
  • As used herein, the term “gut” refers to any portion of a host's gut, including, the foregut, midgut, or hindgut of the host.
  • As used herein, the term “host” refers to an organism (e.g., insect, e.g., mosquito, louse, mite, or tick) carrying resident microorganisms (e.g., endogenous microorganisms, endosymbiotic microorganisms (e.g., primary or secondary endosymbionts), commensal organisms, and/or pathogenic microorganisms).
  • As used herein “decreasing host fitness” or “decreasing host fitness” refers to any disruption to host physiology, or any activity carried out by said host, as a consequence of administration of a modulating agent, including, but not limited to, any one or more of the following desired effects: (1) decreasing a population of a host by about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 99%, 100% or more; (2) decreasing the reproductive rate of a host (e.g., insect, e.g., mosquito, tick, mite, louse) by about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 99%, 100% or more; (3) decreasing the mobility of a host (e.g., insect, e.g., mosquito, tick, mite, louse) by about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 99%, 100% or more; (4) decreasing the body weight of a host (e.g., insect, e.g., mosquito, tick, mite, louse) by about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 99%, 100% or more; (5) increasing the metabolic rate or activity of a host (e.g., insect, e.g., mosquito, tick, mite, louse) by about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 99%, 100% or more; (6) decreasing vector-vector pathogen transmission (e.g., vertical or horizontal transmission of a pathogen from one insect to another) by a host (e.g., insect, e.g., mosquito, tick, mite, louse) by about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 99%, 100% or more; (7) decreasing vector-human pathogen transmission (e.g., insect, e.g., mosquito, tick, mite, louse) by about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 99%, 100% or more; (8) decreasing host (e.g., insect, e.g., mosquito, tick, mite, louse) lifespan by about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 99%, 100% or more; (9) increasing host (e.g., insect, e.g., mosquito, tick, mite, louse) susceptibility to pesticides (e.g., insecticides) by about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 99%, 100% or more; or (10) decreasing vector competence by a host (e.g., insect, e.g., mosquito, tick, mite, louse) by about 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 99%, 100% or more. A decrease in host fitness can be determined in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered.
  • The term “insect” includes any organism belonging to the phylum Arthropoda and to the class Insecta or the class Arachnida, in any stage of development, i.e., immature and adult insects.
  • As used herein, “lysin” also known as endolysin, autolysin, murein hydrolase, peptidoglycan hydrolase, or cell wall hydrolase refers to a hydrolytic enzyme that can lyse a bacterium by cleaving peptidoglycan in the cell wall of the bacterium. Lysins contemplated herein include, but are not limited to, naturally occurring lysins, such as lysins produced by phages, lysins produced by bacteria, and derivatives thereof, such as engineered lysins, recombinantly expressed lysins, and chemically synthesized lysins. A functionally active variant of the bacteriocin may have at least 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity, e.g., over a specified region or over the entire sequence, to a sequence of a synthetic, recombinant, or naturally derived bacteriocin, including any described herein.
  • As used herein, the term “microorganism” refers to bacteria or fungi. Microorganisms may refer to microorganisms resident in a host organism (e.g., endogenous microorganisms, endosymbiotic microorganisms (e.g., primary or secondary endosymbionts)) or microorganisms exogenous to the host, including those that may act as modulating agents. As used herein, the term “target microorganism” refers to a microorganism that is resident in the host and impacted by a modulating agent, either directly or indirectly.
  • As used herein, the term “agent” or “modulating agent” refers to an agent that is capable of altering the levels and/or functioning of microorganisms resident in a host organism (e.g., insect, e.g., mosquito, tick, mite, louse), and thereby modulate (e.g., decrease) the fitness of the host organism (e.g., insect, e.g., mosquito, tick, mite, louse).
  • As used herein, the term “pesticide” or “pesticidal agent” refers to a substance that can be used in the control of agricultural, environmental, or domestic/household pests, such as insects, fungi, bacteria, or viruses. The term “pesticide” is understood to encompass naturally occurring or synthetic insecticides (larvicides, and adulticides), insect growth regulators, acaricides (miticides), nematicides, ectoparasiticides, bactericides, fungicides, or herbicides (substance which can be used in agriculture to control or modify plant growth). Further examples of pesticides or pesticidal agents are listed in Table 12.
  • In some instances, the pesticide is an allelochemical. As used herein, “allelochemical” or “allelochemical agent” is a substance produced by an organism that can effect a physiological function (e.g., the germination, growth, survival, or reproduction) of another organism (e.g., a host insect, e.g., mosquito).
  • As used herein, the term “peptide,” “protein,” or “polypeptide” encompasses any chain of naturally or non-naturally occurring amino acids (either D- or L-amino acids), regardless of length (e.g., at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 100, or more amino acids), the presence or absence of post-translational modifications (e.g., glycosylation or phosphorylation), or the presence of, e.g., one or more non-amino acyl groups (for example, sugar, lipid, etc.) covalently linked to the peptide, and includes, for example, natural proteins, synthetic, or recombinant polypeptides and peptides, hybrid molecules, peptoids, or peptidomimetics.
  • As used herein, “percent identity” between two sequences is determined by the BLAST 2.0 algorithm, which is described in Altschul et al., (1990) J. Mol. Biol. 215:403-410. Software for performing BLAST analyses is publicly available through the National Center for Biotechnology Information.
  • As used herein, the term “bacteriophage” or “phage” refers to a virus that infects and replicates in bacteria. Bacteriophages replicate within bacteria following the injection of their genome into the cytoplasm and do so using either a lytic cycle, which results in bacterial cell lysis, or a lysogenic (non-lytic) cycle, which leaves the bacterial cell intact. The phage may be a naturally occurring phage isolate, or an engineered phage, including vectors, or nucleic acids that encode either a partial phage genome (e.g., including at least all essential genes necessary to carry out the life cycle of the phage inside a host bacterium) or the full phage genome.
  • As used herein, the term “plant” refers to whole plants, plant organs, plant tissues, seeds, plant cells, seeds, and progeny of the same. Plant cells include, without limitation, cells from seeds, suspension cultures, embryos, meristematic regions, callus tissue, leaves, roots, shoots, gametophytes, sporophytes, pollen, and microspores. Plant parts include differentiated and undifferentiated tissues including, but not limited to the following: roots, stems, shoots, leaves, pollen, seeds, tumor tissue, and various forms of cells and culture (e.g., single cells, protoplasts, embryos, and callus tissue). The plant tissue may be in a plant or in a plant organ, tissue, or cell culture. In addition, a plant may be genetically engineered to produce a heterologous protein or RNA, for example, of any of the modulating agents in the methods or compositions described herein.
  • As used herein, the term “vector” refers to an insect that can carry or transmit a human pathogen from a reservoir to a human. Exemplary vectors include insects, such as those with piercing-sucking mouthparts, as found in Hemiptera and some Hymenoptera and Diptera such as mosquitoes, bees, wasps, midges, lice, tsetse fly, fleas and ants, as well as members of the Arachnidae such as ticks and mites.
  • Other features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the following Detailed Description and the Claims.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • The figures are meant to be illustrative of one or more features, aspects, or embodiments of the invention and are not intended to be limiting.
  • FIG. 1A-1G show images of different antibiotic delivery systems. First instar LSR-1 aphids were treated with different therapeutic solutions by delivery through plants (FIG. 1A), leaf coating (FIG. 1B), microinjection (FIG. 1C), topical delivery (FIG. 1D), leaf perfusion and cutting (FIG. 1E), leaf perfusion and through plant (FIG. 1F), and combination treatment of spraying both plant and aphid, and delivery though plant (FIG. 1G).
  • FIG. 2A-2C show the delay in aphid development during rifampicin treatment in first instar LSR-1 aphids treated by delivery through plants with three different conditions: artificial diet without essential amino acids (AD only), artificial diet without essential amino acids with 100 μg/ml rifampicin (AD+Rif), and artificial diet with 100 μg/ml rifampicin and essential amino acids (AD+Rif+EAA). FIG. 2A is a series of graphs showing the percentage of living aphids at each developmental stage (sample size=33 aphids/group). FIG. 2B shows representative images from each treatment taken at 12 days. Scale bars 2.5 mm. FIG. 2C shows area measurements from aphid bodies showing the drastic effect of rifampicin treatment. Adding back essential amino acids partially rescues development defects.
  • FIG. 3 shows that rifampicin treatment resulted in aphid death. Survival was monitored daily for LSR-1 aphids treated by delivery through plants with artificial diet without essential amino acids (AD only), artificial diet without essential amino acids with 100 ug/ml rifampicin (AD+Rif), and artificial diet with 100 ug/ml rifampicin and (AD+Rif+EAA). Number in parentheses represents number of aphids in each group. Statistical significance was determined by Log-Rank Test and the following statistically significant differences were determined: AD only vs. AD+Rif, p<0.0001 and AD+Rif vs. AD+Rif+EAA, p=0.017.
  • FIG. 4 is a graph showing that rifampicin treatment resulted in loss of reproduction in aphids. First instar LSR-1 aphids were treated by delivery through plants with artificial diet without essential amino acids (AD only), artificial diet without essential amino acids with 100 ug/ml rifampicin (AD+Rif), and artificial diet with 100 ug/ml rifampicin and (AD+Rif+EAA) and the number of offspring produced each day after aphid reached adulthood was measured. Shown is the mean number of offspring produced per day after aphid reached adulthood ±S.D.
  • FIG. 5 is a graph showing that rifampicin treatment eliminated endosymbiotic Buchnera. Symbiont titer was determined for the different conditions at 7 days post-treatment. DNA from aphids was extracted and qPCR was performed to determine the ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA. Shown is the mean ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA±SD of 3 aphids per group. Statistically significant differences were determined using a one-way-ANOVA followed by Tukey's Post-Test; *, p<0.05.
  • FIGS. 6A and 6B show that rifampicin treatment delivered through leaf coating delayed aphid development. First instar eNASCO aphids were treated by coating leaves with 100 μl of two different solutions: solvent control (0.025% Silwet L-77), and 50 μg/ml rifampicin. FIG. 6A is a series of graphs showing the developmental stage over time for each condition. Shown is the percentage of living aphids at each developmental stage (sample size=20 aphids/group). FIG. 6B is a graph showing area measurements from aphid bodies showing the drastic effect of rifampicin coated leaves on aphid size. Statistically significant differences were determined using a one-way-ANOVA followed by Tukey's Post-Test; *, p<0.05.
  • FIG. 7 shows that rifampicin treatment delivered through leaf coating resulted in aphid death. Survival was monitored daily for eNASCO aphids treated by coating leaves with 100 μl of two different solutions: solvent control (Silwet L-77), and 50 μg/ml rifampicin. Treatment affects survival rate of aphids.
  • FIG. 8 shows that rifampicin treatment delivered through leaf coating eliminated endosymbiotic Buchnera. Symbiont titer was determined for the two conditions at 6 days post-treatment. DNA from aphids was extracted and qPCR was performed to determine the ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA. Shown is the mean ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA±SD. Statistically significant differences were determined using a one-way-ANOVA followed by Tukey's Post-Test; *, p<0.05.
  • FIG. 9 is a graph showing rifampicin treatment by microinjection eliminated endosymbiotic Buchnera. Symbiont titer was determined 4 days post-injection with the indicated conditions. Control sample is the solvent, 0.025% Silwet L-77 described before. DNA from aphids was extracted and qPCR was performed to determine the ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA. Shown is the mean ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA±SD. Statistically significant differences were determined using a one-way-ANOVA followed by Tukey's Post-Test; *, p<0.05.
  • FIG. 10 is a graph showing that rifampicin treatment delivered through topical treatment eliminated endosymbiotic Buchnera. Symbiont titer was determined 3 days post-spraying with: solvent (silwet L-77) or the rifampicin solution diluted in solvent. DNA from aphids was extracted and qPCR was performed to determine the ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA. Shown is the mean ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA±SD. Statistically significant differences were determined using a one-way-ANOVA followed by Tukey's Post-Test; *, p<0.05.
  • FIG. 11 shows a panel of graphs demonstrating that 1st and 2nd instar LSR-1 aphids were placed on leaves perfused with water plus food coloring or 50 μg/ml rifampicin in water plus food coloring. Developmental stage was measured over time for each condition. Shown is the percentage of living aphids at each developmental stage (sample size=74-81 aphids/group).
  • FIG. 12 shows a graph demonstrating survival of 1st and 2nd instar LSR-1 aphids placed on leaves perfused with water plus food coloring or 50 μg/ml rifampicin in water plus food coloring. Number in parentheses represents the number of aphids in each group. Statistical significance was determined by Log-Rank Test.
  • FIG. 13 shows a graph demonstrating symbiont titer determined 8 days post-treatment with leaves perfused with water and food coloring or rifampicin plus water and food coloring. DNA from aphids was extracted and qPCR was performed to determine the ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA. Shown is the mean ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA±SD. Number in box indicates the median of the experimental group.
  • FIG. 14 shows a panel of graphs demonstrating 1st and 2nd instar LSR-1 aphids treated via leaf injection and through the plant with water plus food coloring or 100 μg/ml rifampicin in water plus food coloring. Developmental stage was measured over time for each condition. Shown is the percentage of living aphids at each developmental stage (sample size=49-50 aphids/group).
  • FIG. 15 is a graph demonstrating survival of 1st and 2nd instar LSR-1 aphids placed on leaves perfused and treated with water plus food coloring or 100 μg/ml rifampicin in water plus food coloring. Number in parentheses represents the number of aphids in each group. A Log-Rank Test was performed and determined that there were no statistically significant differences between groups.
  • FIGS. 16A and 16B are graphs showing symbiont titer determined 6 (16A) and 8 (16B) days post-treatment in aphids feeding on leaves perfused and treated with water and food coloring or rifampicin plus water and food coloring. DNA was extracted from aphids and qPCR was performed to determine the ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA. Shown is the mean ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA±SD. Number in box indicates the median of the experimental group.
  • FIG. 17 is a panel of graphs showing that 1st and 2nd instar LSR-1 aphids were treated with control solutions (water and Silwet L-77) or a combination of treatments with 100 μg/ml rifampicin. Developmental stage was measured over time for each condition. Shown is the percentage of living aphids at each developmental stage (sample size=76-80 aphids/group).
  • FIG. 18 is a graph showing 1st and 2nd instar LSR-1 aphids were treated with control solutions of a combination of treatments containing rifampicin. Number in parentheses represents the number of aphids in each group. A Log-Rank Test was performed and determined that there were no statistically significant differences between groups.
  • FIG. 19 is a graph showing symbiont titer determined at 7 days post-treatment with control or rifampicin solutions. DNA from aphids was extracted and qPCR was performed to determine the ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA. Shown is the mean ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA±SD. Number in box indicates the median of the experimental group. Statistically significant differences were determined by t-test.
  • FIG. 20 is an image showing the chitosan delivery system. A. pisum aphids were treated with a therapeutic solution by delivery through leaf perfusion and through the plants as shown.
  • FIG. 21 is a panel of graphs showing that chitosan treatment resulted in delayed aphid development. First and second instar A. pisum aphids were treated by delivery through plants and leaf perfusion with the control solution (Water), and 300 ug/ml chitosan in water. Developmental stage was monitored throughout the experiment. Shown are the percent of aphids at each developmental stage (1st instar, 2nd instar, 3rd instar, 4th instar, 5th instar, or 5R which represents a reproducing 5th instar) per treatment group.
  • FIG. 22 is a graph showing there was a decrease in insect survival upon treatment with chitosan. First and second instar A. pisum aphids were treated by delivery through plants and leaf perfusion with just water or chitosan solution and survival was monitored daily over the course of the experiment. Number in parentheses represents the total number of aphids in the treatment group.
  • FIG. 23 is a graph showing treatment with chitosan reduced endosymbiotic Buchnera. First and second instar A. pisum aphids were treated by delivery through plants and leaf perfusion with water or 300 ug/ml chitosan in water. At 8 days post-treatment, DNA from aphids was extracted and qPCR was performed to determine the ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA. Shown is the mean ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA±SD of 6 aphids/group. The median value for each group is shown in box.
  • FIG. 24 is a panel of graphs showing treatment with nisin resulted in delayed aphid development. First and second instar LSR-2 A. pisum aphids were treated with water (control) or 1.6 or 7 mg/ml nisin via delivery by leaf injection and through the plant and development was measured over time. Shown are the percent of aphids at each life stage (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 5R (reproducing 5th) instar) at the indicated time point. N=56-59 aphids/group.
  • FIG. 25 is a graph showing there was a dose dependent decrease in insect survival upon treatment with nisin. First and second instar LSR-1 A. pisum aphids were treated with water (control) or 1.6 or 7 mg/ml nisin via delivery by leaf injection and through the plant and survival was monitored over time. Number in parentheses indicates the number of aphids/group. Statistically significant differences were determined by Log Rank (Mantel-Cox) test.
  • FIG. 26 is a graph showing treatment with nisin reduced endosymbiotic Buchnera. First and second instar LSR-1 A. pisum aphids were treated with water (control) or 1.6 mg/ml nisin via delivery by leaf injection and through the plant and DNA was extracted from select aphids at eight days post-treatment and used for qPCR to determine Buchnera copy numbers. Shown are the mean Buchnera/aphid ratios for each treatment+/−SEM. Number in the box above each experimental group indicates the median value for that group. Each data point represents a single aphid.
  • FIG. 27 is a panel of graphs showing treatment with levulinic acid resulted in delayed aphid development. First and second instar eNASCO A. pisum aphids were treated with water (control) or 0.03 or 0.3% levulinic acid via delivery by leaf injection and through the plant and development was measured over time. Shown are the percent of aphids at each life stage (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th instar) at the indicated time point. N=57-59 aphids/group.
  • FIG. 28 is a graph showing there was a decrease in insect survival upon treatment with levulinic acid. First and second instar eNASCO A. pisum aphids were treated with water (control) or 0.03 or 0.3% levulinic acid via delivery by leaf injection and through the plant and survival was monitored over time. N=57-59 aphids/group. Statistically significant differences were determined by Log Rank (Mantel-Cox) test; **, p<0.01.
  • FIG. 29 is a panel of graphs showing treatment with levulinic acid reduced endosymbiotic Buchnera. First and second instar eNASCO A. pisum aphids were treated with water (control) or 0.03 or 0.3% levulinic acid via delivery by leaf injection and through the plant and DNA was extracted from select aphids at seven and eleven days post-treatment and used for qPCR to determine Buchnera copy numbers. Shown are the mean Buchnera/aphid ratios for each treatment+/−SEM. Statistically significant differences were determined by One-way ANOVA and Dunnett's Multiple Comparison Test; *, p<0.05. Each data point represents a single aphid.
  • FIGS. 30A and 30B show graphs demonstrating that gossypol treatment resulted in delayed aphid development. First and second instar A. pisum aphids were treated by delivery through plants with artificial diet without essential amino acids (AD only), and artificial diet without essential amino acids with different concentrations of gossypol (0.05%, 0.25% and 0.5%). Developmental stage was monitored throughout the experiment. FIG. 30A is a series of graphs showing the mean number of aphids at each developmental stage (1st instar, 2nd instar, 3rd instar, 4th instar, 5th instar, or 5R which represents a reproducing 5th instar) per treatment group. At the indicated time, aphids were imaged and their size was determined using Image J. FIG. 30B is a graph showing the mean aphid area ±SD of artificial diet treated (Control) or gossypol treated aphids. Statistical significance was determined using a One-Way ANOVA followed by Tukey's post-test. *, p<0.05. **, p<0.01.
  • FIG. 31 is a graph showing a dose-dependent decrease in survival of aphids upon treatment with the allelochemical gossypol. First and second instar A. pisum aphids were treated by delivery through plants with artificial diet without essential amino acids (AD no EAA), artificial diet without essential amino acids with 0.5% gossypol acetic acid (0.5% gossypol), artificial diet without essential amino acids with 0.25% gossypol acetic acid (0.25% gossypol), and artificial diet without essential amino acids and 0.05% gossypol acetic acid (0.05% gossypol) and survival was monitored daily over the course of the experiment. Number in parentheses represents the essential amino acids number of aphids in each group. Statistically significant differences were determined by Log-Rank test and AD no EAA and 0.5% gossypol are significantly different, p=0.0002.
  • FIGS. 32A and 32B are two graphs showing that treatment with 0.25% gossypol resulted in decreased fecundity. First and second instar A. pisum aphids were treated by delivery through plants with artificial diet without essential amino acids (AD5-2 no EAA), or artificial diet without essential amino acids with 0.25% gossypol acetic acid (AD5-2 no EAA+0.25% gossypol), and fecundity was determined throughout the time course of the experiment. FIG. 32A shows the mean day ±SD at which aphids began producing offspring was measured and gossypol treatment delayed production of offspring. FIG. 32B shows the mean number of offspring produced after the aphid began a reproducing adult ±SD was measured and gossypol treatment results in decreased number of offspring produced. Each data point represents one aphid.
  • FIG. 33 is a graph showing that treatment with different concentrations of gossypol reduced endosymbiotic Buchnera. First and second instar A. pisum aphids were treated by delivery through plants with artificial diet without essential amino acids (Control)) or artificial diet without essential amino acids with 0.5%, 0.25%, or 0.05% gossypol. At 5 or 13 days post-treatment, DNA from aphids was extracted and qPCR was performed to determine the ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA. Shown is the mean ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA±SD of 2-6 aphids/group. Statistically significant differences were determined by Unpaired T-test; *, p<0.05.
  • FIG. 34 is a graph showing that microinjection of gossypol resulted in decreased Buchnera levels in aphids. A. pisum LSR-1 aphids<3rd instar stage (nymphs) were injected with 20 nl of artificial diet without essential amino acids (AD) or artificial diet without essential amino acids with 0.05% gossypol (gossypol (0.05%)). Three days after injection, DNA was extracted from aphids and Buchnera levels were assessed by qPCR. Shown are the mean ratios of Buchnera/aphid DNA±SD. Each data point represents one aphid.
  • FIG. 35 is a panel of graphs showing Trans-cinnemaldehyde treatment resulted in delayed aphid development. First and second instar A. pisum aphids were treated by delivery through plants with water and water with different concentrations of trans-cinnemaldehyde (TC, 0.05%, 0.5%, and 5%). Developmental stage was monitored throughout the experiment. Shown are the mean number of aphids at each developmental stage (1st instar, 2nd instar, 3rd instar, 4th instar, 5th instar, or 5R which represents a reproducing 5th instar) per treatment group. N-40-49 aphids/experimental group.
  • FIG. 36 is a graph showing there was a dose-dependent decrease in survival upon treatment the natural antimicrobial trans-cinnemaldehyde. First and second instar A. pisum aphids were treated by delivery through plants with water and water with different concentrations of trans-cinnemaldehyde (TC, 0.05%, 0.5%, and 5%). Survival was monitored throughout the course of the treatment. Statistically significant differences were determined by Log-Rank test. N=40-49 aphids/group.
  • FIG. 37 is a graph showing treatment with different concentrations of trans-cinnemaldehyde reduced endosymbiotic Buchnera. First and second instar A. pisum aphids were treated by delivery through plants with water and water with different concentrations of trans-cinnemaldehyde (0.05%, 0.5%, and 5%). At 3 days post-treatment, DNA from aphids was extracted and qPCR was performed to determine the ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA. Shown is the mean ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA±SD of 2-11 aphids/group. The median of each treatment group is shown in the box above the data points. Statistically significant differences were determined by Unpaired T-test; *, p<0.05. There was a statistically significant difference between the water control and the 0.5% trans-cinnemaldehyde group.
  • FIG. 38 is a panel of graphs showing treatment with scorpion peptide Uy192 resulted in delayed aphid development. First and second instar A. pisum aphids were treated by delivery through plants and leaf perfusion with the control solution (water), and 100 ug/ml Uy192 in water. a) developmental stage was monitored throughout the experiment. Shown are the percent of aphids at each developmental stage (1st instar, 2nd instar, 3rd instar, 4th instar, 5th instar, or 5R which represents a reproducing 5th instar) per treatment group.
  • FIG. 39 is a graph showing there was a decrease in insect survival upon treatment with the scorpion AMP Uy192. First and second instar A. pisum aphids were treated by delivery through plants and leaf perfusion with just water or Uy192 solution and survival was monitored daily over the course of the experiment. Number in parentheses represents the total number of aphids in the treatment group.
  • FIG. 40 is a graph showing treatment with Uy192 reduced endosymbiotic Buchnera. First and second instar A. pisum aphids were treated by delivery through plants and leaf perfusion with water or 100 ug/ml Uy192 in water, at 8 days post-treatment, DNA from aphids was extracted and qPCR was performed to determine the ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA. Shown is the mean ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA±SD of 2-6 aphids/group. The median value for each group is shown in box.
  • FIG. 41 is a graph showing a decrease in survival in aphids microinjected with scorpion peptides D10 and D3. LSR-1 A. pisum aphids were microinjected with water (control) or with 100 ng of either scorpion peptide D3 or D10. After injection, aphids were released to fava bean leaves and survival was monitored throughout the course of the experiment. The number in parentheses indicates the number of aphids in each experimental treatment group.
  • FIG. 42 is a graph showing a decrease in endosymbiont titers upon injection with scorpion peptides D3 and D10. LSR-1 A. pisum aphids were microinjected with water (control) or with 100 ng of either scorpion peptide D3 or D10. After injection, aphids were released to fava bean leaves and at 5 days post-treatment, DNA was extracted from the remaining living aphids and qPCR was performed to determine the ratio of Buchnera/aphid DNA. Shown are the mean±SD of each treatment group. N=2-9 aphids/group. The number above each treatment group in the box represents the median of the dataset.
  • FIG. 43 is a graph showing a decrease in insect survival upon treatment with a cocktail of scorpion AMPs. First and second instar eNASCO aphids were treated by delivery through leaf perfusion and through plants with a cocktail of scorpion peptides (40 μg/ml of each of Uy17, D3, UyCt3, and D10) and survival was monitored over the course of the experiment. The number in parentheses represents the number of aphids in each treatment group.
  • FIG. 44 is a panel of graphs showing treatment with scorpion peptide fused to a cell penetrating peptide resulted in delayed aphid development. First instar LSR-2 A. pisum aphids were treated with water (control) or 100 μg/ml Uy192+CPP+FAM via delivery by leaf injection and through the plant and development was measured over time. Shown are the percent of aphids at each life stage (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 5R (reproducing 5th) instar) at the indicated time point. N=90 aphids/group.
  • FIG. 45 is a graph showing treatment of aphids with a scorpion peptide fused to a cell penetrating peptide increased mortality. First instar LSR-1 A. pisum aphids were treated with water or 100 μg/ml UY192+CPP+FAM (peptide) in water delivered by leaf injection and through the plant. Survival was monitored over time. The number in parentheses indicates the number of aphids/group. Statistically significant differences were determined by Log Rank (Mantel-Cox) test and there is a significant difference between the two experimental groups (p=0.0036).
  • FIG. 46 is a graph showing treatment with Uy192+CPP+FAM reduced endosymbiotic Buchnera. First instar LSR-1 A. pisum aphids were treated with water or 100 μg/ml Uy192+CPP+FAM (peptide) in water delivered by leaf injection and through the plant. DNA was extracted from select aphids at five days post-treatment and used for qPCR to determine Buchnera copy numbers. Shown are the mean Buchnera/aphid ratios for each treatment+/−SEM. Number in the box above each experimental group indicates the median value for that group. Each data point represents a single aphid. Statistically significant differences were determined by Student's T-test; ****, p<0.0001.
  • FIG. 47 is a panel of images showing Uy192+CPP+FAM penetrated bacteriocyte membranes. Bacteriocytes were dissected from the aphids and incubated with 250 ug/ml of the Uy192+CPP+FAM peptide for 30 min. Upon washing and imaging, the Uy192+CPP+FAM can be seen at high quantities inside the bacteriocytes.
  • FIG. 48A and FIG. 48B are a panel of graphs showing pantothenol treatment delayed aphid development. First instar and second eNASCO aphids were treated by delivery through plants with three different conditions: artificial diet without essential amino acids (AD no EAA), artificial diet without essential amino acids with 10 uM pantothenol (10 uM pantothenol), and artificial diet without essential amino acids with 100 uM pantothenol (100 uM pantothenol), artificial diet without essential amino acids with 100 uM pantothenol, and artificial diet without essential amino acids with 10 uM pantothenol. FIG. 48A shows developmental stage monitored over time for each condition. FIG. 48B shows relative area measurements from aphid bodies showing the drastic effect of pantothenol treatment.
  • FIG. 49 is a graph showing that treatment with pantothenol increased aphid mortality. Survival was monitored daily for eNASCO aphids treated by delivery through plants with artificial diet without essential amino acids, or artificial diet without essential amino acids containing 10 or 100 uM pantothenol. Number in parentheses represents number of aphids in each group.
  • FIGS. 50A, 50B, and 50C are a panel of graphs showing Pantothenol treatment resulted in loss of reproduction. First and second instar eNASCO aphids were treated by delivery through plants with artificial diet without essential amino acids or with artificial diet without essential amino acids with 10 or 100 uM pantothenol. FIG. 50A shows the fraction of aphids surviving to maturity and reproducing. FIG. 50B shows the mean day aphids in each group began reproducing. Shown is the mean day an aphid began reproducing ±SD. FIG. 50C shows the mean number of offspring produced per day after an aphid began reproducing. Shown are the mean number of offspring/day ±SD.
  • FIG. 51 is a graph showing Pantothenol treatment did not affect endosymbiotic Buchnera. Symbiont titer was determined for the different conditions at 8 days post-treatment. DNA from aphids was extracted and qPCR was performed to determine the ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA. Shown is the mean ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA±SD of 6 aphids per group.
  • FIG. 52 is a panel of graphs showing Pantothenol treatment delivered through plants did not affect aphid development. First instar eNASCO aphids were treated by coating leaves with 100 μl of two different solutions: solvent control (0.025% Silwet L-77), and 10 uM pantothenol and the developmental stage was measured over time for each condition. Shown is the percentage of living aphids at each developmental stage (sample size=20 aphids/group).
  • FIG. 53 is a graph showing Pantothenol treatment delivered through leaf coating resulted in aphid death. Survival was monitored daily for eNASCO aphids treated by coating leaves with 100 μl of two different solutions: solvent control (Silwet L-77), and 10 uM pantothenol. Treatment affects survival rate of aphids. Sample size=20 aphids/group. Log-Rank Mantel Cox test was used to determine whether there were statistically significant differences between groups and identified that the two group are significantly different (p=0.0019).
  • FIGS. 54A and 54B are a panel of graphs showing treatment with a cocktail of amino acid analogs delayed aphid development. First instar LSR-1 aphids were treated by delivery through leaf perfusion and through plants with water or a cocktail of amino acid analogs in water (AA cocktail). FIG. 54A shows the developmental stage measured over time for each condition. Shown are the percentage of living aphids at each developmental stage. FIG. 54B shows the area measurements from aphid bodies showing the drastic effect of treatment with an amino acid analog cocktail (AA cocktail). Statistically significant differences were determined using a Student's T-test; ****, p<0.0001.
  • FIG. 55 is a graph showing treatment with a cocktail of amino acid analogs eliminated endosymbiotic Buchnera. Symbiont titer was determined for the different conditions at 6 days post-treatment. DNA from aphids was extracted and qPCR was performed to determine the ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA. Shown are the mean ratios of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA±SD of 19-20 aphids per group. Each data point represents an individual aphid. Statistically significant differences were determined using a Student's T-test; *, p<0.05.
  • FIGS. 56A and 56B is a panel of graphs showing treatment with a combination of three agents delayed aphid development. First instar LSR-1 aphids were treated by delivery through leaf perfusion and through plants with water or a combination of three agents in water (Pep-Rif-Chitosan). FIG. 56A shows the developmental stage measured over time for each condition. Shown are the percentage of living aphids at each developmental stage. FIG. 56B shows the area measurements from aphid bodies showing the drastic effect of treatment with a combination of three treatments (Pep-Rif-Chitosan). Statistically significant differences were determined using a Student's T-test; ****, p<0.0001.
  • FIG. 57 is a graph showing treatment with a combination of a peptide, antibiotic, and natural antimicrobial agent increased aphid mortality. LSR-1 aphids were treated with water or a combination of three treatments (Pep-Rif-Chitosan) and survival was monitored daily after treatment.
  • FIG. 58 is a graph showing treatment with a combination of a peptide, antibiotic, and natural antimicrobial agent eliminated endosymbiotic Buchnera. Symbiont titer was determined for the different conditions at 6 days post-treatment. DNA from aphids was extracted and qPCR was performed to determine the ratio of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA. Shown are the mean ratios of Buchnera DNA to aphid DNA±SD of 20-21 aphids per group. Each data point represents an individual aphid.
  • FIGS. 59A and 59B are a panel of images showing ciprofloxacin coated and penetrated corn kernels. Corn kernels were soaked in water (no antibiotic) or the indicated concentration of ciprofloxacin in water and whole kernels or kernel were tested to see whether they can inhibit the growth of E. coli DH5α. FIG. 59A shows bacterial growth in the presence of a corn kernel soaked in water without antibiotics and FIG. 59B shows the inhibition of bacterial growth when whole or half corn kernels that have been soaked in antibiotics are placed on a plate spread with E. coli.
  • FIG. 60 is a graph showing that adult S. zeamais weevils were treated with ciprofloxacin (250 ug/ml or 2.5 mg/ml) or mock treated with water. After 18 days of treatment, genomic DNA was isolated from weevils and the amount of Sitophilus primary endosymbiont was determined by qPCR. Shown is the mean±SEM of each group. Each data point represents one weevil. The median of each group is listed above the dataset.
  • FIGS. 61A and 61B are graphs showing weevil development after treatment with ciprofloxacin. FIG. 61A shows individual corn kernels cut open 25 days after adults were removed from one replicate each of the initial corn kernels soaked/coated with water (control) or ciprofloxacin (250 ug/ml or 2.5 mg/ml) and examined for the presence of larvae, pupae, or almost fully developed (adult) weevils. Shown is the percent of each life stage found in kernels from each treatment group. The total number of offspring found in the kernels from each treatment group is indicated above each dataset. FIG. 61B shows genomic DNA isolated from offspring dissected from corn kernels from the control (water) and 2.5 mg/ml ciprofloxacin treatment groups and qPCR was done to measure the amount of Sitophilus primary endosymbiont present. Shown are the mean±SD for each group. Statistically significant differences were determined by unpaired t-test; ***, p≤0.001.
  • FIGS. 62A and 62B are graphs showing the two remaining replicates of corn kernels mock treated (water) or treated with 250 ug/ml or 2.5 mg/ml ciprofloxacin monitored for the emergence of offspring after mating pairs were removed (at 7 days post-treatment). FIG. 62A shows the mean number of newly emerged weevils over time ±SD for each treatment group. FIG. 62B shows the mean number ±SEM of emerged weevils for each treatment group at 43 days after mating pairs were removed.
  • FIG. 63 is a graph showing rifampicin and doxycycline treatment resulted in mite mortality. Survival was monitored daily for untreated two-spotted spider mites and mites treated with 250 μg/ml rifampicin and 500 μg/ml doxycycline in 0.025% Silwet L-77.
  • FIG. 64 is a panel of graphs showing the results of a Seahorse flux assay for bacterial respiration. Bacteria were grown to logarithmic phase and loaded into Seahorse XFe96 plates for temporal measurements of oxygen consumption rate (OCR) and extracellular acidification rate (ECAR) as described in methods. Treatments were injected into the wells after approximately 20 minutes and bacteria were monitored to detect changes in growth. Rifampicin=100 μg/mL; Chloramphenicol=25 μg/mL; Phages (T7 for E. coli and ϕSmVL-C1 for S. marcescens) were lysates diluted either 1:2 or 1:100 in SM Buffer. The markers on each line are solely provided as indicators of the condition to which each line corresponds, and are not indicative of data points.
  • FIG. 65 is a graph showing phage against S. marcescens reduced fly mortality. Flies that were pricked with S. marcescens were all dead within a day, whereas a sizeable portion of the flies that were pricked with both S. marcescens and the phage survived for five days after the treatment. Almost all of the control flies which were not treated in anyway survived till the end of the experiment. Log-rank test was used to compare the curves for statistical significance, asterisk denotes p<0.0001.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • Provided herein are methods and compositions useful for human health, e.g., for altering a level, activity, or metabolism of one or more microorganisms resident in a host insect (e.g., arthropod, e.g., insect, e.g., a human pathogen vector, e.g., mosquito, mite, louse, or tick), the alteration resulting in a decrease in the fitness of the host. The invention features a composition that includes a modulating agent (e.g., phage, peptide, small molecule, antibiotic, or combinations thereof) that can alter the host's microbiota in a manner that is detrimental to the host. By disrupting microbial levels, microbial activity, microbial metabolism, or microbial diversity, the modulating agent described herein may be used to decrease the fitness of a variety of insects that carry vector-borne pathogens that cause disease in humans.
  • The methods and compositions described herein are based in part on the examples provided herein, which illustrate how modulating agents, for example antibiotics (e.g., oxytetracycline, doxycycline, or a combination thereof) can be used to target symbiotic microorganisms in a host (e.g., endosymbionts e.g., endosymbiotic Wolbachia in mosquitos or Rickettsia in ticks) in insect vectors of human pathogens, to decrease the fitness of the host by altering the level, activity, or metabolism of the microorganisms within the hosts. Oxytetracycline and doxycycline are representative examples of antibiotics useful for this purpose. On this basis the present disclosure describes a variety of different approaches for the use of agents that alter a level, activity, or metabolism of one or more microorganisms resident in a host (e.g., a vector of a human pathogen, e.g., a mosquito, mite, louse or a tick) the alteration resulting in a decrease in the host's fitness.
  • I. Hosts
  • i. Insects
  • The methods and compositions provided herein may be used with any insect host that is considered a vector for a pathogen that is capable of causing disease in humans
  • For example, the insect host may include, but is not limited to those with piercing-sucking mouthparts, as found in Hemiptera and some Hymenoptera and Diptera such as mosquitoes, bees, wasps, midges, lice, tsetse fly, fleas and ants, as well as members of the Arachnidae such as ticks and mites; order, class or family of Acarina (ticks and mites) e.g. representatives of the families Argasidae, Dermanyssidae, Ixodidae, Psoroptidae or Sarcoptidae and representatives of the species Amblyomma spp., Anocenton spp., Argas spp., Boophilus spp., Cheyletiella spp., Chorioptes spp., Demodex spp., Dermacentor spp., Denmanyssus spp., Haemophysalis spp., Hyalomma spp., Ixodes spp., Lynxacarus spp., Mesostigmata spp., Notoednes spp., Ornithodoros spp., Ornithonyssus spp., Otobius spp., otodectes spp., Pneumonyssus spp., Psoroptes spp., Rhipicephalus spp., Sancoptes spp., or Trombicula spp.; Anoplura (sucking and biting lice) e.g. representatives of the species Bovicola spp., Haematopinus spp., Linognathus spp., Menopon spp., Pediculus spp., Pemphigus spp., Phylloxera spp., or Solenopotes spp.; Diptera (flies) e.g. representatives of the species Aedes spp., Anopheles spp., Calliphora spp., Chrysomyia spp., Chrysops spp., Cochliomyia spp., Cw/ex spp., Culicoides spp., Cuterebra spp., Dermatobia spp., Gastrophilus spp., Glossina spp., Haematobia spp., Haematopota spp., Hippobosca spp., Hypoderma spp., Lucilia spp., Lyperosia spp., Melophagus spp., Oestrus spp., Phaenicia spp., Phlebotomus spp., Phormia spp., Acari (sarcoptic mange) e.g., Sarcoptidae spp., Sarcophaga spp., Simulium spp., Stomoxys spp., Tabanus spp., Tannia spp. or Zzpu/alpha spp.; Mallophaga (biting lice) e.g. representatives of the species Damalina spp., Felicola spp., Heterodoxus spp. or Trichodectes spp.; or Siphonaptera (wingless insects) e.g. representatives of the species Ceratophyllus spp., Xenopsylla spp; Cimicidae (true bugs) e.g. representatives of the species Cimex spp., Tritominae spp., Rhodinius spp., or Triatoma spp.
  • In some instances, the insect is a blood-sucking insect from the order Diptera (e.g., suborder Nematocera, e.g., family Colicidae). In some instances, the insect is from the subfamilies Culicinae, Corethrinae, Ceratopogonidae, or Simuliidae. In some instances, the insect is of a Culex spp., Theobaldia spp., Aedes spp., Anopheles spp., Aedes spp., Forciponiyia spp., Culicoides spp., or Helea spp.
  • In certain instances, the insect is a mosquito. In certain instances, the insect is a tick. In certain instances, the insect is a mite. In certain instances, the insect is a biting louse.
  • ii. Host Fitness
  • The methods and compositions provided herein may be used to decrease the fitness of any of the hosts described herein. The decrease in fitness may arise from any alterations in microorganisms resident in the host, wherein the alterations are a consequence of administration of a modulating agent and have detrimental effects on the host.
  • In some instances, the decrease in host fitness may manifest as a deterioration or decline in the physiology of the host (e.g., reduced health or survival) as a consequence of administration of a modulating agent. In some instances, the fitness of an organism may be measured by one or more parameters, including, but not limited to, reproductive rate, lifespan, mobility, fecundity, body weight, metabolic rate or activity, or survival in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered. For example, the methods or compositions provided herein may be effective to decrease the overall health of the host or to decrease the overall survival of the host. In some instances, the decreased survival of the host is about 2%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%, or greater than 100% greater relative to a reference level (e.g., a level found in a host that does not receive a modulating agent). In some instances, the methods and compositions are effective to decrease host reproduction (e.g., reproductive rate) in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered. In some instances, the methods and compositions are effective to decrease other physiological parameters, such as mobility, body weight, life span, fecundity, or metabolic rate, by about 2%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%, or greater than 100% relative to a reference level (e.g., a level found in a host that does not receive a modulating agent).
  • In some instances, the decrease in host fitness may manifest as a decrease in the production of one or more nutrients in the host (e.g., vitamins, carbohydrates, amino acids, or polypeptides). In some instances, the methods or compositions provided herein may be effective to decrease the production of nutrients in the host (e.g., vitamins, carbohydrates, amino acids, or polypeptides) by about 2%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%, or greater than 100% relative to a reference level (e.g., a level found in a host that does not receive a modulating agent). In some instances, the methods or compositions provided herein may decrease nutrients in the host by decreasing the production of nutrients by one or more microorganisms (e.g., endosymbiont) in the host in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered.
  • In some instances, the decrease in host fitness may manifest as an increase in the host's sensitivity to a pesticidal agent (e.g., a pesticide listed in Table 12) and/or a decrease in the host's resistance to a pesticidal agent (e.g., a pesticide listed in Table 12) in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered. In some instances, the methods or compositions provided herein may be effective to increase the host's sensitivity to a pesticidal agent (e.g., a pesticide listed in Table 12) by about 2%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%, or greater than 100% relative to a reference level (e.g., a level found in a host that does not receive a modulating agent). The pesticidal agent may be any pesticidal agent known in the art, including insecticidal agents. In some instances, the methods or compositions provided herein may increase the host's sensitivity to a pesticidal agent (e.g., a pesticide listed in Table 12) by decreasing the host's ability to metabolize or degrade the pesticidal agent into usable substrates.
  • In some instances, the decrease in host fitness may manifest as an increase in the host's sensitivity to an allelochemical agent and/or a decrease in the host's resistance to an allelochemical agent in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered. In some instances, the methods or compositions provided herein may be effective to decrease the host's resistance to an allelochemical agent by about 2%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%, or greater than 100% relative to a reference level (e.g., a level found in a host that does not receive a modulating agent). In some instances, the allelochemical agent is caffeine, soyacystatin N, monoterpenes, diterpene acids, or phenolic compounds. In some instances, the methods or compositions provided herein may increase the host's sensitivity to an allelochemical agent by decreasing the host's ability to metabolize or degrade the allelochemical agent into usable substrates in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered.
  • In some instances, the methods or compositions provided herein may be effective to decease the host's resistance to parasites or pathogens (e.g., fungal, bacterial, or viral pathogens or parasites) in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered. In some instances, the methods or compositions provided herein may be effective to decrease the host's resistance to a pathogen or parasite (e.g., fungal, bacterial, or viral pathogens; or parasitic mites) by about 2%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%, or greater than 100% relative to a reference level (e.g., a level found in a host that does not receive a modulating agent).
  • In some instances, the decrease in host fitness may manifest as other fitness disadvantages, such as decreased tolerance to certain environmental factors (e.g., a high or low temperature tolerance), decreased ability to survive in certain habitats, or a decreased ability to sustain a certain diet in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered. In some instances, the methods or compositions provided herein may be effective to decrease host fitness in any plurality of ways described herein. Further, the modulating agent may decrease host fitness in any number of host classes, orders, families, genera, or species (e.g., 1 host species, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 200, 250, 500, or more host species). In some instances, the modulating agent acts on a single host class, order, family, genus, or species.
  • Host fitness may be evaluated using any standard methods in the art. In some instances, host fitness may be evaluated by assessing an individual host. Alternatively, host fitness may be evaluated by assessing a host population. For example, a decrease in host fitness may manifest as a decrease in successful competition against other insects, thereby leading to a decrease in the size of the host population.
  • iii. Host Insects in Disease Transmission
  • By decreasing the fitness of host insects that carry human pathogens, the modulating agents provided herein are effective to reduce the spread of vector-borne diseases. The modulating agent may be delivered to the insects using any of the formulations and delivery methods described herein, in an amount and for a duration effective to reduce transmission of the disease, e.g., reduce vertical or horizontal transmission between vectors and/or reduce transmission to humans. For example, the modulating agent described herein may reduce vertical or horizontal transmission of a vector-borne pathogen by about 2%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%, or more in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered. As an another example, the modulating agent described herein may reduce vectorial competence of an insect vector by about 2%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 100%, or more in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered.
  • Non-limiting examples of diseases that may be controlled by the compositions and methods provided herein include diseases caused by Togaviridae viruses (e.g., Chikungunya, Ross River fever, Mayaro, Onyon-nyong fever, Sindbis fever, Eastern equine enchephalomyeltis, Wesetern equine encephalomyelitis, Venezualan equine encephalomyelitis, or Barmah forest); diseases caused by Flavivirdae viruses (e.g., Dengue fever, Yellow fever, Kyasanur Forest disease, Omsk haemorrhagic fever, Japaenese encephalitis, Murray Valley encephalitis, Rocio, St. Louis encephalitis, West Nile encephalitis, or Tick-borne encephalitis); diseases caused by Bunyaviridae viruses (e.g., Sandly fever, Rift Valley fever, La Crosse encephalitis, California encephalitis, Crimean-Congo haemorrhagic fever, or Oropouche fever); disease caused by Rhabdoviridae viruses (e.g., Vesicular stomatitis); disease caused by Orbiviridae (e.g., Bluetongue); diseases caused by bacteria (e.g., Plague, Tularaemia, Q fever, Rocky Mountain spotted fever, Murine typhus, Boutonneuse fever, Queensland tick typhus, Siberian tick typhus, Scrub typhus, Relapsing fever, or Lyme disease); or diseases caused by protozoa (e.g., Malaria, African trypanosomiasis, Nagana, Chagas disease, Leishmaniasis, Piroplasmosis, Bancroftian filariasis, or Brugian filariasis).
  • II. Target Microorganisms
  • The microorganisms targeted by the modulating agent described herein may include any microorganism resident in or on the host, including, but not limited to, any bacteria and/or fungi described herein. Microorganisms resident in the host may include, for example, symbiotic (e.g., endosymbiotic microorganisms that provide beneficial nutrients or enzymes to the host), commensal, pathogenic, or parasitic microorganisms. An endosymbiotic microorganism may be a primary endosymbiont or a secondary endosymbiont. A symbiotic microorganism (e.g., bacteria or fungi) may be an obligate symbiont of the host or a facultative symbiont of the host. Microorganisms resident in the host may be acquired by any mode of transmission, including vertical, horizontal, or multiple origins of transmission.
  • i. Bacteria
  • Exemplary bacteria that may be targeted in accordance with the methods and compositions provided herein, include, but are not limited to, Xenorhabdus spp, Photorhabdus spp, Candidatus spp, Buchnera spp, Blattabacterium spp, Baumania spp, Wigglesworthia spp, Wolbachia spp, Rickettsia spp, Orientia spp, Sodalis spp, Burkholderia spp, Cupriavidus spp, Frankia spp, Snirhizobium spp, Streptococcus spp, Wolinella spp, Xylella spp, Erwinia spp, Agrobacterium spp, Bacillus spp, Paenibacillus spp, Streptomyces spp, Micrococcus spp, Corynebacterium spp, Acetobacter spp, Cyanobacteria spp, Salmonella spp, Rhodococcus spp, Pseudomonas spp, Lactobacillus spp, Enterococcus spp, Alcaligenes spp, Klebsiella spp, Paenibacillus spp, Arthrobacter spp, Corynebacterium spp, Brevibacterium spp, Thermus spp, Pseudomonas spp, Clostridium spp, and Escherichia spp. Non-limiting examples of bacteria that may be targeted by the methods and compositions provided herein are shown in Table 1. In some instances, the 16S rRNA sequence of the bacteria targeted by the modulating agent has at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 97%, 99%, 99.9%, or 100% identity with a sequence listed in Table 1.
  • TABLE 1
    Examples of Target Bacteria and Host Insects
    Primary endosymbiont Host Location 16S rRNA
    Gamma proteobacteria
    Carsonella ruddii Psyllids bacteriocytes TATCCAGCCACAGGTTCCCCTAC
    (Psylloidea) AGCTACCTTGTTACGACTTCACC
    CCAGTTACAAATCATACCGTTGT
    AATAGTAAAATTACTTATGATACA
    ATTTACTTCCATGGTGTGACGGG
    CGGTGTGTACAAGGCTCGAGAA
    CGTATTCACCGTAACATTCTGAT
    TTACGATTACTAGCGATTCCAAC
    TTCATGAAATCGAGTTACAGATT
    TCAATCCGAACTAAGAATATTTTT
    TAAGATTAGCATTATGTTGCCAT
    ATAGCATATAACTTTTTGTAATAC
    TCATTGTAGCACGTGTGTAGCCC
    TACTTATAAGGGCCATGATGACT
    TGACGTCGTCCTCACCTTCCTCC
    AATTTATCATTGGCAGTTTCTTAT
    TAGTTCTAATATATTTTTAGTAAA
    ATAAGATAAGGGTTGCGCTCGTT
    ATAGGACTTAACCCAACATTTCA
    CAACACGAGCTGACGACAGCCA
    TGCAGCACCTGTCTCAAAGCTAA
    AAAAGCTTTATTATTTCTAATAAA
    TTCTTTGGATGTCAAAAGTAGGT
    AAGATTTTTCGTGTTGTATCGAA
    TTAAACCACATGCTCCACCGCTT
    GTGCGAGCCCCCGTCAATTCAT
    TTGAGTTTTAACCTTGCGGTCGT
    AATCCCCAGGCGGTCAACTTAA
    CGCGTTAGCTTTTTCACTAAAAA
    TATATAACTTTTTTTCATAAAACA
    AAATTACAATTATAATATTTAATA
    AATAGTTGACATCGTTTACTGCA
    TGGACTACCAGGGTATCTAATCC
    TGTTTGCTCCCCATGCTTTCGTG
    TATTAGTGTCAGTATTAAAATAG
    AAATACGCCTTCGCCACTAGTAT
    TCTTTCAGATATCTAAGCATTTCA
    CTGCTACTCCTGAAATTCTAATT
    TCTTCTTTTATACTCAAGTTTATA
    AGTATTAATTTCAATATTAAATTA
    CTTTAATAAATTTAAAAATTAATT
    TTTAAAAACAACCTGCACACCCT
    TTACGCCCAATAATTCCGATTAA
    CGCTTGCACCCCTCGTATTACC
    GCGGCTGCTGGCACGAAGTTAG
    CCGGTGCTTCTTTTACAAATAAC
    GTCAAAGATAATATTTTTTTATTA
    TAAAATCTCTTCTTACTTTGTTGA
    AAGTGTTTTACAACCCTAAGGCC
    TTCTTCACACACGCGATATAGCT
    GGATCAAGCTTTCGCTCATTGTC
    CAATATCCCCCACTGCTGCCTTC
    CGTAAAAGTTTGGGCCGTGTCT
    CAGTCCCAATGTGGTTGTTCATC
    CTCTAAGATCAACTACGAATCAT
    AGTCTTGTTAAGCTTTTACTTTAA
    CAACTAACTAATTCGATATAAGC
    TCTTCTATTAGCGAACGACATTC
    TCGTTCTTTATCCATTAGGATAC
    ATATTGAATTACTATACATTTCTA
    TATACTTTTCTAATACTAATAGGT
    AGATTCTTATATATTACTCACCC
    GTTCGCTGCTAATTATTTTTTTAA
    TAATTCGCACAACTTGCATGTGT
    TAAGCTTATCGCTAGCGTTCAAT
    CTGAGCTATGATCAAACTCA
    (SEQ ID NO: 1)
    Portiera  whiteflyes bacteriocytes AAGAGTTTGATCATGGCTCAGAT
    aleyrodidarum (Aleyrodoidea) TGAACGCTAGCGGCAGACATAA
    BT-B CACATGCAAGTCGAGCGGCATC
    ATACAGGTTGGCAAGCGGCGCA
    CGGGTGAGTAATACATGTAAATA
    TACCTAAAAGTGGGGAATAACGT
    ACGGAAACGTACGCTAATACCG
    CATAATTATTACGAGATAAAGCA
    GGGGCTTGATAAAAAAAATCAAC
    CTTGCGCTTTTAGAAAATTACAT
    GCCGGATTAGCTAGTTGGTAGA
    GTAAAAGCCTACCAAGGTAACG
    ATCCGTAGCTGGTCTGAGAGGA
    TGATCAGCCACACTGGGACTGA
    GAAAAGGCCCAGACTCCTACGG
    GAGGCAGCAGTGGGGAATATTG
    GACAATGGGGGGAACCCTGATC
    CAGTCATGCCGCGTGTGTGAAG
    AAGGCCTTTGGGTTGTAAAGCA
    CTTTCAGCGAAGAAGAAAAGTTA
    GAAAATAAAAAGTTATAACTATG
    ACGGTACTCGCAGAAGAAGCAC
    CGGCTAACTCCGTGCCAGCAGC
    CGCGGTAAGACGGAGGGTGCAA
    GCGTTAATCAGAATTACTGGGC
    GTAAAGGGCATGTAGGTGGTTT
    GTTAAGCTTTATGTGAAAGCCCT
    ATGCTTAACATAGGAACGGAATA
    AAGAACTGACAAACTAGAGTGCA
    GAAGAGGAAGGTAGAATTCCCG
    GTGTAGCGGTGAAATGCGTAGA
    TATCTGGAGGAATACCAGTTGC
    GAAGGCGACCTTCTGGGCTGAC
    ACTGACACTGAGATGCGAAAGC
    GTGGGGAGCAAACAGGATTAGA
    TACCCTGGTAGTCCACGCTGTAA
    ACGATATCAACTAGCCGTTGGAT
    TCTTAAAGAATTTTGTGGCGTAG
    CTAACGCGATAAGTTGATCGCCT
    GGGGAGTACGGTCGCAAGGCTA
    AAACTCAAATGAATTGACGGGG
    GCCCGCACAAGCGGTGGAGCAT
    GTGGTTTAATTCGATGCAACGCG
    CAAAACCTTACCTACTCTTGACA
    TCCAAAGTACTTTCCAGAGATGG
    AAGGGTGCCTTAGGGAACTTTG
    AGACAGGTGCTGCATGGCTGTC
    GTCAGCTCGTGTTGTGAAATGTT
    GGGTTAAGTCCCGTAACGAGCG
    CAACCCTTGTCCTTAGTTGCCAA
    CGCATAAGGCGGGAACTTTAAG
    GAGACTGCTGGTGATAAACCGG
    AGGAAGGTGGGGACGACGTCAA
    GTCATCATGGCCCTTAAGAGTAG
    GGCAACACACGTGCTACAATGG
    CAAAAACAAAGGGTCGCAAAAT
    GGTAACATGAAGCTAATCCCAAA
    AAAATTGTCTTAGTTCGGATTGG
    AGTCTGAAACTCGACTCCATAAA
    GTCGGAATCGCTAGTAATCGTG
    AATCAGAATGTCACGGTGAATAC
    GTTCTCGGGCCTTGTACACACC
    GCCCGTCACACCATGGAAGTGA
    AATGCACCAGAAGTGGCAAGTTT
    AACCAAAAAACAGGAGAACAGT
    CACTACGGTGTGGTTCATGACT
    GGGGTGAAGTCGTAACAAGGTA
    GCTGTAGGGGAACCTGTGGCTG
    GATCACCTCCTTAA
    (SEQ ID NO: 2)
    Buchnera aphidicola  Aphids bacteriocytes AGAGTTTGATCATGGCTCAGATT
    str. APS  (Aphidoidea) GAACGCTGGCGGCAAGCCTAAC
    (Acyrthosiphon ACATGCAAGTCGAGCGGCAGCG
    pisum) AGAAGAGAGCTTGCTCTCTTTGT
    CGGCAAGCGGCAAACGGGTGA
    GTAATATCTGGGGATCTACCCAA
    AAGAGGGGGATAACTACTAGAA
    ATGGTAGCTAATACCGCATAATG
    TTGAAAAACCAAAGTGGGGGAC
    CTTTTGGCCTCATGCTTTTGGAT
    GAACCCAGACGAGATTAGCTTG
    TTGGTAGAGTAATAGCCTACCAA
    GGCAACGATCTCTAGCTGGTCT
    GAGAGGATAACCAGCCACACTG
    GAACTGAGACACGGTCCAGACT
    CCTACGGGAGGCAGCAGTGGG
    GAATATTGCACAATGGGCGAAA
    GCCTGATGCAGCTATGCCGCGT
    GTATGAAGAAGGCCTTAGGGTT
    GTAAAGTACTTTCAGCGGGGAG
    GAAAAAAATAAAACTAATAATTTT
    ATTTCGTGACGTTACCCGCAGAA
    GAAGCACCGGCTAACTCCGTGC
    CAGCAGCCGCGGTAATACGGAG
    GGTGCAAGCGTTAATCAGAATTA
    CTGGGCGTAAAGAGCGCGTAGG
    TGGTTTTTTAAGTCAGGTGTGAA
    ATCCCTAGGCTCAACCTAGGAA
    CTGCATTTGAAACTGGAAAACTA
    GAGTTTCGTAGAGGGAGGTAGA
    ATTCTAGGTGTAGCGGTGAAATG
    CGTAGATATCTGGAGGAATACC
    CGTGGCGAAAGCGGCCTCCTAA
    ACGAAAACTGACACTGAGGCGC
    GAAAGCGTGGGGAGCAAACAGG
    ATTAGATACCCTGGTAGTCCATG
    CCGTAAACGATGTCGACTTGGA
    GGTTGTTTCCAAGAGAAGTGACT
    TCCGAAGCTAACGCATTAAGTCG
    ACCGCCTGGGGAGTACGGCCG
    CAAGGCTAAAACTCAAATGAATT
    GACGGGGGCCCGCACAAGCGG
    TGGAGCATGTGGTTTAATTCGAT
    GCAACGCGAAAAACCTTACCTG
    GTCTTGACATCCACAGAATTCTT
    TAGAAATAAAGAAGTGCCTTCGG
    GAGCTGTGAGACAGGTGCTGCA
    TGGCTGTCGTCAGCTCGTGTTG
    TGAAATGTTGGGTTAAGTCCCGC
    AACGAGCGCAACCCTTATCCCC
    TGTTGCCAGCGGTTCGGCCGGG
    AACTCAGAGGAGACTGCCGGTT
    ATAAACCGGAGGAAGGTGGGGA
    CGACGTCAAGTCATCATGGCCC
    TTACGACCAGGGCTACACACGT
    GCTACAATGGTTTATACAAAGAG
    AAGCAAATCTGCAAAGACAAGCA
    AACCTCATAAAGTAAATCGTAGT
    CCGGACTGGAGTCTGCAACTCG
    ACTCCACGAAGTCGGAATCGCT
    AGTAATCGTGGATCAGAATGCCA
    CGGTGAATACGTTCCCGGGCCT
    TGTACACACCGCCCGTCACACC
    ATGGGAGTGGGTTGCAAAAGAA
    GCAGGTATCCTAACCCTTTAAAA
    GGAAGGCGCTTACCACTTTGTG
    ATTCATGACTGGGGTGAAGTCG
    TAACAAGGTAACCGTAGGGGAA
    CCTGCGGTTGGATCACCTCCTT
    (SEQ ID NO: 3)
    Buchnera aphidicola  Aphids bacteriocytes AAACTGAAGAGTTTGATCATGGC
    str. Sg  (Aphidoidea) TCAGATTGAACGCTGGCGGCAA
    (Schizaphis GCCTAACACATGCAAGTCGAGC
    graminum) GGCAGCGAAAAGAAAGCTTGCT
    TTCTTGTCGGCGAGCGGCAAAC
    GGGTGAGTAATATCTGGGGATC
    TGCCCAAAAGAGGGGGATAACT
    ACTAGAAATGGTAGCTAATACCG
    CATAAAGTTGAAAAACCAAAGTG
    GGGGACCTTTTTTAAAGGCCTCA
    TGCTTTTGGATGAACCCAGACGA
    GATTAGCTTGTTGGTAAGGTAAA
    AGCTTACCAAGGCAACGATCTCT
    AGCTGGTCTGAGAGGATAACCA
    GCCACACTGGAACTGAGACACG
    GTCCAGACTCCTACGGGAGGCA
    GCAGTGGGGAATATTGCACAAT
    GGGCGAAAGCCTGATGCAGCTA
    TGCCGCGTGTATGAAGAAGGCC
    TTAGGGTTGTAAAGTACTTTCAG
    CGGGGAGGAAAAAATTAAAACTA
    ATAATTTTATTTTGTGACGTTACC
    CGCAGAAGAAGCACCGGCTAAC
    TCCGTGCCAGCAGCCGCGGTAA
    TACGGAGGGTGCGAGCGTTAAT
    CAGAATTACTGGGCGTAAAGAG
    CACGTAGGTGGTTTTTTAAGTCA
    GATGTGAAATCCCTAGGCTTAAC
    CTAGGAACTGCATTTGAAACTGA
    AATGCTAGAGTATCGTAGAGGG
    AGGTAGAATTCTAGGTGTAGCG
    GTGAAATGCGTAGATATCTGGA
    GGAATACCCGTGGCGAAAGCGG
    CCTCCTAAACGAATACTGACACT
    GAGGTGCGAAAGCGTGGGGAG
    CAAACAGGATTAGATACCCTGGT
    AGTCCATGCCGTAAACGATGTC
    GACTTGGAGGTTGTTTCCAAGA
    GAAGTGACTTCCGAAGCTAACG
    CGTTAAGTCGACCGCCTGGGGA
    GTACGGCCGCAAGGCTAAAACT
    CAAATGAATTGACGGGGGCCCG
    CACAAGCGGTGGAGCATGTGGT
    TTAATTCGATGCAACGCGAAAAA
    CCTTACCTGGTCTTGACATCCAC
    AGAATTTTTTAGAAATAAAAAAGT
    GCCTTCGGGAACTGTGAGACAG
    GTGCTGCATGGCTGTCGTCAGC
    TCGTGTTGTGAAATGTTGGGTTA
    AGTCCCGCAACGAGCGCAACCC
    TTATCCCCTGTTGCCAGCGGTTC
    GGCCGGGAACTCAGAGGAGACT
    GCCGGTTATAAACCGGAGGAAG
    GTGGGGACGACGTCAAGTCATC
    ATGGCCCTTACGACCAGGGCTA
    CACACGTGCTACAATGGTTTATA
    CAAAGAGAAGCAAATCTGTAAAG
    ACAAGCAAACCTCATAAAGTAAA
    TCGTAGTCCGGACTGGAGTCTG
    CAACTCGACTCCACGAAGTCGG
    AATCGCTAGTAATCGTGGATCAG
    AATGCCACGGTGAATACGTTCC
    CGGGCCTTGTACACACCGCCCG
    TCACACCATGGGAGTGGGTTGC
    AAAAGAAGCAGATTTCCTAACCA
    CGAAAGTGGAAGGCGTCTACCA
    CTTTGTGATTCATGACTGGGGTG
    AAGTCGTAACAAGGTAACCGTA
    GGGGAACCTGCGGTTGGATCAC
    CTCCTTA
    (SEQ ID NO: 4)
    Buchnera aphidicola  Aphids bacteriocytes ACTTAAAATTGAAGAGTTTGATC
    str. Bp  (Aphidoidea) ATGGCTCAGATTGAACGCTGGC
    (Baizongia pistaciae) GGCAAGCTTAACACATGCAAGT
    CGAGCGGCATCGAAGAAAAGTT
    TACTTTTCTGGCGGCGAGCGGC
    AAACGGGTGAGTAACATCTGGG
    GATCTACCTAAAAGAGGGGGAC
    AACCATTGGAAACGATGGCTAAT
    ACCGCATAATGTTTTTAAATAAA
    CCAAAGTAGGGGACTAAAATTTT
    TAGCCTTATGCTTTTAGATGAAC
    CCAGACGAGATTAGCTTGATGG
    TAAGGTAATGGCTTACCAAGGC
    GACGATCTCTAGCTGGTCTGAG
    AGGATAACCAGCCACACTGGAA
    CTGAGATACGGTCCAGACTCCT
    ACGGGAGGCAGCAGTGGGGAAT
    ATTGCACAATGGGCTAAAGCCT
    GATGCAGCTATGCCGCGTGTAT
    GAAGAAGGCCTTAGGGTTGTAA
    AGTACTTTCAGCGGGGAGGAAA
    GAATTATGTCTAATATACATATTT
    TGTGACGTTACCCGAAGAAGAA
    GCACCGGCTAACTCCGTGCCAG
    CAGCCGCGGTAATACGGAGGGT
    GCGAGCGTTAATCAGAATTACTG
    GGCGTAAAGAGCACGTAGGCGG
    TTTATTAAGTCAGATGTGAAATC
    CCTAGGCTTAACTTAGGAACTGC
    ATTTGAAACTAATAGACTAGAGT
    CTCATAGAGGGAGGTAGAATTCT
    AGGTGTAGCGGTGAAATGCGTA
    GATATCTAGAGGAATACCCGTG
    GCGAAAGCGACCTCCTAAATGA
    AAACTGACGCTGAGGTGCGAAA
    GCGTGGGGAGCAAACAGGATTA
    GATACCCTGGTAGTCCATGCTGT
    AAACGATGTCGACTTGGAGGTT
    GTTTCCTAGAGAAGTGGCTTCC
    GAAGCTAACGCATTAAGTCGAC
    CGCCTGGGGAGTACGGTCGCAA
    GGCTAAAACTCAAATGAATTGAC
    GGGGGCCCGCACAAGCGGTGG
    AGCATGTGGTTTAATTCGATGCA
    ACGCGAAGAACCTTACCTGGTC
    TTGACATCCATAGAATTTTTTAGA
    GATAAAAGAGTGCCTTAGGGAA
    CTATGAGACAGGTGCTGCATGG
    CTGTCGTCAGCTCGTGTTGTGAA
    ATGTTGGGTTAAGTCCCGCAAC
    GAGCGCAACCCCTATCCTTTGTT
    GCCATCAGGTTATGCTGGGAAC
    TCAGAGGAGACTGCCGGTTATA
    AACCGGAGGAAGGTGGGGATGA
    CGTCAAGTCATCATGGCCCTTAC
    GACCAGGGCTACACACGTGCTA
    CAATGGCATATACAAAGAGATGC
    AACTCTGCGAAGATAAGCAAACC
    TCATAAAGTATGTCGTAGTCCGG
    ACTGGAGTCTGCAACTCGACTC
    CACGAAGTAGGAATCGCTAGTA
    ATCGTGGATCAGAATGCCACGG
    TGAATACGTTCCCGGGCCTTGTA
    CACACCGCCCGTCACACCATGG
    GAGTGGGTTGCAAAAGAAGCAG
    GTAGCTTAACCAGATTATTTTATT
    GGAGGGCGCTTACCACTTTGTG
    ATTCATGACTGGGGTGAAGTCG
    TAACAAGGTAACCGTAGGGGAA
    CCTGCGGTTGGATCACCTCCTTA
    (SEQ ID NO: 5)
    Buchnera aphidicola  Aphids bacteriocytes ATGAGATCATTAATATATAAAAAT
    BCc (Aphidoidea) CATGTTCCAATTAAAAAATTAGG
    ACAAAATTTTTTACAGAATAAAGA
    AATTATTAATCAGATAATTAATTT
    AATAAATATTAATAAAAATGATAA
    TATTATTGAAATAGGATCAGGAT
    TAGGAGCGTTAACTTTTCCTATT
    TGTAGAATCATTAAAAAAATGAT
    AGTATTAGAAATTGATGAAGATC
    TTGTGTTTTTTTTAACTCAAAGTT
    TATTTATTAAAAAATTACAAATTA
    TAATTGCTGATATTATAAAATTTG
    ATTTTTGTTGTTTTTTTTCTTTAC
    AGAAATATAAAAAATATAGGTTTA
    TTGGTAATTTACCATATAATATTG
    CTACTATATTTTTTTTAAAAACAA
    TTAAATTTCTTTATAATATAATTG
    ATATGCATTTTATGTTTCAAAAAG
    AAGTAGCAAAGAGATTATTAGCT
    ACTCCTGGTACTAAAGAATATGG
    TAGATTAAGTATTATTGCACAATA
    TTTTTATAAGATAGAAACTGTTAT
    TAATGTTAATAAATTTAATTTTTTT
    CCTACTCCTAAAGTAGATTCTAC
    TTTTTTACGATTTACTCCTAAATA
    TTTTAATAGTAAATATAAAATAGA
    TAAACATTTTTCTGTTTTAGAATT
    AATTACTAGATTTTCTTTTCAACA
    TAGAAGAAAATTTTTAAATAATAA
    TTTAATATCTTTATTTTCTACAAA
    AGAATTAATTTCTTTAGATATTGA
    TCCATATTCAAGAGCAGAAAATG
    TTTCTTTAATTCAATATTGTAAAT
    TAATGAAATATTATTTGAAAAGAA
    AAATTTTATGTTTAGATTAA
    (SEQ ID NO: 6)
    Buchnera aphidicola Aphids bacteriocytes TTATCTTATTTCACATATACGTAA
    (Cinara tujafilina) (Aphidoidea) TATTGCGCTGCGTGCACGAGGA
    TTTTTTTGAATTTCAGATATATTT
    GGTTTAATACGTTTAATAAAACG
    TATTTTTTTTTTTATTTTTCTTATT
    TGCAATTCAGTAATAGGAAGTTT
    TTTAGGTATATTTGGATAATTACT
    GTAATTCTTAATAAAGTTTTTTAC
    AATCCTATCTTCAATAGAATGAA
    AACTAATAATAGCAATTTTTGATC
    CGGAATGTAATATGTTAATAATA
    ATTTTTAATATTTTATGTAATTCA
    TTTATTTCTTGGTTAATATATATT
    CGAAAAGCTTGAAATGTTCTCGT
    AGCTGGATGTTTAAATTTGTCAT
    ATTTTGGGATTGATTTTTTTATGA
    TTTGAACTAACTCTAACGTGCTT
    GTTATGGTTTTTTTTTTTATTTGT
    AATATGATGGCTCGGGATATTTT
    TTTTGCGTATTTTTCTTCGCCAAA
    ATTTTTTATTACCTGTTCTATTGT
    TTTTTGGTTTGTTTTTTTTAACCA
    TTGACTAACTGATATTCCAGATT
    TAGGGTTCATACGCATATCTAAA
    GGTCCATCATTCATAAATGAAAA
    TCCTCGGATACTAGAATTTAACT
    GTATTGAAGAAATACCTAAATCT
    AATAATATTCCATCTATTTTATCT
    CTATTTTTTTCTTTTTTTAATATTT
    TTTCAATATTAGAAAATTTACCTA
    AAAATATTTTAAATCGCGAATCTT
    TTATTTTTTTTCCGATTTTTATAG
    ATTGTGGGTCTTGATCAATACTA
    TATAACTTTCCATTAACCCCTAAT
    TCTTGAAGAATTGCTTTTGAATG
    ACCACCACCTCCAAATGTACAAT
    CAACATATGTACCGTCTTTTTTTA
    TTTTTAAGTATTGTATGATTTCTT
    TTGTTAAAACAGGTTTATGAATC
    AT
    (SEQ ID NO: 7)
    Buchnera aphidicola  Aphids bacteriocytes ATGAAAAGTATAAAAACTTTTAAA
    str. G002  (Aphidoidea) AAACACTTTCCTGTGAAAAAATA
    (Myzus persicae) TGGACAAAATTTTCTTATTAATAA
    AGAGATCATAAAAAATATTGTTA
    AAAAAATTAATCCAAATATAGAA
    CAAACATTAGTAGAAATCGGACC
    AGGATTAGCTGCATTAACTGAGC
    CCATATCTCAGTTATTAAAAGAG
    TTAATAGTTATTGAAATAGACTGT
    AATCTATTATATTTTTTAAAAAAA
    CAACCATTTTATTCAAAATTAATA
    GTTTTTTGTCAAGATGCTTTAAA
    CTTTAATTATACAAATTTATTTTA
    TAAAAAAAATAAATTAATTCGTAT
    TTTTGGTAATTTACCATATAATAT
    CTCTACATCTTTAATTATTTTTTT
    ATTTCAACACATTAGAGTAATTC
    AAGATATGAATTTTATGCTTCAAA
    AAGAAGTTGCTGCAAGATTAATT
    GCATTACCTGGAAATAAATATTA
    CGGTCGTTTGAGCATTATATCTC
    AATATTATTGTGATATCAAAATTT
    TATTAAATGTTGCTCCTGAAGAT
    TTTTGGCCTATTCCGAGAGTTCA
    TTCTATATTTGTAAATTTAACACC
    TCATCATAATTCTCCTTATTTTGT
    TTATGATATTAATATTTTAAGCCT
    TATTACAAATAAGGCTTTCCAAA
    ATAGAAGAAAAATATTACGTCAT
    AGTTTAAAAAATTTATTTTCTGAA
    ACAACTTTATTAAATTTAGATATT
    AATCCCAGATTAAGAGCTGAAAA
    TATTTCTGTTTTTCAGTATTGTCA
    ATTAGCTAATTATTTGTATAAAAA
    AAATTATACTAAAAAAAATTAA
    (SEQ ID NO: 8)
    Buchnera aphidicola  Aphids bacteriocytes ATTATAAAAAATTTTAAAAAACAT
    str. Ak  (Aphidoidea) TTTCCTTTAAAAAGGTATGGACA
    (Acyrthosiphon AAATTTTCTTGTCAATACAAAAAC
    kondoi) TATTCAAAAGATAATTAATATAAT
    TAATCCAAACACCAAACAAACAT
    TAGTGGAAATTGGACCTGGATTA
    GCTGCATTAACAAAACCAATTTG
    TCAATTATTAGAAGAATTAATTGT
    TATTGAAATAGATCCTAATTTATT
    GTTTTTATTAAAAAAACGTTCATT
    TTATTCAAAATTAACAGTTTTTTA
    TCAAGACGCTTTAAATTTCAATTA
    TACAGATTTGTTTTATAAGAAAAA
    TCAATTAATTCGTGTTTTTGGAAA
    CTTGCCATATAATATTTCTACATC
    TTTAATTATTTCTTTATTCAATCA
    TATTAAAGTTATTCAAGATATGAA
    TTTTATGTTACAGAAAGAGGTTG
    CTGAAAGATTAATTTCTATTCCT
    GGAAATAAATCTTATGGCCGTTT
    AAGCATTATTTCTCAGTATTATTG
    TAAAATTAAAATATTATTAAATGT
    TGTACCTGAAGATTTTCGACCTA
    TACCGAAAGTGCATTCTGTTTTT
    ATCAATTTAACTCCTCATACCAAT
    TCTCCATATTTTGTTTATGATACA
    AATATCCTCAGTTCTATCACAAG
    AAATGCTTTTCAAAATAGAAGGA
    AAATTTTGCGTCATAGTTTAAAAA
    ATTTATTTTCTGAAAAAGAACTAA
    TTCAATTAGAAATTAATCCAAATT
    TACGAGCTGAAAATATTTCTATC
    TTTCAGTATTGTCAATTAGCTGA
    TTATTTATATAAAAAATTAAATAA
    TCTTGTAAAAATCAATTAA
    (SEQ ID NO: 9)
    Buchnera aphidicola  Aphids bacteriocytes ATGATACTAAATAAATATAAAAAA
    str. Ua  (Aphidoidea) TTTATTCCTTTAAAAAGATACGG
    (Uroleucon ACAAAATTTTCTTGTAAATAGAG
    ambrosiae) AAATAATCAAAAATATTATCAAAA
    TAATTAATCCTAAAAAAACGCAA
    ACATTATTAGAAATTGGACCGGG
    TTTAGGTGCGTTAACAAAACCTA
    TTTGTGAATTTTTAAATGAACTTA
    TCGTCATTGAAATAGATCCTAAT
    ATATTATCTTTTTTAAAGAAATGT
    ATATTTTTTGATAAATTAAAAATA
    TATTGTCATAATGCTTTAGATTTT
    AATTATAAAAATATATTCTATAAA
    AAAAGTCAATTAATTCGTATTTTT
    GGAAATTTACCATATAATATTTCT
    ACATCTTTAATAATATATTTATTT
    CGGAATATTGATATTATTCAAGA
    TATGAATTTTATGTTACAACAAGA
    AGTGGCTAAAAGATTAGTTGCTA
    TTCCTGGTGAAAAACTTTATGGT
    CGTTTAAGTATTATATCTCAATAT
    TATTGTAATATTAAAATATTATTA
    CATATTCGACCTGAAAATTTTCA
    ACCTATTCCTAAAGTTAATTCAAT
    GTTTGTAAATTTAACTCCGCATA
    TTCATTCTCCTTATTTTGTTTATG
    ATATTAATTTATTAACTAGTATTA
    CAAAACATGCTTTTCAACATAGA
    AGAAAAATATTGCGTCATAGTTT
    AAGAAATTTTTTTTCTGAGCAAG
    ATTTAATTCATTTAGAAATTAATC
    CAAATTTAAGAGCTGAAAATGTT
    TCTATTATTCAATATTGTCAATTG
    GCTAATAATTTATATAAAAAACAT
    AAACAGTTTATTAATAATTAA
    (SEQ ID NO: 10)
    Buchnera aphidicola Aphids bacteriocytes ATGAAAAAGCATATTCCTATAAA
    (Aphis glycines) (Aphidoidea) AAAATTTAGTCAAAATTTTCTTGT
    AGATTTGAGTGTGATTAAAAAAA
    TAATTAAATTTATTAATCCGCAGT
    TAAATGAAATATTGGTTGAAATT
    GGACCGGGATTAGCTGCTATCA
    CTCGACCTATTTGTGATTTGATA
    GATCATTTAATTGTGATTGAAATT
    GATAAAATTTTATTAGATAGATTA
    AAACAGTTCTCATTTTATTCAAAA
    TTAACAGTATATCATCAAGATGC
    TTTAGCATTTGATTACATAAAGTT
    ATTTAATAAAAAAAATAAATTAGT
    TCGAATTTTTGGTAATTTACCATA
    TCATGTTTCTACGTCTTTAATATT
    GCATTTATTTAAAAGAATTAATAT
    TATTAAAGATATGAATTTTATGCT
    ACAAAAAGAAGTTGCTGAACGTT
    TAATTGCAACTCCAGGTAGTAAA
    TTATATGGTCGTTTAAGTATTATT
    TCTCAATATTATTGTAATATAAAA
    GTTTTATTGCATGTGTCTTCAAA
    ATGTTTTAAACCAGTTCCTAAAG
    TAGAATCAATTTTTCTTAATTTGA
    CACCTTATACTGATTATTTCCCTT
    ATTTTACTTATAATGTAAACGTTC
    TTAGTTATATTACAAATTTAGCTT
    TTCAAAAAAGAAGAAAAATATTA
    CGTCATAGTTTAGGTAAAATATT
    TTCTGAAAAAGTTTTTATAAAATT
    AAATATTAATCCCAAATTAAGAC
    CTGAGAATATTTCTATATTACAAT
    ATTGTCAGTTATCTAATTATATGA
    TAGAAAATAATATTCATCAGGAA
    CATGTTTGTATTTAA
    (SEQ ID NO: 11)
    Annandia pinicola (Phylloxeroidea) bacteriocytes AGATTGAACGCTGGCGGCATGC
    CTTACACATGCAAGTCGAACGGT
    AACAGGTCTTCGGACGCTGACG
    AGTGGCGAACGGGTGAGTAATA
    CATCGGAACGTGCCCAGTCGTG
    GGGGATAACTACTCGAAAGAGT
    AGCTAATACCGCATACGATCTGA
    GGATGAAAGCGGGGGACCTTCG
    GGCCTCGCGCGATTGGAGCGG
    CCGATGGCAGATTAGGTAGTTG
    GTGGGATAAAAGCTTACCAAGC
    CGACGATCTGTAGCTGGTCTGA
    GAGGACGACCAGCCACACTGGA
    ACTGAGATACGGTCCAGACTCTT
    ACGGGAGGCAGCAGTGGGGAAT
    ATTGCACAATGGGCGCAAGCCT
    GATGCAGCTATGTCGCGTGTAT
    GAAGAAGACCTTAGGGTTGTAAA
    GTACTTTCGATAGCATAAGAAGA
    TAATGAGACTAATAATTTTATTGT
    CTGACGTTAGCTATAGAAGAAGC
    ACCGGCTAACTCCGTGCCAGCA
    GCCGCGGTAATACGGGGGGTG
    CTAGCGTTAATCGGAATTACTGG
    GCGTAAAGAGCATGTAGGTGGT
    TTATTAAGTCAGATGTGAAATCC
    CTGGACTTAATCTAGGAACTGCA
    TTTGAAACTAATAGGCTAGAGTT
    TCGTAGAGGGAGGTAGAATTCT
    AGGTGTAGCGGTGAAATGCATA
    GATATCTAGAGGAATATCAGTGG
    CGAAGGCGACCTTCTGGACGAT
    AACTGACGCTAAAATGCGAAAG
    CATGGGTAGCAAACAGGATTAG
    ATACCCTGGTAGTCCATGCTGTA
    AACGATGTCGACTAAGAGGTTG
    GAGGTATAACTTTTAATCTCTGT
    AGCTAACGCGTTAAGTCGACCG
    CCTGGGGAGTACGGTCGCAAGG
    CTAAAACTCAAATGAATTGACGG
    GGGCCTGCACAAGCGGTGGAG
    CATGTGGTTTAATTCGATGCAAC
    GCGTAAAACCTTACCTGGTCTTG
    ACATCCACAGAATTTTACAGAAA
    TGTAGAAGTGCAATTTGAACTGT
    GAGACAGGTGCTGCATGGCTGT
    CGTCAGCTCGTGTTGTGAAATGT
    TGGGTTAAGTCCCGCAACGAGC
    GCAACCCTTGTCCTTTGTTACCA
    TAAGATTTAAGGAACTCAAAGGA
    GACTGCCGGTGATAAACTGGAG
    GAAGGCGGGGACGACGTCAAGT
    CATCATGGCCCTTATGACCAGG
    GCTACACACGTGCTACAATGGC
    ATATACAAAGAGATGCAATATTG
    CGAAATAAAGCCAATCTTATAAA
    ATATGTCCTAGTTCGGACTGGAG
    TCTGCAACTCGACTCCACGAAGT
    CGGAATCGCTAGTAATCGTGGA
    TCAGCATGCCACGGTGAATATGT
    TTCCAGGCCTTGTACACACCGC
    CCGTCACACCATGGAAGTGGAT
    TGCAAAAGAAGTAAGAAAATTAA
    CCTTCTTAACAAGGAAATAACTT
    ACCACTTTGTGACTCATAACTGG
    GGTGA
    (SEQ ID NO: 12)
    Moranella endobia (Coccoidea) bacteriocytes TCTTTTTGGTAAGGAGGTGATCC
    AACCGCAGGTTCCCCTACGGTT
    ACCTTGTTACGACTTCACCCCAG
    TCATGAATCACAAAGTGGTAAGC
    GCCCTCCTAAAAGGTTAGGCTA
    CCTACTTCTTTTGCAACCCACTT
    CCATGGTGTGACGGGCGGTGTG
    TACAAGGCCCGGGAACGTATTC
    ACCGTGGCATTCTGATCCACGAT
    TACTAGCGATTCCTACTTCATGG
    AGTCGAGTTGCAGACTCCAATC
    CGGACTACGACGCACTTTATGA
    GGTCCGCTAACTCTCGCGAGCT
    TGCTTCTCTTTGTATGCGCCATT
    GTAGCACGTGTGTAGCCCTACT
    CGTAAGGGCCATGATGACTTGA
    CGTCATCCCCACCTTCCTCCGG
    TTTATCACCGGCAGTCTCCTTTG
    AGTTCCCGACCGAATCGCTGGC
    AAAAAAGGATAAGGGTTGCGCT
    CGTTGCGGGACTTAACCCAACA
    TTTCACAACACGAGCTGACGACA
    GCCATGCAGCACCTGTCTCAGA
    GTTCCCGAAGGTACCAAAACATC
    TCTGCTAAGTTCTCTGGATGTCA
    AGAGTAGGTAAGGTTCTTCGCG
    TTGCATCGAATTAAACCACATGC
    TCCACCGCTTGTGCGGGCCCCC
    GTCAATTCATTTGAGTTTTAACCT
    TGCGGCCGTACTCCCCAGGCGG
    TCGATTTAACGCGTTAACTACGA
    AAGCCACAGTTCAAGACCACAG
    CTTTCAAATCGACATAGTTTACG
    GCGTGGACTACCAGGGTATCTA
    ATCCTGTTTGCTCCCCACGCTTT
    CGTACCTGAGCGTCAGTATTCGT
    CCAGGGGGCCGCCTTCGCCACT
    GGTATTCCTCCAGATATCTACAC
    ATTTCACCGCTACACCTGGAATT
    CTACCCCCCTCTACGAGACTCTA
    GCCTATCAGTTTCAAATGCAGTT
    CCTAGGTTAAGCCCAGGGATTT
    CACATCTGACTTAATAAACCGCC
    TACGTACTCTTTACGCCCAGTAA
    TTCCGATTAACGCTTGCACCCTC
    CGTATTACCGCGGCTGCTGGCA
    CGGAGTTAGCCGGTGCTTCTTC
    TGTAGGTAACGTCAATCAATAAC
    CGTATTAAGGATATTGCCTTCCT
    CCCTACTGAAAGTGCTTTACAAC
    CCGAAGGCCTTCTTCACACACG
    CGGCATGGCTGCATCAGGGTTT
    CCCCCATTGTGCAATATTCCCCA
    CTGCTGCCTCCCGTAGGAGTCT
    GGACCGTGTCTCAGTTCCAGTG
    TGGCTGGTCATCCTCTCAGACC
    AGCTAGGGATCGTCGCCTAGGT
    AAGCTATTACCTCACCTACTAGC
    TAATCCCATCTGGGTTCATCTGA
    AGGTGTGAGGCCAAAAGGTCCC
    CCACTTTGGTCTTACGACATTAT
    GCGGTATTAGCTACCGTTTCCAG
    CAGTTATCCCCCTCCATCAGGCA
    GATCCCCAGACTTTACTCACCCG
    TTCGCTGCTCGCCGGCAAAAAA
    GTAAACTTTTTTCCGTTGCCGCT
    CAACTTGCATGTGTTAGGCCTGC
    CGCCAGCGTTCAATCTGAGCCA
    TGATCAAACTCTTCAATTAAA
    (SEQ ID NO: 13)
    Ishikawaella  (Heteroptera) bacteriocytes AAATTGAAGAGTTTGATCATGGC
    capsulata TCAGATTGAACGCTAGCGGCAA
    Mpkobe GCTTAACACATGCAAGTCGAAC
    GGTAACAGAAAAAAGCTTGCTTT
    TTTGCTGACGAGTGGCGGACGG
    GTGAGTAATGTCTGGGGATCTA
    CCTAATGGCGGGGGATAACTAC
    TGGAAACGGTAGCTAATACCGC
    ATAATGTTGTAAAACCAAAGTGG
    GGGACCTTATGGCCTCACACCA
    TTAGATGAACCTAGATGGGATTA
    GCTTGTAGGTGGGGTAAAGGCT
    CACCTAGGCAACGATCCCTAGC
    TGGTCTGAGAGGATGACCAGCC
    ACACTGGAACTGAGATACGGTC
    CAGACTCCTACGGGAGGCAGCA
    GTGGGGAATCTTGCACAATGGG
    CGCAAGCCTGATGCAGCTATGT
    CGCGTGTATGAAGAAGGCCTTA
    GGGTTGTAAAGTACTTTCATCGG
    GGAAGAAGGATATGAGCCTAAT
    ATTCTCATATATTGACGTTACCT
    GCAGAAGAAGCACCGGCTAACT
    CCGTGCCAGCAGCCGCGGTAAC
    ACGGAGGGTGCGAGCGTTAATC
    GGAATTACTGGGCGTAAAGAGC
    ACGTAGGTGGTTTATTAAGTCAT
    ATGTGAAATCCCTGGGCTTAACC
    TAGGAACTGCATGTGAAACTGAT
    AAACTAGAGTTTCGTAGAGGGA
    GGTGGAATTCCAGGTGTAGCGG
    TGAAATGCGTAGATATCTGGAG
    GAATATCAGAGGCGAAGGCGAC
    CTTCTGGACGAAAACTGACACTC
    AGGTGCGAAAGCGTGGGGAGCA
    AACAGGATTAGATACCCTGGTAG
    TCCACGCTGTAAACAATGTCGAC
    TAAAAAACTGTGAGCTTGACTTG
    TGGTTTTTGTAGCTAACGCATTA
    AGTCGACCGCCTGGGGAGTACG
    GCCGCAAGGTTAAAACTCAAATG
    AATTGACGGGGGTCCGCACAAG
    CGGTGGAGCATGTGGTTTAATTC
    GATGCAACGCGAAAAACCTTAC
    CTGGTCTTGACATCCAGCGAATT
    ATATAGAAATATATAAGTGCCTTT
    CGGGGAACTCTGAGACGCTGCA
    TGGCTGTCGTCAGCTCGTGTTG
    TGAAATGTTGGGTTAAGTCCCGC
    AACGAGCGCCCTTATCCTCTGTT
    GCCAGCGGCATGGCCGGGAACT
    CAGAGGAGACTGCCAGTATTAA
    ACTGGAGGAAGGTGGGGATGAC
    GTCAAGTCATCATGGCCCTTATG
    ACCAGGGCTACACACGTGCTAC
    AATGGTGTATACAAAGAGAAGCA
    ATCTCGCAAGAGTAAGCAAAACT
    CAAAAAGTACATCGTAGTTCGGA
    TTAGAGTCTGCAACTCGACTCTA
    TGAAGTAGGAATCGCTAGTAATC
    GTGGATCAGAATGCCACGGTGA
    ATACGTTCTCTGGCCTTGTACAC
    ACCGCCCGTCACACCATGGGAG
    TAAGTTGCAAAAGAAGTAGGTAG
    CTTAACCTTTATAGGAGGGCGCT
    TACCACTTTGTGATTTATGACTG
    GGGTGAAGTCGTAACAAGGTAA
    CTGTAGGGGAACCTGTGGTTGG
    ATTACCTCCTTA
    (SEQ ID NO: 14)
    Baumannia sharpshooter bacteriocytes TTCAATTGAAGAGTTTGATCATG
    cicadellinicola leafhoppers GCTCAGATTGAACGCTGGCGGT
    (Cicadellinae) AAGCTTAACACATGCAAGTCGAG
    CGGCATCGGAAAGTAAATTAATT
    ACTTTGCCGGCAAGCGGCGAAC
    GGGTGAGTAATATCTGGGGATC
    TACCTTATGGAGAGGGATAACTA
    TTGGAAACGATAGCTAACACCG
    CATAATGTCGTCAGACCAAAATG
    GGGGACCTAATTTAGGCCTCAT
    GCCATAAGATGAACCCAGATGA
    GATTAGCTAGTAGGTGAGATAAT
    AGCTCACCTAGGCAACGATCTCT
    AGTTGGTCTGAGAGGATGACCA
    GCCACACTGGAACTGAGACACG
    GTCCAGACTCCTACGGGAGGCA
    GCAGTGGGGAATCTTGCACAAT
    GGGGGAAACCCTGATGCAGCTA
    TACCGCGTGTGTGAAGAAGGCC
    TTCGGGTTGTAAAGCACTTTCAG
    CGGGGAAGAAAATGAAGTTACT
    AATAATAATTGTCAATTGACGTTA
    CCCGCAAAAGAAGCACCGGCTA
    ACTCCGTGCCAGCAGCCGCGGT
    AAGACGGAGGGTGCAAGCGTTA
    ATCGGAATTACTGGGCGTAAAG
    CGTATGTAGGCGGTTTATTTAGT
    CAGGTGTGAAAGCCCTAGGCTT
    AACCTAGGAATTGCATTTGAAAC
    TGGTAAGCTAGAGTCTCGTAGA
    GGGGGGGAGAATTCCAGGTGTA
    GCGGTGAAATGCGTAGAGATCT
    GGAAGAATACCAGTGGCGAAGG
    CGCCCCCCTGGACGAAAACTGA
    CGCTCAAGTACGAAAGCGTGGG
    GAGCAAACAGGATTAGATACCCT
    GGTAGTCCACGCTGTAAACGAT
    GTCGATTTGAAGGTTGTAGCCTT
    GAGCTATAGCTTTCGAAGCTAAC
    GCATTAAATCGACCGCCTGGGG
    AGTACGACCGCAAGGTTAAAACT
    CAAATGAATTGACGGGGGCCCG
    CACAAGCGGTGGAGCATGTGGT
    TTAATTCGATACAACGCGAAAAA
    CCTTACCTACTCTTGACATCCAG
    AGTATAAAGCAGAAAAGCTTTAG
    TGCCTTCGGGAACTCTGAGACA
    GGTGCTGCATGGCTGTCGTCAG
    CTCGTGTTGTGAAATGTTGGGTT
    AAGTCCCGCAACGAGCGCAACC
    CTTATCCTTTGTTGCCAACGATT
    AAGTCGGGAACTCAAAGGAGAC
    TGCCGGTGATAAACCGGAGGAA
    GGTGAGGATAACGTCAAGTCAT
    CATGGCCCTTACGAGTAGGGCT
    ACACACGTGCTACAATGGTGCAT
    ACAAAGAGAAGCAATCTCGTAAG
    AGTTAGCAAACCTCATAAAGTGC
    ATCGTAGTCCGGATTAGAGTCTG
    CAACTCGACTCTATGAAGTCGGA
    ATCGCTAGTAATCGTGGATCAGA
    ATGCCACGGTGAATACGTTCCC
    GGGCCTTGTACACACCGCCCGT
    CACACCATGGGAGTGTATTGCA
    AAAGAAGTTAGTAGCTTAACTCA
    TAATACGAGAGGGCGCTTACCA
    CTTTGTGATTCATAACTGGGGTG
    AAGTCGTAACAAGGTAACCGTA
    GGGGAACCTGCGGTTGGATCAC
    CTCCTTACACTAAA
    (SEQ ID NO: 15)
    Sodalis like Rhopalus wider tissue ATTGAACGCTGGCGGCAGGCCT
    sapporensis tropism AACACATGCAAGTCGAGCGGCA
    GCGGGAAGAAGCTTGCTTCTTT
    GCCGGCGAGCGGCGGACGGGT
    GAGTAATGTCTGGGGATCTGCC
    CGATGGAGGGGGATAACTACTG
    GAAACGGTAGCTAATACCGCATA
    ACGTCGCAAGACCAAAGTGGGG
    GACCTTCGGGCCTCACACCATC
    GGATGAACCCAGGTGGGATTAG
    CTAGTAGGTGGGGTAATGGCTC
    ACCTAGGCGACGATCCCTAGCT
    GGTCTGAGAGGATGACCAGTCA
    CACTGGAACTGAGACACGGTCC
    AGACTCCTACGGGAGGCAGCAG
    TGGGGAATATTGCACAATGGGG
    GAAACCCTGATGCAGCCATGCC
    GCGTGTGTGAAGAAGGCCTTCG
    GGTTGTAAAGCACTTTCAGCGG
    GGAGGAAGGCGATGGCGTTAAT
    AGCGCTATCGATTGACGTTACCC
    GCAGAAGAAGCACCGGCTAACT
    CCGTGCCAGCAGCCGCGGTAAT
    ACGGAGGGTGCGAGCGTTAATC
    GGAATTACTGGGCGTAAAGCGT
    ACGCAGGCGGTCTGTTAAGTCA
    GATGTGAAATCCCCGGGCTCAA
    CCTGGGAACTGCATTTGAAACTG
    GCAGGCTAGAGTCTCGTAGAGG
    GGGGTAGAATTCCAGGTGTAGC
    GGTGAAATGCGTAGAGATCTGG
    AGGAATACCGGTGGCGAAGGCG
    GCCCCCTGGACGAAGACTGACG
    CTCAGGTACGAAAGCGTGGGGA
    GCAAACAGGATTAGATACCCTG
    GTAGTCCACGCTGTAAACGATGT
    CGATTTGAAGGTTGTGGCCTTGA
    GCCGTGGCTTTCGGAGCTAACG
    TGTTAAATCGACCGCCTGGGGA
    GTACGGCCGCAAGGTTAAAACT
    CAAATGAATTGACGGGGGCCCG
    CACAAGCGGTGGAGCATGTGGT
    TTAATTCGATGCAACGCGAAGAA
    CCTTACCTACTCTTGACATCCAG
    AGAACTTGGCAGAGATGCTTTG
    GTGCCTTCGGGAACTCTGAGAC
    AGGTGCTGCATGGCTGTCGTCA
    GCTCGTGTTGTGAAATGTTGGGT
    TAAGTCCCGCAACGAGCGCAAC
    CCTTATCCTTTATTGCCAGCGAT
    TCGGTCGGGAACTCAAAGGAGA
    CTGCCGGTGATAAACCGGAGGA
    AGGTGGGGATGACGTCAAGTCA
    TCATGGCCCTTACGAGTAGGGC
    TACACACGTGCTACAATGGCGC
    ATACAAAGAGAAGCGATCTCGC
    GAGAGTCAGCGGACCTCATAAA
    GTGCGTCGTAGTCCGGATTGGA
    GTCTGCAACTCGACTCCATGAA
    GTCGGAATCGCTAGTAATCGTG
    GATCAGAATGCCACGGTGAATA
    CGTTCCCGGGCCTTGTACACAC
    CGCCCGTCACACCATGGGAGTG
    GGTTGCAAAAGAAGTAGGTAGC
    TTAACCTTCGGGAGGGCGCTTA
    CCACTTTGTGATTCATGACTGGG
    GTG
    (SEQ ID NO: 16)
    Hartigia pinicola The pine bark bacteriocytes AGATTTAACGCTGGCGGCAGGC
    adelgid CTAACACATGCAAGTCGAGCGG
    TACCAGAAGAAGCTTGCTTCTTG
    CTGACGAGCGGCGGACGGGTG
    AGTAATGTATGGGGATCTGCCC
    GACAGAGGGGGATAACTATTGG
    AAACGGTAGCTAATACCGCATAA
    TCTCTGAGGAGCAAAGCAGGGG
    AACTTCGGCCTTGCGCTATCG
    GATGAACCCATATGGGATTAGCT
    AGTAGGTGAGGTAATGGCTCCC
    CTAGGCAACGATCCCTAGCTGG
    TCTGAGAGGATGATCAGCCACA
    CTGGGACTGAGACACGGCCCAG
    ACTCCTACGGGAGGCAGCAGTG
    GGGAATATTGCACAATGGGCGA
    AAGCCTGATGCAGCCATGCCGC
    GTGTATGAAGAAGGCTTTAGGG
    TTGTAAAGTACTTTCAGTCGAGA
    GGAAAACATTGATGCTAATATCA
    TCAATTATTGACGTTTCCGACAG
    AAGAAGCACCGGCTAACTCCGT
    GCCAGCAGCCGCGGTAATACGG
    AGGGTGCAAGCGTTAATCGGAA
    TTACTGGGCGTAAAGCGCACGC
    AGGCGGTTAATTAAGTTAGATGT
    GAAAGCCCCGGGCTTAACCCAG
    GAATAGCATATAAAACTGGTCAA
    CTAGAGTATTGTAGAGGGGGGT
    AGAATTCCATGTGTAGCGGTGAA
    ATGCGTAGAGATGTGGAGGAAT
    ACCAGTGGCGAAGGCGGCCCC
    CTGGACAAAAACTGACGCTCAAA
    TGCGAAAGCGTGGGGAGCAAAC
    AGGATTAGATACCCTGGTAGTCC
    ATGCTGTAAACGATGTCGATTTG
    GAGGTTGTTCCCTTGAGGAGTA
    GCTTCCGTAGCTAACGCGTTAAA
    TCGACCGCCTGGGGGAGTACGA
    CTGCAAGGTTAAAACTCAAATGA
    ATTGACGGGGGCCCGCACAAGC
    GGTGGAGCATGTGGTTTAATTC
    GATGCAACGCGAAAAACCTTAC
    CTACTCTTGACATCCAGATAATT
    TAGCAGAAATGCTTTAGTACCTT
    CGGGAAATCTGAGACAGGTGCT
    GCATGGCTGTCGTCAGCTCGTG
    TTGTGAAATGTTGGGTTAAGTCC
    CGCAACGAGCGCAACCCTTATC
    CTTTGTTGCCAGCGATTAGGTCG
    GGAACTCAAAGGAGACTGCCGG
    TGATAAACCGGAGGAAGGTGGG
    GATGACGTCAAGTCATCATGGC
    CCTTACGAGTAGGGCTACACAC
    GTGCTACAATGGCATATACAAAG
    GGAAGCAACCTCGCGAGAGCAA
    GCGAAACTCATAAATTATGTCGT
    AGTTCAGATTGGAGTCTGCAACT
    CGACTCCATGAAGTCGGAATCG
    CTAGTAATCGTAGATCAGAATGC
    TACGGTGAATACGTTCCCGGGC
    CTTGTACACACCGCCCGTCACA
    CCATGGGAGTGGGTTGCAAAAG
    AAGTAGGTAACTTAACCTTATGG
    AAAGCGCTTACCACTTTGTGATT
    CATAACTGGGGTG
    (SEQ ID NO: 17)
    Wigglesworthia tsetse fly bacteriocytes
    glossinidia (Diptera:
    Glossinidae)
    Beta proteobacteria
    Tremblaya phenacola Phenacoccus bacteriomes AGGTAATCCAGCCACACCTTCCA
    avenae GTACGGCTACCTTGTTACGACTT
    (TPPAVE). CACCCCAGTCACAACCCTTACCT
    TCGGAACTGCCCTCCTCACAACT
    CAAACCACCAAACACTTTTAAAT
    CAGGTTGAGAGAGGTTAGGCCT
    GTTACTTCTGGCAAGAATTATTT
    CCATGGTGTGACGGGCGGTGTG
    TACAAGACCCGAGAACATATTCA
    CCGTGGCATGCTGATCCACGAT
    TACTAGCAATTCCAACTTCATGC
    ACTCGAGTTTCAGAGTACAATCC
    GAACTGAGGCCGGCTTTGTGAG
    ATTAGCTCCCTTTTGCAAGTTGG
    CAACTCTTTGGTCCGGCCATTGT
    ATGATGTGTGAAGCCCCACCCA
    TAAAGGCCATGAGGACTTGACG
    TCATCCCCACCTTCCTCCAACTT
    ATCGCTGGCAGTCTCTTTAAGGT
    AACTGACTAATCCAGTAGCAATT
    AAAGACAGGGGTTGCGCTCGTT
    ACAGGACTTAACCCAACATCTCA
    CGACACGAGCTGACGACAGCCA
    TGCAGCACCTGTGCACTAATTCT
    CTTTCAAGCACTCCCGCTTCTCA
    ACAGGATCTTAGCCATATCAAAG
    GTAGGTAAGGTTTTTCGCGTTGC
    ATCGAATTAATCCACATCATCCA
    CTGCTTGTGCGGGTCCCCGTCA
    ATTCCTTTGAGTTTTAACCTTGC
    GGCCGTACTCCCCAGGCGGTCG
    ACTTGTGCGTTAGCTGCACCACT
    GAAAAGGAAAACTGCCCAATGG
    TTAGTCAACATCGTTTAGGGCAT
    GGACTACCAGGGTATCTAATCCT
    GTTTGCTCCCCATGCTTTAGTGT
    CTGAGCGTCAGTAACGAACCAG
    GAGGCTGCCTACGCTTTCGGTA
    TTCCTCCACATCTCTACACATTT
    CACTGCTACATGCGGAATTCTAC
    CTCCCCCTCTCGTACTCCAGCCT
    GCCAGTAACTGCCGCATTCTGA
    GGTTAAGCCTCAGCCTTTCACAG
    CAATCTTAACAGGCAGCCTGCA
    CACCCTTTACGCCCAATAAATCT
    GATTAACGCTCGCACCCTACGTA
    TTACCGCGGCTGCTGGCACGTA
    GTTTGCCGGTGCTTATTCTTTCG
    GTACAGTCACACCACCAAATTGT
    TAGTTGGGTGGCTTTCTTTCCGA
    ACAAAAGTGCTTTACAACCCAAA
    GGCCTTCTTCACACACGCGGCA
    TTGCTGGATCAGGCTTCCGCCC
    ATTGTCCAAGATTCCTCACTGCT
    GCCTTCCTCAGAAGTCTGGGCC
    GTGTCTCAGTCCCAGTGTGGCT
    GGCCGTCCTCTCAGACCAGCTA
    CCGATCATTGCCTTGGGAAGCC
    ATTACCTTTCCAACAAGCTAATC
    AGACATCAGCCAATCTCAGAGC
    GCAAGGCAATTGGTCCCCTGCT
    TTCATTCTGCTTGGTAGAGAACT
    TTATGCGGTATTAATTAGGCTTT
    CACCTAGCTGTCCCCCACTCTG
    AGGCATGTTCTGATGCATTACTC
    ACCCGTTTGCCACTTGCCACCAA
    GCCTAAGCCCGTGTTGCCGTTC
    GACTTGCATGTGTAAGGCATGC
    CGCTAGCGTTCAATCTGAGCCA
    GGATCAAACTCT
    (SEQ ID NO: 18)
    Tremblaya princeps citrus mealybug bacteriomes AGAGTTTGATCCTGGCTCAGATT
    Planococcus  GAACGCTAGCGGCATGCATTAC
    citri ACATGCAAGTCGTACGGCAGCA
    CGGGCTTAGGCCTGGTGGCGAG
    TGGCGAACGGGTGAGTAACGCC
    TCGGAACGTGCCTTGTAGTGGG
    GGATAGCCTGGCGAAAGCCAGA
    TTAATACCGCATGAAGCCGCACA
    GCATGCGCGGTGAAAGTGGGG
    GATTCTAGCCTCACGCTACTGGA
    TCGGCCGGGGTCTGATTAGCTA
    GTTGGCGGGGTAATGGCCCACC
    AAGGCTTAGATCAGTAGCTGGT
    CTGAGAGGACGATCAGCCACAC
    TGGGACTGAGACACGGCCCAGA
    CTCCTACGGGAGGCAGCAGTGG
    GGAATCTTGGACAATGGGCGCA
    AGCCTGATCCAGCAATGCCGCG
    TGTGTGAAGAAGGCCTTCGGGT
    CGTAAAGCACTTTTGTTCGGGAT
    GAAGGGGGGCGTGCAAACACCA
    TGCCCTCTTGACGATACCGAAA
    GAATAAGCACCGGCTAACTACG
    TGCCAGCAGCCGCGGTAATACG
    TAGGGTGCGAGCGTTAATCGGA
    ATCACTGGGCGTAAAGGGTGCG
    CGGGTGGTTTGCCAAGACCCCT
    GTAAAATCCTACGGCCCAACCG
    TAGTGCTGCGGAGGTTACTGGT
    AAGCTTGAGTATGGCAGAGGGG
    GGTAGAATTCCAGGTGTAGCGG
    TGAAATGCGTAGATATCTGGAG
    GAATACCGAAGGCGAAGGCAAC
    CCCCTGGGCCATCACTGACACT
    GAGGCACGAAAGCGTGGGGAG
    CAAACAGGATTAGATACCCTGGT
    AGTCCACGCCCTAAACCATGTC
    GACTAGTTGTCGGGGGGAGCCC
    TTTTTCCTCGGTGACGAAGCTAA
    CGCATGAAGTCGACCGCCTGGG
    GAGTACGACCGCAAGGTTAAAA
    CTCAAAGGAATTGACGGGGACC
    CGCACAAGCGGTGGATGATGTG
    GATTAATTCGATGCAACGCGAAA
    AACCTTACCTACCCTTGACATGG
    CGGAGATTCTGCCGAGAGGCGG
    AAGTGCTCGAAAGAGAATCCGT
    GCACAGGTGCTGCATGGCTGTC
    GTCAGCTCGTGTCGTGAGATGT
    TGGGTTAAGTCCCATAACGAGC
    GCAACCCCCGTCTTTAGTTGCTA
    CCACTGGGGCACTCTATAGAGA
    CTGCCGGTGATAAACCGGAGGA
    AGGTGGGGACGACGTCAAGTCA
    TCATGGCCTTTATGGGTAGGGC
    TTCACACGTCATACAATGGCTGG
    AGCAAAGGGTCGCCAACTCGAG
    AGAGGGAGCTAATCCCACAAAC
    CCAGCCCCAGTTCGGATTGCAC
    TCTGCAACTCGAGTGCATGAAGT
    CGGAATCGCTAGTAATCGTGGA
    TCAGCATGCCACGGTGAATACG
    TTCTCGGGTCTTGTACACACCGC
    CCGTCACACCATGGGAGTAAGC
    CGCATCAGAAGCAGCCTCCCTA
    ACCCTATGCTGGGAAGGAGGCT
    GCGAAGGTGGGGTCTATGACTG
    GGGTGAAGTCGTAACAAGGTAG
    CCGTACCGGAAGGTGCGGCTGG
    ATTACCT
    (SEQ ID NO: 19)
    Vidania bacteriomes
    Nasuia  pestiferous  bacteriomes AGTTTAATCCTGGCTCAGATTTA
    deltocephalinicola insect host,  ACGCTTGCGACATGCCTAACAC
    Macrosteles ATGCAAGTTGAACGTTGAAAATA
    quadripunctulatus TTTCAAAGTAGCGTATAGGTGAG
    (Hemiptera: TATAACATTTAAACATACCTTAAA
    Cicadellidae) GTTCGGAATACCCCGATGAAAAT
    CGGTATAATACCGTATAAAAGTA
    TTTAAGAATTAAAGCGGGGAAAA
    CCTCGTGCTATAAGATTGTTAAA
    TGCCTGATTAGTTTGTTGGTTTT
    TAAGGTAAAAGCTTACCAAGACT
    TTGATCAGTAGCTATTCTGTGAG
    GATGTATAGCCACATTGGGATTG
    AAATAATGCCCAAACCTCTACGG
    AGGGCAGCAGTGGGGAATATTG
    GACAATGAGCGAAAGCTTGATC
    CAGCAATGTCGCGTGTGCGATT
    AAGGGAAACTGTAAAGCACTTTT
    TTTTAAGAATAAGAAATTTTAATT
    AATAATTAAAATTTTTGAATGTAT
    TAAAAGAATAAGTACCGACTAAT
    CACGTGCCAGCAGTCGCGGTAA
    TACGTGGGGTGCGAGCGTTAAT
    CGGATTTATTGGGCGTAAAGTGT
    ATTCAGGCTGCTTAAAAAGATTT
    ATATTAAATATTTAAATTAAATTT
    AAAAAATGTATAAATTACTATTAA
    GCTAGAGTTTAGTATAAGAAAAA
    AGAATTTTATGTGTAGCAGTGAA
    ATGCGTTGATATATAAAGGAACG
    CCGAAAGCGAAAGCATTTTTCTG
    TAATAGAACTGACGCTTATATAC
    GAAAGCGTGGGTAGCAAACAGG
    ATTAGATACCCTGGTAGTCCACG
    CCCTAAACTATGTCAATTAACTA
    TTAGAATTTTTTTTAGTGGTGTAG
    CTAACGCGTTAAATTGACCGCCT
    GGGTATTACGATCGCAAGATTAA
    AACTCAAAGGAATTGACGGGGA
    CCAGCACAAGCGGTGGATGATG
    TGGATTAATTCGATGATACGCGA
    AAAACCTTACCTGCCCTTGACAT
    GGTTAGAATTTTATTGAAAAATAA
    AAGTGCTTGGAAAAGAGCTAACA
    CACAGGTGCTGCATGGCTGTCG
    TCAGCTCGTGTCGTGAGATGTT
    GGGTTAAGTCCCGCAACGAGCG
    CAACCCCTACTCTTAGTTGCTAA
    TTAAAGAACTTTAAGAGAACAGC
    TAACAATAAGTTTAGAGGAAGGA
    GGGGATGACTTCAAGTCCTCAT
    GGCCCTTATGGGCAGGGCTTCA
    CACGTCATACAATGGTTAATACA
    AAAAGTTGCAATATCGTAAGATT
    GAGCTAATCTTTAAAATTAATCTT
    AGTTCGGATTGTACTCTGCAACT
    CGAGTACATGAAGTTGGAATCG
    CTAGTAATCGCGGATCAGCATG
    CCGCGGTGAATAGTTTAACTGGT
    CTTGTACACACCGCCCGTCACA
    CCATGGAAATAAATCTTGTTTTA
    AATGAAGTAATATATTTTATCAAA
    ACAGGTTTTGTAACCGGGGTGA
    AGTCGTAACA
    (SEQ ID NO: 20)
    Zinderia  spittlebug bacteriocytes ATATAAATAAGAGTTTGATCCTG
    insecticola  Clastoptera GCTCAGATTGAACGCTAGCGGT
    CARI arizonana ATGCTTTACACATGCAAGTCGAA
    CGACAATATTAAAGCTTGCTTTA
    ATATAAAGTGGCGAACGGGTGA
    GTAATATATCAAAACGTACCTTA
    AAGTGGGGGATAACTAATTGAAA
    AATTAGATAATACCGCATATTAAT
    CTTAGGATGAAAATAGGAATAAT
    ATCTTATGCTTTTAGATCGGTTG
    ATATCTGATTAGCTAGTTGGTAG
    GGTAAATGCTTACCAAGGCAATG
    ATCAGTAGCTGGTTTTAGCGAAT
    GATCAGCCACACTGGAACTGAG
    ACACGGTCCAGACTTCTACGGA
    AGGCAGCAGTGGGGAATATTGG
    ACAATGGGAGAAATCCTGATCCA
    GCAATACCGCGTGAGTGATGAA
    GGCCTTAGGGTCGTAAAACTCTT
    TTGTTAGGAAAGAAATAATTTTAA
    ATAATATTTAAAATTGATGACGG
    TACCTAAAGAATAAGCACCGGCT
    AACTACGTGCCAGCAGCCGCGG
    TAATACGTAGGGTGCAAGCGTTA
    ATCGGAATTATTGGGCGTAAAGA
    GTGCGTAGGCTGTTATATAAGAT
    AGATGTGAAATACTTAAGCTTAA
    CTTAAGAACTGCATTTATTACTG
    TTTAACTAGAGTTTATTAGAGAG
    AAGTGGAATTTTATGTGTAGCAG
    TGAAATGCGTAGATATATAAAGG
    AATATCGATGGCGAAGGCAGCT
    TCTTGGAATAATACTGACGCTGA
    GGCACGAAAGCGTGGGGAGCAA
    ACAGGATTAGATACCCTGGTAGT
    CCACGCCCTAAACTATGTCTACT
    AGTTATTAAATTAAAAATAAAATT
    TAGTAACGTAGCTAACGCATTAA
    GTAGACCGCCTGGGGAGTACGA
    TCGCAAGATTAAAACTCAAAGGA
    ATTGACGGGGACCCGCACAAGC
    GGTGGATGATGTGGATTAATTCG
    ATGCAACACGAAAAACCTTACCT
    ACTCTTGACATGTTTGGAATTTT
    AAAGAAATTTAAAAGTGCTTGAA
    AAAGAACCAAAACACAGGTGCT
    GCATGGCTGTCGTCAGCTCGTG
    TCGTGAGATGTTGGGTTAAGTCC
    CGCAACGAGCGCAACCCTTGTT
    ATTATTTGCTAATAAAAAGAACTT
    TAATAAGACTGCCAATGACAAAT
    TGGAGGAAGGTGGGGATGACGT
    CAAGTCCTCATGGCCCTTATGAG
    TAGGGCTTCACACGTCATACAAT
    GATATATACAATGGGTAGCAAAT
    TTGTGAAAATGAGCCAATCCTTA
    AAGTATATCTTAGTTCGGATTGT
    AGTCTGCAACTCGACTACATGAA
    GTTGGAATCGCTAGTAATCGCG
    GATCAGCATGCCGCGGTGAATA
    CGTTCTCGGGTCTTGTACACACC
    GCCCGTCACACCATGGAAGTGA
    TTTTTACCAGAAATTATTTGTTTA
    ACCTTTATTGGAAAAAAATAATTA
    AGGTAGAATTCATGACTGGGGT
    GAAGTCGTAACAAGGTAGCAGT
    ATCGGAAGGTGCGGCTGGATTA
    CATTTTAAAT
    (SEQ ID NO: 21)
    Profftella armatura Diaphorina citri, bacteriomes
    the Asian citrus
    psyllid
    Alpha proteobacteria
    Hodgkinia Cicada bacteriome AATGCTGGCGGCAGGCCTAACA
    Diceroprocta CATGCAAGTCGAGCGGACAACG
    semicincta TTCAAACGTTGTTAGCGGCGAAC
    GGGTGAGTAATACGTGAGAATC
    TACCCATCCCAACGTGATAACAT
    AGTCAACACCATGTCAATAACGT
    ATGATTCCTGCAACAGGTAAAGA
    TTTTATCGGGGATGGATGAGCTC
    ACGCTAGATTAGCTAGTTGGTGA
    GATAAAAGCCCACCAAGGCCAA
    GATCTATAGCTGGTCTGGAAGG
    ATGGACAGCCACATTGGGACTG
    AGACAAGGCCCAACCCTCTAAG
    GAGGGCAGCAGTGAGGAATATT
    GGACAATGGGCGTAAGCCTGAT
    CCAGCCATGCCGCATGAGTGAT
    TGAAGGTCCAACGGACTGTAAA
    ACTCTTTTCTCCAGAGATCATAA
    ATGATAGTATCTGGTGATATAAG
    CTCCGGCCAACTTCGTGCCAGC
    AGCCGCGGTAATACGAGGGGAG
    CGAGTATTGTTCGGTTTTATTGG
    GCGTAAAGGGTGTCCAGGTTGC
    TAAGTAAGTTAACAACAAAATCT
    TGAGATTCAACCTCATAACGTTC
    GGTTAATACTACTAAGCTCGAGC
    TTGGATAGAGACAAACGGAATTC
    CGAGTGTAGAGGTGAAATTCGTT
    GATACTTGGAGGAACACCAGAG
    GCGAAGGCGGTTTGTCATACCA
    AGCTGACACTGAAGACACGAAA
    GCATGGGGAGCAAACAGGATTA
    GATACCCTGGTAGTCCATGCCC
    TAAACGTTGAGTGCTAACAGTTC
    GATCAAGCCACATGCTATGATCC
    AGGATTGTACAGCTAACGCGTTA
    AGCACTCCGCCTGGGTATTACG
    ACCGCAAGGTTAAAACTCAAAG
    GAATTGACGGAGACCCGCACAA
    GCGGTGGAGCATGTGGTTTAAT
    TCGAAGCTACACGAAGAACCTTA
    CCAGCCCTTGACATACCATGGC
    CAACCATCCTGGAAACAGGATG
    TTGTTCAAGTTAAACCCTTGAAA
    TGCCAGGAACAGGTGCTGCATG
    GCTGTTGTCAGTTCGTGTCGTGA
    GATGTATGGTTAAGTCCCAAAAC
    GAACACAACCCTCACCCATAGTT
    GCCATAAACACAATTGGGTTCTC
    TATGGGTACTGCTAACGTAAGTT
    AGAGGAAGGTGAGGACCACAAC
    AAGTCATCATGGCCCTTATGGG
    CTGGGCCACACACATGCTACAA
    TGGTGGTTACAAAGAGCCGCAA
    CGTTGTGAGACCGAGCAAATCT
    CCAAAGACCATCTCAGTCCGGA
    TTGTACTCTGCAACCCGAGTACA
    TGAAGTAGGAATCGCTAGTAATC
    GTGGATCAGCATGCCACGGTGA
    ATACGTTCTCGGGTCTTGTACAC
    GCCGCCCGTCACACCATGGGAG
    CTTCGCTCCGATCGAAGTCAAGT
    TACCCTTGACCACATCTTGGCAA
    GTGACCGA
    (SEQ ID NO: 22)
    Wolbachia sp. wPip Mosquito bacteriome AAATTTGAGAGTTTGATCCTGGC
    Culex TCAGAATGAACGCTGGCGGCAG
    quinquefasciatus GCCTAACACATGCAAGTCGAAC
    GGAGTTATATTGTAGCTTGCTAT
    GGTATAACTTAGTGGCAGACGG
    GTGAGTAATGTATAGGAATCTAC
    CTAGTAGTACGGAATAATTGTTG
    GAAACGACAACTAATACCGTATA
    CGCCCTACGGGGGAAAAATTTA
    TTGCTATTAGATGAGCCTATATT
    AGATTAGCTAGTTGGTGGGGTA
    ATAGCCTACCAAGGTAATGATCT
    ATAGCTGATCTGAGAGGATGATC
    AGCCACACTGGAACTGAGATAC
    GGTCCAGACTCCTACGGGAGGC
    AGCAGTGGGGAATATTGGACAA
    TGGGCGAAAGCCTGATCCAGCC
    ATGCCGCATGAGTGAAGAAGGC
    CTTTGGGTTGTAAAGCTCTTTTA
    GTGAGGAAGATAATGACGGTAC
    TCACAGAAGAAGTCCTGGCTAA
    CTCCGTGCCAGCAGCCGCGGTA
    ATACGGAGAGGGCTAGCGTTAT
    TCGGAATTATTGGGCGTAAAGG
    GCGCGTAGGCTGGTTAATAAGT
    TAAAAGTGAAATCCCGAGGCTTA
    ACCTTGGAATTGCTTTTAAAACT
    ATTAATCTAGAGATTGAAAGAGG
    ATAGAGGAATTCCTGATGTAGAG
    GTAAAATTCGTAAATATTAGGAG
    GAACACCAGTGGCGAAGGCGTC
    TATCTGGTTCAAATCTGACGCTG
    AAGCGCGAAGGCGTGGGGAGC
    AAACAGGATTAGATACCCTGGTA
    GTCCACGCTGTAAACGATGAAT
    GTTAAATATGGGGAGTTTACTTT
    CTGTATTACAGCTAACGCGTTAA
    ACATTCCGCCTGGGGACTACGG
    TCGCAAGATTAAAACTCAAAGGA
    ATTGACGGGGACCCGCACAAGC
    GGTGGAGCATGTGGTTTAATTC
    GATGCAACGCGAAAAACCTTAC
    CACTTCTTGACATGAAAATCATA
    CCTATTCGAAGGGATAGGGTCG
    GTTCGGCCGGATTTTACACAAGT
    GTTGCATGGCTGTCGTCAGCTC
    GTGTCGTGAGATGTTGGGTTAA
    GTCCCGCAACGAGCGCAACCCT
    CATCCTTAGTTGCCATCAGGTAA
    TGCTGAGTACTTTAAGGAAACTG
    CCAGTGATAAGCTGGAGGAAGG
    TGGGGATGATGTCAAGTCATCAT
    GGCCTTTATGGAGTGGGCTACA
    CACGTGCTACAATGGTGTCTACA
    ATGGGCTGCAAGGTGCGCAAGC
    CTAAGCTAATCCCTAAAAGACAT
    CTCAGTTCGGATTGTACTCTGCA
    ACTCGAGTACATGAAGTTGGAAT
    CGCTAGTAATCGTGGATCAGCAT
    GCCACGGTGAATACGTTCTCGG
    GTCTTGTACACACTGCCCGTCAC
    GCCATGGGAATTGGTTTCACTC
    GAAGCTAATGGCCTAACCGCAA
    GGAAGGAGTTATTTAAAGTGGG
    ATCAGTGACTGGGGTGAAGTCG
    TAACAAGGTAGCAGTAGGGGAA
    TCTGCAGCTGGATTACCTCCTTA
    (SEQ ID NO: 23)
    Bacteroidetes
    Uzinura diaspidicola armoured scale bacteriocytes AAAGGAGATATTCCAACCACACC
    insects TTCCGGTACGGTTACCTTGTTAC
    GACTTAGCCCTAGTCATCAAGTT
    TACCTTAGGCAGACCACTGAAG
    GATTACTGACTTCAGGTACCCCC
    GACTCCCATGGCTTGACGGGCG
    GTGTGTACAAGGTTCGAGAACAT
    ATTCACCGCGCCATTGCTGATG
    CGCGATTACTAGCGATTCCTGCT
    TCATAGAGTCGAATTGCAGACTC
    CAATCCGAACTGAGACTGGTTTT
    AGAGATTAGCTCCTGATCACCCA
    GTGGCTGCCCTTTGTAACCAGC
    CATTGTAGCACGTGTGTAGCCC
    AAGGCATAGAGGCCATGATGAT
    TTGACATCATCCCCACCTTCCTC
    ACAGTTTACACCGGCAGTTTTGT
    TAGAGTCCCCGGCTTTACCCGA
    TGGCAACTAACAATAGGGGTTG
    CGCTCGTTATAGGACTTAACCAA
    ACACTTCACAGCACGAACTGAA
    GACAACCATGCAGCACCTTGTAA
    TACGTCGTATAGACTAAGCTGTT
    TCCAGCTTATTCGTAATACATTTA
    AGCCTTGGTAAGGTTCCTCGCG
    TATCATCGAATTAAACCACATGC
    TCCACCGCTTGTGCGAACCCCC
    GTCAATTCCTTTGAGTTTCAATC
    TTGCGACTGTACTTCCCAGGTG
    GATCACTTATCGCTTTCGCTAAG
    CCACTGAATATCGTTTTTCCAAT
    AGCTAGTGATCATCGTTTAGGGC
    GTGGACTACCAGGGTATCTAATC
    CTGTTTGCTCCCCACGCTTTCGT
    GCACTGAGCGTCAGTAAAGATTT
    AGCAACCTGCCTTCGCTATCGG
    TGTTCTGTATGATATCTATGCATT
    TCACCGCTACACCATACATTCCA
    GATGCTCCAATCTTACTCAAGTT
    TACCAGTATCAATAGCAATTTTA
    CAGTTAAGCTGTAAGCTTTCACT
    ACTGACTTAATAAACAGCCTACA
    CACCCTTTAAACCCAATAAATCC
    GAATAACGCTTGTGTCATCCGTA
    TTGCCGCGGCTGCTGGCACGGA
    ATTAGCCGACACTTATTCGTATA
    GTACCTTCAATCTCCTATCACGT
    AAGATATTTTATTTCTATACAAAA
    GCAGTTTACAACCTAAAAGACCT
    TCATCCTGCACGCGACGTAGCT
    GGTTCAGAGTTTCCTCCATTGAC
    CAATATTCCTCACTGCTGCCTCC
    CGTAGGAGTCTGGTCCGTGTCT
    CAGTACCAGTGTGGAGGTACAC
    CCTCTTAGGCCCCCTACTGATCA
    TAGTCTTGGTAGAGCCATTACCT
    CACCAACTAACTAATCAAACGCA
    GGCTCATCTTTTGCCACCTAAGT
    TTTAATAAAGGCTCCATGCAGAA
    ACTTTATATTATGGGGGATTAAT
    CAGAATTTCTTCTGGCTATACCC
    CAGCAAAAGGTAGATTGCATAC
    GTGTTACTCACCCATTCGCCGGT
    CGCCGACAAATTAAAAATTTTTC
    GATGCCCCTCGACTTGCATGTG
    TTAAGCTCGCCGCTAGCGTTAAT
    TCTGAGCCAGGATCAAACTCTTC
    GTTGTAG
    (SEQ ID NO: 24)
    Sulcia muelleri Blue-Green bacteriocytes CTCAGGATAAACGCTAGCGGAG
    Sharpshooter GGCTTAACACATGCAAGTCGAG
    and several other GGGCAGCAAAAATAATTATTTTT
    leafhopper GGCGACCGGCAAACGGGTGAGT
    species AATACATACGTAACTTTCCTTAT
    GCTGAGGAATAGCCTGAGGAAA
    CTTGGATTAATACCTCATAATAC
    AATTTTTTAGAAAGAAAAATTGTT
    AAAGTTTTATTATGGCATAAGAT
    AGGCGTATGTCCAATTAGTTAGT
    TGGTAAGGTAATGGCTTACCAAG
    ACGATGATTGGTAGGGGGCCTG
    AGAGGGGCGTTCCCCCACATTG
    GTACTGAGACACGGACCAAACT
    TCTACGGAAGGCTGCAGTGAGG
    AATATTGGTCAATGGAGGAAACT
    CTGAACCAGCCACTCCGCGTGC
    AGGATGAAAGAAAGCCTTATTGG
    TTGTAAACTGCTTTTGTATATGAA
    TAAAAAATTCTAATTATAGAAATA
    ATTGAAGGTAATATACGAATAAG
    TATCGACTAACTCTGTGCCAGCA
    GTCGCGGTAAGACAGAGGATAC
    AAGCGTTATCCGGATTTATTGGG
    TTTAAAGGGTGCGTAGGCGGTT
    TTTAAAGTCAGTAGTGAAATCTT
    AAAGCTTAACTTTAAAAGTGCTA
    TTGATACTGAAAAACTAGAGTAA
    GGTTGGAGTAACTGGAATGTGT
    GGTGTAGCGGTGAAATGCATAG
    ATATCACACAGAACACCGATAGC
    GAAAGCAAGTTACTAACCCTATA
    CTGACGCTGAGTCACGAAAGCA
    TGGGGAGCAAACAGGATTAGAT
    ACCCTGGTAGTCCATGCCGTAA
    ACGATGATCACTAACTATTGGGT
    TTTATACGTTGTAATTCAGTGGT
    GAAGCGAAAGTGTTAAGTGATC
    CACCTGAGGAGTACGACCGCAA
    GGTTGAAACTCAAAGGAATTGAC
    GGGGGCCCGCACAATCGGTGG
    AGCATGTGGTTTAATTCGATGAT
    ACACGAGGAACCTTACCAAGAC
    TTAAATGTACTACGAATAAATTG
    GAAACAATTTAGTCAAGCGACG
    GAGTACAAGGTGCTGCATGGTT
    GTCGTCAGCTCGTGCCGTGAGG
    TGTAAGGTTAAGTCCTTTAAACG
    AGCGCAACCCTTATTATTAGTTG
    CCATCGAGTAATGTCAGGGGAC
    TCTAATAAGACTGCCGGCGCAA
    GCCGAGAGGAAGGTGGGGATG
    ACGTCAAATCATCACGGCCCTTA
    CGTCTTGGGCCACACACGTGCT
    ACAATGATCGGTACAAAAGGGA
    GCGACTGGGTGACCAGGAGCAA
    ATCCAGAAAGCCGATCTAAGTTC
    GGATTGGAGTCTGAAACTCGAC
    TCCATGAAGCTGGAATCGCTAGT
    AATCGTGCATCAGCCATGGCAC
    GGTGAATATGTTCCCGGGCCTT
    GTACACACCGCCCGTCAAGCCA
    TGGAAGTTGGAAGTACCTAAAGT
    TGGTTCGCTACCTAAGGTAAGTC
    TAATAACTGGGGCTAAGTCGTAA
    CAAGGTA
    (SEQ ID NO: 25)
    Yeast like
    Symbiotaphrina  Anobiid beetles mycetome AGATTAAGCCATGCAAGTCTAAG
    buchneri Stegobium between the TATAAGNAATCTATACNGTGAAA
    voucher JCM9740 paniceum foregut and CTGCGAATGGCTCATTAAATCAG
    midgut TTATCGTTTATTTGATAGTACCTT
    ACTACATGGATAACCGTGGTAAT
    TCTAGAGCTAATACATGCTAAAA
    ACCCCGACTTCGGAAGGGGTGT
    ATTTATTAGATAAAAAACCAATG
    CCCTTCGGGGCTCCTTGGTGAT
    TCATGATAACTTAACGAATCGCA
    TGGCCTTGCGCCGGCGATGGTT
    CATTCAAATTTCTGCCCTATCAA
    CTTTCGATGGTAGGATAGTGGC
    CTACCATGGTTTTAACGGGTAAC
    GGGGAATTAGGGTTCGATTCCG
    GAGAGGGAGCCTGAGAAACGGC
    TACCACATCCAAGGAAGGCAGC
    AGGCGCGCAAATTACCCAATCC
    CGACACGGGGAGGTAGTGACAA
    TAAATACTGATACAGGGCTCTTT
    TGGGTCTTGTAATTGGAATGAGT
    ACAATTTAAATCCCTTAACGAGG
    AACAATTGGAGGGCAAGTCTGG
    TGCCAGCAGCCGCGGTAATTCC
    AGCTCCAATAGCGTATATTAAAG
    TTGTTGCAGTTAAAAAGCTCGTA
    GTTGAACCTTGGGCCTGGCTGG
    CCGGTCCGCCTAACCGCGTGTA
    CTGGTCCGGCCGGGCCTTTCCT
    TCTGGGGAGCCGCATGCCCTTC
    ACTGGGTGTGTCGGGGAACCAG
    GACTTTTACTTTGAAAAAATTAGA
    GTGTTCAAAGCAGGCCTATGCT
    CGAATACATTAGCATGGAATAAT
    AGAATAGGACGTGCGGTTCTATT
    TTGTTGGTTTCTAGGACCGCCGT
    AATGATTAATAGGGATAGTCGGG
    GGCATCAGTATTCAATTGTCAGA
    GGTGAAATTCTTGGATTTATTGA
    AGACTAACTACTGCGAAAGCATT
    TGCCAAGGATGTTTTCATTAATC
    AGTGAACGAAAGTTAGGGGATC
    GAAGACGATCAGATACCGTCGT
    AGTCTTAACCATAAACTATGCCG
    ACTAGGGATCGGGCGATGTTAT
    TATTTTGACTCGCTCGGCACCTT
    ACGAGAAATCAAAGTCTTTGGGT
    TCTGGGGGGAGTATGGTCGCAA
    GGCTGAAACTTAAAGAAATTGAC
    GGAAGGGCACCACCAGGAGTG
    GAGCCTGCGGCTTAATTTGACTC
    AACACGGGGAAACTCACCAGGT
    CCAGACACATTAAGGATTGACAG
    ATTGAGAGCTCTTTCTTGATTAT
    GTGGGTGGTGGTGCATGGCCGT
    TCTTAGTTGGTGGAGTGATTTGT
    CTGCTTAATTGCGATAACGAACG
    AGACCTTAACCTGCTAAATAGCC
    CGGTCCGCTTTGGCGGGCCGCT
    GGCTTCTTAGAGGGACTATCGG
    CTCAAGCCGATGGAAGTTTGAG
    GCAATAACAGGTCTGTGATGCC
    CTTAGATGTTCTGGGCCGCACG
    CGCGCTACACTGACAGAGCCAA
    CGAGTAAATCACCTTGGCCGGA
    AGGTCTGGGTAATCTTGTTAAAC
    TCTGTCGTGCTGGGGATAGAGC
    ATTGCAATTATTGCTCTTCAACG
    AGGAATTCCTAGTAAGCGCAAGT
    CATCAGCTTGCGCTGATTACGTC
    CCTGCCCTTTGTACACACCGCC
    CGTCGCTACTACCGATTGAATG
    GCTCAGTGAGGCCTTCGGACTG
    GCACAGGGACGTTGGCAACGAC
    GACCCAGTGCCGGAAAGTTGGT
    CAAACTTGGTCATTTAGAGGAAG
    TAAAAGTCGTAACAAGGTTTCCG
    TAGGTGAACCTGCGGAAGGATC
    ATTA
    (SEQ ID NO: 26)
    Symbiotaphrina kochii Anobiid beetles mycetome TACCTGGTTGATTCTGCCAGTAG
    voucher CBS 589.63 Lasioderma TCATATGCTTGTCTCAAAGATTA
    serricorne AGCCATGCAAGTCTAAGTATAAG
    CAATCTATACGGTGAAACTGCGA
    ATGGCTCATTAAATCAGTTATCG
    TTTATTTGATAGTACCTTACTACA
    TGGATAACCGTGGTAATTCTAGA
    GCTAATACATGCTAAAAACCTCG
    ACTTCGGAAGGGGTGTATTTATT
    AGATAAAAAACCAATGCCCTTCG
    GGGCTCCTTGGTGATTCATGATA
    ACTTAACGAATCGCATGGCCTTG
    CGCCGGCGATGGTTCATTCAAA
    TTTCTGCCCTATCAACTTTCGAT
    GGTAGGATAGTGGCCTACCATG
    GTTTCAACGGGTAACGGGGAAT
    TAGGGTTCGATTCCGGAGAGGG
    AGCCTGAGAAACGGCTACCACA
    TCCAAGGAAGGCAGCAGGCGCG
    CAAATTACCCAATCCCGACACG
    GGGAGGTAGTGACAATAAATACT
    GATACAGGGCTCTTTTGGGTCTT
    GTAATTGGAATGAGTACAATTTA
    AATCCCTTAACGAGGAACAATTG
    GAGGGCAAGTCTGGTGCCAGCA
    GCCGCGGTAATTCCAGCTCCAA
    TAGCGTATATTAAAGTTGTTGCA
    GTTAAAAAGCTCGTAGTTGAACC
    TTGGGCCTGGCTGGCCGGTCCG
    CCTAACCGCGTGTACTGGTCCG
    GCCGGGCCTTTCCTTCTGGGGA
    GCCGCATGCCCTTCACTGGGTG
    TGTCGGGGAACCAGGACTTTTA
    CTTTGAAAAAATTAGAGTGTTCA
    AAGCAGGCCTATGCTCGAATAC
    ATTAGCATGGAATAATAGAATAG
    GACGTGTGGTTCTATTTTGTTGG
    TTTCTAGGACCGCCGTAATGATT
    AATAGGGATAGTCGGGGGCATC
    AGTATTCAATTGTCAGAGGTGAA
    ATTCTTGGATTTATTGAAGACTA
    ACTACTGCGAAAGCATTTGCCAA
    GGATGTTTTCATTAATCAGTGAA
    CGAAAGTTAGGGGATCGAAGAC
    GATCAGATACCGTCGTAGTCTTA
    ACCATAAACTATGCCGACTAGG
    GATCGGGCGATGTTATTATTTTG
    ACTCGCTCGGCACCTTACGAGA
    AATCAAAGTCTTTGGGTTCTGGG
    GGGAGTATGGTCGCAAGGCTGA
    AACTTAAAGAAATTGACGGAAGG
    GCACCACCAGGAGTGGAGCCTG
    CGGCTTAATTTGACTCAACACGG
    GGAAACTCACCAGGTCCAGACA
    CATTAAGGATTGACAGATTGAGA
    GCTCTTTCTTGATTATGTGGGTG
    GTGGTGCATGGCCGTTCTTAGTT
    GGTGGAGTGATTTGTCTGCTTAA
    TTGCGATAACGAACGAGACCTTA
    ACCTGCTAAATAGCCCGGTCCG
    CTTTGGCGGGCCGCTGGCTTCT
    TAGAGGGACTATCGGCTCAAGC
    CGATGGAAGTTTGAGGCAATAA
    CAGGTCTGTGATGCCCTTAGAT
    GTTCTGGGCCGCACGCGCGCTA
    CACTGACAGAGCCAACGAGTAC
    ATCACCTTGGCCGGAAGGTCTG
    GGTAATCTTGTTAAACTCTGTCG
    TGCTGGGGATAGAGCATTGCAA
    TTATTGCTCTTCAACGAGGAATT
    CCTAGTAAGCGCAAGTCATCAG
    CTTGCGCTGATTACGTCCCTGC
    CCTTTGTACACACCGCCCGTCG
    CTACTACCGATTGAATGGCTCAG
    TGAGGCCTTCGGACTGGCACAG
    GGACGTTGGCAACGACGACCCA
    GTGCCGGAAAGTTCGTCAAACTT
    GGTCATTTAGAGGAAGNNNAAG
    TCGTAACAAGGTTTCCGTAGGTG
    AACCTGCGGAAGGATCATTA
    (SEQ ID NO: 27)
    Primary extracelullar
    symbiont Host location 16 rRNA
    fenitrothion-
    degrading
    bacteria
    Burkholderia sp. SFA1 Riptortus Gut AGTTTGATCCTGGCTCAGATTGA
    pedestris ACGCTGGCGGCATGCCTTACAC
    ATGCAAGTCGAACGGCAGCACG
    GGGGCAACCCTGGTGGCGAGT
    GGCGAACGGGTGAGTAATACAT
    CGGAACGTGTCCTGTAGTGGGG
    GATAGCCCGGCGAAAGCCGGAT
    TAATACCGCATACGACCTAAGG
    GAGAAAGCGGGGGATCTTCGGA
    CCTCGCGCTATAGGGGCGGCCG
    ATGGCAGATTAGCTAGTTGGTG
    GGGTAAAGGCCTACCAAGGCGA
    CGATCTGTAGCTGGTCTGAGAG
    GACGACCAGCCACACTGGGACT
    GAGACACGGCCCAGACTCCTAC
    GGGAGGCAGCAGTGGGGAATTT
    TGGACAATGGGGGCAACCCTGA
    TCCAGCAATGCCGCGTGTGTGA
    AGAAGGCTTCGGGTTGTAAAGC
    ACTTTTGTCCGGAAAGAAAACTT
    CGTCCCTAATATGGATGGAGGA
    TGACGGTACCGGAAGAATAAGC
    ACCGGCTAACTACGTGCCAGCA
    GCCGCGGTAATACGTAGGGTGC
    GAGCGTTAATCGGAATTACTGG
    GCGTAAAGCGTGCGCAGGCGGT
    CTGTTAAGACCGATGTGAAATCC
    CCGGGCTTAACCTGGGAACTGC
    ATTGGTGACTGGCAGGCTTTGA
    GTGTGGCAGAGGGGGGTAGAAT
    TCCACGTGTAGCAGTGAAATGC
    GTAGAGATGTGGAGGAATACCG
    ATGGCGAAGGCAGCCCCCTGGG
    CCAACTACTGACGCTCATGCAC
    GAAAGCGTGGGGAGCAAACAGG
    ATTAGATACCCTGGTAGTCCACG
    CCCTAAACGATGTCAACTAGTTG
    TTGGGGATTCATTTCCTTAGTAA
    CGTAGCTAACGCGTGAAGTTGA
    CCGCCTGGGGAGTACGGTCGCA
    AGATTAAAACTCAAAGGAATTGA
    CGGGGACCCGCACAAGCGGTG
    GATGATGTGGATTAATTCGATGC
    AACGCGAAAAACCTTACCTACCC
    TTGACATGGTCGGAACCCTGCT
    GAAAGGTGGGGGTGCTCGAAAG
    AGAACCGGCGCACAGGTGCTGC
    ATGGCTGTCGTCAGCTCGTGTC
    GTGAGATGTTGGGTTAAGTCCC
    GCAACGAGCGCAACCCTTGTCC
    TTAGTTGCTACGCAAGAGCACTC
    TAAGGAGACTGCCGGTGACAAA
    CCGGAGGAAGGTGGGGATGAC
    GTCAAGTCCTCATGGCCCTTATG
    GGTAGGGCTTCACACGTCATAC
    AATGGTCGGAACAGAGGGTTGC
    CAAGCCGCGAGGTGGAGCCAAT
    CCCAGAAAACCGATCGTAGTCC
    GGATCGCAGTCTGCAACTCGAC
    TGCGTGAAGCTGGAATCGCTAG
    TAATCGCGGATCAGCATGCCGC
    GGTGAATACGTTCCCGGGTCTT
    GTACACACCGCCCGTCACACCA
    TGGGAGTGGGTTTCACCAGAAG
    TAGGTAGCCTAACCGCAAGGAG
    GGCGCTTACCACGGTGGGATTC
    ATGACTGGGGTGAAGTCGTAAC
    AAGGTAGC
    (SEQ ID NO: 28)
    Burkholderia sp.  Riptortus Gut GCAACCCTGGTGGCGAGTGGCG
    KM-A pedestris AACGGGTGAGTAATACATCGGA
    ACGTGTCCTGTAGTGGGGGATA
    GCCCGGCGAAAGCCGGATTAAT
    ACCGCATACGATCTACGGAAGA
    AAGCGGGGGATCCTTCGGGACC
    TCGCGCTATAGGGGCGGCCGAT
    GGCAGATTAGCTAGTTGGTGGG
    GTAAAGGCCTACCAAGGCGACG
    ATCTGTAGCTGGTCTGAGAGGA
    CGACCAGCCACACTGGGACTGA
    GACACGGCCCAGACTCCTACGG
    GAGGCAGCAGTGGGGAATTTTG
    GACAATGGGGGCAACCCTGATC
    CAGCAATGCCGCGTGTGTGAAG
    AAGGCCTTCGGGTTGTAAAGCA
    CTTTTGTCCGGAAAGAAAACGTC
    TTGGTTAATACCTGAGGCGGAT
    GACGGTACCGGAAGAATAAGCA
    CCGGCTAACTACGTGCCAGCAG
    CCGCGGTAATACGTAGGGTGCG
    AGCGTTAATCGGAATTACTGGG
    CGTAAAGCGTGCGCAGGCGGTC
    TGTTAAGACCGATGTGAAATCCC
    CGGGCTTAACCTGGGAACTGCA
    TTGGTGACTGGCAGGCTTTGAG
    TGTGGCAGAGGGGGGTAGAATT
    CCACGTGTAGCAGTGAAATGCG
    TAGAGATGTGGAGGAATACCGA
    TGGCGAAGGCAGCCCCCTGGG
    CCAACACTGACGCTCATGCACG
    AAAGCGTGGGGAGCAAACAGGA
    TTAGATACCCTGGTAGTCCACGC
    CCTAAACGATGTCAACTAGTTGT
    TGGGGATTCATTTCCTTAGTAAC
    GTAGCTAACGCGTGAAGTTGAC
    CGCCTGGGGAGTACGGTCGCAA
    GATTAAAACTCAAAGGAATTGAC
    GGGGACCCGCACAAGCGGTGG
    ATGATGTGGATTAATTCGATGCA
    ACGCGAAAAACCTTACCTACCCT
    TGACATGGTCGGAAGTCTGCTG
    AGAGGTGGACGTGCTCGAAAGA
    GAACCGGCGCACAGGTGCTGCA
    TGGCTGTCGTCAGCTCGTGTCG
    TGAGATGTTGGGTTAAGTCCCG
    CAACGAGCGCAACCCTTGTCCT
    TAGTTGCTACGCAAGAGCACTCT
    AAGGAGACTGCCGGTGACAAAC
    CGGAGGAAGGTGGGGATGACGT
    CAAGTCCTCATGGCCCTTATGG
    GTAGGGCTTCACACGTCATACAA
    TGGTCGGAACAGAGGGTTGCCA
    AGCCGCGAGGTGGAGCCAATCC
    CAGAAAACCGATCGTAGTCCGG
    ATCGCAGTCTGCAACTCGACTG
    CGTGAAGCTGGAATCGCTAGTA
    ATCGCGGATCAGCATGCCGCGG
    TGAATACGTTCCCGGGTCTTGTA
    CACACCGCCCGTCACACCATGG
    GAGTGGGTTTCACCAGAAGTAG
    GTAGCCTAACCGCAAGGAGGGC
    GCTTACCACGGTGGGATTCATG
    ACTGGGGTGAAGT
    (SEQ ID NO: 29)
    Burkholderia sp.  Riptortus Gut GCAACCCTGGTGGCGAGTGGCG
    KM-G pedestris AACGGGTGAGTAATACATCGGA
    ACGTGTCCTGTAGTGGGGGATA
    GCCCGGCGAAAGCCGGATTAAT
    ACCGCATACGACCTAAGGGAGA
    AAGCGGGGGATCTTCGGACCTC
    GCGCTATAGGGGCGGCCGATG
    GCAGATTAGCTAGTTGGTGGGG
    TAAAGGCCTACCAAGGCGACGA
    TCTGTAGCTGGTCTGAGAGGAC
    GACCAGCCACACTGGGACTGAG
    ACACGGCCCAGACTCCTACGGG
    AGGCAGCAGTGGGGAATTTTGG
    ACAATGGGGGCAACCCTGATCC
    AGCAATGCCGCGTGTGTGAAGA
    AGGCCTTCGGGTTGTAAAGCAC
    TTTTGTCCGGAAAGAAAACTTCG
    AGGTTAATACCCTTGGAGGATGA
    CGGTACCGGAAGAATAAGCACC
    GGCTAACTACGTGCCAGCAGCC
    GCGGTAATACGTAGGGTGCGAG
    CGTTAATCGGAATTACTGGGCGT
    AAAGCGTGCGCAGGCGGTCTGT
    TAAGACCGATGTGAAATCCCCG
    GGCTTAACCTGGGAACTGCATT
    GGTGACTGGCAGGCTTTGAGTG
    TGGCAGAGGGGGGTAGAATTCC
    ACGTGTAGCAGTGAAATGCGTA
    GAGATGTGGAGGAATACCGATG
    GCGAAGGCAGCCCCCTGGGCC
    AACACTGACGCTCATGCACGAA
    AGCGTGGGGAGCAAACAGGATT
    AGATACCCTGGTAGTCCACGCC
    CTAAACGATGTCAACTAGTTGTT
    GGGGATTCATTTCCTTAGTAACG
    TAGCTAACGCGTGAAGTTGACC
    GCCTGGGGAGTACGGTCGCAAG
    ATTAAAACTCAAAGGAATTGACG
    GGGACCCGCACAAGCGGTGGAT
    GATGTGGATTAATTCGATGCAAC
    GCGAAAAACCTTACCTACCCTTG
    ACATGGTCGGAAGTCTGCTGAG
    AGGTGGACGTGCTCGAAAGAGA
    ACCGGCGCACAGGTGCTGCATG
    GCTGTC
    GTCAGCTCGTGTCGTGAGATGT
    TGGGTTAAGTCCCGCAACGAGC
    GCAACCCTTGTCCTTAGTTGCTA
    CGCAAGAGCACTCTAAGGAGAC
    TGCCGGTGACAAACCGGAGGAA
    GGTGGGGATGACGTCAAGTCCT
    CATGGCCCTTATGGGTAGGGCT
    TCACACGTCATACAATGGTCGGA
    ACAGAGGGTTGCCAAGCCGCGA
    GGTGGAGCCAATCCCAGAAAAC
    CGATCGTAGTCCGGATCGCAGT
    CTGCAACTCGACTGCGTGAAGC
    TGGAATCGCTAGTAATCGCGGA
    TCAGCATGCCGCGGTGAATACG
    TTCCCGGGTCTTGTACACACCG
    CCCGTCACACCATGGGAGTGGG
    TTTCACCAGAAGTAGGTAGCCTA
    ACCTGCAAAGGAGGGCGCTTAC
    CACG
    (SEQ ID NO: 30)
    Bees
    Snodgrassella alvi Honeybee (Apis Ileum GAGAGTTTGATCCTGGCTCAGAT
    mellifera) and TGAACGCTGGCGGCATGCCTTA
    Bombus spp. CACATGCAAGTCGAACGGCAGC
    ACGGAGAGCTTGCTCTCTGGTG
    GCGAGTGGCGAACGGGTGAGTA
    ATGCATCGGAACGTACCGAGTA
    ATGGGGGATAACTGTCCGAAAG
    GATGGCTAATACCGCATACGCC
    CTGAGGGGGAAAGCGGGGGAT
    CGAAAGACCTCGCGTTATTTGAG
    CGGCCGATGTTGGATTAGCTAG
    TTGGTGGGGTAAAGGCCTACCA
    AGGCGACGATCCATAGCGGGTC
    TGAGAGGATGATCCGCCACATT
    GGGACTGAGACACGGCCCAAAC
    TCCTACGGGAGGCAGCAGTGGG
    GAATTTTGGACAATGGGGGGAA
    CCCTGATCCAGCCATGCCGCGT
    GTCTGAAGAAGGCCTTCGGGTT
    GTAAAGGACTTTTGTTAGGGAAG
    AAAAGCCGGGTGTTAATACCATC
    TGGTGCTGACGGTACCTAAAGA
    ATAAGCACCGGCTAACTACGTG
    CCAGCAGCCGCGGTAATACGTA
    GGGTGCGAGCGTTAATCGGAAT
    TACTGGGCGTAAAGCGAGCGCA
    GACGGTTAATTAAGTCAGATGTG
    AAATCCCCGAGCTCAACTTGGG
    ACGTGCATTTGAAACTGGTTAAC
    TAGAGTGTGTCAGAGGGAGGTA
    GAATTCCACGTGTAGCAGTGAAA
    TGCGTAGAGATGTGGAGGAATA
    CCGATGGCGAAGGCAGCCTCCT
    GGGATAACACTGACGTTCATGCT
    CGAAAGCGTGGGTAGCAAACAG
    GATTAGATACCCTGGTAGTCCAC
    GCCCTAAACGATGACAATTAGCT
    GTTGGGACACTAGATGTCTTAGT
    AGCGAAGCTAACGCGTGAAATT
    GTCCGCCTGGGGAGTACGGTCG
    CAAGATTAAAACTCAAAGGAATT
    GACGGGGACCCGCACAAGCGG
    TGGATGATGTGGATTAATTCGAT
    GCAACGCGAAGAACCTTACCTG
    GTCTTGACATGTACGGAATCTCT
    TAGAGATAGGAGAGTGCCTTCG
    GGAACCGTAACACAGGTGCTGC
    ATGGCTGTCGTCAGCTCGTGTC
    GTGAGATGTTGGGTTAAGTCCC
    GCAACGAGCGCAACCCTTGTCA
    TTAGTTGCCATCATTAAGTTGGG
    CACTCTAATGAGACTGCCGGTG
    ACAAACCGGAGGAAGGTGGGGA
    TGACGTCAAGTCCTCATGGCCC
    TTATGACCAGGGCTTCACACGTC
    ATACAATGGTCGGTACAGAGGG
    TAGCGAAGCCGCGAGGTGAAGC
    CAATCTCAGAAAGCCGATCGTA
    GTCCGGATTGCACTCTGCAACT
    CGAGTGCATGAAGTCGGAATCG
    CTAGTAATCGCAGGTCAGCATAC
    TGCGGTGAATACGTTCCCGGGT
    CTTGTACACACCGCCCGTCACA
    CCATGGGAGTGGGGGATACCAG
    AATTGGGTAGACTAACCGCAAG
    GAGGTCGCTTAACACGGTATGC
    TTCATGACTGGGGTGAAGTCGT
    AACAAGGTAGCCGTAG
    (SEQ ID NO: 31)
    Gilliamella apicola honeybee (Apis Ileum TTAAATTGAAGAGTTTGATCATG
    mellifera) and GCTCAGATTGAACGCTGGCGGC
    Bombus spp. AGGCTTAACACATGCAAGTCGAA
    CGGTAACATGAGTGCTTGCACTT
    GATGACGAGTGGCGGACGGGT
    GAGTAAAGTATGGGGATCTGCC
    GAATGGAGGGGGACAACAGTTG
    GAAACGACTGCTAATACCGCATA
    AAGTTGAGAGACCAAAGCATGG
    GACCTTCGGGCCATGCGCCATT
    TGATGAACCCATATGGGATTAGC
    TAGTTGGTAGGGTAATGGCTTAC
    CAAGGCGACGATCTCTAGCTGG
    TCTGAGAGGATGACCAGCCACA
    CTGGAACTGAGACACGGTCCAG
    ACTCCTACGGGAGGCAGCAGTG
    GGGAATATTGCACAATGGGGGA
    AACCCTGATGCAGCCATGCCGC
    GTGTATGAAGAAGGCCTTCGGG
    TTGTAAAGTACTTTCGGTGATGA
    GGAAGGTGGTGTATCTAATAGG
    TGCATCAATTGACGTTAATTACA
    GAAGAAGCACCGGCTAACTCCG
    TGCCAGCAGCCGCGGTAATACG
    GAGGGTGCGAGCGTTAATCGGA
    ATGACTGGGCGTAAAGGGCATG
    TAGGCGGATAATTAAGTTAGGTG
    TGAAAGCCCTGGGCTCAACCTA
    GGAATTGCACTTAAAACTGGTTA
    ACTAGAGTATTGTAGAGGAAGGT
    AGAATTCCACGTGTAGCGGTGA
    AATGCGTAGAGATGTGGAGGAA
    TACCGGTGGCGAAGGCGGCCTT
    CTGGACAGATACTGACGCTGAG
    ATGCGAAAGCGTGGGGAGCAAA
    CAGGATTAGATACCCTGGTAGTC
    CACGCTGTAAACGATGTCGATTT
    GGAGTTTGTTGCCTAGAGTGAT
    GGGCTCCGAAGCTAACGCGATA
    AATCGACCGCCTGGGGAGTACG
    GCCGCAAGGTTAAAACTCAAATG
    AATTGACGGGGGCCCGCACAAG
    CGGTGGAGCATGTGGTTTAATTC
    GATGCAACGCGAAGAACCTTAC
    CTGGTCTTGACATCCACAGAATC
    TTGCAGAGATGCGGGAGTGCCT
    TCGGGAACTGTGAGACAGGTGC
    TGCATGGCTGTCGTCAGCTCGT
    GTTGTGAAATGTTGGGTTAAGTC
    CCGCAACGAGCGCAACCCTTAT
    CCTTTGTTGCCATCGGTTAGGCC
    GGGAACTCAAAGGAGACTGCCG
    TTGATAAAGCGGAGGAAGGTGG
    GGACGACGTCAAGTCATCATGG
    CCCTTACGACCAGGGCTACACA
    CGTGCTACAATGGCGTATACAAA
    GGGAGGCGACCTCGCGAGAGC
    AAGCGGACCTCATAAAGTACGT
    CTAAGTCCGGATTGGAGTCTGC
    AACTCGACTCCATGAAGTCGGA
    ATCGCTAGTAATCGTGAATCAGA
    ATGTCACGGTGAATACGTTCCC
    GGGCCTTGTACACACCGCCCGT
    CACACCATGGGAGTGGGTTGCA
    CCAGAAGTAGATAGCTTAACCTT
    CGGGAGGGCGTTTACCACGGTG
    TGGTCCATGACTGGGGTGAAGT
    CGTAACAAGGTAACCGTAGGGG
    AACCTGCGGTTGGATCACCTCC
    TTAC
    (SEQ ID NO: 32)
    Bartonella apis honeybee (Apis Gut AAGCCAAAATCAAATTTTCAACT
    mellifera) TGAGAGTTTGATCCTGGCTCAGA
    ACGAACGCTGGCGGCAGGCTTA
    ACACATGCAAGTCGAACGCACTT
    TTCGGAGTGAGTGGCAGACGGG
    TGAGTAACGCGTGGGAATCTAC
    CTATTTCTACGGAATAACGCAGA
    GAAATTTGTGCTAATACCGTATA
    CGTCCTTCGGGAGAAAGATTTAT
    CGGAGATAGATGAGCCCGCGTT
    GGATTAGCTAGTTGGTGAGGTA
    ATGGCCCACCAAGGCGACGATC
    CATAGCTGGTCTGAGAGGATGA
    CCAGCCACATTGGGACTGAGAC
    ACGGCCCAGACTCCTACGGGAG
    GCAGCAGTGGGGAATATTGGAC
    AATGGGCGCAAGCCTGATCCAG
    CCATGCCGCGTGAGTGATGAAG
    GCCCTAGGGTTGTAAAGCTCTTT
    CACCGGTGAAGATAATGACGGT
    AACCGGAGAAGAAGCCCCGGCT
    AACTTCGTGCCAGCAGCCGCGG
    TAATACGAAGGGGGCTAGCGTT
    GTTCGGATTTACTGGGCGTAAA
    GCGCACGTAGGCGGATATTTAA
    GTCAGGGGTGAAATCCCGGGGC
    TCAACCCCGGAACTGCCTTTGAT
    ACTGGATATCTTGAGTATGGAAG
    AGGTAAGTGGAATTCCGAGTGT
    AGAGGTGAAATTCGTAGATATTC
    GGAGGAACACCAGTGGCGAAGG
    CGGCTTACTGGTCCATTACTGAC
    GCTGAGGTGCGAAAGCGTGGG
    GAGCAAACAGGATTAGATACCCT
    GGTAGTCCACGCTGTAAACGAT
    GAATGTTAGCCGTTGGACAGTTT
    ACTGTTCGGTGGCGCAGCTAAC
    GCATTAAACATTCCGCCTGGGG
    AGTACGGTCGCAAGATTAAAACT
    CAAAGGAATTGACGGGGGCCCG
    CACAAGCGGTGGAGCATGTGGT
    TTAATTCGAAGCAACGCGCAGAA
    CCTTACCAGCCCTTGACATCCC
    GATCGCGGATGGTGGAGACACC
    GTCTTTCAGTTCGGCTGGATCG
    GTGACAGGTGCTGCATGGCTGT
    CGTCAGCTCGTGTCGTGAGATG
    TTGGGTTAAGTCCCGCAACGAG
    CGCAACCCTCGCCCTTAGTTGC
    CATCATTTAGTTGGGCACTCTAA
    GGGGACTGCCGGTGATAAGCCG
    AGAGGAAGGTGGGGATGACGTC
    AAGTCCTCATGGCCCTTACGGG
    CTGGGCTACACACGTGCTACAA
    TGGTGGTGACAGTGGGCAGCGA
    GACCGCGAGGTCGAGCTAATCT
    CCAAAAGCCATCTCAGTTCGGAT
    TGCACTCTGCAACTCGAGTGCAT
    GAAGTTGGAATCGCTAGTAATCG
    TGGATCAGCATGCCACGGTGAA
    TACGTTCCCGGGCCTTGTACAC
    ACCGCCCGTCACACCATGGGAG
    TTGGTTTTACCCGAAGGTGCTGT
    GCTAACCGCAAGGAGGCAGGCA
    ACCACGGTAGGGTCAGCGACTG
    GGGTGAAGTCGTAACAAGGTAG
    CCGTAGGGGAACCTGCGGCTGG
    ATCACCTCCTTTCTAAGGAAGAT
    GAAGAATTGGAA
    (SEQ ID NO: 33)
    Parasaccharibacter honeybee (Apis Gut CTACCATGCAAGTCGCACGAAA
    apium mellifera) CCTTTCGGGGTTAGTGGCGGAC
    GGGTGAGTAACGCGTTAGGAAC
    CTATCTGGAGGTGGGGGATAAC
    ATCGGGAAACTGGTGCTAATAC
    CGCATGATGCCTGAGGGCCAAA
    GGAGAGATCCGCCATTGGAGGG
    GCCTGCGTTCGATTAGCTAGTTG
    GTTGGGTAAAGGCTGACCAAGG
    CGATGATCGATAGCTGGTTTGA
    GAGGATGATCAGCCACACTGGG
    ACTGAGACACGGCCCAGACTCC
    TACGGGAGGCAGCAGTGGGGAA
    TATTGGACAATGGGGGCAACCC
    TGATCCAGCAATGCCGCGTGTG
    TGAAGAAGGTCTTCGGATTGTAA
    AGCACTTTCACTAGGGAAGATGA
    TGACGGTACCTAGAGAAGAAGC
    CCCGGCTAACTTCGTGCCAGCA
    GCCGCGGTAATACGAAGGGGGC
    TAGCGTTGCTCGGAATGACTGG
    GCGTAAAGGGCGCGTAGGCTGT
    TTGTACAGTCAGATGTGAAATCC
    CCGGGCTTAACCTGGGAACTGC
    ATTTGATACGTGCAGACTAGAGT
    CCGAGAGAGGGTTGTGGAATTC
    CCAGTGTAGAGGTGAAATTCGTA
    GATATTGGGAAGAACACCGGTT
    GCGAAGGCGGCAACCTGGCTNN
    NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
    NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
    NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
    NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
    NNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNNN
    NNGAGCTAACGCGTTAAGCACA
    CCGCCTGGGGAGTACGGCCGC
    AAGGTTGAAACTCAAAGGAATTG
    ACGGGGGCCCGCACAAGCGGT
    GGAGCATGTGGTTTAATTCGAAG
    CAACGCGCAGAACCTTACCAGG
    GCTTGCATGGGGAGGCTGTATT
    CAGAGATGGATATTTCTTCGGAC
    CTCCCGCACAGGTGCTGCATGG
    CTGTCGTCAGCTCGTGTCGTGA
    GATGTTGGGTTAAGTCCCGCAA
    CGAGCGCAACCCTTGTCTTTAGT
    TGCCATCACGTCTGGGTGGGCA
    CTCTAGAGAGACTGCCGGTGAC
    AAGCCGGAGGAAGGTGGGGAT
    GACGTCAAGTCCTCATGGCCCT
    TATGTCCTGGGCTACACACGTG
    CTACAATGGCGGTGACAGAGGG
    ATGCTACATGGTGACATGGTGCT
    GATCTCAAAAAACCGTCTCAGTT
    CGGATTGTACTCTGCAACTCGA
    GTGCATGAAGGTGGAATCGCTA
    GTAATCGCGGATCAGCATGCCG
    CGGTGAATACGTTCCCGGGCCT
    TGTACACACCGCCCGTCACACC
    ATGGGAGTTGGTTTGACCTTAAG
    CCGGTGAGCGAACCGCAAGGAA
    CGCAGCCGACCACCGGTTCGGG
    TTCAGCGACTGGGGGA
    (SEQ ID NO: 34)
    Lactobacillus  honeybee (Apis Gut TTCCTTAGAAAGGAGGTGATCCA
    kunkeei mellifera) GCCGCAGGTTCTCCTACGGCTA
    CCTTGTTACGACTTCACCCTAAT
    CATCTGTCCCACCTTAGACGACT
    AGCTCCTAAAAGGTTACCCCATC
    GTCTTTGGGTGTTACAAACTCTC
    ATGGTGTGACGGGCGGTGTGTA
    CAAGGCCCGGGAACGTATTCAC
    CGTGGCATGCTGATCCACGATT
    ACTAGTGATTCCAACTTCATGCA
    GGCGAGTTGCAGCCTGCAATCC
    GAACTGAGAATGGCTTTAAGAGA
    TTAGCTTGACCTCGCGGTTTCGC
    GACTCGTTGTACCATCCATTGTA
    GCACGTGTGTAGCCCAGCTCAT
    AAGGGGCATGATGATTTGACGT
    CGTCCCCACCTTCCTCCGGTTTA
    TCACCGGCAGTCTCACTAGAGT
    GCCCAACTAAATGCTGGCAACTA
    ATAATAAGGGTTGCGCTCGTTGC
    GGGACTTAACCCAACATCTCAC
    GACACGAGCTGACGACAACCAT
    GCACCACCTGTCATTCTGTCCCC
    GAAGGGAACGCCCAATCTCTTG
    GGTTGGCAGAAGATGTCAAGAG
    CTGGTAAGGTTCTTCGCGTAGC
    ATCGAATTAAACCACATGCTCCA
    CCACTTGTGCGGGCCCCCGTCA
    ATTCCTTTGAGTTTCAACCTTGC
    GGTCGTACTCCCCAGGCGGAAT
    ACTTAATGCGTTAGCTGCGGCA
    CTGAAGGGCGGAAACCCTCCAA
    CACCTAGTATTCATCGTTTACGG
    CATGGACTACCAGGGTATCTAAT
    CCTGTTCGCTACCCATGCTTTCG
    AGCCTCAGCGTCAGTAACAGAC
    CAGAAAGCCGCCTTCGCCACTG
    GTGTTCTTCCATATATCTACGCA
    TTTCACCGCTACACATGGAGTTC
    CACTTTCCTCTTCTGTACTCAAG
    TTTTGTAGTTTCCACTGCACTTC
    CTCAGTTGAGCTGAGCCCTTTC
    ACAGCAGACTTACAAAACCGCCT
    GCGCTCGCTTTACGCCCAATAAA
    TCCGGACAACGCTTGCCACCTA
    CGTATTACCGCGGCTGCTGGCA
    CGTAGTTAGCCGTGGCTTTCTG
    GTTAAATACCGTCAAAGTGTTAA
    CAGTTACTCTAACACTTGTTCTT
    CTTTAACAACAGAGTTTTACGAT
    CCGAAAACCTTCATCACTCACGC
    GGCGTTGCTCCATCAGACTTTC
    GTCCATTGTGGAAGATTCCCTAC
    TGCTGCCTCCCGTAGGAGTCTG
    GGCCGTGTCTCAGTCCCAATGT
    GGCCGATTACCCTCTCAGGTCG
    GCTACGTATCATCGTCTTGGTGG
    GCTTTTATCTCACCAACTAACTA
    ATACGGCGCGGGTCCATCCCAA
    AGTGATAGCAAAGCCATCTTTCA
    AGTTGGAACCATGCGGTTCCAA
    CTAATTATGCGGTATTAGCACTT
    GTTTCCAAATGTTATCCCCCGCT
    TCGGGGCAGGTTACCCACGTGT
    TACTCACCAGTTCGCCACTCGCT
    CCGAATCCAAAAATCATTTATGC
    AAGCATAAAATCAATTTGGGAGA
    ACTCGTTCGACTTGCATGTATTA
    GGCACGCCGCCAGCGTTCGTCC
    TGAGCCAGGATCAAACTCTCATC
    TTAA
    (SEQ ID NO: 35)
    Lactobacillus Firm-4 honeybee (Apis Gut ACGAACGCTGGCGGCGTGCCTA
    mellifera) ATACATGCAAGTCGAGCGCGGG
    AAGTCAGGGAAGCCTTCGGGTG
    GAACTGGTGGAACGAGCGGCG
    GATGGGTGAGTAACACGTAGGT
    AACCTGCCCTAAAGCGGGGGAT
    ACCATCTGGAAACAGGTGCTAAT
    ACCGCATAAACCCAGCAGTCAC
    ATGAGTGCTGGTTGAAAGACGG
    CTTCGGCTGTCACTTTAGGATGG
    ACCTGCGGCGTATTAGCTAGTT
    GGTGGAGTAACGGTTCACCAAG
    GCAATGATACGTAGCCGACCTG
    AGAGGGTAATCGGCCACATTGG
    GACTGAGACACGGCCCAAACTC
    CTACGGGAGGCAGCAGTAGGGA
    ATCTTCCACAATGGACGCAAGTC
    TGATGGAGCAACGCCGCGTGGA
    TGAAGAAGGTCTTCGGATCGTAA
    AATCCTGTTGTTGAAGAAGAACG
    GTTGTGAGAGTAACTGCTCATAA
    CGTGACGGTAATCAACCAGAAA
    GTCACGGCTAACTACGTGCCAG
    CAGCCGCGGTAATACGTAGGTG
    GCAAGCGTTGTCCGGATTTATTG
    GGCGTAAAGGGAGCGCAGGCG
    GTCTTTTAAGTCTGAATGTGAAA
    GCCCTCAGCTTAACTGAGGAAG
    AGCATCGGAAACTGAGAGACTT
    GAGTGCAGAAGAGGAGAGTGGA
    ACTCCATGTGTAGCGGTGAAAT
    GCGTAGATATATGGAAGAACAC
    CAGTGGCGAAGGCGGCTCTCTG
    GTCTGTTACTGACGCTGAGGCT
    CGAAAGCATGGGTAGCGAACAG
    GATTAGATACCCTGGTAGTCCAT
    GCCGTAAACGATGAGTGCTAAG
    TGTTGGGAGGTTTCCGCCTCTC
    AGTGCTGCAGCTAACGCATTAA
    GCACTCCGCCTGGGGAGTACGA
    CCGCAAGGTTGAAACTCAAAGG
    AATTGACGGGGGCCCGCACAAG
    CGGTGGAGCATGTGGTTTAATTC
    GAAGCAACGCGAAGAACCTTAC
    CAGGTCTTGACATCTCCTGCAAG
    CCTAAGAGATTAGGGGTTCCCTT
    CGGGGACAGGAAGACAGGTGGT
    GCATGGTTGTCGTCAGCTCGTG
    TCGTGAGATGTTGGGTTAAGTCC
    CGCAACGAGCGCAACCCTTGTT
    ACTAGTTGCCAGCATTAAGTTGG
    GCACTCTAGTGAGACTGCCGGT
    GACAAACCGGAGGAAGGTGGG
    GACGACGTCAAATCATCATGCC
    CCTTATGACCTGGGCTACACAC
    GTGCTACAATGGATGGTACAATG
    AGAAGCGAACTCGCGAGGGGAA
    GCTGATCTCTGAAAACCATTCTC
    AGTTCGGATTGCAGGCTGCAAC
    TCGCCTGCATGAAGCTGGAATC
    GCTAGTAATCGCGGATCAGCAT
    GCCGCGGTGAATACGTTCCCGG
    GCCTTGTACACACCGCCC
    (SEQ ID NO: 36)
    Silk worm
    Enterococcus Bombyx mori Gut AGGTGATCCAGCCGCACCTTCC
    GATACGGCTACCTTGTTACGACT
    TCACCCCAATCATCTATCCCACC
    TTAGGCGGCTGGCTCCAAAAAG
    GTTACCTCACCGACTTCGGGTG
    TTACAAACTCTCGTGGTGTGACG
    GGCGGTGTGTACAAGGCCCGG
    GAACGTATTCACCGCGGCGTGC
    TGATCCGCGATTACTAGCGATTC
    CGGCTTCATGCAGGCGAGTTGC
    AGCCTGCAATCCGAACTGAGAG
    AAGCTTTAAGAGATTTGCATGAC
    CTCGCGGTCTAGCGACTCGTTG
    TACTTCCCATTGTAGCACGTGTG
    TAGCCCAGGTCATAAGGGGCAT
    GATGATTTGACGTCATCCCCACC
    TTCCTCCGGTTTGTCACCGGCA
    GTCTCGCTAGAGTGCCCAACTA
    AATGATGGCAACTAACAATAAGG
    GTTGCGCTCGTTGCGGGACTTA
    ACCCAACATCTCACGACACGAG
    CTGACGACAACCATGCACCACC
    TGTCACTTTGTCCCCGAAGGGA
    AAGCTCTATCTCTAGAGTGGTCA
    AAGGATGTCAAGACCTGGTAAG
    GTTCTTCGCGTTGCTTCGAATTA
    AACCACATGCTCCACCGCTTGT
    GCGGGCCCCCGTCAATTCCTTT
    GAGTTTCAACCTTGCGGTCGTAC
    TCCCCAGGCGGAGTGCTTAATG
    CGTTTGCTGCAGCACTGAAGGG
    CGGAAACCCTCCAACACTTAGC
    ACTCATCGTTTACGGCGTGGACT
    ACCAGGGTATCTAATCCTGTTTG
    CTCCCCACGCTTTCGAGCCTCA
    GCGTCAGTTACAGACCAGAGAG
    CCGCCTTCGCCACTGGTGTTCC
    TCCATATATCTACGCATTTCACC
    GCTACACATGGAATTCCACTCTC
    CTCTTCTGCACTCAAGTCTCCCA
    GTTTCCAATGACCCTCCCCGGTT
    GAGCCGGGGGCTTTCACATCAG
    ACTTAAGAAACCGCCTGCGCTC
    GCTTTACGCCCAATAAATCCGGA
    CAACGCTTGCCACCTACGTATTA
    CCGCGGCTGCTGGCACGTAGTT
    AGCCGTGGCTTTCTGGTTAGATA
    CCGTCAGGGGACGTTCAGTTAC
    TAACGTCCTTGTTCTTCTCTAAC
    AACAGAGTTTTACGATCCGAAAA
    CCTTCTTCACTCACGCGGCGTT
    GCTCGGTCAGACTTTCGTCCATT
    GCCGAAGATTCCCTACTGCTGC
    CTCCCGTAGGAGTCTGGGCCGT
    GTCTCAGTCCCAGTGTGGCCGA
    TCACCCTCTCAGGTCGGCTATG
    CATCGTGGCCTTGGTGAGCCGT
    TACCTCACCAACTAGCTAATGCA
    CCGCGGGTCCATCCATCAGCGA
    CACCCGAAAGCGCCTTTCACTCT
    TATGCCATGCGGCATAAACTGTT
    ATGCGGTATTAGCACCTGTTTCC
    AAGTGTTATCCCCCTCTGATGGG
    TAGGTTACCCACGTGTTACTCAC
    CCGTCCGCCACTCCTCTTTCCAA
    TTGAGTGCAAGCACTCGGGAGG
    AAAGAAGCGTTCGACTTGCATGT
    ATTAGGCACGCCGCCAGCGTTC
    GTCCTGAGCCAGGATCAAACTC
    T
    (SEQ ID NO: 37)
    Delftia Bombyx mori Gut CAGAAAGGAGGTGATCCAGCCG
    CACCTTCCGATACGGCTACCTTG
    TTACGACTTCACCCCAGTCACGA
    ACCCCGCCGTGGTAAGCGCCCT
    CCTTGCGGTTAGGCTACCTACTT
    CTGGCGAGACCCGCTCCCATGG
    TGTGACGGGCGGTGTGTACAAG
    ACCCGGGAACGTATTCACCGCG
    GCATGCTGATCCGCGATTACTA
    GCGATTCCGACTTCACGCAGTC
    GAGTTGCAGACTGCGATCCGGA
    CTACGACTGGTTTTATGGGATTA
    GCTCCCCCTCGCGGGTTGGCAA
    CCCTCTGTACCAGCCATTGTATG
    ACGTGTGTAGCCCCACCTATAA
    GGGCCATGAGGACTTGACGTCA
    TCCCCACCTTCCTCCGGTTTGTC
    ACCGGCAGTCTCATTAGAGTGC
    TCAACTGAATGTAGCAACTAATG
    ACAAGGGTTGCGCTCGTTGCGG
    GACTTAACCCAACATCTCACGAC
    ACGAGCTGACGACAGCCATGCA
    GCACCTGTGTGCAGGTTCTCTTT
    CGAGCACGAATCCATCTCTGGA
    AACTTCCTGCCATGTCAAAGGTG
    GGTAAGGTTTTTCGCGTTGCATC
    GAATTAAACCACATCATCCACCG
    CTTGTGCGGGTCCCCGTCAATT
    CCTTTGAGTTTCAACCTTGCGGC
    CGTACTCCCCAGGCGGTCAACT
    TCACGCGTTAGCTTCGTTACTGA
    GAAAACTAATTCCCAACAACCAG
    TTGACATCGTTTAGGGCGTGGA
    CTACCAGGGTATCTAATCCTGTT
    TGCTCCCCACGCTTTCGTGCAT
    GAGCGTCAGTACAGGTCCAGGG
    GATTGCCTTCGCCATCGGTGTTC
    CTCCGCATATCTACGCATTTCAC
    TGCTACACGCGGAATTCCATCC
    CCCTCTACCGTACTCTAGCCATG
    CAGTCACAAATGCAGTTCCCAG
    GTTGAGCCCGGGGATTTCACAT
    CTGTCTTACATAACCGCCTGCGC
    ACGCTTTACGCCCAGTAATTCCG
    ATTAACGCTCGCACCCTACGTAT
    TACCGCGGCTGCTGGCACGTAG
    TTAGCCGGTGCTTATTCTTACGG
    TACCGTCATGGGCCCCCTGTATT
    AGAAGGAGCTTTTTCGTTCCGTA
    CAAAAGCAGTTTACAACCCGAAG
    GCCTTCATCCTGCACGCGGCAT
    TGCTGGATCAGGCTTTCGCCCA
    TTGTCCAAAATTCCCCACTGCTG
    CCTCCCGTAGGAGTCTGGGCCG
    TGTCTCAGTCCCAGTGTGGCTG
    GTCGTCCTCTCAGACCAGCTAC
    AGATCGTCGGCTTGGTAAGCTTT
    TATCCCACCAACTACCTAATCTG
    CCATCGGCCGCTCCAATCGCGC
    GAGGCCCGAAGGGCCCCCGCTT
    TCATCCTCAGATCGTATGCGGTA
    TTAGCTACTCTTTCGAGTAGTTA
    TCCCCCACGACTGGGCACGTTC
    CGATGTATTACTCACCCGTTCGC
    CACTCGTCAGCGTCCGAAGACC
    TGTTACCGTTCGACTTGCATGTG
    TAAGGCATGCCGCCAGCGTTCA
    ATCTGAGCCAGGATCAAACTCTA
    CAGTTCGATCT
    (SEQ ID NO: 38)
    Pelomonas Bombyx mori Gut ATCCTGGCTCAGATTGAACGCT
    GGCGGCATGCCTTACACATGCA
    AGTCGAACGGTAACAGGTTAAG
    CTGACGAGTGGCGAACGGGTGA
    GTAATATATCGGAACGTGCCCA
    GTCGTGGGGGATAACTGCTCGA
    AAGAGCAGCTAATACCGCATAC
    GACCTGAGGGTGAAAGCGGGG
    GATCGCAAGACCTCGCNNGATT
    GGAGCGGCCGATATCAGATTAG
    GTAGTTGGTGGGGTAAAGGCCC
    ACCAAGCCAACGATCTGTAGCT
    GGTCTGAGAGGACGACCAGCCA
    CACTGGGACTGAGACACGGCCC
    AGACTCCTACGGGAGGCAGCAG
    TGGGGAATTTTGGACAATGGGC
    GCAAGCCTGATCCAGCCATGCC
    GCGTGCGGGAAGAAGGCCTTCG
    GGTTGTAAACCGCTTTTGTCAGG
    GAAGAAAAGGTTCTGGTTAATAC
    CTGGGACTCATGACGGTACCTG
    AAGAATAAGCACCGGCTAACTAC
    GTGCCAGCAGCCGCGGTAATAC
    GTAGGGTGCAAGCGTTAATCGG
    AATTACTGGGCGTAAAGCGTGC
    GCAGGCGGTTATGCAAGACAGA
    GGTGAAATCCCCGGGCTCAACC
    TGGGAACTGCCTTTGTGACTGC
    ATAGCTAGAGTACGGTAGAGGG
    GGATGGAATTCCGCGTGTAGCA
    GTGAAATGCGTAGATATGCGGA
    GGAACACCGATGGCGAAGGCAA
    TCCCCTGGACCTGTACTGACGC
    TCATGCACGAAAGCGTGGGGAG
    CAAACAGGATTAGATACCCTGGT
    AGTCCACGCCCTAAACGATGTC
    AACTGGTTGTTGGGAGGGTTTCT
    TCTCAGTAACGTANNTAACGCGT
    GAAGTTGACCGCCTGGGGAGTA
    CGGCCGCAAGGTTGAAACTCAA
    AGGAATTGACGGGGACCCGCAC
    AAGCGGTGGATGATGTGGTTTA
    ATTCGATGCAACGCGAAAAACCT
    TACCTACCCTTGACATGCCAGGA
    ATCCTGAAGAGATTTGGGAGTG
    CTCGAAAGAGAACCTGGACACA
    GGTGCTGCATGGCCGTCGTCAG
    CTCGTGTCGTGAGATGTTGGGT
    TAAGTCCCGCAACGAGCGCAAC
    CCTTGTCATTAGTTGCTACGAAA
    GGGCACTCTAATGAGACTGCCG
    GTGACAAACCGGAGGAAGGTGG
    GGATGACGTCAGGTCATCATGG
    CCCTTATGGGTAGGGCTACACA
    CGTCATACAATGGCCGGGACAG
    AGGGCTGCCAACCCGCGAGGG
    GGAGCTAATCCCAGAAACCCGG
    TCGTAGTCCGGATCGTAGTCTG
    CAACTCGACTGCGTGAAGTCGG
    AATCGCTAGTAATCGCGGATCA
    GCTTGCCGCGGTGAATACGTTC
    CCGGGTCTTGTACACACCGCCC
    GTCACACCATGGGAGCGGGTTC
    TGCCAGAAGTAGTTAGCCTAACC
    GCAAGGAGGGCGATTACCACGG
    CAGGGTTCGTGACTGGGGTGAA
    GTCGTAACAAGGTAGCCGTATC
    GGAAGGTGCGGCTGGATCAC
    (SEQ ID NO: 39)
  • For example, a mosquito (e.g., Aedes spp. or Anopheles spp.) harbors symbiotic bacteria that modulate the mosquito's immune response and influence vectorial competence to pathogens. The modulating agent described herein may be useful in targeting bacteria resident in the mosquito, including, but not limited to, EspZ, Seratia spp (e.g., Serratia marcescens), Enterbacterioaceae spp., Enterobacter spp. (e.g., Enterobacter cloacae, Enterobacter amnigenus, Enterobacter ludwigi), Proteus spp., Acinetobacter spp., Wigglesworthia spp. (Wigglesworthia gloosinidia), Xanthomonas spp. (e.g., Xanthomonas maltophilia), Pseudomonas spp. (e.g., Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Pseudomonas stutzeri, Pseudomonas rhodesiae), Escherichia spp. (e.g., Escherchia coli), Cedecea spp. (e.g., Cedecea lapagei), Ewingella spp. (e.g., Ewingella americana), Bacillus spp. (e.g., Bacillus pumilus), Comamonas spp., or Vagococcus spp. (e.g., Vagococcus salmoninarium), or Wolbachia spp. (e.g., Wolbachia—wMel, Wolbachia—wAlbB, Wolbachia—wMelPop, Wolbachia—wMelPop-CLA).
  • Any number of bacterial species may be targeted by the compositions or methods described herein. For example, in some instances, the modulating agent may target a single bacterial species. In some instances, the modulating agent may target at least about any of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 500, or more distinct bacterial species. In some instances, the modulating agent may target any one of about 1 to about 5, about 5 to about 10, about 10 to about 20, about 20 to about 50, about 50 to about 100, about 100 to about 200, about 200 to about 500, about 10 to about 50, about 5 to about 20, or about 10 to about 100 distinct bacterial species. In some instances, the modulating agent may target at least about any of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, or more phyla, classes, orders, families, or genera of bacteria.
  • In some instances, the modulating agent may increase a population of one or more bacteria (e.g., pathogenic bacteria, toxin-producing bacteria) by at least about any of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or more in the host in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered. In some instances, the modulating agent may reduce the population of one or more bacteria (e.g., symbiotic bacteria, a pesticide-degrading bacterium, e.g., a bacterium that degrades a pesticide listed in Table 12) by at least about any of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or more in the host in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered. In some instances, the modulating agent may eradicate the population of a bacterium (e.g., symbiotic bacteria, a pesticide-degrading bacterium) in the host. In some instances, the modulating agent may increase the level of one or more pathogenic bacteria by at least about any of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or more in the host and/or decreases the level of one or more symbiotic bacteria by at least about any of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or more in the host in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered.
  • In some instances, the modulating agent may alter the bacterial diversity and/or bacterial composition of the host. In some instances, the modulating agent may increase the bacterial diversity in the host relative to a starting diversity by at least about any of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or more in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered. In some instances, the modulating agent may decrease the bacterial diversity in the host relative to a starting diversity by at least about any of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or more in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered.
  • In some instances, the modulating agent may alter the function, activity, growth, and/or division of one or more bacterial cells. For example, the modulating agent may alter the expression of one or genes in the bacteria. In some instances, the modulating agent may alter the function of one or more proteins in the bacteria. In some instances, the modulating agent may alter the function of one or more cellular structures (e.g., the cell wall, the outer or inner membrane) in the bacteria. In some instances, the modulating agent may kill (e.g., lyse) the bacteria.
  • The target bacterium may reside in one or more parts of the insect. Further, the target bacteria may be intracellular or extracellular. In some instances, the bacteria reside in or on one or more parts of the host gut, including, e.g., the foregut, midgut, and/or hindgut. In some instances, the bacteria reside as an intracellular bacteria within a cell of the host insect. In some instances, the bacteria reside in a bacteriocyte of the host insect.
  • Changes to the populations of bacteria in the host may be determined by any methods known in the art, such as microarray, polymerase chain reaction (PCR), real-time PCR, flow cytometry, fluorescence microscopy, transmission electron microscopy, fluorescence in situ hybridization (e.g., FISH), spectrophotometry, matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization-mass spectrometry (MALDI-MS), and DNA sequencing. In some instances, a sample of the host treated with a modulating agent is sequenced (e.g., by metagenomics sequencing of 16S rRNA or rDNA) to determine the microbiome of the host after delivery or administration of the modulating agent. In some instances, a sample of a host that did not receive the modulating agent is also sequenced to provide a reference.
  • ii. Fungi
  • Exemplary fungi that may be targeted in accordance with the methods and compositions provided herein, include, but are not limited to Amylostereum areolatum, Epichloe spp, Pichia pinus, Hansenula capsulate, Daldinia decipien, Ceratocytis spp, Ophiostoma spp, and Attamyces bromatificus. Non-limiting examples of yeast and yeast-like symbionts found in insects include Candida, Metschnikowia, Debaromyces, Scheffersomyces shehatae and Scheffersomyces stipites, Starmerella, Pichia, Trichosporon, Cryptococcus, Pseudozyma, and yeast-like symbionts from the subphylum Pezizomycotina (e.g., Symbiotaphrina bucneri and Symbiotaphrina kochii). Non-limiting examples of yeast that may be targeted by the methods and compositions herein are listed in Table 2.
  • TABLE 2
    Insect Species Order: Family Yeast Location (Species)
    Stegobium paniceum Coleoptera: Anobiidae Mycetomes
    (=Sitodrepa panicea) (Saccharomyces)
    Cecae (Torulopsis buchnerii)
    Mycetome between foregut and midgut
    Mycetomes (Symbiotaphrina buchnerii)
    Mycetomes and digestive tube
    (Torulopsis buchnerii)
    Gut cecae (Symbiotaphrina buchnerii)
    Lasioderma serricorne Coleoptera: Anobiidae Mycetome between foregut and midgut
    (Symbiotaphrina kochii)
    Ernobius abietis Coleoptera: Anobiidae Mycetomes (Torulopsis karawaiewii)
    (Candida karawaiewii)
    Ernobius mollis Coleoptera: Anobiidae Mycetomes (Torulopsis ernobii)
    (Candida ernobii)
    Hemicoelus gibbicollis Coleoptera: Anobiidae Larval mycetomes
    Xestobium plumbeum Coleoptera: Anobiidae Mycetomes (Torulopsis xestobii)
    (Candida xestobii)
    Criocephalus rusticus Coleoptera: Cerambycidae Mycetomes
    Phoracantha Coleoptera: Cerambycidae Alimentary canal (Candida
    semipunctata guilliermondii, C. tenuis)
    Cecae around midgut (Candida
    guilliermondii)
    Harpium inquisitor Coleoptera: Cerambycidae Mycetomes (Candida rhagii)
    Harpium mordax Coleoptera: Cerambycidae Cecae around midgut (Candida tenuis)
    H. sycophanta
    Gaurotes virginea Coleoptera: Cerambycidae Cecae around midgut (Candida rhagii)
    Leptura rubra Coleoptera: Cerambycidae Cecae around midgut (Candida tenuis)
    Cecae around midgut (Candida
    parapsilosis)
    Leptura maculicornis Coleoptera: Cerambycidae Cecae around midgut (Candida
    parapsilosis)
    L. cerambyciformis
    Leptura sanguinolenta Coleoptera: Cerambycidae Cecae around midgut (Candida sp.)
    R hagium bifasciatum Coleoptera: Cerambycidae Cecae around midgut (Candida tenuis)
    Rhagium inquisitor Coleoptera: Cerambycidae Cecae around midgut (Candida
    guilliermondii)
    Rhagium mordax Coleoptera: Cerambycidae Cecae around midgut (Candida)
    Carpophilus Coleoptera: Nitidulidae Intestinal tract (10 yeast species)
    hemipterus
    Odontotaenius Coleoptera: Passalidae Hindgut (Enteroramus dimorphus)
    disjunctus
    Odontotaenius Coleoptera: Passalidae Gut (Pichia stipitis, P. segobiensis,
    disjunctus Candida shehatae)
    Verres sternbergianus (C. ergatensis)
    Scarabaeus Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae Digestive tract (10 yeast species)
    semipunctatus
    Chironitis furcifer
    Unknown species Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae Guts (Trichosporon cutaneum)
    Dendroctonus and Ips Coleoptera: Scolytidae Alimentary canal (13 yeast species)
    spp.
    Dendroctonus frontalis Coleoptera: Scolytidae Midgut (Candida sp.)
    Ips sexdentatus Coleoptera: Scolytidae Digestive tract (Pichia bovis, P.
    rhodanensis)
    Hansenula holstii (Candida rhagii)
    Digestive tract
    (Candida pulcherina)
    Ips typographus Coleoptera: Scolytidae Alimentary canal
    Alimentary tracts (Hansenula capsulata,
    Candida parapsilosis)
    Guts and beetle homogenates
    (Hansenula holstii, H. capsulata,
    Candida diddensii, C. mohschtana, C.
    nitratophila, Cryptococcus albidus, C.
    laurentii)
    Trypodendron Coleoptera: Scolytidae Not specified
    lineatum
    Xyloterinus politus Coleoptera: Scolytidae Head, thorax, abdomen (Candida,
    Pichia, Saccharomycopsis)
    Periplaneta americana Dictyoptera: Blattidae Hemocoel (Candida sp. nov.)
    Blatta orientalis Dictyoptera: Blattidae Intestinal tract (Kluyveromyces blattae)
    Blatella germanica Dictyoptera: Blattellidae Hemocoel
    Cryptocercus Dictyoptera: Cryptocercidae Hindgut (1 yeast species)
    punctulatus
    Philophylla heraclei Diptera: Tephritidae Hemocoel
    Aedes (4 species) Diptera: Culicidae Internal microflora (9 yeast genera)
    Drosophila Diptera: Drosophilidae Alimentary canal (24 yeast species)
    pseudoobscura
    Drosophila (5 spp.) Diptera: Drosophilidae Crop (42 yeast species)
    Drosophila Diptera: Drosophilidae Crop (8 yeast species)
    melanogaster
    Drosophila (4 spp.) Diptera: Drosophilidae Crop (7 yeast species)
    Drosophila (6 spp.) Diptera: Drosophilidae Larval gut (17 yeast species)
    Drosophila (20 spp.) Diptera: Drosophilidae Crop (20 yeast species)
    Drosophila (8 species Diptera: Drosophilidae Crop (Kloeckera, Candida,
    groups) Kluyveromyces)
    Drosophila serido Diptera: Drosophilidae Crop (18 yeast species)
    Drosophila (6 spp.) Diptera: Drosophilidae Intestinal epithelium (Coccidiascus
    legeri)
    Protaxymia Diptera Unknown (Candida, Cryptococcus,
    melanoptera Sporoblomyces)
    Astegopteryx styraci Homoptera: Aphididae Hemocoel and fat body
    Tuberaphis sp. Homoptera: Aphididae Tissue sections
    Hamiltonaphis styraci
    Glyphinaphis
    bambusae
    Cerataphis sp.
    Hamiltonaphis styraci Homoptera: Aphididae Abdominal hemocoel
    Cofana unimaculata Homoptera: Cicadellidae Fat body
    Leofa unicolor Homoptera: Cicadellidae Fat body
    Lecaniines, etc. Homoptera: Coccoidea d Hemolymph, fatty tissue, etc.
    Lecanium sp. Homoptera: Coccidae Hemolymph, adipose tissue
    Ceroplastes (4 sp.) Homoptera: Coccidae Blood smears
    Laodelphax striatellus Homoptera: Delphacidae Fat body
    Eggs
    Eggs (Candida)
    Nilaparvata lugens Homoptera: Delphacidae Fat body
    Eggs (2 unidentified yeast species)
    Eggs, nymphs (Candida)
    Eggs (7 unidentified yeast species)
    Eggs (Candida)
    Nisia nervosa Homoptera: Delphacidae Fat body
    Nisia grandiceps
    Perkinsiella spp.
    Sardia rostrata
    Sogatella furcifera
    Sogatodes orizicola Homoptera: Delphacidae Fat body
    Amrasca devastans Homoptera: Jassidae Eggs, mycetomes, hemolymph
    Tachardina lobata Homoptera: Kerriidae Blood smears (Torulopsis)
    Laccifer (=Lakshadia) Homoptera: Kerriidae Blood smears (Torula variabilis)
    sp.
    Comperia merceti Hymenoptera: Encyrtidae Hemolymph, gut, poison gland
    Solenopsis invicta Hymenoptera: Formicidae Hemolymph (Myrmecomyces
    annellisae)
    S. quinquecuspis
    Solenopsis invicta Hymenoptera: Formicidae Fourth instar larvae (Candida
    parapsilosis, Yarrowia lipolytica)
    Gut and hemolymph (Candida
    parapsilosis, C. lipolytica, C.
    guillermondii, C. rugosa, Debaryomyces
    hansenii)
    Apis mellifera Hymenoptera: Apidae Digestive tracts (Torulopsis sp.)
    Intestinal tract (Torulopsis apicola)
    Digestive tracts (8 yeast species)
    Intestinal contents (12 yeast species)
    Intestinal contents (7 yeast species)
    Intestines (14 yeast species)
    Intestinal tract (Pichia melissophila)
    Intestinal tracts (7 yeast species)
    Alimentary canal (Hansenula silvicola)
    Crop and gut (13 yeast species)
    Apis mellifera Hymenoptera: Apidae Midguts (9 yeast genera)
    Anthophora Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae
    occidentalis
    Nomia melanderi Hymenoptera: Halictidae
    Halictus rubicundus Hymenoptera: Halictidae
    Megachile rotundata Hymenoptera: Megachilidae
  • Any number of fungal species may be targeted by the compositions or methods described herein. For example, in some instances, the modulating agent may target a single fungal species. In some instances, the modulating agent may target at least about any of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250, 500, or more distinct fungal species. In some instances, the modulating agent may target any one of about 1 to about 5, about 5 to about 10, about 10 to about 20, about 20 to about 50, about 50 to about 100, about 100 to about 200, about 200 to about 500, about 10 to about 50, about 5 to about 20, or about 10 to about 100 distinct fungal species. In some instances, the modulating agent may target at least about any of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, or more phyla, classes, orders, families, or genera of fungi.
  • In some instances, the modulating agent may increase a population of one or more fungi (e.g., pathogenic or parasitic fungi) by at least about any of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or more in the host in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered. In some instances, the modulating agent may reduce the population of one or more fungi (e.g., symbiotic fungi) by at least about any of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or more in the host in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered. In some instances, the modulating agent may eradicate the population of a fungi (e.g., symbiotic fungi) in the host. In some instances, the modulating agent may increase the level of one or more symbiotic fungi by at least about any of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or more in the host and/or may decrease the level of one or more symbiotic fungi by at least about any of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or more in the host in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered.
  • In some instances, the modulating agent may alter the fungal diversity and/or fungal composition of the host. In some instances, the modulating agent may increase the fungal diversity in the host relative to a starting diversity by at least about any of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or more in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered. In some instances, the modulating agent may decrease the fungal diversity in the host relative to a starting diversity by at least about any of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or more in comparison to a host organism to which the modulating agent has not been administered.
  • In some instances, the modulating agent may alter the function, activity, growth, and/or division of one or more fungi. For example, the modulating agent may alter the expression of one or more genes in the fungus. In some instances, the modulating agent may alter the function of one or more proteins in the fungus. In some instances, the modulating agent may alter the function of one or more cellular components in the fungus. In some instances, the modulating agent may kill the fungus.
  • Further, the target fungus may reside in one or more parts of the insect. In some instances, the fungus resides in or on one or more parts of the insect gut, including, e.g., the foregut, midgut, and/or hindgut. In some instances, the fungus lives extracellularly in the hemolymph, fat bodies or in specialized structures in the host.
  • Changes to the population of fungi in the host may be determined by any methods known in the art, such as microarray, polymerase chain reaction (PCR), real-time PCR, flow cytometry, fluorescence microscopy, transmission electron microscopy, fluorescence in situ hybridization (e.g., FISH), spectrophotometry, matrix-assisted laser desorption ionization-mass spectrometry (MALDI-MS), and DNA sequencing. In some instances, a sample of the host treated with a modulating agent is sequenced (e.g., by metagenomics sequencing) to determine the microbiome of the host after delivery or administration of the modulating agent. In some instances, a sample of a host that did not receive the modulating agent is also sequenced to provide a reference.
  • III. Modulating Agents
  • The modulating agent of the methods and compositions provided herein may include a phage, a polypeptide, a small molecule, an antibiotic, a secondary metabolite, a bacterium, a fungus, or any combination thereof.
  • i. Phage
  • The modulating agent described herein may include a phage (e.g., a lytic phage or a non-lytic phage). In some instances, an effective concentration of any phage described herein may alter a level, activity, or metabolism of one or more microorganisms (as described herein) resident in a host described herein (e.g., a vector of a human pathogen, e.g., a mosquito, a mite, a biting louse, or a tick), the modulation resulting in a decrease in the host's fitness (e.g., as outlined herein). In some instances, the modulating agent includes at least one phage selected from the order Tectiviridae, Myoviridae, Siphoviridae, Podoviridae, Caudovirales, Lipothrixviridae, Rudiviridae, or Ligamenvirales. In some instances, the composition includes at least one phage selected from the family Myoviridae, Siphoviridae, Podoviridae, Lipothrixviridae, Rudiviridae, Ampullaviridae, Bicaudaviridae, Clavaviridae, Corticoviridae, Cystoviridae, Fuselloviridae, Gluboloviridae, Guttaviridae, Inoviridae, Leviviridae, Microviridae, Plasmaviridae, and Tectiviridae. Further non-limiting examples of phages useful in the methods and compositions are listed in Table 3.
  • TABLE 3
    Examples of Phage and Targeted Bacteria
    Phage and Accession # Target bacteria Target host
    SA1(NC_027991), phiP68 Staphylococcus Apidae family
    (NC_004679) sp.
    WO (AB036666.1) Wolbachia sp. Aedes aegypt; Drosophila
    melanogaster,
    Plasmodium sp;
    Teleogryllus taiwanemma;
    Bombyx mori
    KL1 (NC_018278), BcepNazgul Burkholderia sp. Riptortus sp.; Pyrrhocoris
    (NC_005091) PhiE125 (NC_003309) apterus.
    Fern (NC_028851), Xenia Paenibacillus bumble bees: Bombus
    (NC_028837), HB10c2 (NC_028758) larvae sp.; honey bees: A.
    mellifera
    CP2 (NC_020205), XP10 (NC_004902), Xanthomonas Plebeina denoiti; Apidae
    XP15 (NC_007024), phiL7 sp. family; Apis mellifera;
    (NC_012742) Drosphilidae family; and
    Chloropidae family
    PP1 (NC_019542), PM1 (NC_023865) Pectobacterium Apidae family
    carotovorum
    subsp.
    carotovorum
    ΦRSA1 (NC_009382), Ralstonia Bombyx mori
    ΦRSB1 (NC_011201), ΦRSL1 solanacearum
    (NC_010811), RSM1 (NC_008574)
    SF1(NC_028807) Streptomyces Philantus sp.; Trachypus
    scabies sp
    ECML-4 (NC_025446), ECML-117 Escherichia coli Apidae family;
    (NC_025441), ECML-134 (NC_025449) Varroa destructor
    SSP5(JX274646.1), SSP6 Salmonella sp. Drosphilidae family
    (NC_004831), SFP10 (NC_016073),
    F18SE (NC_028698)
    γ (NC_001416), Bcp1 (NC_024137) Bacillus sp. Gypsy moth; Lymantria
    dispar; Varroa destructor
    Phi1 (NC_009821) Enterococcus Schistocerca gragaria
    sp.
    ΦKMV (NC_005045), Pseudomonas Lymantria dispar; Apidae
    ΦEL(AJ697969.1), ΦKZ (NC_004629) sp. family
    A2 (NC_004112), phig1e (NC_004305) Lactobacilli sp. Apidae family; Drosophila
    family; Varroa destructor
    KLPN1 (NC_028760) Klebsiella sp C. capitata
    vB_AbaM_Acibel004 (NC_025462), Acinetobacter Schistocerca gragaria
    vB_AbaP_Acibel007 (NC_025457) sp.
  • In some instances, a modulating agent includes a lytic phage. Thus, after delivery of the lytic phage to a bacterial cell resident in the host, the phage causes lysis in the target bacterial cell. In some instances, the lytic phage targets and kills a bacterium resident in a host insect to decrease the fitness of the host. Alternatively or additionally, the phage of the modulating agent may be a non-lytic phage (also referred to as lysogenic or temperate phage). Thus, after delivery of the non-lytic phage to a bacterial cell resident in the host, the bacterial cell may remain viable and able to stably maintain expression of genes encoded in the phage genome. In some instances, a non-lytic phage is used to alter gene expression in a bacterium resident in a host insect to decrease the fitness of the host. In some instances, the modulating agent includes a mixture of lytic and non-lytic phage.
  • In certain instances, the phage is a naturally occurring phage. For example, a naturally occurring phage may be isolated from an environmental sample containing a mixture of different phages. The naturally occurring phage may be isolated using methods known in the art to isolate, purify, and identify phage that target a particular microorganism (e.g., a bacterial endosymbiont in an insect host). Alternatively, in certain instances, the phage may be engineered based on a naturally occurring phage.
  • The modulating agent described herein may include phage with either a narrow or broad bacterial target range. In some instances, the phage has a narrow bacterial target range. In some instances, the phage is a promiscuous phage with a large bacterial target range. For example, the promiscuous phage may target at least about any of 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, or more bacterium resident in the host. A phage with a narrow bacterial target range may target a specific bacterial strain in the host without affecting another, e.g., non-targeted, bacterium in the host. For example, the phage may target no more than about any of 50, 40, 30, 20, 10, 8, 6, 4, 2, or 1 bacterium resident in the host. For example, the phage described herein may be useful in targeting one or more bacteria resident in the mosquito, including, but not limited to, EspZ, Seratia spp (e.g., Serratia marcescens), Enterbacterioaceae spp., Enterobacter spp. (e.g., Enterobacter cloacae, Enterobacter amnigenus, Enterobacter ludwigii), . Proteus spp., Acinetobacter spp., Wigglesworthia spp. (Wigglesworthia gloosinidia), Xanthomonas spp. (e.g., Xanthomonas maltophilia), Pseudomonas spp. (e.g., Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Pseudomonas stutzeri, Pseudomonas rhodesiae), Escherichia spp. (e.g., Escherchia coli), Cedecea spp. (e.g., Cedecea lapagei), Ewingella spp. (e.g., Ewingella americana), Bacillus spp. (e.g., Bacillus pumilus), Comamonas spp., or Vagococcus spp. (e.g., Vagococcus salmoninarium), or Wolbachia spp. (e.g., Wolbachia—wMel, Wolbachia—wAlbB, Wolbachia—wMelPop, Wolbachia—wMelPop-CLA).
  • The compositions described herein may include any number of phage, such as at least about any one of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 100, or more phage. In some instances, the composition includes phage from one or more (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more phage) families, one or more orders (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more phage), or one or more species (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 100, or more phage). Compositions including one or more phage are also referred herein as “phage cocktails.” Phage cocktails are useful because they allow for targeting of a wider host range of bacteria. Furthermore, they allow for each bacterial strain (i.e. subspecies) to be targeted by multiple orthogonal phages, thereby preventing or significantly delaying the onset of resistance. In some instances, a cocktail includes multiple phages targeting one bacterial species. In some instances, a cocktail includes multiple phages targeting multiple bacterial species. In some instances, a one-phage “cocktail” includes a single promiscuous phage (i.e. a phage with a large host range) targeting many strains within a species.
  • Suitable concentrations of the phage in the modulating agent described herein depends on factors such as efficacy, survival rate, transmissibility of the phage, number of distinct phage, and/or lysin types in the compositions, formulation, and methods of application of the composition. In some instances, the phage is in a liquid or a solid formulation. In some instances, the concentration of each phage in any of the compositions described herein is at least about any of 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 1010 or more pfu/ml. In some instances, the concentration of each phage in any of the compositions described herein is no more than about any of 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109 pfu/ml. In some instances, the concentration of each phage in the composition is any of about 102 to about 103, about 103 to about 104, about 104 to about 105, about 105 to about 106, about 107 to about 108, about 108 to about 109, about 102 to about 104, about 104 to about 106, about 106 to about 109, or about 103 to about 108 pfu/ml. In some instances, wherein the composition includes at least two types of phages, the concentration of each type of the phages may be the same or different. For example, in some instances, the concentration of one phage in the cocktail is about 108 pfu/ml and the concentration of a second phage in the cocktail is about 106 pfu/ml.
  • A modulating agent including a phage as described herein can be contacted with the target host in an amount and for a time sufficient to: (a) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of phage concentration inside a target host; (b) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of phage concentration inside a target host gut; (c) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of phage concentration inside a target host bacteriocyte; (d) modulate the level, or an activity, of one or more microorganism (e.g., endosymbiont) in the target host; or/and (e) modulate fitness of the target host.
  • As illustrated by Examples 5-7 and 28, phages (e.g., one or more naturally occurring phage) can be used as modulating agents that target an endosymbiotic bacterium in an insect host to decrease the fitness of the host (e.g., as outlined herein).
  • ii. Polypeptides
  • Numerous polypeptides (e.g., a bacteriocin, R-type bacteriocin, nodule C-rich peptide, antimicrobial peptide, lysin, or bacteriocyte regulatory peptide) may be used in the compositions and methods described herein. In some instances, an effective concentration of any peptide or polypeptide described herein may alter a level, activity, or metabolism of one or more microorganisms (as described herein, e.g., a Wolbachia spp. or a Rickettsia spp.) resident in a host (e.g., a vector of a human pathogen, e.g., a mosquito, mite, biting louse, or tick), the modulation resulting in a decrease in the host's fitness (e.g., as outlined herein). Polypeptides included herein may include naturally occurring polypeptides or recombinantly produced variants. For example, the polypeptide may be a functionally active variant of any of the polypeptides described herein with at least 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity, e.g., over a specified region or over the entire sequence, to a sequence of a polypeptide described herein or a naturally occurring polypeptide.
  • A modulating agent comprising a polypeptide as described herein can be contacted with the target host in an amount and for a time sufficient to: (a) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of concentration inside a target host; (b) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of concentration inside a target host gut; (c) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of concentration inside a target host bacteriocyte; (d) modulate the level, or an activity, of one or more microorganism (e.g., endosymbiont) in the target host; or/and (e) modulate fitness of the target host.
  • The polypeptide modulating agents discussed hereinafter, namely bacteriocins, lysins, antimicrobial peptides, nodule C-rich peptides, and bacteriocyte regulatory peptides, can be used to alter the level, activity, or metabolism of target microorganisms (e.g., Rickettsia or Wolbochia) as indicated in the section for decreasing the fitness of host insects (e.g., a vector of a human pathogen, e.g., a mosquito, a mite, a biting louse, or a tick).
  • (a) Bacteriocins
  • The modulating agent described herein may include a bacteriocin. In some instances, the bacteriocin is naturally produced by Gram-positive bacteria, such as Pseudomonas, Streptomyces, Bacillus, Staphylococcus, or lactic acid bacteria (LAB, such as Lactococcus lactis). In some instances, the bacteriocin is naturally produced by Gram-negative bacteria, such as Hafnia alvei, Citrobacter freundii, Klebsiella oxytoca, Klebsiella pneumonia, Enterobacter cloacae, Serratia plymithicum, Xanthomonas campestris, Erwinia carotovora, Ralstonia solanacearum, or Escherichia coli. Exemplary bacteriocins include, but are not limited to, Class I-IV LAB antibiotics (such as lantibiotics), colicins, microcins, and pyocins. Non-limiting examples of bacteriocins are listed in Table 4.
  • TABLE 4
    Examples of Bacteriocins
    Class Name Producer Targets Sequence
    Class I Nisin Lactococcus Active on Gram- ITSISLCTPGCKT
    lactis positive bacteria: GALMGCNMKTA
    Enterococcus, TCHCSIHVSK
    Lactobacillus, (SEQ ID 
    Lactococcus, NO: 40)
    Leuconostoc,
    Listeria,
    Clostridium
    Epidermin Staphylococcus Gram-positive  IASKFICTPGCA
    epidermis bacteria KTGSFNSYCC
    (SEQ ID 
    NO: 41)
    Class II
    Class II a Pediocin PA- Pediococcus Pediococci, KYYGNGVTCG
    1 acidilactici Lactobacilli, KHSCSVDWGK
    Leuconostoc, ATTCIINNGAMA
    Brochothrix WATGGHQGNH
    thermosphacta, KC
    Propionibacteria, (SEQ ID 
    Bacilli, NO: 42)
    Enterococci,
    Staphylococci,
    Listeria clostridia,
    Listeria
    monocytogenes,
    Listeria innocua
    Class II b Enterocin P Enterococcus Lactobacillus sakei, ATRSYGNGVYC
    faecium Enterococcus faecium NNSKCWVNWG
    EAKENIAGIVISG
    WASGLAGMGH
    (SEQ ID 
    NO: 43)
    Class II c lactococcin G Streptococcus Gram-positive  GTWDDIGQGIG
    lactis bacteria RVAYWVGKAM
    GNMSDVNQAS
    RINRKKKH
    (SEQ ID 
    NO: 44)
    Class II d Lactacin-F Lactobacillus Lactobacilli, NRWGDTVLSAA
    johnsonii Enterococcus  SGAGTGIKACK
    faecalis SFGPWGMAICG
    VGGAAIGGYFG
    YTHN
    (SEQ ID 
    NO: 45)
    Class III
    Class III a Enterocin Enterococcus Broad spectrum: Gram MAKEFGIPAAVA
    AS-48 faecalis positive and Gram GTVLNVVEAGG
    negative bacteria. WVTTIVSILTAV
    GSGGLSLLAAA
    GRESIKAYLKKE
    IKKKGKRAVIAW
    (SEQ ID 
    NO: 46)
    Class III b aureocin A70 Staphylococcus Broad spectrum: Gram MSWLNFLKYIAK
    aureus positive and Gram YGKKAVSAAWK
    negative bacteria. YKGKVLEWLNV
    GPTLEWVWQKL
    KKIAGL
    (SEQ ID 
    NO: 47)
    Class IV Garvicin A Lactococcus Broad spectrum: Gram IGGALGNALNGL
    garvieae positive and Gram GTWANMMNGG
    negative bacteria. GFVNQWQVYA
    NKGKINQYRPY
    (SEQ ID 
    NO: 48)
    Unclassified Colicin V Escherichia  Active against MRTLTLNELDS
    coli Escherichia coli  VSGGASGRDIA
    (also closely related MAIGTLSGQFV
    bacteria); AGGIGAAAGGV
    Enterobacteriaceae AGGAIYDYAST
    HKPNPAMSPSG
    LGGTIKQKPEGI
    PSEAWNYAAGR
    LCNWSPNNLSD
    VCL
    (SEQ ID 
    NO: 49)
  • In some instances, the bacteriocin is a colicin, a pyocin, or a microcin produced by Gram-negative bacteria. In some instances, the bacteriocin is a colicin. The colicin may be a group A colicin (e.g., uses the Tol system to penetrate the outer membrane of a target bacterium) or a group B colicin (e.g., uses the Ton system to penetrate the outer membrane of a target bacterium). In some instances, the bacteriocin is a microcin. The microcin may be a class I microcin (e.g., <5 kDa, has post-translational modifications) or a class II microcin (e.g., 5-10 kDa, with or without post-translational modifications). In some instances, the class II microcin is a class IIa microcin (e.g., requires more than one genes to synthesize and assemble functional peptides) or a class lib microcin (e.g., linear peptides with or without post-translational modifications at C-terminus). In some instances, the bacteriocin is a pyocin. In some instances, the pyocin is an R-pyocin, F-pyocin, or S-pyocin.
  • In some instances, the bacteriocin is a class I, class II, class III, or class IV bacteriocin produced by Gram-positive bacteria. In some instances, the modulating agent includes a Class I bacteriocin (e.g., lanthionine-containing antibiotics (lantibiotics) produced by a Gram-positive bacteria). The class I bacteriocins or lantibiotic may be a low molecular weight peptide (e.g., less than about 5 kDa) and may possess post-translationally modified amino acid residues (e.g., lanthionine, β-methyllanthionine, or dehydrated amino acids).
  • In some instances, the bacteriocin is a Class II bacteriocin (e.g., non-lantibiotics produced by Gram-positive bacteria). Many are positively charged, non-lanthionine-containing peptides, which unlike lantibiotics, do not undergo extensive post-translational modification. The Class II bacteriocin may belong to one of the following subclasses: “pediocin-like” bacteriocins (e.g., pediocin PA-1 and carnobacteriocin X (Class IIa)); two-peptide bacteriocins (e.g., lactacin F and ABP-118 (Class IIb)); circular bacteriocins (e.g., carnocyclin A and enterocin AS-48 (Class IIc)); or unmodified, linear, non-pediocin-like bacteriocins (e.g., epidermicin NI01 and lactococcin A (Class lid)).
  • In some instances, the bacteriocin is a Class III bacteriocin (e.g., produced by Gram-positive bacteria). Class III bacteriocins may have a molecular weight greater than 10 kDa and may be heat unstable proteins. The Class III bacteriocins can be further subdivided into Group IlIA and Group IIIB bacteriocins. The Group IlA bacteriocins include bacteriolytic enzymes which kill sensitive strains by lysis of the cell well, such as Enterolisin A. Group IIIB bacteriocins include non-lytic proteins, such as Caseicin 80, Helveticin J, and lactacin B.
  • In some instances, the bacteriocin is a Class IV bacteriocin (e.g., produced by Gram-positive bacteria). Class IV bacteriocins are a group of complex proteins, associated with other lipid or carbohydrate moieties, which appear to be required for activity. They are relatively hydrophobic and heat stable. Examples of Class IV bacteriocins leuconocin S, lactocin 27, and lactocin S.
  • In some instances, the bacteriocin is an R-type bacteriocin. R-type bacteriocins are contractile bacteriocidal protein complexes. Some R-type bacteriocins have a contractile phage-tail-like structure. The C-terminal region of the phage tail fiber protein determines target-binding specificity. They may attach to target cells through a receptor-binding protein, e.g., a tail fiber. Attachment is followed by sheath contraction and insertion of the core through the envelope of the target bacterium. The core penetration results in a rapid depolarization of the cell membrane potential and prompt cell death. Contact with a single R-type bacteriocin particle can result in cell death. An R-type bacteriocin, for example, may be thermolabile, mild acid resistant, trypsin resistant, sedimentable by centrifugation, resolvable by electron microscopy, or a combination thereof. Other R-type bacteriocins may be complex molecules including multiple proteins, polypeptides, or subunits, and may resemble a tail structure of bacteriophages of the myoviridae family. In naturally occurring R-type bacteriocins, the subunit structures may be encoded by a bacterial genome, such as that of C. difficile or P. aeruginosa and form R-type bacteriocins to serve as natural defenses against other bacteria. In some instances, the R-type bacteriocin is a pyocin. In some instances, the pyocin is an R-pyocin, F-pyocin, or S-pyocin.
  • In some instances, the bacteriocin is a functionally active variant of the bacteriocins described herein. In some instances, the variant of the bacteriocin has at least 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity, e.g., over a specified region or over the entire sequence, to a sequence of a bacteriocin described herein or a naturally occurring bacteriocin.
  • In some instances, the bacteriocin may be bioengineered, according to standard methods, to modulate their bioactivity, e.g., increase or decrease or regulate, or to specify their target microorganisms. In other instances, the bacteriocin is produced by the translational machinery (e.g. a ribosome, etc.) of a microbial cell. In some instances, the bacteriocin is chemically synthesized. Some bacteriocins can be derived from a polypeptide precursor. The polypeptide precursor can undergo cleavage (e.g., processing by a protease) to yield the polypeptide of the bacteriocin itself. As such, in some instances, the bacteriocin is produced from a precursor polypeptide. In some other instances, the bacteriocin includes a polypeptide that has undergone post-translational modifications, for example, cleavage, or the addition of one or more functional groups.
  • The bacteriocins described herein may be formulated in a composition for any of the uses described herein. The compositions disclosed herein may include any number or type (e.g., classes) of bacteriocins, such as at least about any one of 1 bacteriocin, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 100, or more bacteriocins. Suitable concentrations of each bacteriocin in the compositions described herein depends on factors such as efficacy, stability of the bacteriocin, number of distinct bacteriocin types in the compositions, formulation, and methods of application of the composition. In some instances, each bacteriocin in a liquid composition is from about 0.01 ng/ml to about 100 mg/mL. In some instances, each bacteriocin in a solid composition is from about 0.01 ng/g to about 100 mg/g. In some instances, wherein the composition includes at least two types of bacteriocins, the concentration of each type of the bacteriocins may be the same or different. In some instances, the bacteriocin is provided in a composition including a bacterial cell that secretes the bacteriocin. In some instances, the bacteriocin is provided in a composition including a polypeptide (e.g., a polypeptide isolated from a bacterial cell).
  • Bacteriocins may neutralize (e.g., kill) at least one microorganism other than the individual bacterial cell in which the polypeptide is made, including cells clonally related to the bacterial cell and other microbial cells. As such, a bacterial cell may exert cytotoxic or growth-inhibiting effects on a plurality of microbial organisms by secreting bacteriocins. In some instances, the bacteriocin targets and kills one or more species of bacteria resident in the host via cytoplasmic membrane pore formation, cell wall interference (e.g., peptidoglycanase activity), or nuclease activity (e.g., DNase activity, 16S rRNase activity, or tRNase activity).
  • In some instances, the bacteriocin has a neutralizing activity. Neutralizing activity of bacteriocins may include, but is not limited to, arrest of microbial reproduction, or cytotoxicity. Some bacteriocins have cytotoxic activity, and thus can kill microbial organisms, for example bacteria, yeast, algae, and the like. Some bacteriocins can inhibit the reproduction of microbial organisms, for example bacteria, yeast, algae, and the like, for example by arresting the cell cycle.
  • In some instances, the bacteriocin has killing activity. The killing mechanism of bacteriocins is specific to each group of bacteriocins. In some instances, the bacteriocin has narrow-spectrum bioactivity. Bacteriocins are known for their very high potency against their target strains. Some bacteriocin activity is limited to strains that are closely related to the bacteriocin producer strain (narrow-spectrum bioactivity). In some instances, the bacteriocin has broad-spectrum bioactivity against a wide range of genera.
  • In some instances, bacteriocins interact with a receptor molecule or a docking molecule on the target bacterial cell membrane. For example, nisin is extremely potent against its target bacterial strains, showing antimicrobial activity even at a single-digit nanomolar concentration. The nisin molecule has been shown to bind to lipid II, which is the main transporter of peptidoglycan subunits from the cytoplasm to the cell wall
  • In some instances, the bacteriocin has anti-fungal activity. A number of bacteriocins with anti-yeast or anti-fungal activity have been identified. For example, bacteriocins from Bacillus have been shown to have neutralizing activity against some yeast strains (see, for example, Adetunji and Olaoye, Malaysian Journal of Microbiology 9:130-13, 2013). In another example, an Enterococcus faecalis peptide has been shown to have neutralizing activity against Candida species (see, for example, Shekh and Roy, BMC Microbiology 12:132, 2012). In another example, bacteriocins from Pseudomonas have been shown to have neutralizing activity against fungi, such as Curvularia lunata, Fusarium species, Helminthosporium species, and Biopolaris species (see, for example, Shalani and Srivastava, The Internet Journal of Microbiology Volume 5 Number 2, 2008). In another example, botrycidin AJ1316 and alirin B1 from B. subtilis have been shown to have antifungal activities.
  • A modulating agent including a bacteriocin as described herein can be contacted with the target host in an amount and for a time sufficient to: (a) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of bacteriocin concentration inside a target host; (b) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of bacteriocin concentration inside a target host gut; (c) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of bacteriocin concentration inside a target host bacteriocyte; (d) modulate the level, or an activity, of one or more microorganism (e.g., endosymbiont) in the target host; or/and (e) modulate fitness of the target host.
  • As illustrated by Examples 8, 9, and 16, bacteriocins (e.g., colA or nisin) can be used as modulating agents that target an endosymbiotic bacterium in an insect host to decrease the fitness of the host (e.g., as outlined herein).
  • (b) Lysins
  • The modulating agent described herein may include a lysin (e.g., also known as a murein hydrolase or peptidoglycan autolysin). Any lysin suitable for inhibiting a bacterium resident in the host may be used. In some instances, the lysin is one that can be naturally produced by a bacterial cell. In some instances, the lysin is one that can be naturally produced by a bacteriophage. In some instances, the lysin is obtained from a phage that inhibits a bacterium resident in the host. In some instances, the lysin is engineered based on a naturally occurring lysin. In some instances, the lysin is engineered to be secreted by a host bacterium, for example, by introducing a signal peptide to the lysin. In some instances, the lysin is used in combination with a phage holin. In some instances, a lysin is expressed by a recombinant bacterium host that is not sensitive to the lysin. In some instances, the lysin is used to inhibit a Gram-positive or Gram-negative bacterium resident in the host.
  • The lysin may be any class of lysin and may have one or more substrate specificities. For example, the lysin may be a glycosidase, an endopeptidase, a carboxypeptidase, or a combination thereof. In some instances, the lysin cleaves the β-1-4 glycosidic bond in the sugar moiety of the cell wall, the amide bond connecting the sugar and peptide moieties of the bacterial cell wall, and/or the peptide bonds between the peptide moieties of the cell wall. The lysin may belong to one or more specific lysin groups, depending on the cleavage site within the peptidoglycan. In some instances, the lysin is a N-acetyl-β-D-muramidase (e.g., lysozyme), lytic transglycosylase, N-acetyl-β-D-glucosaminidase, N-acetylmuramyl-L-alanine amidase, L,D-endopeptidase, D,D-endopeptidase, D,D-carboxypeptidase, L,D-carboxypeptidase, or L,D-transpeptidase. Non-limiting examples of lysins and their activities are listed in Table 5.
  • TABLE 5
    Examples of Lysins
    Target Bacteria Producer Lysins Activity Sequence
    S. pneumoniae Cp1 Cpl-1 Muramidase MVKKNDLFVDVS
    SHNGYDITGILEQ
    MGTTNTIIKISEST
    TYLNPCLSAQVEQ
    SNPIGFYHFARFG
    GDVAEAEREAQF
    FLDNVPMQVKYLV
    LDYEDDPSGDAQ
    ANTNACLRFMQMI
    ADAGYKPIYYSYK
    PFTHDNVDYQQIL
    AQFPNSLWIAGYG
    LNDGTANFEYFPS
    MDGIRWWQYSSN
    PFDKNIVLLDDEE
    DDKPKTAGTWKQ
    DSKGWWFRRNN
    GSFPYNKWEKIG
    GVWYYFDSKGYC
    LTSEWLKDNEKW
    YYLKDNGAMATG
    WVLVGSEWYYMD
    DSGAMVTGWVKY
    KNNWYYMTNERG
    NMVSNEFIKSGKG
    WYFMNTNGELAD
    NPSFTKEPDGLIT
    VA
    (SEQ ID NO: 50)
    S. pneumoniae Dp-1 Pal Amidase MGVDIEKGVAWM
    QARKGRVSYSMD
    FRDGPDSYDCSS
    SMYYALRSAGAS
    SAGWAVNTEYMH
    AWLIENGYELISE
    NAPWDAKRGDIFI
    WGRKGASAGAG
    GHTGMFIDSDNIIH
    CNYAYDGISVNDH
    DERWYYAGQPYY
    YVYRLTNANAQPA
    EKKLGWQKDATG
    FWYARANGTYPK
    DEFEYIEENKSWF
    YFDDQGYMLAEK
    WLKHTDGNWYW
    FDRDGYMATSWK
    RIGESWYYFNRD
    GSMVTGWIKYYD
    NWYYCDATNGDM
    KSNAFIRYNDGW
    YLLLPDGRLADKP
    QFTVEPDGLITAK
    V
    (SEQ ID NO: 51)
    S. pyogenes C1 C1 Amidase N/A
    B. anthracis γ PlyG Amidase MEIQKKLVDPSKY
    GTKCPYTMKPKYI
    TVHNTYNDAPAE
    NEVSYMISNNNEV
    SFHIAVDDKKAIQ
    GIPLERNAWACG
    DGNGSGNRQSIS
    VEICYSKSGGDRY
    YKAEDNAVDVVR
    QLMSMYNIPIENV
    RTHQSWSGKYCP
    HRMLAEGRWGAF
    IQKVKNGNVATTS
    PTKQNIIQSGAFS
    PYETPDVMGALTS
    LKMTADFILQSDG
    LTYFISKPTSDAQL
    KAMKEYLDRKGW
    WYEVK
    (SEQ ID NO: 52)
    B. anthracis Ames PlyPH Amidase N/A
    prophage
    E. faecalis and Phi1 PlyV12 Amidase N/A
    E. faecium
    S. aureus ΦMR11 MV-L Endopeptidase and MQAKLTKKEFIEW
    amidase LKTSEGKQFNVDL
    WYGFQCFDYANA
    GWKVLFGLLLKGL
    GAKDIPFANNFDG
    LATVYQNTPDFLA
    QPGDMVVFGSNY
    GAGYGHVAWVIE
    ATLDYIIVYEQNWL
    GGGWTDRIEQPG
    WGWEKVTRRQH
    AYDFPMWFIRPNF
    KSETAPRSIQSPT
    QASKKETAKPQP
    KAVELKIIKDVVKG
    YDLPKRGGNPKGI
    VIHNDAGSKGATA
    EAYRNGLVNAPLS
    RLEAGIAHSYVSG
    NTVWQALDESQV
    GWHTANQLGNKY
    YYGIEVCQSMGA
    DNATFLKNEQATF
    QECARLLKKWGL
    PANRNTIRLHNEF
    TSTSCPHRSSVLH
    TGFDPVTRGLLPE
    DKQLQLKDYFIKQI
    RVYMDGKIPVATV
    SNESSASSNTVKP
    VASAWKRNKYGT
    YYMEENARFTNG
    NQPITVRKIGPFLS
    CPVAYQFQPGGY
    CDYTEVMLQDGH
    VWVGYTWEGQR
    YYLPIRTWNGSAP
    PNQILGDLWGEIS
    (SEQ ID NO: 53)
    S. pyogenes C1 PlyC Amidase N/A
    S. agalactiae B30 GBS lysin Muramidase and MVINIEQAIAWMA
    endopeptidase SRKGKVTYSMDY
    RNGPSSYDCSSS
    VYFALRSAGASDN
    GWAVNTEYEHDW
    LIKNGYVLIAENTN
    WNAQRGDIFIWG
    KRGASAGAFGHT
    GMFVDPDNIIHCN
    YGYNSITVNNHDE
    IWGYNGQPYVYA
    YRYSGKQSNAKV
    DNKSVVSKFEKEL
    DVNTPLSNSNMP
    YYEATISEDYYVE
    SKPDVNSTDKELL
    VAGTRVRVYEKV
    KGWARIGAPQSN
    QWVEDAYLIDATD
    M
    (SEQ ID NO: 54)
    S. aureus P68 Lys16 Endopeptidase N/A
    S. aureus K LysK Amidase and MAKTQAEINKRLD
    endopeptidase AYAKGTVDSPYR
    VKKATSYDPSFGV
    MEAGAIDADGYY
    HAQCQDLITDYVL
    WLTDNKVRTWGN
    AKDQIKQSYGTGF
    KIHENKPSTVPKK
    GWIAVFTSGSYEQ
    WGHIGIVYDGGNT
    STFTILEQNWNGY
    ANKKPTKRVDNY
    YGLTHFIEIPVKAG
    TTVKKETAKKSAS
    KTPAPKKKATLKV
    SKNHINYTMDKRG
    KKPEGMVIHNDA
    GRSSGQQYENSL
    ANAGYARYANGIA
    HYYGSEGYVWEA
    IDAKNQIAWHTGD
    GTGANSGNFRFA
    GIEVCQSMSASDA
    QFLKNEQAVFQFT
    AEKFKEWGLTPN
    RKTVRLHMEFVPT
    ACPHRSMVLHTG
    FNPVTOGRPSQAI
    MNKLKDYFIKQIK
    NYMDKGTSSSTV
    VKDGKTSSASTPA
    TRPVTGSWKKNQ
    YGTWYKPENATF
    VNGNQPIVTRIGS
    PFLNAPVGGNLPA
    GATIVYDEVCIQA
    GHIWIGYNAYNGN
    RVYCPVRTCQGV
    PPNQIPGVAWGV
    FK
    (SEQ ID NO: 55)
    L. A118 Ply118 Amidase MTSYYYSRSLANV
    monocytogenes NKLADNTKAAARK
    LLDWSESNGIEVLI
    YETIRTKEQQAAN
    VNSGASQTMRSY
    HLVGQALDFVMA
    KGKTVDWGAYRS
    DKGKKFVAKAKSL
    GFEWGGDWSGF
    VDNPHLQFNYKG
    YGTDTFGKGAST
    SNSSKPSADTNTN
    SLGLVDYMNLNKL
    DSSFANRKKLATS
    YGIKNYSGTATQN
    TTLLAKLKAGKPH
    TPASKNTYYTENP
    RKVKTLVQCDLYK
    SVDFTTKNQTGG
    TFPPGTVFTISGM
    GKTKGGTPRLKTK
    SGYYLTANTKFVK
    KI
    (SEQ ID NO: 56)
    L. A511 Ply511 Amidase MVKYTVENKIIAGL
    monocytogenes PKGKLKGANFVIA
    HETANSKSTIDNE
    VSYMTRNWKNAF
    VTHFVGGGGRVV
    QVANVNYVSWGA
    GQYANSYSYAQV
    ELCRTSNATTFKK
    DYEVYCQLLVDLA
    KKAGIPITLDSGSK
    TSDKGIKSHKWVA
    DKLGGTTHQDPY
    AYLSSWGISKAQF
    ASDLAKVSGGGN
    TGTAPAKPSTPAP
    KPSTPSTNLDKLG
    LVDYMNAKKMDS
    SYSNRDKLAKQY
    GIANYSGTASQNT
    TLLSKIKGGAPKP
    STPAPKPSTSTAK
    KIYFPPNKGNWSV
    YPTNKAPVKANAI
    GAINPTKFGGLTY
    TIQKDRGNGVYEI
    QTDQFGRVQVYG
    APSTGAVIKK
    (SEQ ID NO: 57)
    L. A500 Ply500 Endopeptidase MALTEAWLIEKAN
    monocytogenes RKLNAGGMYKITS
    DKTRNVIKKMAKE
    GIYLCVAQGYRST
    AEQNALYAQGRT
    KPGAIVTNAKGGQ
    SNHNYGVAVDLC
    LYTNDGKDVIWES
    TTSRWKKVVAAM
    KAEGFKWGGDW
    KSFKDYPHFELCD
    AVSGEKIPAATQN
    TNTNSNRYEGKVI
    DSAPLLPKMDFKS
    SPFRMYKVGTEFL
    VYDHNQYWYKTYI
    DDKLYYMYKSFC
    DVVAKKDAKGRIK
    VRIKSAKDLRIPV
    WNNIKLNSGKIKW
    YAPNVKLAWYNY
    RRGYLELWYPND
    GWYYTAEYFLK
    (SEQ ID NO: 58)
    S. pneumoniae ΦDp-1 Pal, S Endopeptidase and N/A
    amidase
    S. agalactiae LambdaSa1 LambdaSa1 Glycosidase MVINIEQAIAWMA
    prophage SRKGKVTYSMDY
    RNGPSSYDCSSS
    VYFALRSAGASDN
    GWAVNTEYEHDW
    LIKNGYVLIAENTN
    WNAQRGDIFIWG
    KRGASAGAFGHT
    GMFVDPDNIIHCN
    YGYNSITVNNHDE
    IWGYNGQPYVYA
    YRYARKOSNAKV
    DNQSVVSKFEKEL
    DVNTPLSNSNMP
    YYEATISEDYYVE
    SKPDVNSTDKELL
    VAGTRVRVYEKV
    KGWARIGAPQSN
    QWVEDAYLIDATD
    M
    (SEQ ID NO: 59)
    S. agalactiae LambdaSa2 LambdaSa2 Glycosidase and MEINTEIAIAWMSA
    prophage endopeptidase RQGKVSYSMDYR
    DGPNSYDCSSSV
    YYALRSAGASSA
    GWAVNTEYMHD
    WLIKNGYELIAEN
    VDWNAVRGDIAIW
    GMRGHSSGAGG
    HVVMFIDPENIIHC
    NWANNGITVNNY
    NQTAAASGWMYC
    YVYRLKSGASTQ
    GKSLDTLVKETLA
    GNYGNGEARKAV
    LGNQYEAVMSVIN
    GKTTTNQKTVDQL
    VQEVIAGKHGNG
    EARKKSLGSQYD
    AVQKRVTELLKKQ
    PSEPFKAQEVNKP
    TETKTSQTELTGQ
    ATATKEEGDLSFN
    GTILKKAVLDKILG
    NCKKHDILPSYAL
    TILHYEGLWGTSA
    VGKADNNWGGM
    TWTGQGNRPSGV
    TVTQGSARPSNE
    GGHYMHYASVDD
    FLTDWFYLLRAGG
    SYKVSGAKTFSEA
    IKGMFKVGGAVYD
    YAASGFDSYIVGA
    SSRLKAIEAENGS
    LDKFDKATDIGDG
    SKDKIDITIEGIEVT
    INGITYELTKKPV
    (SEQ ID NO: 60)
    S. uberis (ATCC70040 Ply700 Amidase MTDSIQEMRKLQS
    7) prophage IPVRYDMGDRYG
    NDADRDGRIEMD
    CSSAVSKALGISM
    TNNTETLQQALPA
    IGYGKIHDAVDGT
    FDMQAYDVIIWAP
    RDGSSSLGAFGH
    VLIATSPTTAIHCN
    YGSDGITENDYNY
    IWEINGRPREIVFR
    KGVTQTQATVTS
    QFERELDVNARLT
    VSDKPYYEATLSE
    DYYVEAGPRIDSQ
    DKELIKAGTRVRV
    YEKLNGWSRINHP
    ESAQWVEDSYLV
    DATEM
    (SEQ ID NO: 61)
    S. suis SMP LySMP Glycosidase and N/A
    endopeptidase
    B. anthracis Bcp1 PlyB Muramidase N/A
    S. aureus Phi11 and Phi11 lysin Amidase and MQAKLTKNEFIEW
    Phi12 endopeptidase LKTSEGKQFNVDL
    WYGFQCFDYANA
    GWKVLFGLLLKGL
    GAKDIPFANNFDG
    LATVYQNTPDFLA
    QPGDMVVFGSNY
    GAGYGHVAWVIE
    ATLDYIIVYEQNWL
    GGGWTDGIEQPG
    WGWEKVTRRQH
    AYDFPMWFIRPNF
    KSETAPRSVQSPT
    QAPKKETAKPQP
    KAVELKIIKDVVKG
    YDLPKRGSNPKGI
    VIHNDAGSKGATA
    EAYRNGLVNAPLS
    RLEAGIAHSYVSG
    NTVWQALDESQV
    GWHTANQIGNKY
    YYGIEVCQSMGA
    DNATFLKNEQATF
    QECARLLKKWGL
    PANRNTIRLHNEF
    TSTSCPHRSSVLH
    TGFDPVTRGLLPE
    DKRLQLKDYFIKQI
    RAYMDGKIPVATV
    SNESSASSNTVKP
    VASAWKRNKYGT
    YYMEESARFTNG
    NQPITVRKVGPFL
    SCPVGYQFQPGG
    YCDYTEVMLQDG
    HVWVGYTWEGQ
    RYYLPIRTWNGSA
    PPNQILGDLWGEI
    S
    (SEQ ID NO: 62)
    S. aureus ΦH5 LysH5 Amidase and MQAKLTKKEFIEW
    endopeptidase LKTSEGKQYNAD
    GWYGFQCFDYAN
    AGWKALFGLLLKG
    VGAKDIPFANNFD
    GLATVYQNTPDFL
    AQPGDMVVFGSN
    YGAGYGHVAWVI
    EATLDYIIVYEQN
    WLGGGWTDGVQ
    QPGSGWEKVTRR
    QHAYDFPMWFIR
    PNFKSETAPRSVQ
    SPTQASKKETAKP
    QPKAVELKIIKDVV
    KGYDLPKRGSNP
    NFIVIHNDAGSKG
    ATAEAYRNGLVNA
    PLSRLEAGIAHSY
    VSGNTVWQALDE
    SQVGWHTANQIG
    NKYGYGIEVCQS
    MGADNATFLKNE
    QATFQECARLLKK
    WGLPANRNTIRLH
    NEFTSTSCPHRSS
    VLHTGFDPVTRGL
    LPEDKRLQLKDYF
    IKQIRAYMDGKIPV
    ATVSNDSSASSNT
    VKPVASAWKRNK
    YGTYYMEESARF
    TNGNQPITVRKVG
    PFLSCPVGYQFQ
    PGGYCDYTEVML
    QDGHVWVGYTW
    EGQRYYLPIRTWN
    GSAPPNQILGDLW
    GEIS
    (SEQ ID NO: 63)
    S. warneri ΦWMY LysWMY Amidase and MKTKAQAKSWIN
    endopeptidase SKIGKGIDWDGMY
    GYQCMDEAVDYI
    HHVTDGKVTMWG
    NAIDAPKNNFQGL
    CTVYTNTPEFRPA
    YGDVIVWSYGTFA
    TYGHIAIVVNPDPY
    GDLQYITVLEQNW
    NGNGIYKTEFATIR
    THDYTGVSHFIRP
    KFADEVKETAKTV
    NKLSVQKKIVTPK
    NSVERIKNYVKTS
    GYINGEHYELYNR
    GHKPKGVVIHNTA
    GTASATQEGQRL
    TNMTFQQLANGV
    AHVYIDKNTIYETL
    PEDRIAWHVAQQ
    YGNTEFYGIEVCG
    SRNTDKEQFLANE
    QVAFQEAARRLK
    SWGMRANRNTVR
    LHHTFSSTECPDM
    SMLLHTGYSMKN
    GKPTQDITNKCAD
    YFMKQINAYIDGK
    QPTSTVVGSSSS
    NKLKAKNKDKSTG
    WNTNEYGTLWKK
    EHATFTCGVRQGI
    VTRTTGPFTSCPQ
    AGVLYYGQSVNY
    DTVCKQDGYVWI
    SWTTSDGYDVW
    MPIRTWDRSTDK
    VSEIWGTIS
    (SEQ ID NO: 64)
    Streptococci ΦNCTC PlyGBS Muramidase and MATYQEYKSRSN
    (GBS) 11261 endopeptidase GNAYDIDGSFGA
    QCWDGYADYCKY
    LGLPYANCTNTGY
    ARDIWEQRHENGI
    LNYFDEVEVMQA
    GDVAIFMVVDGVT
    PYSHVAIFDSDAG
    GGYGWFLGQNQ
    GGANGAYNIVKIP
    YSATYPTAFRPKV
    FKNAVTVTGNIGL
    NKGDYFIDVSAYQ
    QADLTTTCQQAG
    TTKTIIKVSESIAW
    LSDRHQQQANTS
    DPIGYYHFGRFGG
    DSALAQREADLFL
    SNLPSKKVSYLVI
    DYEDSASADKQA
    NTNAVIAFMDKIAS
    AGYKPIYYSYKPF
    TLNNIDYQKIIAKY
    PNSIWIAGYPDYE
    VRTEPLWEFFPS
    MDGVRWWQFTS
    VGVAGGLDKNIVL
    LADDSSKMDIPKV
    DKPQELTFYQKLA
    TNTKLDNSNVPYY
    EATLSTDYYVESK
    PNASSADKEFIKA
    GTRVRVYEKVNG
    WSRINHPESAQW
    VEDSYLVNATDM
    (SEQ ID NO: 65)
    C. perfringens Φ3626 Ply3626 Amidase N/A
    C. difficile ΦCD27 CD27 lysin Amidase N/A
    E. faecalis Φ1 PlyV12 Amidase N/A
    A. naeslundii ΦAv-1- Av-1 lysin Putative N/A
    amidase/
    muramidase
    L. gasseri ΦgaY LysgaY Muramidase N/A
    S. aureus ΦSA4 LysSA4 Amidase and N/A
    endopeptidase
    S. haemolyticus ΦSH2 SH2 Amidase and N/A
    endopeptidase
    B. thuringiensis ΦBtCS33 PlyBt33 Amidase N/A
    L. ΦP40 PlyP40 Amidase N/A
    monocytogenes
    L. ΦFWLLm3 LysZ5 Amidase MVKYTVENKIIAGL
    monocytogenes PKGKLKGANFVIA
    HETANSKSTIDNE
    VSYMTRNWQNAF
    VTHFVGGGGRVV
    QVANVNYVSWGA
    GQYANSYSYAQV
    ELCRTSNATTFKK
    DYEVYCQLLVDLA
    KKAGIPITLDSGSK
    TSDKGIKSHKWVA
    DKLGGTTHQDPY
    AYLSSWGISKAQF
    ASDLAKVSGGGN
    TGTAPAKPSTPST
    NLDKLGLVDYMN
    AKKMDSSYSNRA
    KLAKQYGIANYSG
    TASQNTTLLSKIK
    GGAPKPSTPAPK
    PSTSTAKKIYFPP
    NKGNWSVYPTNK
    APVKANAIGAINPT
    KFGGLTYTIQKDR
    GNGVYEIQTDQF
    GRVQVYGAPSTG
    AVIKK
    (SEQ ID NO: 66)
    B. cereus ΦBPS13 LysBPS13 Amidase MAKREKYIFDVEA
    EVGKAAKSIKSLE
    AELSKLQKLNKEI
    DATGGDRTEKEM
    LATLKAAKEVNAE
    YQKMQRILKDLSK
    YSGKVSRKEFND
    SKVINNAKTSVQG
    GKVTDSFGQMLK
    NMERQINSVNKQ
    FDNHRKAMVDRG
    QQYTPHLKTNRK
    DSQGNSNPSMM
    GRNKSTTQDMEK
    AVDKFLNGQNEA
    TTGLNQALYQLKE
    ISKLNRRSESLSR
    RASASGYMSFQQ
    YSNFTGDRRTVQ
    QTYGGLKTANRE
    RVLELSGQATGIS
    KELDRLNSKKGLT
    AREGEERKKLMR
    QLEGIDAELTARK
    KLNSSLDETTSNM
    EKFNQSLVDAQV
    SVKPERGTMRGM
    MYERAPAIALAIG
    GAITATIGKLYSEG
    GNHSKAMRPDEM
    YVGQQTGAVGAN
    WRPNRTATMRSG
    LGNHLGFTGQEM
    MEFQSNYLSANG
    YHGAEDMKAATT
    GQATFARATGLG
    SDEVKDFFNTAYR
    SGGIDGNQTKQF
    QNAFLGAMKQSG
    AVGREKDQLKAL
    NGILSSMSQNRTV
    SNQDMMRTVGLQ
    SAISSSGVASLQG
    TKGGALMEQLDN
    GIREGFNDPQMR
    VLFGQGTKYQGM
    GGRAALRKQMEK
    GISDPDNLNTLIDA
    SKASAGQDPAEQ
    AEVLATLASKMGV
    NMSSDQARGLIDL
    QPSGKLTKENIDK
    VMKEGLKEGSIES
    AKRDKAYSESKAS
    IDNSSEAATAKQA
    TELNDMGSKLRQ
    ANAALGGLPAPLY
    TAIAAVVAFTAAVA
    GSALMFKGASWL
    KGGMASKYGGKG
    GKGGKGGGTGG
    GGGAGGAAATGA
    GAAAGAGGVGAA
    AAGEVGAGVAAG
    GAAAGAAAGGSK
    LAGVGKGFMKGA
    GKLMLPLGILMGA
    SEIMQAPEEAKGS
    AIGSAVGGIGGGI
    AGGAATGAIAGSF
    LGPIGTAVGGIAG
    GIAGGFAGSSLGE
    TIGGWFDSGPKE
    DASAADKAKADA
    SAAALAAAAGTSG
    AVGSSALQSQMA
    QGITGAPNMSQV
    GSMASALGISSGA
    MASALGISSGQEN
    QIQTMTDKENTNT
    KKANEAKKGDNL
    SYERENISMYERV
    LTRAEQILAQARA
    QNGIMGVGGGGT
    AGAGGGINGFTG
    GGKLQFLAAGQK
    WSSSNLQQHDLG
    FTDQNLTAEDLDK
    WIDSKAPQGSMM
    RGMGATFLKAGQ
    EYGLDPRYLIAHA
    AEESGWGTSKIAR
    DKGNFFGIGAFDD
    SPYSSAYEFKDGT
    GSAAERGIMGGA
    KWISEKYYGKGNT
    TLDKMKAAGYAT
    NASWAPNIASIMA
    GAPTGSGSGNVT
    ATINVNVKGDEKV
    SDKLKNSSDMKK
    AGKDIGSLLGFYS
    REMTIA
    (SEQ ID NO: 67)
    S. aureus ΦGH15 LysGH15 Amidase and MAKTQAEINKRLD
    endopeptidase AYAKGTVDSPYRI
    KKATSYDPSFGV
    MEAGAIDADGYY
    HAQCQDLITDYVL
    WLTDNKVRTWGN
    AKDQIKQSYGTGF
    KIHENKPSTVPKK
    GWIAVFTSGSYQ
    QWGHIGIVYDGG
    NTSTFTILEQNWN
    GYANKKPTKRVD
    NYYGLTHFIEIPVK
    AGTTVKKETAKKS
    ASKTPAPKKKATL
    KVSKNHINYTMDK
    RGKKPEGMVIHN
    DAGRSSGQQYEN
    SLANAGYARYAN
    GIAHYYGSEGYV
    WEAIDAKNQIAWH
    TGDGTGANSGNF
    RFAGIEVCQSMSA
    SDAQFLKNEQAVF
    QFTAEKFKEWGL
    TPNRKTVRLHMEF
    VPTACPHRSMVL
    HTGFNPVTQGRP
    SQAIMNKLKDYFIK
    QIKNYMDKGTSSS
    TVVKDGKTSSAST
    PATRPVTGSWKK
    NQYGTWYKPENA
    TFVNGNQPIVTRI
    GSPFLNAPVGGN
    LPAGATIVYDEVCI
    QAGHIWIGYNAYN
    GDRVYCPVRTCQ
    GVPPNHIPGVAW
    GVFK
    (SEQ ID NO: 68)
    S. aureus ΦvB SauS- HydH5 Endopeptidase and N/A
    PLA88 glycosidase
    E. faecalis ΦF168/08 Lys168 Endopeptidase N/A
    E. faecalis ΦF170/08 Lys170 Amidase N/A
    S. aureus ΦP-27/HP P-27/HP Nonspecified N/A
    C. perfringens ΦSM101 Psm Muramidase N/A
    C. sporogenes Φ8074-B1 CS74L Amidase MKIGIDMGHTLSG
    ADYGVVGLRPES
    VLTREVGTKVIYKL
    QKLGHVVVNCTV
    DKASSVSESLYTR
    YYRANQANVDLFI
    SIHFNATPGGTGT
    EVYTYAGRQLGE
    ATRIRQEFKSLGL
    RDRGTKDGSGLA
    VIRNTKAKAMLVE
    CCFCDNPNDMKL
    YNSESFSNAIVKGI
    TGKLPNGESGNN
    NQGGNKVKAVVIY
    NEGADRRGAEYL
    ADYLNCPTISNSR
    TFDYSCVEHVYAV
    GGKKEQYTKYLKT
    LLSGANRYDTMQ
    QILNFINGGK
    (SEQ ID NO: 69)
    S. typhimurium ΦSPN1S SPN1S Glycosidase MDINQFRRASGIN
    EQLAARWFPHITT
    AMNEFGITKPDDQ
    AMFIAQVGHESG
    GFTRLQENFNYSV
    NGLSGFIRAGRIT
    PDQANALGRKTY
    EKSLPLERQRAIA
    NLVYSKRMGNNG
    PGDGWNYRGRG
    LIQITGLNNYRDC
    GNGLKVDLVAQP
    ELLAQDEYAARSA
    AWFFSSKGCMKY
    TGDLVRVTQIING
    GQNGIDDRRTRY
    AAARKVLAL
    (SEQ ID NO: 70)
    C. ΦCMP1 CMP1 Peptidase N/A
    michiganensis
    C. ΦCN77 CN77 Peptidase MGYWGYPNGQIP
    michiganensis NDKMALYRGCLL
    RADAAAQAYALQ
    DAYTRATGKPLVI
    LEGYRDLTRQKYL
    RNLYLSGRGNIAA
    VPGLSNHGWGLA
    CDFAAPLNSSGSE
    EHRWMRQNAPLF
    GFDWARGKADNE
    PWHWEYGNVPVS
    RWASLDVTPIDRN
    DMADITEGQMORI
    AVILLDTEIQTPLG
    PRLVKHALGDALL
    LGQANANSIAEVP
    DKTWDVLVDHPL
    AKNEDGTPLKVRL
    GDVAKYEPLEHQ
    NTRDAIAKLGTLQ
    FTDKQLATIGAGV
    KPIDEASLVKKIVD
    GVRALFGRAAA
    (SEQ ID NO: 71)
    A. baumannii ΦAB2 LysAB2 Glycosidase MILTKDGFSIIRNE
    LFGGKLDQTQVD
    AINFIVAKATESGL
    TYPEAAYLLATIYH
    ETGLPSGYRTMQ
    PIKEAGSDSYLRS
    KKYYPYIGYGYVQ
    LTWKENYERIGKLI
    GVDLIKNPEKALE
    PLIAIQIAIKGMLNG
    WFTGVGFRRKRP
    VSKYNKQQYVAA
    RNIINGKDKAELIA
    KYAIIFERALRSL
    (SEQ ID NO: 72)
    B. cereus ΦB4 LysB4 Endopeptidase MAMALQTLIDKAN
    RKLNVSGMRKDV
    ADRTRAVITQMHA
    QGIYICVAQGFRS
    FAEQNALYAQGR
    TKPGSIVTNARGG
    QSNHNYGVAVDL
    CLYTQDGSDVIWT
    VEGNFRKVIAAMK
    AQGFKWGGDWV
    SFKDYPHFELYDV
    VGGQKPPADNGG
    AVDNGGGSGSTG
    GSGGGSTGGGST
    GGGYDSSWFTKE
    TGTFVTNTSIKLRT
    APFTSADVIATLPA
    GSPVNYNGFGIEY
    DGYVWIRQPRSN
    GYGYLATGESKG
    GKRQNYWGTFK
    (SEQ ID NO: 73)
    P. aeruginosa ΦKMV KMV45 Nonspecified N/A
    C. tyrobutyricum ΦCTP1 Ctp1I Glycosidase MKKIADISNLNGN
    VDVKLLFNLGYIGII
    AKASEGGTFVDK
    YYKQNYTNTKAQ
    GKITGAYHFANFS
    TIAKAOQEANFFL
    NCIAGTTPDFVVL
    DLEQQCTGDITDA
    CLAFLNIVAKKFKC
    VVYCNSSFIKEHL
    NSKICAYPLWIAN
    YGVATPAFTLWTK
    YAMWQFTEKGQV
    SGISGYIDFSYITD
    EFIKYIKGEDEVEN
    LVVYNDGADQRA
    AEYLADRLACPTI
    NNARKFDYSNVK
    NVYAVGGNKEQY
    TSYLTTLIAGSTRY
    TTMQAVLDYIKNL
    K
    (SEQ ID NO: 74)
    P. aeruginosa ΦEL EL188 Transglycosylase N/A
    P. aeruginosa ΦKZ KZ144 Transglycosylase N/A
    S. aureus Ply187 Cell Wall  MALPKTGKPTAK
    Hydrolase QVVDWAINLIGSG
    VDVDGYYGRQC
    WDLPNYIFNRYW
    NFKTPGNARDMA
    WYRYPEGFKVFR
    NTSDFVPKPGDIA
    VWTGGNYNWNT
    WGHTGIVVGPST
    KSYFYSVDQNWN
    NSNSYVGSPAAKI
    KHSYFGVTHFVRP
    AYKAEPKPTPPAQ
    NNPAPKDPEPSK
    KPESNKPIYKVVT
    KILFTTAHIEHVKA
    NRFVHYITKSDNH
    NNKPNKIVIKNTNT
    ALSTIDVYRYRDE
    LDKDEIPHFFVDR
    LNVWACRPIEDSI
    NGYHDSVVLSITE
    TRTALSDNFKMNE
    IECLSLAESILKAN
    NKKMSASNIIVDN
    KAWRTFKLHTGK
    DSLKSSSFTSKDY
    QKAVNELIKLFND
    KDKLLNNKPKDVV
    ERIRIRTIVKENTK
    FVPSELKPRNNIR
    DKQDSKIDRVINN
    YTLKQALNIQYKL
    NPKPQTSNGVSW
    YNASVNQIKSAMD
    TTKIFNNNVQVYQ
    FLKLNQYQGIPVD
    KLNKLLVGKGTLA
    NQGHAFADGCKK
    YNINEIYLIAHRFLE
    SANGTSFFASGKT
    GVYNYFGIGAFDN
    NPNNAMAFARSH
    GWTSPTKAIIGGA
    EFVGKGYFNVGQ
    NTLYRMRWNPQK
    PGTHQYATDISWA
    KVQAQMISAMYK
    EIGLTGDYFIYDQY
    KK
    (SEQ ID NO: 75)
    P. uorescens ΦOBP OBPgp279 Glycosidase N/A
    L. ΦP35 PlyP35 Amidase MARKFTKAELVAK
    monocytogenes AEKKVGGLKPDV
    KKAVLSAVKEAYD
    RYGIGIIVSQGYRS
    IAEQNGLYAQGRT
    KPGNIVTNAKGGQ
    SNHNFGVAVDFAI
    DLIDDGKIDSWQP
    SATIVNMMKRRGF
    KWGGDWKSFTDL
    PHFEACDWYRGE
    RKYKVDTSEWKK
    KENINIVIKDVGYF
    QDKPQFLNSKSV
    RQWKHGTKVKLT
    KHNSHWYTGVVK
    DGNKSVRGYIYHS
    MAKVTSKNSDGS
    VNATINAHAFCWD
    NKKLNGGDFINLK
    RGFKGITHPASDG
    FYPLYFASRKKTF
    YIPRYMFDIKK
    (SEQ ID NO: 76)
    L. fermentum ΦPYB5 Lyb5 Muramidase N/A
    S. pneumoniae ΦCP-7 Cpl-7 Muramidase MVKKNDLFVDVA
    SHQGYDISGILEE
    AGTTNTIIKVSEST
    SYLNPCLSAQVSQ
    SNPIGFYHFAWFG
    GNEEEAEAEARY
    FLDNVPTQVKYLV
    LDYEDHASASVQ
    RNTTACLRFMQIIA
    EAGYTPIYYSYKP
    FTLDNVDYQQILA
    QFPNSLWIAGYGL
    NDGTANFEYFPS
    MDGIRWWQYSSN
    PFDKNIVLLDDEK
    EDNINNENTLKSL
    TTVANEVIQGLWG
    NGQERYDSLANA
    GYDPQAVQDKVN
    EILNAREIADLTTV
    ANEVIQGLWGNG
    QERYDSLANAGY
    DPQAVQDKVNEIL
    NAREIADLTTVAN
    EVIQGLWGNGQE
    RYDSLANAGYDP
    QAVQDKVNELLS
    (SEQ ID NO: 77)
    P. Φ2-1 201φ2-1gp229 Glycosidase N/A
    chlororaphis201
    S. enterica ΦPVP-SE1) PVP-SE1gp146 Glycosidase N/A
    Corynebacterium ΦBFK20 BKF20 Amidase N/A
    E. faecalis ΦFAP-1 EFAL-1 Amidase MKLKGILLSVVTTF
    GLLFGATNVQAYE
    VNNEFNLQPWEG
    SQQLAYPNKIILHE
    TANPRATGRNEA
    TYMKNNWFNAHT
    TAIVGDGGIVYKV
    APEGNVSWGAGN
    ANPYAPVQIELQH
    TNDPELFKANYKA
    YVDYTRDMGKKF
    GIPMTLDQGGSL
    WEKGVVSHQWVT
    DFVWGDHTDPYG
    YLAKMGISKAQLA
    HDLANGVSGNTA
    TPTPKPDKPKPTQ
    PSKPSNKKRFNY
    RVDGLEYVNGMW
    QIYNEHLGKIDFN
    WTENGIPVEVVDK
    VNPATGQPTKDQ
    VLKVGDYFNFQE
    NSTGVVQEQTPY
    MGYTLSHVQLPN
    EFIWLFTDSKQAL
    MYQ
    (SEQ ID NO: 78)
    Lactobacilli lamdaSA2 LysA, LysA2, Nonspecified N/A
    and Lysga Y
    S. aureus SAL-1 Nonspecified N/A
  • In some instances, the lysin is a functionally active variant of the lysins described herein. In some instances, the variant of the lysin has at least 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity, e.g., over a specified region or over the entire sequence, to a sequence of a lysin described herein or a naturally occurring lysin.
  • In some instances, the lysin may be bioengineered to modulate its bioactivity, e.g., increase or decrease or regulate, or to specify a target microorganism. In some instances, the lysin is produced by the translational machinery (e.g. a ribosome, etc.) of a microbial cell. In some instances, the lysin is chemically synthesized. In some instances, the lysin is derived from a polypeptide precursor. The polypeptide precursor can undergo cleavage (for example, processing by a protease) to yield the polypeptide of the lysin itself. As such, in some instances, the lysin is produced from a precursor polypeptide. In some instances, the lysin includes a polypeptide that has undergone post-translational modifications, for example, cleavage, or the addition of one or more functional groups.
  • The lysins described herein may be formulated in a composition for any of the uses described herein. The compositions disclosed herein may include any number or type (e.g., classes) of lysins, such as at least about any one of 1 lysin, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, or more lysins. A suitable concentration of each lysin in the composition depends on factors such as efficacy, stability of the lysin, number of distinct lysin, the formulation, and methods of application of the composition. In some instances, each lysin in a liquid composition is from about 0.1 ng/mL to about 100 mg/mL. In some instances, each lysin in a solid composition is from about 0.1 ng/g to about 100 mg/g. In some instances, wherein the composition includes at least two types of lysins, the concentration of each type of lysin may be the same or different.
  • A modulating agent including a lysin as described herein can be contacted with the target host in an amount and for a time sufficient to: (a) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of lysin concentration inside a target host; (b) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of lysin concentration inside a target host gut; (c) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of lysin concentration inside a target host bacteriocyte; (d) modulate the level, or an activity, of one or more microorganism (e.g., endosymbiont) in the target host; or/and (e) modulate fitness of the target host.
  • (c) Antimicrobial Peptides
  • The modulating agent described herein may include an antimicrobial peptide (AMP). Any AMP suitable for inhibiting a microorganism resident in the host may be used. AMPs are a diverse group of molecules, which are divided into subgroups on the basis of their amino acid composition and structure. The AMP may be derived or produced from any organism that naturally produces AMPs, including AMPs derived from plants (e.g., copsin), insects (e.g., drosocin, scorpion peptide (e.g., Uy192, UyCT3, D3, D10, Uy17, Uy192), mastoparan, poneratoxin, cecropin, moricin, melittin), frogs (e.g., magainin, dermaseptin, aurein), and mammals (e.g., cathelicidins, defensins and protegrins). For example, the AMP may be a scorpion peptide, such as Uy192 (5′-FLSTIWNGIKGLL-3′; SEQ ID NO: 227), UyCT3 (5′-LSAIWSGIKSLF-3; SEQ ID NO: 228), D3 (5′-LWGKLWEGVKSLI-3′; SEQ ID NO: 229), and D10 (5′-FPFLKLSLKIPKSAIKSAIKRL-3′; SEQ ID NO: 230), Uy17 (5′-ILSAIWSGIKGLL-3′; SEQ ID NO: 231), or a combination thereof. In some instances, the antimicrobial peptide may be one having at least 90% sequence identity (e.g., at least 90%, 92%, 94%, 96%, 98%, or 100% sequence identity) with one or more of the following: cecropin (SEQ ID NO: 82), melittin, copsin, drosomycin (SEQ ID NO: 93), dermcidin (SEQ ID NO: 81), andropin (SEQ ID NO: 83), moricin (SEQ ID NO: 84), ceratotoxin (SEQ ID NO: 85), abaecin (SEQ ID NO: 86), apidaecin (SEQ ID NO: 87), prophenin (SEQ ID NO: 88), indolicidin (SEQ ID NO: 89), protegrin (SEQ ID NO: 90), tachyplesin (SEQ ID NO: 91), or defensin (SEQ ID NO: 92) to a vector of a human pathogen. Non-limiting examples of AMPs are listed in Table 6.
  • TABLE 6
    Examples of Antimicrobial Peptides
    Example
    Type Characteristic AMP Sequence
    Anionic rich in glutamic  dermcidin SSLLEKGLDGAKKAVGGLGKL
    peptides and aspartic acid GKDAVEDLESVGKGAVHDVKD
    VLDSVL
    (SEQ ID NO: 79)
    Linear  lack cysteine cecropin A KWKLFKKIEKVGQNIRDGIIK
    cationic AGPAVAVVGQATQIAK
    α-helical (SEQ ID NO: 80)
    peptides
    andropin MKYFSVLVVLTLILAIVDQSD
    AFINLLDKVEDALHTGAQAGF
    KLIRPVERGATPKKSEKPEK
    (SEQ ID NO: 81)
    moricin MNILKFFFVFIVAMSLVSCST
    AAPAKIPIKAIKTVGKAVGKG
    LRAINIASTANDVFNFLKPKK
    RKH
    (SEQ ID NO: 82)
    ceratotoxin MANLKAVFLICIVAFIALQCV
    VAEPAAEDSVVVKRSIGSALK
    KALPVAKKIGKIALPIAKAAL
    PVAAGLVG
    (SEQ ID NO: 83)
    Cationic rich in proline,  abaecin MKVVIFIFALLATICAAFAYV
    peptide arginine,  PLPNVPQPGRRPFPTFPGQGP
    enriched  phenylalanine,  FNPKIKWPQGY
    for specific  glycine,  (SEQ ID NO: 84)
    amino acid tryptophan
    apidaecins KNFALAILVVTFVVAVFGNTN
    LDPPTRPTRLRREAKPEAEPG
    NNRPVYIPQPRPPHPRLRREA
    EPEAEPGNNRPVYIPQPRPPH
    PRLRREAELEAEPGNNRPVYI
    SQPRPPHPRLRREAEPEAEPG
    NNRPVYIPQPRPPHPRLRREA
    ELEAEPGNNRPVYISQPRPPH
    PRLRREAEPEAEPGNNRPVYI
    PQPRPPHPRLRREAEPEAEPG
    NNRPVYIPQPRPPHPRLRREA
    EPEAEPGNNRPVYIPQPRPPH
    PRLRREAKPEAKPGNNRPVYI
    PQPRPPHPRI
    (SEQ ID NO: 85)
    prophenin METQRASLCLGRWSLWLLLLA
    LVVPSASAQALSYREAVLRAV
    DRLNEQSSEANLYRLLELDQP
    PKADEDPGTPKPVSFTVKETV
    CPRPTRRPPELCDFKENGRVK
    QCVGTVTLDQIKDPLDITCNE
    GVRRFPWWWPFLRRPRLRRQA
    FPPPNVPGPRFPPPNVPGPRF
    PPPNFPGPRFPPPNFPGPRFP
    PPNFPGPPFPPPIFPGPWFPP
    PPPFRPPPFGPPRFPGRR
    (SEQ ID NO: 86)
    indolicidin MQTQRASLSLGRWSLWLLLLG
    LVVPSASAQALSYREAVLRAV
    DQLNELSSEANLYRLLELDPP
    PKDNEDLGTRKPVSFTVKETV
    CPRTIQQPAEQCDFKEKGRVK
    QCVGTVTLDPSNDQFDLNCNE
    LQSVILPWKWPWWPWRRG
    (SEQ ID NO: 87)
    Anionic and contain 1-3  protegrin METQRASLCLGRWSLWLLLLA
    cationic disulfide bond LVVPSASAQALSYREAVLRAV
    peptides that DRLNEQSSEANLYRLLELDQP
    contain PKADEDPGTPKPVSFTVKETV
    cysteine and CPRPTRQPPELCDFKENGRVK
    form disulfide QCVGTVTLDQIKDPLDITCNE
    bonds VQGVRGGRLCYCRRRFCVCVG
    RG
    (SEQ ID NO: 88)
    tachyplesins KWCFRVCYRGICYRRCR
    (SEQ ID NO: 89)
    defensin MKCATIVCTIAVVLAATLLNG
    SVQAAPQEEAALSGGANLNTL
    LDELPEETHHAALENYRAKRA
    TCDLASGFGVGSSLCAAHCIA
    YRRRGGYCNSKAVCVCRN
    (SEQ ID NO: 90)
    drosomycin MMQIKYLFALFAVLMLVVLGA
    NEADADCLSGRYKGPCAVWDN
    ETCRRVCKEEGRSSGHCSPSL
    KCWCEGC
    (SEQ ID NO: 91)
  • The AMP may be active against any number of target microorganisms. In some instances, the AMP may have antibacterial and/or antifungal activities. In some instances, the AMP may have a narrow-spectrum bioactivity or a broad-spectrum bioactivity. For example, some AMPs target and kill only a few species of bacteria or fungi, while others are active against both gram-negative and gram-positive bacteria as well as fungi.
  • Further, the AMP may function through a number of known mechanisms of action. For example, the cytoplasmic membrane is a frequent target of AMPs, but AMPs may also interfere with DNA and protein synthesis, protein folding, and cell wall synthesis. In some instances, AMPs with net cationic charge and amphipathic nature disrupt bacterial membranes leading to cell lysis. In some instances, AMPs may enter cells and interact with intracellular target to interfere with DNA, RNA, protein, or cell wall synthesis. In addition to killing microorganisms, AMPs have demonstrated a number of immunomodulatory functions that are involved in the clearance of infection, including the ability to alter host gene expression, act as chemokines and/or induce chemokine production, inhibit lipopolysaccharide induced pro-inflammatory cytokine production, promote wound healing, and modulating the responses of dendritic cells and cells of the adaptive immune response.
  • In some instances, the AMP is a functionally active variant of the AMPs described herein. In some instances, the variant of the AMP has at least 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity, e.g., over a specified region or over the entire sequence, to a sequence of an AMP described herein or a naturally derived AMP.
  • In some instances, the AMP may be bioengineered to modulate its bioactivity, e.g., increase or decrease or regulate, or to specify a target microorganism. In some instances, the AMP is produced by the translational machinery (e.g. a ribosome, etc.) of a cell. In some instances, the AMP is chemically synthesized. In some instances, the AMP is derived from a polypeptide precursor. The polypeptide precursor can undergo cleavage (for example, processing by a protease) to yield the polypeptide of the AMP itself. As such, in some instances, the AMP is produced from a precursor polypeptide. In some instances, the AMP includes a polypeptide that has undergone post-translational modifications, for example, cleavage, or the addition of one or more functional groups.
  • The AMPs described herein may be formulated in a composition for any of the uses described herein. The compositions disclosed herein may include any number or type (e.g., classes) of AMPs, such as at least about any one of 1 AMP, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, or more AMPs. For example, the compositions may include a cocktail of AMPs (e.g., a cocktail of scorpion peptides, e.g., UyCT3, D3, D10, and Uy17). A suitable concentration of each AMP in the composition depends on factors such as efficacy, stability of the AMP, number of distinct AMP in the composition, the formulation, and methods of application of the composition. In some instances, each AMP in a liquid composition is from about 0.1 ng/mL to about 100 mg/mL (about 0.1 ng/mL to about 1 ng/mL, about 1 ng/mL to about 10 ng/mL, about 10 ng/mL to about 100 ng/mL, about 100 ng/mL to about 1000 ng/mL, about 1 mg/mL to about 10 mg/mL, about 10 mg/mL to about 100 mg/mL). In some instances, each AMP in a solid composition is from about 0.1 ng/g to about 100 mg/g (about 0.1 ng/g to about 1 ng/g, about 1 ng/g to about 10 ng/g, about 10 ng/g to about 100 ng/g, about 100 ng/g to about 1000 ng/g, about 1 mg/g to about 10 mg/g, about 10 mg/g to about 100 mg/g). In some instances, wherein the composition includes at least two types of AMPs, the concentration of each type of AMP may be the same or different.
  • A modulating agent including an AMP as described herein can be contacted with the target host in an amount and for a time sufficient to: (a) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of AMP concentration inside a target host; (b) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of AMP concentration inside a target host gut; (c) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of AMP concentration inside a target host bacteriocyte; (d) modulate the level, or an activity, of one or more microorganism (e.g., endosymbiont) in the target host; or/and (e) modulate fitness of the target host.
  • As illustrated by Examples 20-22, AMPs, such as scorpion peptides, can be used as modulating agents that target an endosymbiotic bacterium in an insect host to decrease the fitness of the host (e.g., as outlined herein).
  • (d) Nodule C-Rich Peptides
  • The modulating agent described herein may include a nodule C-rich peptide (NCR peptide). NCR peptides are produced in certain leguminous plants and play an important role in the mutualistic, nitrogen-fixing symbiosis of the plants with bacteria from the Rhizobiaceae family (rhizobia), resulting in the formation of root nodules where plant cells contain thousands of intracellular endosymbionts. NCR peptides possess anti-microbial properties that direct an irreversible, terminal differentiation process of bacteria, e.g., to permeabilize the bacterial membrane, disrupt cell division, or inhibit protein synthesis. For example, in Medicago truncatula nodule cells infected with Sinorhizobium meliloti, hundreds of NCR peptides are produced which direct irreversible differentiation of the bacteria into large polyploid nitrogen-fixing bacteroids.). Non-limiting examples of NCR peptides are listed in Table 7.
  • TABLE 7
    Examples of NCR Peptides
    NAME Peptide sequence Producer
    >gi|152218086|gb|ABS31477.1| NCR 340 MTKIVVFIYVVILLLTIFHVSAKK Medicago truncatula
    KRYIECETHEDCSQVFMPPFVMRC
    VIHECKIFNGEHLRY
    (SEQ ID NO: 92)
    >gi|152218084|gb|ABS31476.1| NCR 339 MAKIMKFVYNMIPFLSIFIITLQV Medicago truncatula
    NVVVCEIDADCPQICMPPYEVRCV
    NHRCGWVNTDDSLFLTQEFTRSKQ
    YIIS
    (SEQ ID NO: 93)
    >gi|152218082|gb|ABS31475.1| NCR 338 MYKVVESIFIRYMHRKPNMTKFFK Medicago truncatula
    FVYTMFILISLFLVVTNANAHNCT
    DISDCSSNHCSYEGVSLCMNGQCI
    CIYE
    (SEQ ID NO: 94)
    >gi|152218080|gb|ABS31474.1| NCR 337 MVETLRLFYIMILFVSLCLVVVDG Medicago truncatula
    ESKLEQTCSEDFECYIKNPHVPFG
    HLRCFEGFCQQLNGPA
    (SEQ ID NO: 95)
    >gi|152218078|gb|ABS31473.1| NCR 336 MAKIVNFVYSMIVFLFLFLVATKA Medicago truncatula
    ARGYLCVTDSHCPPHMCPPGMEPR
    CVRRMCKCLPIGWRKYFVP
    (SEQ ID NO: 96)
    >gi|152218076|gb|ABS31472.1| NCR 335 MQIGKNMVETPKLDYVIIFFFLYF Medicago truncatula
    FFRQMIILRLNTTFRPLNFKMLRF
    WGQNRNIMKHRGQKVHFSLILSDC
    KTNKDCPKLRRANVRCRKSYCVPI
    (SEQ ID NO: 97)
    >gi|152218074|gb|ABS31471.1| NCR 334 MLRLYLVSYFLLKRTLLVSYFSYF Medicago truncatula
    STYIIECKTDNDCPISQLKIYAWK
    CVKNGCHLFDVIPMMYE
    (SEQ ID NO: 98)
    >gi|152218072|gb|ABS31470.1| NCR 333 MAEILKFVYIVILFVSLLLIVVAS Medicago truncatula
    ERECVTDDDCEKLYPTNEYRMMCD
    SGYCMNLLNGKIIYLLCLKKKKFL
    IIISVLL
    (SEQ ID NO: 99)
    >gi|152218070|gb|ABS31469.1| NCR 332 MAEIIKFVYIMILCVSLLLIEVAG Medicago truncatula
    EECVTDADCDKLYPDIRKPLMCSI
    GECYSLYKGKFSLSIISKTSFSLM
    VYNVVTLVICLRLAYISLLLKFL
    (SEQ ID NO: 100)
    >gi|152218068|gb|ABS31468.1| NCR 331 MAEILKDFYAMNLFIFLIILPAKI Medicago truncatula
    RGETLSLTHPKCHHIMLPSLFITE
    VFQRVTDDGCPKPVNHLRVVKCIE
    HICEYGYNYRPDFASQIPESTKMP
    RKRE
    (SEQ ID NO: 101)
    >gi|152218066|gb|ABS31467.1| NCR 330 MVEILKNFYAMNLFIFLIILAVKI Medicago truncatula
    RGAHFPCVTDDDCPKPVNKLRVIK
    CIDHICQYARNLPDFASEISESTK
    MPCKGE
    (SEQ ID NO: 102)
    >gi|152218064|gb|ABS31466.1| NCR 329 MFHAQAENMAKVSNFVCIMILFLA Medicago truncatula
    LFFITMNDAARFECREDSHCVTRI
    KCVLPRKPECRNYACGCYDSNKYR
    (SEQ ID NO: 103)
    >gi|152218062|gb|ABS31465.1| NCR 328 MQMRQNMATILNFVFVIILFISLL Medicago truncatula
    LVVTKGYREPFSSFTEGPTCKEDI
    DCPSISCVNPQVPKCIMFECHCKY
    IPTTLK
    (SEQ ID NO: 104)
    >gi|152218060|gb|ABS31464.1| NCR 327 MATILMYVYITILFISILTVLTEG Medicago truncatula
    LYEPLYNFRRDPDCRRNIDCPSYL
    CVAPKVPRCIMFECHCKDIPSDH
    (SEQ ID NO: 105)
    >gi|152218058|gb|ABS31463.1| NCR 326 MTTSLKFVYVAILFLSLLLVVMGG Medicago truncatula
    IRRFECRQDSDCPSYFCEKLTVPK
    CFWSKCYCK
    (SEQ ID NO: 106)
    >gi|152218056|gb|ABS31462.1| NCR 325 MTTSLKFVYVAILFLSLLLVVMGG Medicago truncatula
    IRKKECRQDSDCPSYFCEKLTIAK
    CIHSTCLCK
    (SEQ ID NO: 107)
    >gi|152218054|gb|ABS31461.1| NCR 324 MQIGKNMVETPKLVYFIILFLSIF Medicago truncatula
    VLCITSNSSFSQIFNSACKTDKDC
    PKFGRVNVRCRKGNCVPI
    (SEQ ID NO: 108)
    >gi|152218046|gb|ABS31457.1| NCR 320 MTAILKKFINAVFLFIVLFLATTN Medicago truncatula
    VEDFVGGSNDECVYPDVFQCINNI
    CKCVSHHRT
    (SEQ ID NO: 109)
    >gi|152218044|gb|ABS31456.1| NCR 319 MQKRKNMAQIIFYVYALIILFSPF Medicago truncatula
    LAARLVFVNPEKPCVTDADCDRYR
    HESAIYSDMFCKDGYCFIDYHHDP
    YP
    (SEQ ID NO: 110)
    >gi|152218042|gb|ABS31455.1| NCR 318 MQMRKNMAQILFYVYALLILFTPF Medicago truncatula
    LVARIMVVNPNNPCVTDADCQRYR
    HKLATRMICNQGFCLMDFTHDPYA
    PSLP
    (SEQ ID NO: 111)
    >gi|152218040|gb|ABS31454.1| NCR 317 MNHISKFVYALIIFLSIYLVVLDG Medicago truncatula
    LPISCKDHFECRRKINILRCIYRQ
    EKPMCINSICTCVKLL
    (SEQ ID NO: 112)
    >gi|152218038|gb|ABS31453.1| NCR 316 MQREKNMAKIFEFVYAMIIFILLF Medicago truncatula
    LVEKNVVAYLKFECKTDDDCQKSL
    LKTYVWKCVKNECYFFAKK
    (SEQ ID NO: 113)
    >gi|152218036|gb|ABS31452.1| NCR 315 MAGIIKFVHVLIIFLSLFHVVKND Medicago truncatula
    DGSFCFKDSDCPDEMCPSPLKEMC
    YFLQCKCGVDTIA
    (SEQ ID NO: 114)
    >gi|152218034|gb|ABS31451.1| NCR 314 MANTHKLVSMILFIFLFLASNNVE Medicago truncatula
    GYVNCETDADCPPSTRVKRFKCVK
    GECRWTRMSYA
    (SEQ ID NO: 115)
    >gi|152218032|gb|ABS31450.1| NCR 313 MQRRKKKAQVVMFVHDLIICIYLF Medicago truncatula
    IVITTRKTDIRCRFYYDCPRLEYH
    FCECIEDFCAYIRLN
    (SEQ ID NO: 116)
    >gi|152218030|gb|ABS31449.1| NCR 312 MAKVYMFVYALIIFVSPFLLATFR Medicago truncatula
    TRLPCEKDDDCPEAFLPPVMKCVN
    RFCQYEILE
    (SEQ ID NO: 117)
    >gi|152218028|gb|ABS31448.1| NCR 310 MIKQFSVCYIQMRRNMTTILKFPY Medicago truncatula
    IMVICLLLLHVAAYEDFEKEIFDC
    KKDGDCDHMCVTPGIPKCTGYVCF
    CFENL
    (SEQ ID NO: 118)
    >gi|152218026|gb|ABS31447.1| NCR 309 MQRSRNMTTIFKFAYIMIICVFLL Medicago truncatula
    NIAAQEIENGIHPCKKNEDCNHMC
    VMPGLPWCHENNLCFCYENAYGNT
    R
    (SEQ ID NO: 119)
    >gi|152218024|gb|ABS31446.1| NCR 304 MTIIIKFVNVLIIFLSLFHVAKND Medicago truncatula
    DNKLLLSFIEEGFLCFKDSDCPYN
    MCPSPLKEMCYFIKCVCGVYGPIR
    ERRLYQSHNPMIQ
    (SEQ ID NO: 120)
    >gi|152218022|gb|ABS31445.1| NCR 303 MRKNMTKILMIGYALMIFIFLSIA Medicago truncatula
    VSITGNLARASRKKPVDVIPCIYD
    HDCPRKLYFLERCVGRVCKYL
    (SEQ ID NO: 121)
    >gi|152218020|gb|ABS31444.1| NCR 301 MAHKLVYAITLFIFLFLIANNIED Medicago truncatula
    DIFCITDNDCPPNTLVQRYRCING
    KCNLSFVSYG
    (SEQ ID NO: 122)
    >gi|152218018|gb|ABS31443.1| NCR 300 MDETLKFVYILILFVSLCLVVADG Medicago truncatula
    VKNINRECTQTSDCYKKYPFIPWG
    KVRCVKGRCRLDM
    (SEQ ID NO: 123)
    >gi|152218016|gb|ABS31442.1| NCR 290 MAKIIKFVYVLAIFFSLFLVAKNV Medicago truncatula
    NGWTCVEDSDCPANICQPPMQRMC
    FYGECACVRSKFCT
    (SEQ ID NO: 124)
    >gi|152218014|gb|ABS31441.1| NCR 289 MVKIIKFVYFMTLFLSMLLVTTKE Medicago truncatula
    DGSVECIANIDCPQIFMLPFVMRC
    INFRCQIVNSEDT
    (SEQ ID NO: 125)
    >gi|152218012|gb|ABS31440.1| NCR 286 MDEILKFVYTLIIFFSLFFAANNV Medicago truncatula
    DANIMNCQSTFDCPRDMCSHIRDV
    ICIFKKCKCAGGRYMPQVP
    (SEQ ID NO: 126)
    >gi|152218008|gb|ABS31438.1| NCR 278 MQRRKNMANNHMLIYAMIICLFPY Medicago truncatula
    LVVTFKTAITCDCNEDCLNFFTPL
    DNLKCIDNVCEVFM
    (SEQ ID NO: 127)
    >gi|152218006|gb|ABS31437.1| NCR 266 MVNILKFIYVIIFFILMFFVLIDV Medicago truncatula
    DGHVLVECIENRDCEKGMCKFPFI
    VRCLMDQCKCVRIHNLI
    (SEQ ID NO: 128)
    >gi|152218004|gb|ABS31436.1| NCR 265 MIIQFSIYYMQRRKLNMVEILKFS Medicago truncatula
    HALIIFLFLSALVTNANIFFCSTD
    EDCTWNLCRQPWVQKCRLHMCSCE
    KN
    (SEQ ID NO: 129)
    >gi|152218002|gb|ABS31435.1| NCR 263 MDEVFKFVYVMIIFPFLILDVATN Medicago truncatula
    AEKIRRCFNDAHCPPDMCTLGVIP
    KCSRFTICIC
    (SEQ ID NO: 130)
    >gi|152218000|gb|ABS31434.1| NCR 244 MHRKPNMTKFFKFVYTMFILISLF Medicago truncatula
    LVVTNANANNCTDTSDCSSNHCSY
    EGVSLCMNGQCICIYE
    (SEQ ID NO: 131)
    >gi|152217998|gb|ABS31433.1| NCR 239 MQMKKMATILKFVYLIILLIYPLL Medicago truncatula
    VVTEESHYMKFSICKDDTDCPTLF
    CVLPNVPKCIGSKCHCKLMVN
    (SEQ ID NO: 132)
    >gi|152217996|gb|ABS31432.1| NCR 237 MVETLRLFYIMILFVSLYLVVVDG Medicago truncatula
    VSKLAQSCSEDFECYIKNPHAPFG
    QLRCFEGYCQRLDKPT
    (SEQ ID NO: 133)
    >gi|152217994|gb|ABS31431.1| NCR 228 MTTFLKVAYIMIICVFVLHLAAQV Medicago truncatula
    DSQKRLHGCKEDRDCDNICSVHAV
    TKCIGNMCRCLANVK
    (SEQ ID NO: 134)
    >gi|152217992|gb|ABS31430.1| NCR 224 MRINRTPAIFKFVYTIIIYLFLLR Medicago truncatula
    VVAKDLPFNICEKDEDCLEFCAHD
    KVAKCMLNICFCF
    (SEQ ID NO: 135)
    >gi|152217990|gb|ABS31429.1| NCR 221 MAEILKILYVFIIFLSLILAVISQ Medicago truncatula
    HPFTPCETNADCKCRNHKRPDCLW
    HKCYCY
    (SEQ ID NO: 136)
    >gi|152217988|gb|ABS31428.1| NCR 217 MRKSMATILKFVYVIMLFIYSLFV Medicago truncatula
    IESFGHRFLIYNNCKNDTECPNDC
    GPHEQAKCILYACYCVE
    (SEQ ID NO: 137)
    >gi|152217986|gb|ABS31427.1| NCR 209 MNTILKFIFVVFLFLSIFLSAGNS Medicago truncatula
    KSYGPCTTLQDCETHNWFEVCSCI
    DFECKCWSLL
    (SEQ ID NO: 138)
    >gi|152217984|gb|ABS31426.1| NCR 206 MAEIIKFVYIMILCVSLLLIAEAS Medicago truncatula
    GKECVTDADCENLYPGNKKPMFCN
    NTGYCMSLYKEPSRYM
    (SEQ ID NO: 139)
    >gi|152217982|gb|ABS31425.1| NCR 201 MAKIIKFVYIMILCVSLLLIVEAG Medicago truncatula
    GKECVTDVDCEKIYPGNKKPLICS
    TGYCYSLYEEPPRYHK
    (SEQ ID NO: 140)
    >gi|152217980|gb|ABS31424.1| NCR 200 MAKVTKFGYIIIHFLSLFFLAMNV Medicago truncatula
    AGGRECHANSHCVGKITCVLPQKP
    ECWNYACVCYDSNKYR
    (SEQ ID NO: 141)
    >gi|152217978|gb|ABS31423.1| NCR 192 MAKIFNYVYALIMFLSLFLMGTSG Medicago truncatula
    MKNGCKHTGHCPRKMCGAKTTKCR
    NNKCQCV
    (SEQ ID NO: 142)
    >gi|152217976|gb|ABS31422.1| NCR 189 MTEILKFVCVMIIFISSFIVSKSL Medicago truncatula
    NGGGKDKCFRDSDCPKHMCPSSLV
    AKCINRLCRCRRPELQVQLNP
    (SEQ ID NO: 143)
    >gi|152217974|gb|ABS31421.1| NCR 187 MANIIMFVYALIYALIIFSSLFVR Medicago truncatula
    DGIPCLSDDECPEMSHYSFKCNNK
    ICEYDLGEMSDDDYYLEMSRE
    (SEQ ID NO: 144)
    >gi|152217972|gb|ABS31420.1| NCR 181 MYREKNMAKTLKFVYVIVLFLSLF Medicago truncatula
    LAAKNIDGRVSYNSFIALPVCQTA
    ADCPEGTRGRTYKCINNKCRYPKL
    LKPIQ
    (SEQ ID NO: 145)
    >gi|152217970|gb|ABS31419.1| NCR 176 MAHIFNYVYALLVFLSLFLMVTNG Medicago truncatula
    IHIGCDKDRDCPKQMCHLNQTPKC
    LKNICKCV
    (SEQ ID NO: 146)
    >gi|152217968|gb|ABS31418.1| NCR 175 MAEILKCFYTMNLFIFLIILPAKI Medicago truncatula
    REHIQCVIDDDCPKSLNKLLIIKC
    INHVCQYVGNLPDFASQIPKSTKM
    PYKGE
    (SEQ ID NO: 147)
    >gi|152217966|gb|ABS31417.1| NCR 173 MAYISRIFYVLIIFLSLFFVVING Medicago truncatula
    VKSLLLIKVRSFIPCQRSDDCPRN
    LCVDQIIPTCVWAKCKCKNYND
    (SEQ ID NO: 148)
    >gi|152217964|gb|ABS31416.1| NCR 172 MANVTKFVYIAIYFLSLFFIAKND Medicago truncatula
    ATATFCHDDSHCVTKIKCVLPRTP
    QCRNEACGCYHSNKFR
    (SEQ ID NO: 149)
    >gi|152217962|gb|ABS31415.1| NCR 171 MGEIMKFVYVMIIYLFMFNVATGS Medicago truncatula
    EFIFTKKLTSCDSSKDCRSFLCYS
    PKFPVCKRGICECI
    (SEQ ID NO: 150)
    >gi|152217960|gb|ABS31414.1| NCR 169 MGEMFKFIYTFILFVHLFLVVIFE Medicago truncatula
    DIGHIKYCGIVDDCYKSKKPLFKI
    WKCVENVCVLWYK
    (SEQ ID NO: 151)
    >gi|152217958|gb|ABS31413.1| NCR 165 MARTLKFVYSMILFLSLFLVANGL Medicago truncatula
    KIFCIDVADCPKDLYPLLYKCIYN
    KCIVFTRIPFPFDWI
    (SEQ ID NO: 152)
    >gi|152217956|gb|ABS31412.1| NCR 159 MANITKFVYIAILFLSLFFIGMND Medicago truncatula
    AAILECREDSHCVTKIKCVLPRKP
    ECRNNACTCYKGGFSFHH
    (SEQ ID NO: 153)
    >gi|152217954|gb|ABS31411.1| NCR 147 MQRVKKMSETLKFVYVLILFISIF Medicago truncatula
    HVVIVCDSIYFPVSRPCITDKDCP
    NMKHYKAKCRKGFCISSRVR
    (SEQ ID NO: 154)
    >gi|152217952|gb|ABS31410.1| NCR 146 MQIRKIMSGVLKFVYAIILFLFLF Medicago truncatula
    LVAREVGGLETIECETDGDCPRSM
    IKMWNKNYRHKCIDGKCEWIKKLP
    (SEQ ID NO: 155)
    >gi|152217950|gb|ABS31409.1| NCR 145 MFVYDLILFISLILVVTGINAEAD Medicago truncatula
    TSCHSFDDCPWVAHHYRECIEGLC
    AYRILY
    (SEQ ID NO: 156)
    >gi|152217948|gb|ABS31408.1| NCR 144 MQRRKKSMAKMLKFFFAIILLLSL Medicago truncatula
    FLVATEVGGAYIECEVDDDCPKPM
    KNSHPDTYYKCVKHRCQWAWK
    (SEQ ID NO: 157)
    >gi|152217946|gb|ABS31407.1| NCR 140 MFVYTLIIFLFPSHVITNKIAIYC Medicago truncatula
    VSDDDCLKTFTPLDLKCVDNVCEF
    NLRCKGKCGERDEKFVFLKALKKM
    DQKLVLEEQGNAREVKIPKKLLFD
    RIQVPTPATKDQVEEDDYDDDDEE
    EEEEEDDVDMWFHLPDVVCH
    (SEQ ID NO: 158)
    >gi|152217944|gb|ABS31406.1| NCR 138 MAKFSMFVYALINFLSLFLVETAI Medicago truncatula
    TNIRCVSDDDCPKVIKPLVMKCIG
    NYCYFFMIYEGP
    (SEQ ID NO: 159)
    >gi|152217942|gb|ABS31405.1| NCR 136 MAHKFVYAIILFIFLFLVAKNVKG Medicago truncatula
    YVVCRTVDDCPPDTRDLRYRCLNG
    KCKSYRLSYG
    (SEQ ID NO: 160)
    >gi|152217940|gb|ABS31404.1| NCR 129 MQRKKNMGQILIFVFALINFLSPI Medicago truncatula
    LVEMTTTTIPCTFIDDCPKMPLVV
    KCIDNFCNYFEIK
    (SEQ ID NO: 161)
    >gi|152217938|gb|ABS31403.1| NCR 128 MAQTLMLVYALIIFTSLFLVVISR Medicago truncatula
    QTDIPCKSDDACPRVSSHHIECVK
    GFCTYWKLD
    (SEQ ID NO: 162)
    >gi|152217936|gb|ABS31402.1| NCR 127 MLRRKNTVQILMFVSALLIYIFLF Medicago truncatula
    LVITSSANIPCNSDSDCPWKIYYT
    YRCNDGFCVYKSIDPSTIPQYMTD
    LIFPR
    (SEQ ID NO: 163)
    >gi|152217934|gb|ABS31401.1| NCR 122 MAVILKFVYIMIIFLFLLYVVNGT Medicago truncatula
    RCNRDEDCPFICTGPQIPKCVSHI
    CFCLSSGKEAY
    (SEQ ID NO: 164)
    >gi|152217932|gb|ABS31400.1| NCR 121 MDAILKFIYAMFLFLFLFVTTRNV Medicago truncatula
    EALFECNRDFVCGNDDECVYPYAV
    QCIHRYCKCLKSRN
    (SEQ ID NO: 165)
    >gi|152217930|gb|ABS31399.1| NCR 119 MQIGRKKMGETPKLVYVIILFLSI Medicago truncatula
    FLCTNSSFSQMINFRGCKRDKDCP
    QFRGVNIRCRSGFCTPIDS
    (SEQ ID NO: 166)
    >gi|152217928|gb|ABS31398.1| NCR 118 MQMRKNMAQILFYVYALLILFSPF Medicago truncatula
    LVARIMVVNPNNPCVTDADCQRYR
    HKLATRMVCNIGFCLMDFTHDPYA
    PSLP
    (SEQ ID NO: 167)
    >gi|152217926|gb|ABS31397.1| NCR 111 MYVYYIQMGKNMAQRFMFIYALII Medicago truncatula
    FLSQFFVVINTSDIPNNSNRNSPK
    EDVFCNSNDDCPTILYYVSKCVYN
    FCEYW
    (SEQ ID NO: 168)
    >gi|152217924|gb|ABS31396.1| NCR 103 MAKIVNFVYSMIIFVSLFLVATKG Medicago truncatula
    GSKPFLTRPYPCNTGSDCPQNMCP
    PGYKPGCEDGYCNHCYKRW
    (SEQ ID NO: 169)
    >gi|152217922|gb|ABS31395.1| NCR 101 MVRTLKFVYVIILILSLFLVAKGG Medicago truncatula
    GKKIYCENAASCPRLMYPLVYKCL
    DNKCVKFMMKSRFV
    (SEQ ID NO: 170)
    >gi|152217920|gb|ABS31394.1| NCR 96 MARTLKFVYAVILFLSLFLVAKGD Medicago truncatula
    DVKIKCVVAANCPDLMYPLVYKCL
    NGICVQFTLTFPFV
    (SEQ ID NO: 171)
    >gi|152217918|gb|ABS31393.1| NCR 94 MSNTLMFVITFIVLVTLFLGPKNV Medicago truncatula
    YAFQPCVTTADCMKTLKTDENIWY
    ECINDFCIPFPIPKGRK
    (SEQ ID NO: 172)
    >gi|152217916|gb|ABS31392.1| NCR 93 MKRVVNMAKIVKYVYVIIIFLSLF Medicago truncatula
    LVATKIEGYYYKCFKDSDCVKLLC
    RIPLRPKCMYRHICKCKVVLTQNN
    YVLT
    (SEQ ID NO: 173)
    >gi|152217914|gb|ABS31391.1| NCR 90 MKRGKNMSKILKFIYATLVLYLFL Medicago truncatula
    VVTKASDDECKIDGDCPISWQKFH
    TYKCINQKCKWVLRFHEY
    (SEQ ID NO: 174)
    >gi|152217912|gb|ABS31390.1| NCR 88 MAKTLNFMFALILFISLFLVSKNV Medicago truncatula
    AIDIFVCQTDADCPKSELSMYTWK
    CIDNECNLFKVMQQMV
    (SEQ ID NO: 175)
    >gi|152217910|gb|ABS31389.1| NCR 86 MANTHKLVSMILFIFLFLVANNVE Medicago truncatula
    GYVNCETDADCPPSTRVKRFKCVK
    GECRWTRMSYA
    (SEQ ID NO: 176)
    >gi|152217908|gb|ABS31388.1| NCR 77 MAHFLMFVYALITCLSLFLVEMGH Medicago truncatula
    LSIHCVSVDDCPKVEKPITMKCIN
    NYCKYFVDHKL
    (SEQ ID NO: 177)
    >gi|152217906|gb|ABS31387.1| NCR 76 MNQIPMFGYTLIIFFSLFPVITNG Medicago truncatula
    DRIPCVTNGDCPVMRLPLYMRCIT
    YSCELFFDGPNLCAVERI
    (SEQ ID NO: 178)
    >gi|152217904|gb|ABS31386.1| NCR 74 MRKDMARISLFVYALIIFFSLFFV Medicago truncatula
    LTNGELEIRCVSDADCPLFPLPLH
    NRCIDDVCHLFTS
    (SEQ ID NO: 179)
    >gi|152217902|gb|ABS31385.1| NCR 68 MAQILMFVYFLIIFLSLFLVESIK Medicago truncatula
    IFTEHRCRTDADCPARELPEYLKC
    QGGMCRLLIKKD
    (SEQ ID NO: 180)
    >gi|152217900|gb|ABS31384.1| NCR 65 MARVISLFYALIIFLFLFLVATNG Medicago truncatula
    DLSPCLRSGDCSKDECPSHLVPKC
    IGLTCYCI
    (SEQ ID NO: 181)
    >gi|152217898|gb|ABS31383.1| NCR 62 MQRRKNMAQILLFAYVFIISISLF Medicago truncatula
    LVVTNGVKIPCVKDTDCPTLPCPL
    YSKCVDGFCKMLSI
    (SEQ ID NO: 182)
    >gi|152217896|gb|ABS31382.1| NCR 57 MNHISKFVYALIIFLSVYLVVLDG Medicago truncatula
    RPVSCKDHYDCRRKVKIVGCIFPQ
    EKPMCINSMCTCIREIVP
    (SEQ ID NO: 183)
    >gi|152217894|gb|ABS31381.1| NCR 56 MKSQNHAKFISFYKNDLFKIFQNN Medicago truncatula
    DSHFKVFFALIIFLYTYLHVTNGV
    FVSCNSHIHCRVNNHKIGCNIPEQ
    YLLCVNLFCLWLDY
    (SEQ ID NO: 184)
    >gi|152217892|gb|ABS31380.1| NCR 54 MTYISKVVYALIIFLSIYVGVNDC Medicago truncatula
    MLVTCEDHFDCRQNVQQVGCSFRE
    IPQCINSICKCMKG
    (SEQ ID NO: 185)
    >gi|152217890|gb|ABS31379.1| NCR 53 MTHISKFVFALIIFLSIYVGVNDC Medicago truncatula
    KRIPCKDNNDCNNNWQLLACRFER
    EVPRCINSICKCMPM
    (SEQ ID NO: 186)
    >gi|152217888|gb|ABS31378.1| NCR 43 MVQTPKLVYVIVLLLSIFLGMTIC Medicago truncatula
    NSSFSHFFEGACKSDKDCPKLHRS
    NVRCRKGQCVQI
    (SEQ ID NO: 187)
    >gi|152217886|gb|ABS31377.1| NCR 28 MTKILMLFYAMIVFHSIFLVASYT Medicago truncatula
    DECSTDADCEYILCLFPIIKRCIH
    NHCKCVPMGSIEPMSTIPNGVHKF
    HIINN
    (SEQ ID NO: 188)
    >gi|152217884|gb|ABS31376.1| NCR 26 MAKTLNFVCAMILFISLFLVSKNV Medicago truncatula
    ALYIIECKTDADCPISKLNMYNWR
    CIKSSCHLYKVIQFMV
    (SEQ ID NO: 189)
    >gi|152217882|gb|ABS31375.1| NCR 24 MQKEKNMAKTFEFVYAMIIFILLF Medicago truncatula
    LVENNFAAYIIECQTDDDCPKSQL
    EMFAWKCVKNGCHLFGMYEDDDDP
    (SEQ ID NO: 190)
    >gi|152217880|gb|ABS31374.1| NCR 21 MAATRKFIYVLSHFLFLFLVTKIT Medicago truncatula
    DARVCKSDKDCKDIIIYRYILKCR
    NGECVKIKI
    (SEQ ID NO: 191)
    >gi|152217878|gb|ABS31373.1| NCR 20 MQRLDNMAKNVKFIYVIILLLFIF Medicago truncatula
    LVIIVCDSAFVPNSGPCTTDKDCK
    QVKGYIARCRKGYCMQSVKRTWSS
    YSR
    (SEQ ID NO: 192)
    >gi|152217876|gb|ABS31372.1| NCR 19 MKFIYIMILFLSLFLVQFLTCKGL Medicago truncatula
    TVPCENPTTCPEDFCTPPMITRCI
    NFICLCDGPEYAEPEYDGPEPEYD
    HKGDFLSVKPKIINENMMMRERHM
    MKEIEV
    (SEQ ID NO: 193)
    >gi|152217874|gb|ABS31371.1| NCR 12 MAQFLMFIYVLIIFLYLFYVEAAM Medicago truncatula
    FELTKSTIRCVTDADCPNVVKPLK
    PKCVDGFCEYT
    (SEQ ID NO: 194)
    >gi|152217872|gb|ABS31370.1| NCR 10 MKMRIHMAQIIMFFYALIIFLSPF Medicago truncatula
    LVDRRSFPSSFVSPKSYTSEIPCK
    ATRDCPYELYYETKCVDSLCTY
    (SEQ ID NO: 195)
  • Any NCR peptide known in the art is suitable for use in the methods or compositions described herein. NCR peptide-producing plants include but are not limited to Pisum sativum (pea), Astragalus sinicus (IRLC legumes), Phaseolus vulgaris (bean), Vigna unguiculata (cowpea), Medicago truncatula (barrelclover), and Lotus japonicus. For example, over 600 potential NCR peptides are predicted from the M. truncatula genome sequence and almost 150 different NCR peptides have been detected in cells isolated from root nodules by mass spectrometry.
  • The NCR peptides described herein may be mature or immature NCR peptides. Immature NCR peptides have a C-terminal signal peptide that is required for translocation into the endoplasmic reticulum and cleaved after translocation. The N-terminus of a NCR peptide includes a signal peptide, which may be cleavable, for targeting to a secretory pathway. NCR peptides are generally small peptides with disulfide bridges that stabilize their structure. Mature NCR peptides have a length in the range of about 20 to about 60 amino acids, about 25 to about 55 amino acids, about 30 to about 50 amino acids, about 35 to about 45 amino acids, or any range therebetween. NCR peptides may include a conserved sequence of cysteine residues with the rest of the peptide sequence highly variable. NCR peptides generally have about four or eight cysteines.
  • NCR peptides may be anionic, neutral, or cationic. In some instances, synthetic cationic NCR peptides having a pI greater than about eight possess antimicrobial activities. For example, NCR247 (pI=10.15) (RNGCIVDPRCPYQQCRRPLYCRRR; SEQ ID NO: 196) and NCR335 (pI=11.22) (MAQFLLFVYSLIIFLSLFFGEAAFERTETRMLTIPCTSDDNCPKVISPCHTKCFDGFCGWYIEGSYEGP; SEQ ID NO: 197) are both effective against gram-negative and gram-positive bacteria as well as fungi. In some instances, neutral and/or anionic NCR peptides, such as NCR001, do not possess antimicrobial activities at a pI greater than about 8.
  • In some instances, the NCR peptide is effective to kill bacteria. In some instances, the NCR peptide is effective to kill S. meliloti, Xenorhabdus spp, Photorhabdus spp, Candidatus spp, Buchnera spp, Blattabacterium spp, Baumania spp, Wigglesworthia spp, Wolbachia spp, Rickettsia spp, Orientia spp, Sodalis spp, Burkholderia spp, Cupriavidus spp, Frankia spp, Snirhizobium spp, Streptococcus spp, Wolinella spp, Xylella spp, Erwinia spp, Agrobacterium spp, Bacillus spp, Paenibacillus spp, Streptomyces spp, Micrococcus spp, Corynebacterium spp, Acetobacter spp, Cyanobacteria spp, Salmonella spp, Rhodococcus spp, Pseudomonas spp, Lactobacillus spp, Enterococcus spp, Alcaligenes spp, Klebsiella spp, Paenibacillus spp, Arthrobacter spp, Corynebacterium spp, Brevibacterium spp, Thermus spp, Pseudomonas spp, Clostridium spp, or Escherichia spp.
  • In some instances, the NCR peptide is a functionally active variant of a NCR peptide described herein. In some instances, the variant of the NCR peptide has at least 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity, e.g., over a specified region or over the entire sequence, to a sequence of a NCR peptide described herein or naturally derived NCR peptide.
  • In some instances, the NCR peptide may be bioengineered to modulate its bioactivity, e.g., increase or decrease or regulate, or to specify a target microorganism. In some instances, the NCR peptide is produced by the translational machinery (e.g. a ribosome, etc.) of a cell. In some instances, the NCR peptide is chemically synthesized. In some instances, the NCR peptide is derived from a polypeptide precursor. The polypeptide precursor can undergo cleavage (for example, processing by a protease) to yield the NCR peptide itself. As such, in some instances, the NCR peptide is produced from a precursor polypeptide. In some instances, the NCR peptide includes a polypeptide that has undergone post-translational modifications, for example, cleavage, or the addition of one or more functional groups.
  • The NCR peptide described herein may be formulated in a composition for any of the uses described herein. The compositions disclosed herein may include any number or type of NCR peptides, such as at least about any one of 1 NCR peptide, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 100, or more NCR peptides. A suitable concentration of each NCR peptide in the composition depends on factors such as efficacy, stability of the NCR peptide, number of distinct NCR peptide, the formulation, and methods of application of the composition. In some instances, each NCR peptide in a liquid composition is from about 0.1 ng/mL to about 100 mg/mL. In some instances, each NCR peptide in a solid composition is from about 0.1 ng/g to about 100 mg/g. In some instances, wherein the composition includes at least two types of NCR peptides, the concentration of each type of NCR peptide may be the same or different.
  • A modulating agent including a NCR peptide as described herein can be contacted with the target host in an amount and for a time sufficient to: (a) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of NCR peptide concentration inside a target host; (b) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of NCR peptide concentration inside a target host gut; (c) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of NCR peptide concentration inside a target host bacteriocyte; (d) modulate the level, or an activity, of one or more microorganism (e.g., endosymbiont) in the target host; or/and (e) modulate fitness of the target host.
  • (e) Bacteriocyte Regulatory Peptides
  • The modulating agent described herein may include a bacteriocyte regulatory peptide (BRP). BRPs are peptides expressed in the bacteriocytes of insects. These genes are expressed first at a developmental time point coincident with the incorporation of symbionts and their bacteriocyte-specific expression is maintained throughout the insect's life. In some instances, the BRP has a hydrophobic amino terminal domain, which is predicted to be a signal peptide. In addition, some BRPs have a cysteine-rich domain. In some instances, the bacteriocyte regulatory peptide is a bacteriocyte-specific cysteine rich (BCR) protein. Bacteriocyte regulatory peptides have a length between about 40 and 150 amino acids. In some instances, the bacteriocyte regulatory peptide has a length in the range of about 45 to about 145, about 50 to about 140, about 55 to about 135, about 60 to about 130, about 65 to about 125, about 70 to about 120, about 75 to about 115, about 80 to about 110, about 85 to about 105, or any range therebetween. Non-limiting examples of BRPs and their activities are listed in Table 8.
  • TABLE 8
    Examples of Bacteriocyte Regulatory Peptides
    Name Peptide Sequence
    Bacteriocyte- MKLLHGFLIIMLTMHLSIQYAYGGPFLTK
    specific cysteine YLCDRVCHKLCGDEFVCSCIQYKSLKGLW
    rich proteins  FPHCPTGKASVVLHNFLTSP
    BCR family,  (SEQ ID NO: 198)
    peptide BCR1
    Bacteriocyte- MKLLYGFLIIMLTIHLSVQYFESPFETKY
    specific cysteine NCDTHCNKLCGKIDHCSCIQYHSMEGLWF
    rich proteins  PHCRTGSAAQMLHDFLSNP
    BCR family,  (SEQ ID NO: 199)
    peptide BCR2 
    Bacteriocyte- MSVRKNVLPTMFVVLLIMSPVTPTSVFIS
    specific cysteine AVCYSGCGSLALVCFVSNGITNGLDYFKS
    rich proteins  SAPLSTSETSCGEAFDTCTDHCLANFKF
    BCR family,  (SEQ ID NO: 200)
    peptide BCR3 
    Bacteriocyte- MRLLYGFLIIMLTIYLSVQDFDPTEFKGP
    specific cysteine FPTIEICSKYCAVVCNYTSRPCYCVEAAK
    rich proteins  ERDQWFPYCYD
    BCR family,  (SEQ ID NO: 201)
    peptide BCR4 
    Bacteriocyte- MRLLYGFLIIMLTIHLSVQDIDPNTLRGP
    specific cysteine YPTKEICSKYCEYNVVCGASLPCICVQDA
    rich proteins  RQLDHWFACCYDGGPEMLM
    BCR family,  (SEQ ID NO: 202)
    peptide BCR5 
    Secreted proteins MKLFVVVVLVAVGIMFVFASDTAAAPTDY
    SP family,  EDTNDMISLSSLVGDNSPYVRVSSADSGG
    peptide SP1  SSKTSSKNPILGLLKSVIKLLTKIFGTYS
    DAAPAMPPIPPALRKNRGMLA
    (SEQ ID NO: 203)
    Secreted proteins MVACKVILAVAVVFVAAVQGRPGGEPEWA
    SP family,  APIFAELKSVSDNITNLVGLDNAGEYATA
    peptide SP2  AKNNLNAFAESLKTEAAVFSKSFEGKASA
    SDVFKESTKNFQAVVDTYIKNLPKDLTLK
    DFTEKSEQALKYMVEHGTEITKKAQGNTE
    TEKEIKEFFKKQIENLIGQGKALQAKIAE
    AKKA
    (SEQ ID NO: 204)
    Secreted proteins MKTSSSKVFASCVAIVCLASVANALPVQK
    SP family,  SVAATTENPIVEKHGCRAHKNLVRQNVVD
    peptide SP3  LKTYDSMLITNEVVQKQSNEVQSSEQSNE
    GQNSEQSNEGQNSEQSNEVQSSEHSNEGQ
    NSKQSNEGQNSEQSNEVQSSEHSNEGQNS
    EQSNEVQSSEHSNEGQNSKQSNEGQNSKQ
    SNEVQSSEHWNEGQNSKQSNEDQNSEQSN
    EGQNSKQSNEGQNSKQSNEDQNSEQSNEG
    QNSKQSNEVQSSEQSNEGQNSKQSNEGQS
    SEQSNEGQNSKOSNEVQSPEEHYDLPDPE
    SSYESEETKGSHESGDDSEHR
    (SEQ ID NO: 205)
    Secreted proteins MKTIILGLCLFGALFWSTQSMPVGEVAPA
    SP family,  VPAVPSEAVPQKQVEAKPETNAASPVSDA
    peptide SP4  KPESDSKPVDAEVKPTVSEVKAESEQKPS
    GEPKPESDAKPVVASESKPESDPKPAAVV
    ESKPENDAVAPETNNDAKPENAAAPVSEN
    KPATDAKAETELIAQAKPESKPASDLKAE
    PEAAKPNSEVPVALPLNPTETKATQQSVE
    TNQVEQAAPAAAQADPAAAPAADPAPAPA
    AAPVAAEEAKLSESAPSTENKAAEEPSKP
    AEQQSAKPVEDAVPAASEISETKVSPAVP
    AVPEVPASPSAPAVADPVSAPEAEKNAEP
    AKAANSAEPAVQSEAKPAEDIQKSGAVVS
    AENPKPVEEQKPAEVAKPAEQSKSEAPAE
    APKPTEQSAAEEPKKPESANDEKKEQHSV
    NKRDATKEKKPTDSIMKKQKQKKAN
    (SEQ ID NO: 206)
    Secreted proteins MNGKIVLCFAVVFIGQAMSAATGTTPEVE
    SP family,  DIKKVAEQMSQTFMSVANHLVGITPNSAD
    peptide SP5a  AQKSIEKIRTIMNKGFTDMETEANKMKDI
    VRKNADPKLVEKYDELEKELKKHLSTAKD
    MFEDKVVKPIGEKVELKKITENVIKTTKD
    MEATMNKAIDGFKKQ
    (SEQ ID NO: 207)
    Secreted proteins MHLFLALGLFIVCGMVDATFYNPRSQTFN
    SP family,  QLMERRQRSIPIPYSYGYHYNPIEPSINV
    peptide SP6  LDSLSEGLDSRINTFKPIYQNVKMSTQDV
    NSVPRTQYQPKNSLYDSEYISAKDIPSLF
    PEEDSYDYKYLGSPLNKYLTRPSTQESGI
    AINLVAIKETSVFDYGFPTYKSPYSSDSV
    WNFGSKIPNTVFEDPQSVESDPNTFKVSS
    PTIKIVKLLPETPEQESIITTTKNYELNY
    KTTQETPTEAELYPITSEEFQTEDEWHPM
    VPKENTTKDESSFITTEEPLTEDKSNSIT
    IEKTQTEDESNSIEFNSIRTEEKSNSITT
    EENQKEDDESMSTTSQETTTAFNLNDTFD
    TNRYSSSHESLMLRIRELMKNIADQQNKS
    QFRTVDNIPAKSQSNLSSDESTNQQFEPQ
    LVNGADTYK
    (SEQ ID NO: 208)
    Colepotericin A, MTRTMLFLACVAALYVCISATAGKPEEFA
    ColA peptide  KLSDEAPSNDQAMYESIQRYRRFVDGNRY
    NGGQQQQQQPKQWEVRPDLSRDQRGNTKA
    QVEINKKGDNHDINAGWGKNINGPDSHKD
    TWHVGGSVRW
    (SEQ ID NO: 209)
    RIpA type I MKETTVVWAKLFLILIILAKPLGLKAVNE
    CKRLGNNSCRSHGECCSGFCFIEPGWALG
    VCKRLGTPKKSDDSNNGKNIEKNNGVHER
    IDDVFERGVCSYYKGPSITANGDVFDENE
    MTAAHRTLPFNTMVKVEGMGTSVVVKIND
    RKTAADGKVMLLSRAAAESLNIDENTGPV
    QCQLKFVLDGSGCTPDYGDTCVLHHECCS
    QNCFREMFSDKGFCLPK
    (SEQ ID NO: 210)
  • In some instances, the BRP alters the growth and/or activity of one or more bacteria resident in the bacteriocyte of the host. In some instances, the BRP may be bioengineered to modulate its bioactivity (e.g., increase, decrease, or regulate) or to specify a target microorganism. In some instances, the BRP is produced by the translational machinery (e.g. a ribosome, etc.) of a cell. In some instances, the BRP is chemically synthesized. In some instances, the BRP is derived from a polypeptide precursor. The polypeptide precursor can undergo cleavage (for example, processing by a protease) to yield the polypeptide of the BRP itself. As such, in some instances, the BRP is produced from a precursor polypeptide. In some instances, the BRP includes a polypeptide that has undergone post-translational modifications, for example, cleavage, or the addition of one or more functional groups.
  • Functionally active variants of the BRPs as described herein are also useful in the compositions and methods described herein. In some instances, the variant of the BRP has at least 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity, e.g., over a specified region or over the entire sequence, to a sequence of a BRP described herein or naturally derived BRP.
  • The BRP described herein may be formulated in a composition for any of the uses described herein. The compositions disclosed herein may include any number or type (e.g., classes) of BRPs, such as at least about any one of 1 BRP, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, or more BRPs. A suitable concentration of each BRP in the composition depends on factors such as efficacy, stability of the BRP, number of distinct BRP, the formulation, and methods of application of the composition. In some instances, each BRP in a liquid composition is from about 0.1 ng/mL to about 100 mg/mL. In some instances, each BRP in a solid composition is from about 0.1 ng/g to about 100 mg/g. In some instances, wherein the composition includes at least two types of BRPs, the concentration of each type of BRP may be the same or different.
  • A modulating agent including a BRP as described herein can be contacted with the target host in an amount and for a time sufficient to: (a) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of BRP concentration inside a target host; (b) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of BRP concentration inside a target host gut; (c) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of BRP concentration inside a target host bacteriocyte; (d) modulate the level, or an activity, of one or more microorganism (e.g., endosymbiont) in the target host; or/and (e) modulate fitness of the target host.
  • iii. Small Molecules
  • Numerous small molecules (e.g., an antibiotic or a metabolite) may be used in the compositions and methods described herein. In some instances, an effective concentration of any small molecule described herein may alter the level, activity, or metabolism of one or more microorganisms (as described herein) resident in a host, the alteration resulting in a decrease in the host's fitness.
  • A modulating agent comprising a small molecule as described herein can be contacted with the target host in an amount and for a time sufficient to: (a) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of a small molecule concentration inside a target host; (b) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of small molecule concentration inside a target host gut; (c) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of a small molecule concentration inside a target host bacteriocyte; (d) modulate the level, or an activity, of one or more microorganism (e.g., endosymbiont) in the target host; or/and (e) modulate fitness of the target host.
  • The small molecules discussed hereinafter, namely antibiotics and secondary metabolites, can be used to alter the level, activity, or metabolism of target microorganisms as indicated in the sections for decreasing the fitness of a host insect (e.g., vector of a human pathogen), such as a mosquito, a mite, a louse, or a tick.
  • (a) Antibiotics
  • The modulating agent described herein may include an antibiotic. Any antibiotic known in the art may be used. Antibiotics are commonly classified based on their mechanism of action, chemical structure, or spectrum of activity.
  • The antibiotic described herein may target any bacterial function or growth processes and may be either bacteriostatic (e.g., slow or prevent bacterial growth) or bactericidal (e.g., kill bacteria). In some instances, the antibiotic is a bactericidal antibiotic. In some instances, the bactericidal antibiotic is one that targets the bacterial cell wall (e.g., penicillins and cephalosporins); one that targets the cell membrane (e.g., polymyxins); or one that inhibits essential bacterial enzymes (e.g., rifamycins, lipiarmycins, quinolones, and sulfonamides). In some instances, the bactericidal antibiotic is an aminoglycoside. In some instances, the antibiotic is a bacteriostatic antibiotic. In some instances the bacteriostatic antibiotic targets protein synthesis (e.g., macrolides, lincosamides and tetracyclines). Additional classes of antibiotics that may be used herein include cyclic lipopeptides (such as daptomycin), glycylcyclines (such as tigecycline), oxazolidinones (such as linezolid), or lipiarmycins (such as fidaxomicin). Examples of antibiotics include oxytetracycline, doxycycline, rifampicin, ciprofloxacin, ampicillin, and polymyxin B. Other non-limiting examples of antibiotics are found in Table 9.
  • TABLE 9
    Examples of Antibiotics
    Antibiotics Action
    Penicillins, cephalosporins, vancomycin Cell wall synthesis
    Polymixin, gramicidin Membrane active agent,
    disrupt cell membrane
    Tetracyclines, macrolides, chloramphenicol, Inhibit protein synthesis
    clindamycin, spectinomycin
    Sulfonamides Inhibit folate-dependent
    pathways
    Ciprofloxacin Inhibit DNA-gyrase
    Isoniazid, rifampicin, pyrazinamide, Antimycobacterial agents
    ethambutol, (myambutol)l, streptomycin
  • The antibiotic described herein may have any level of target specificity (e.g., narrow- or broad-spectrum). In some instances, the antibiotic is a narrow-spectrum antibiotic, and thus targets specific types of bacteria, such as gram-negative or gram-positive bacteria. Alternatively, the antibiotic may be a broad-spectrum antibiotic that targets a wide range of bacteria.
  • The antibiotics described herein may be formulated in a composition for any of the uses described herein. The compositions disclosed herein may include any number or type (e.g., classes) of antibiotics, such as at least about any one of 1 antibiotic, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, or more antibiotics (e.g., a combination of rifampicin and doxycycline, or a combination of ampicillin and rifampicin). A suitable concentration of each antibiotic in the composition depends on factors such as efficacy, stability of the antibiotic, number of distinct antibiotics, the formulation, and methods of application of the composition. In some instances, wherein the composition includes at least two types of antibiotics, the concentration of each type of antibiotic may be the same or different.
  • A modulating agent including an antibiotic as described herein can be contacted with the target host in an amount and for a time sufficient to: (a) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of antibiotic concentration inside a target host; (b) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of antibiotic concentration inside a target host gut; (c) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of antibiotic concentration inside a target host bacteriocyte; (d) modulate the level, or an activity, of one or more microorganism (e.g., endosymbiont) in the target host; or/and (e) modulate fitness of the target host.
  • As illustrated by Examples 1-4, 10, 14, 26, and 27, antibiotics (e.g., doxycycline, oxytetracycline, azithromycin, ciprofloxacin, or rifampicin) can be used as modulating agents that target an endosymbiotic bacterium, such as a Wolbachia spp., in an insect host (e.g., an insect vector of an animal pathogen), such as a mosquito or mite or tick or biting louse, to decrease the fitness of the host (e.g., as outlined herein). As illustrated by Example 3, antibiotics such as oxytetracycline can be used as modulating agents that target an endosymbiotic bacterium, such as a Rickettsia spp., in an insect host, such as ticks, to decrease the fitness of the host (e.g., as outlined herein).
  • (b) Secondary Metabolites
  • In some instances, the modulating agent of the compositions and methods described herein includes a secondary metabolite. Secondary metabolites are derived from organic molecules produced by an organism. Secondary metabolites may act (i) as competitive agents used against bacteria, fungi, amoebae, plants, insects, and large animals; (ii) as metal transporting agents; (iii) as agents of symbiosis between microbes and plants, insects, and higher animals; (iv) as sexual hormones; and (v) as differentiation effectors. Non-limiting examples of secondary metabolites are found in Table 10.
  • TABLE 10
    Examples of Secondary Metabolites
    Phenyl-
    propanoids Alkaloids Terpenoids Quinones Steroids Polyketides
    Anthocyanins Acridines Carotenes Anthra- Cardiac Erythromycin
    quinones
    Coumarins Betalaines Monoterpenes Bezo- Gycosides Lovastatin and
    quinones other statins
    Flavonoids Quino- Sesquiterpenes Naphtho- Pregnen- Discoder-
    Iozidines quinones olone molide
    Hydroxy- Furono- Diterpenes Derivatives Aflatoxin B1
    cinnamoyl quinones
    Derivatives Harring- Triterpenes Avermectins
    tonines
    Isoflavonoids Isoquino- Nystatin
    lines
    Lignans Indoles Rifamycin
    Phenolenones Purines
    Proantho- Pyridines
    cyanidins
    Stilbenes Tropane
    Tanins Alkaloids
  • The secondary metabolite used herein may include a metabolite from any known group of secondary metabolites. For example, secondary metabolites can be categorized into the following groups: alkaloids, terpenoids, flavonoids, glycosides, natural phenols (e.g., gossypol acetic acid), enals (e.g., trans-cinnamaldehyde), phenazines, biphenols and dibenzofurans, polyketides, fatty acid synthase peptides, nonribosomal peptides, ribosomally synthesized and post-translationally modified peptides, polyphenols polysaccharides (e.g., chitosan), and biopolymers. For an in-depth review of secondary metabolites see, for example, Vining, Annu. Rev. Microbiol. 44:395-427, 1990.
  • Secondary metabolites useful for compositions and methods described herein include those that alter a natural function of an endosymbiont (e.g., primary or secondary endosymbiont), bacteriocyte, or extracellular symbiont. In some instances, one or more secondary metabolites described herein is isolated from a high throughput screening (HTS) for antimicrobial compounds. For example, a HTS screen identified 49 antibacterial extracts that have specificity against gram positive and gram negative bacteria from over 39,000 crude extracts from organisms growing in diverse ecosystems of one specific region. In some instances, the secondary metabolite is transported inside a bacteriocyte.
  • In some instances, the small molecule is an inhibitor of vitamin synthesis. In some instances, the vitamin synthesis inhibitor is a vitamin precursor analog. In certain instances, the vitamin precursor analog is pantothenol.
  • In some instances, the small molecule is an amino acid analog. In certain instances, the amino acid analog is L-canvanine, D-arginine, D-valine, D-methionine, D-phenylalanine, D-histidine, D-tryptophan, D-threonine, D-leucine, L-NG-nitroarginine, or a combination thereof.
  • In some instances the small molecule is a natural antimicrobial compound, such as propionic acid, levulinic acid, trans-cinnemaldehdye, nisin, or low molecular weight chitosan.
  • The secondary metabolite described herein may be formulated in a composition for any of the uses described herein. The compositions disclosed herein may include any number or type (e.g., classes) of secondary metabolites, such as at least about any one of 1 secondary metabolite, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, or more secondary metabolites. A suitable concentration of each secondary metabolite in the composition depends on factors such as efficacy, stability of the secondary metabolite, number of distinct secondary metabolites, the formulation, and methods of application of the composition. In some instances, wherein the composition includes at least two types of secondary metabolites, the concentration of each type of secondary metabolite may be the same or different.
  • A modulating agent including a secondary metabolite as described herein can be contacted with the target host in an amount and for a time sufficient to: (a) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of secondary metabolite concentration inside a target host; (b) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of secondary metabolite concentration inside a target host gut; (c) reach a target level (e.g., a predetermined or threshold level) of secondary metabolite concentration inside a target host bacteriocyte; (d) modulate the level, or an activity, of one or more microorganism (e.g., endosymbiont) in the target host; or/and (e) modulate fitness of the target host.
  • As illustrated by Example 15, secondary metabolites (e.g., gossypol) can be used as modulating agents that target an endosymbiotic bacterium in an insect host to decrease the fitness of the host (e.g., as outlined herein). As further illustrated by Examples 11-13, 17-19, 23, and 24, small molecules, such as trans-cinnemaldehyde, levulinic acid, chitosan, vitamin analogs, or amino acid transport inhibitors, can also be used as modulating agents that target an endosymbiotic bacterium in an insect host to decrease the fitness of the host (e.g., as outlined herein).
  • iv. Bacteria as modulating agents
  • In some instances, the modulating agent described herein includes one or more bacteria. Numerous bacteria are useful in the compositions and methods described herein. In some instances, the agent is a bacterial species endogenously found in the host. In some instances, the bacterial modulating agent is an endosymbiotic bacterial species. Non-limiting examples of bacteria that may be used as modulating agents include all bacterial species described herein in Section II of the detailed description and those listed in Table 1. For example, the modulating agent may be a bacterial species from any bacterial phyla present in insect guts, including Gammaproteobacteria, Alphaproteobacteria, Betaproteobacteria, Bacteroidetes, Firmicutes (e.g., Lactobacillus and Bacillus spp.), Clostridia, Actinomycetes, Spirochetes, Verrucomicrobia, and Actinobacteria.
  • In some instances, the modulating agent is a bacterium that disrupts microbial diversity or otherwise alters the microbiota of the host in a manner detrimental to the host. In one instance, bacteria may be provided to disrupt the microbiota of mosquitos. For example, the bacterial modulating agent may compete with, displace, and/or reduce a population of symbiotic bacteria in a mosquito.
  • In another instance, bacteria may be provided to disrupt the microbiota of mites. For example, the bacterial modulating agent may compete with, displace, and/or reduce a population of symbiotic bacteria in a mite.
  • In another instance, bacteria may be provided to disrupt the microbiota of biting louse. For example, the bacterial modulating agent may compete with, displace, and/or reduce a population of symbiotic bacteria in a biting louse.
  • In another instance, bacteria may be provided to disrupt the microbiota of ticks. For example, the bacterial modulating agent may compete with, displace, and/or reduce a population of symbiotic bacteria in a tick.
  • The bacterial modulating agents discussed herein can be used to alter the level, activity, or metabolism of target microorganisms as indicated in the sections for decreasing the fitness of a host insect (e.g., a vector of a human pathogen), such as a mosquito a mite, a biting louse, or a tick.
  • v. Modifications to modulating agents
  • (a) Fusions
  • Any of the modulating agents described herein may be fused or linked to an additional moiety. In some instances, the modulating agent includes a fusion of one or more additional moieties (e.g., 1 additional moiety, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more additional moieties). In some instances, the additional moiety is any one of the modulating agents described herein (e.g., a peptide, polypeptide, small molecule, or antibiotic). Alternatively, the additional moiety may not act as modulating agent itself but may instead serve a secondary function. For example, the additional moiety may to help the modulating agent access, bind, or become activated at a target site in the host (e.g., at a host gut or a host bacteriocyte) or at a target microorganism resident in the host (e.g., a vector of a human pathogen, e.g., a mosquito, a mite, a biting louse, or a tick).
  • In some instances, the additional moiety may help the modulating agent penetrate a target host cell or target microorganism resident in the host. For example, the additional moiety may include a cell penetrating peptide. Cell penetrating peptides (CPPs) may be natural sequences derived from proteins; chimeric peptides that are formed by the fusion of two natural sequences; or synthetic CPPs, which are synthetically designed sequences based on structure-activity studies. In some instances, CPPs have the capacity to ubiquitously cross cellular membranes (e.g., prokaryotic and eukaryotic cellular membranes) with limited toxicity. Further, CPPs may have the capacity to cross cellular membranes via energy-dependent and/or independent mechanisms, without the necessity of a chiral recognition by specific receptors. CPPs can be bound to any of the modulating agents described herein. For example, a CPP can be bound to an antimicrobial peptide (AMP), e.g., a scorpion peptide, e.g., UY192 fused to a cell penetrating peptide (e.g., YGRKKRRQRRRFLSTIWNGIKGLLFAM; SEQ ID NO: 232). Non-limiting examples of CPPs are listed in Table 11.
  • TABLE 11
    Examples of Cell Penetrating Peptides (CPPs)
    Peptide Origin Sequence
    Protein-derived
    Penetratin Antennapedia RQIKIWFQNRRMKWKK
    (SEQ ID NO: 211)
    Tat peptide Tat GRKKRRQRRRPPQ
    (SEQ ID NO: 212)
    pVEC Cadherin LLIILRRRIRKQAHAHSK
    (SEQ ID NO: 213)
    Chimeric
    Transportan Galanine/ GWTLNSAGYLLGKI
    Mastoparan NLKALAALAKKIL
    (SEQ ID NO: 214)
    MPG HIV-gp41/ GALFLGFLGAAGST
    SV40 T-antigen MGAWSQPKKKRKV
    (SEQ ID NO: 215)
    Pep-1 HIV-reverse KETWWETWWTE
    transcriptase/  WSQPKKKRKV
    SV40 T-antigen (SEQ ID NO: 216)
    Synthetic
    Polyarginines Based on  (R)n; 6 < n < 12
    Tat peptide
    MAP de novo KLALKLALKALKAALKLA
    (SEQ ID NO: 217)
    R6W3 Based on  RRWWRRWRR
    penetratin (SEQ ID NO: 218)
  • In other instances, the additional moiety helps the modulating agent bind a target microorganism (e.g., a fungi or bacterium) resident in the host. The additional moiety may include one or more targeting domains. In some instances, the targeting domain may target the modulating agent to one or more microorganisms (e.g., bacterium or fungus) resident in the gut of the host. In some instances, the targeting domain may target the modulating agent to a specific region of the host (e.g., host gut or bacteriocyte) to access microorganisms that are generally present in said region of the host. For example, the targeting domain may target the modulating agent to the foregut, midgut, or hindgut of the host. In other instances, the targeting domain may target the modulating agent to a bacteriocyte in the host and/or one or more specific bacteria resident in a host bacteriocyte. For example, the targeting domain may be Galanthus nivalis lectin or agglutinin (GNA) bound to a modulating agent described herein, e.g., an AMP, e.g., a scorpion peptide, e.g., Uy192.
  • (b) Pre- or Pro-Domains
  • In some instances, the modulating agent may include a pre- or pro-amino acid sequence. For example, the modulating agent may be an inactive protein or peptide that can be activated by cleavage or post-translational modification of a pre- or pro-sequence. In some instances, the modulating agent is engineered with an inactivating pre- or pro-sequence. For example, the pre- or pro-sequence may obscure an activation site on the modulating agent, e.g., a receptor binding site, or may induce a conformational change in the modulating agent. Thus, upon cleavage of the pre- or pro-sequence, the modulating agent is activated.
  • Alternatively, the modulating agent may include a pre- or pro-small molecule, e.g., an antibiotic. The modulating agent may be an inactive small molecule described herein that can be activated in a target environment inside the host. For example, the small molecule may be activated upon reaching a certain pH in the host gut.
  • (c) Linkers
  • In instances where the modulating agent is connected to an additional moiety, the modulating agent may further include a linker. For example, the linker may be a chemical bond, e.g., one or more covalent bonds or non-covalent bonds. In some instances, the linker may be a peptide linker (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, or more amino acids longer). The linker maybe include any flexible, rigid, or cleavable linkers described herein.
  • A flexible peptide linker may include any of those commonly used in the art, including linkers having sequences having primarily Gly and Ser residues (“GS” linker). Flexible linkers may be useful for joining domains that require a certain degree of movement or interaction and may include small, non-polar (e.g. Gly) or polar (e.g. Ser or Thr) amino acids.
  • Alternatively, a peptide linker may be a rigid linker. Rigid linkers are useful to keep a fixed distance between moieties and to maintain their independent functions. Rigid linkers may also be useful when a spatial separation of the domains is critical to preserve the stability or bioactivity of one or more components in the fusion. Rigid linkers may, for example, have an alpha helix-structure or Pro-rich sequence, (XP)n, with X designating any amino acid, preferably Ala, Lys, or Glu.
  • In yet other instances, a peptide linker may be a cleavable linker. In some instances, linkers may be cleaved under specific conditions, such as the presence of reducing reagents or proteases. In vivo cleavable linkers may utilize the reversible nature of a disulfide bond. One example includes a thrombin-sensitive sequence (e.g., PRS) between two Cys residues. In vitro thrombin treatment of CPRSC results in the cleavage of the thrombin-sensitive sequence, while the reversible disulfide linkage remains intact. Such linkers are known and described, e.g., in Chen et al., Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 65(10):1357-1369, 2013. Cleavage of linkers in fusions may also be carried out by proteases that are expressed in vivo under conditions in specific cells or tissues of the host or microorganisms resident in the host. In some instances, cleavage of the linker may release a free functional, modulating agent upon reaching a target site or cell.
  • Fusions described herein may alternatively be linked by a linking molecule, including a hydrophobic linker, such as a negatively charged sulfonate group; lipids, such as a poly (—CH2-) hydrocarbon chains, such as polyethylene glycol (PEG) group, unsaturated variants thereof, hydroxylated variants thereof, amidated or otherwise N-containing variants thereof, non-carbon linkers; carbohydrate linkers; phosphodiester linkers, or other molecule capable of covalently linking two or more molecules, e.g., two modulating agents. Non-covalent linkers may be used, such as hydrophobic lipid globules to which the modulating agent is linked, for example, through a hydrophobic region of the modulating agent or a hydrophobic extension of the modulating agent, such as a series of residues rich in leucine, isoleucine, valine, or perhaps also alanine, phenylalanine, or even tyrosine, methionine, glycine, or other hydrophobic residue. The modulating agent may be linked using charge-based chemistry, such that a positively charged moiety of the modulating agent is linked to a negative charge of another modulating agent or an additional moiety.
  • IV. Formulations and Compositions
  • The compositions described herein may be formulated either in pure form (e.g., the composition contains only the modulating agent) or together with one or more additional agents (such as excipient, delivery vehicle, carrier, diluent, stabilizer, etc.) to facilitate application or delivery of the compositions. Examples of suitable excipients and diluents include, but are not limited to, lactose, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, mannitol, starches, gum acacia, calcium phosphate, alginates, tragacanth, gelatin, calcium silicate, microcrystalline cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, cellulose, water, saline solution, syrup, methylcellulose, methyl- and propylhydroxybenzoates, talc, magnesium stearate, and mineral oil.
  • In some instances, the composition includes a delivery vehicle or carrier. In some instances, the delivery vehicle includes an excipient. Exemplary excipients include, but are not limited to, solid or liquid carrier materials, solvents, stabilizers, slow-release excipients, colorings, and surface-active substances (surfactants). In some instances, the delivery vehicle is a stabilizing vehicle. In some instances, the stabilizing vehicle includes a stabilizing excipient. Exemplary stabilizing excipients include, but are not limited to, epoxidized vegetable oils, antifoaming agents, e.g. silicone oil, preservatives, viscosity regulators, binding agents and tackifiers. In some instances, the stabilizing vehicle is a buffer suitable for the modulating agent. In some instances, the composition is microencapsulated in a polymer bead delivery vehicle. In some instances, the stabilizing vehicle protects the modulating agent against UV and/or acidic conditions. In some instances, the delivery vehicle contains a pH buffer. In some instances, the composition is formulated to have a pH in the range of about 4.5 to about 9.0, including for example pH ranges of about any one of 5.0 to about 8.0, about 6.5 to about 7.5, or about 6.5 to about 7.0.
  • Depending on the intended objectives and prevailing circumstances, the composition may be formulated into emulsifiable concentrates, suspension concentrates, directly sprayable or dilutable solutions, coatable pastes, diluted emulsions, spray powders, soluble powders, dispersible powders, wettable powders, dusts, granules, encapsulations in polymeric substances, microcapsules, foams, aerosols, carbon dioxide gas preparations, tablets, resin preparations, paper preparations, nonwoven fabric preparations, or knitted or woven fabric preparations. In some instances, the composition is a liquid. In some instances, the composition is a solid. In some instances, the composition is an aerosol, such as in a pressurized aerosol can. In some instances, the composition is present in the waste (such as feces) of the pest. In some instances, the composition is present in or on a live pest.
  • In some instances, the delivery vehicle is the food or water of the host. In other instances, the delivery vehicle is a food source for the host. In some instances, the delivery vehicle is a food bait for the host. In some instances, the composition is a comestible agent consumed by the host. In some instances, the composition is delivered by the host to a second host, and consumed by the second host. In some instances, the composition is consumed by the host or a second host, and the composition is released to the surrounding of the host or the second host via the waste (such as feces) of the host or the second host. In some instances, the modulating agent is included in food bait intended to be consumed by a host or carried back to its colony.
  • In some instances, the modulating agent may make up about 0.1% to about 100% of the composition, such as any one of about 0.01% to about 100%, about 1% to about 99.9%, about 0.1% to about 10%, about 1% to about 25%, about 10% to about 50%, about 50% to about 99%, or about 0.1% to about 90% of active ingredients (such as phage, lysin or bacteriocin). In some instances, the composition includes at least any of 0.1%, 0.5%, 1%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, or more active ingredients (such as phage, lysin or bacteriocin). In some instances, the concentrated agents are preferred as commercial products, the final user normally uses diluted agents, which have a substantially lower concentration of active ingredient.
  • Any of the formulations described herein may be used in the form of a bait, a coil, an electric mat, a smoking preparation, a fumigant, or a sheet.
  • i. Liquid Formulations
  • The compositions provided herein may be in a liquid formulation. Liquid formulations are generally mixed with water, but in some instances may be used with crop oil, diesel fuel, kerosene or other light oil as a carrier. The amount of active ingredient often ranges from about 0.5 to about 80 percent by weight.
  • An emulsifiable concentrate formulation may contain a liquid active ingredient, one or more petroleum-based solvents, and an agent that allows the formulation to be mixed with water to form an emulsion. Such concentrates may be used in agricultural, ornamental and turf, forestry, structural, food processing, livestock, and public health pest formulations. These may be adaptable to application equipment from small portable sprayers to hydraulic sprayers, low-volume ground sprayers, mist blowers, and low-volume aircraft sprayers. Some active ingredients are readily dissolve in a liquid carrier. When mixed with a carrier, they form a solution that does not settle out or separate, e.g., a homogenous solution. Formulations of these types may include an active ingredient, a carrier, and one or more other ingredients. Solutions may be used in any type of sprayer, indoors and outdoors.
  • In some instances, the composition may be formulated as an invert emulsion. An invert emulsion is a water-soluble active ingredient dispersed in an oil carrier. Invert emulsions require an emulsifier that allows the active ingredient to be mixed with a large volume of petroleum-based carrier, usually fuel oil. Invert emulsions aid in reducing drift. With other formulations, some spray drift results when water droplets begin to evaporate before reaching target surfaces; as a result the droplets become very small and lightweight. Because oil evaporates more slowly than water, invert emulsion droplets shrink less and more active ingredient reaches the target. Oil further helps to reduce runoff and improve rain resistance. It further serves as a sticker-spreader by improving surface coverage and absorption. Because droplets are relatively large and heavy, it is difficult to get thorough coverage on the undersides of foliage. Invert emulsions are most commonly used along rights-of-way where drift to susceptible non-target areas can be a problem.
  • A flowable or liquid formulation combines many of the characteristics of emulsifiable concentrates and wettable powders. Manufacturers use these formulations when the active ingredient is a solid that does not dissolve in either water or oil. The active ingredient, impregnated on a substance such as clay, is ground to a very fine powder. The powder is then suspended in a small amount of liquid. The resulting liquid product is quite thick. Flowables and liquids share many of the features of emulsifiable concentrates, and they have similar disadvantages. They require moderate agitation to keep them in suspension and leave visible residues, similar to those of wettable powders.
  • Flowables/liquids are easy to handle and apply. Because they are liquids, they are subject to spilling and splashing. They contain solid particles, so they contribute to abrasive wear of nozzles and pumps. Flowable and liquid suspensions settle out in their containers. Because flowable and liquid formulations tend to settle, packaging in containers of five gallons or less makes remixing easier.
  • Aerosol formulations contain one or more active ingredients and a solvent. Most aerosols contain a low percentage of active ingredients. There are two types of aerosol formulations—the ready-to-use type commonly available in pressurized sealed containers and those products used in electrical or gasoline-powered aerosol generators that release the formulation as a smoke or fog.
  • Ready to use aerosol formulations are usually small, self-contained units that release the formulation when the nozzle valve is triggered. The formulation is driven through a fine opening by an inert gas under pressure, creating fine droplets. These products are used in greenhouses, in small areas inside buildings, or in localized outdoor areas. Commercial models, which hold five to 5 pounds of active ingredient, are usually refillable.
  • Smoke or fog aerosol formulations are not under pressure. They are used in machines that break the liquid formulation into a fine mist or fog (aerosol) using a rapidly whirling disk or heated surface.
  • ii. Dry or Solid Formulations
  • Dry formulations can be divided into two types: ready-to-use and concentrates that must be mixed with water to be applied as a spray. Most dust formulations are ready to use and contain a low percentage of active ingredients (less than about 10 percent by weight), plus a very fine, dry inert carrier made from talc, chalk, clay, nut hulls, or volcanic ash. The size of individual dust particles varies. A few dust formulations are concentrates and contain a high percentage of active ingredients. Mix these with dry inert carriers before applying. Dusts are always used dry and can easily drift to non-target sites.
  • iii. Granule or Pellet Formulations
  • In some instances, the composition is formulated as granules. Granular formulations are similar to dust formulations, except granular particles are larger and heavier. The coarse particles may be made from materials such as clay, corncobs, or walnut shells. The active ingredient either coats the outside of the granules or is absorbed into them. The amount of active ingredient may be relatively low, usually ranging from about 0.5 to about 15 percent by weight. Granular formulations are most often used to apply to the soil, insects living in the soil, or absorption into plants through the roots. Granular formulations are sometimes applied by airplane or helicopter to minimize drift or to penetrate dense vegetation. Once applied, granules may release the active ingredient slowly. Some granules require soil moisture to release the active ingredient. Granular formulations also are used to control larval mosquitoes and other aquatic pests. Granules are used in agricultural, structural, ornamental, turf, aquatic, right-of-way, and public health (biting insect) pest-control operations.
  • In some instances, the composition is formulated as pellets. Most pellet formulations are very similar to granular formulations; the terms are used interchangeably. In a pellet formulation, however, all the particles are the same weight and shape. The uniformity of the particles allows use with precision application equipment.
  • iv. Powders
  • In some instances, the composition is formulated as a powder. In some instances, the composition is formulated as a wettable powder. Wettable powders are dry, finely ground formulations that look like dusts. They usually must be mixed with water for application as a spray. A few products, however, may be applied either as a dust or as a wettable powder—the choice is left to the applicator. Wettable powders have about 1 to about 95 percent active ingredient by weight; in some cases more than about 50 percent. The particles do not dissolve in water. They settle out quickly unless constantly agitated to keep them suspended. They can be used for most pest problems and in most types of spray equipment where agitation is possible. Wettable powders have excellent residual activity. Because of their physical properties, most of the formulation remains on the surface of treated porous materials such as concrete, plaster, and untreated wood. In such cases, only the water penetrates the material.
  • In some instances, the composition is formulated as a soluble powder. Soluble powder formulations look like wettable powders. However, when mixed with water, soluble powders dissolve readily and form a true solution. After they are mixed thoroughly, no additional agitation is necessary. The amount of active ingredient in soluble powders ranges from about 15 to about 95 percent by weight; in some cases more than about 50 percent. Soluble powders have all the advantages of wettable powders and none of the disadvantages, except the inhalation hazard during mixing.
  • In some instances, the composition is formulated as a water-dispersible granule. Water-dispersible granules, also known as dry flowables, are like wettable powders, except instead of being dust-like, they are formulated as small, easily measured granules. Water-dispersible granules must be mixed with water to be applied. Once in water, the granules break apart into fineparticles similar to wettable powders. The formulation requires constant agitation to keep it suspended in water. The percentage of active ingredient is high, often as much as 90 percent by weight. Water-dispersible granules share many of the same advantages and disadvantages of wettable powders, except they are more easily measured and mixed. Because of low dust, they cause less inhalation hazard to the applicator during handling
  • v. Bait
  • In some instances, the composition includes a bait. The bait can be in any suitable form, such as a solid, paste, pellet or powdered form. The bait can also be carried away by the host back to a population of said host (e.g., a colony or hive). The bait can then act as a food source for other members of the colony, thus providing an effective modulating agent for a large number of hosts and potentially an entire host colony.
  • The baits can be provided in a suitable “housing” or “trap.” Such housings and traps are commercially available and existing traps can be adapted to include the compositions described herein. The housing or trap can be box-shaped for example, and can be provided in pre-formed condition or can be formed of foldable cardboard for example. Suitable materials for a housing or trap include plastics and cardboard, particularly corrugated cardboard. The inside surfaces of the traps can be lined with a sticky substance in order to restrict movement of the host once inside the trap. The housing or trap can contain a suitable trough inside which can hold the bait in place. A trap is distinguished from a housing because the host cannot readily leave a trap following entry, whereas a housing acts as a “feeding station” which provides the host with a preferred environment in which they can feed and feel safe from predators.
  • vi. Attractants
  • In some instances, the composition includes an attractant (e.g., a chemoattractant). The attractant may attract an adult host or immature host (e.g., larva) to the vicinity of the composition. Attractants include pheromones, a chemical that is secreted by an animal, especially an insect, which influences the behavior or development of others of the same species. Other attractants include sugar and protein hydrolysate syrups, yeasts, and rotting meat. Attractants also can be combined with an active ingredient and sprayed onto foliage or other items in the treatment area.
  • Various attractants are known which influence host behavior as a host's search for food, oviposition or mating sites, or mates. Attractants useful in the methods and compositions described herein include, for example, eugenol, phenethyl propionate, ethyl dimethylisobutyl-cyclopropane carboxylate, propyl benszodioxancarboxylate, cis-7,8-epoxy-2-methyloctadecane, trans-8,trans-0-dodecadienol, cis-9-tetradecenal (with cis-11-hexadecenal), trans-11-tetradecenal, cis-11-hexadecenal, (Z)-11,12-hexadecadienal, cis-7-dodecenyl acetate, cis-8-dodecenyul acetate, cis-9-dodecenyl acetate, cis-9-tetradecenyl acetate, cis-11-tetradecenyl acetate, trans-11-tetradecenyl acetate (with cis-11), cis-9,trans-11-tetradecadienyl acetate (with cis-9,trans-12), cis-9,trans-1 2-tetradecadienyl acetate, cis-7,cis-11-hexadecadienyl acetate (with cis-7,trans-11), cis-3,cis-13-octadecadienyl acetate, trans-3,cis-13-octadecadienyl acetate, anethole and isoamyl salicylate.
  • Means other than chemoattractants may also be used to attract insects, including lights in various wavelengths or colors.
  • vii. Nanocapsules/Microencapsulation/Liposomes
  • In some instances, the composition is provided in a microencapsulated formulation.
  • Microencapsulated formulations are mixed with water and sprayed in the same manner as other sprayable formulations. After spraying, the plastic coating breaks down and slowly releases the active ingredient.
  • viii. Carriers
  • Any of the compositions described herein may be formulated to include the modulating agent described herein and an inert carrier. Such carrier can be a solid carrier, a liquid carrier, a gel carrier, and/or a gaseous carrier. In certain instances, the carrier can be a seed coating. The seed coating is any non-naturally occurring formulation that adheres, in whole or part, to the surface of the seed. The formulation may further include an adjuvant or surfactant. The formulation can also include one or more modulating agents to enlarge the action spectrum.
  • A solid carrier used for formulation includes finely-divided powder or granules of clay (e.g. kaolin clay, diatomaceous earth, bentonite, Fubasami clay, acid clay, etc.), synthetic hydrated silicon oxide, talc, ceramics, other inorganic minerals (e.g., sericite, quartz, sulfur, activated carbon, calcium carbonate, hydrated silica, etc.), a substance which can be sublimated and is in the solid form at room temperature (e.g., 2,4,6-triisopropyl-1,3,5-trioxane, naphthalene, p-dichlorobenzene, camphor, adamantan, etc.); wool; silk; cotton; hemp; pulp; synthetic resins (e.g., polyethylene resins such as low-density polyethylene, straight low-density polyethylene and high-density polyethylene; ethylene-vinyl ester copolymers such as ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers; ethylene-methacrylic acid ester copolymers such as ethylene-methyl methacrylate copolymers and ethylene-ethyl methacrylate copolymers; ethylene-acrylic acid ester copolymers such as ethylene-methyl acrylate copolymers and ethylene-ethyl acrylate copolymers; ethylene-vinylcarboxylic acid copolymers such as ethylene-acrylic acid copolymers; ethylene-tetracyclododecene copolymers; polypropylene resins such as propylene homopolymers and propylene-ethylene copolymers; poly-4-methylpentene-1, polybutene-1, polybutadiene, polystyrene; acrylonitrile-styrene resins; styrene elastomers such as acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene resins, styrene-conjugated diene block copolymers, and styrene-conjugated diene block copolymer hydrides; fluororesins; acrylic resins such as poly(methyl methacrylate); polyamide resins such as nylon 6 and nylon 66; polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, and polycyclohexylenedimethylene terephthalate; polycarbonates, polyacetals, polyacrylsulfones, polyarylates, hydroxybenzoic acid polyesters, polyetherimides, polyester carbonates, polyphenylene ether resins, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinylidene chloride, polyurethane, and porous resins such as foamed polyurethane, foamed polypropylene, or foamed ethylene, etc.), glasses, metals, ceramics, fibers, cloths, knitted fabrics, sheets, papers, yarn, foam, porous substances, and multifilaments.
  • A liquid carrier may include, for example, aromatic or aliphatic hydrocarbons (e.g., xylene, toluene, alkylnaphthalene, phenylxylylethane, kerosine, gas oil, hexane, cyclohexane, etc.), halogenated hydrocarbons (e.g., chlorobenzene, dichloromethane, dichloroethane, trichloroethane, etc.), alcohols (e.g., methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, butanol, hexanol, benzyl alcohol, ethylene glycol, etc.), ethers (e.g., diethyl ether, ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, etc.), esters (e.g., ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, etc.), ketones (e.g., acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, etc.), nitriles (e.g., acetonitrile, isobutyronitrile, etc.), sulfoxides (e.g., dimethyl sulfoxide, etc.), amides (e.g., N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, cyclic imides (e.g. N-methylpyrrolidone) alkylidene carbonates (e.g., propylene carbonate, etc.), vegetable oil (e.g., soybean oil, cottonseed oil, etc.), vegetable essential oils (e.g., orange oil, hyssop oil, lemon oil, etc.), or water.
  • A gaseous carrier may include, for example, butane gas, flon gas, liquefied petroleum gas (LPG), dimethyl ether, and carbon dioxide gas.
  • ix. Adjuvants
  • In some instances, the composition provided herein may include an adjuvant. Adjuvants are chemicals that do not possess activity. Adjuvants are either pre-mixed in the formulation or added to the spray tank to improve mixing or application or to enhance performance. They are used extensively in products designed for foliar applications. Adjuvants can be used to customize the formulation to specific needs and compensate for local conditions. Adjuvants may be designed to perform specific functions, including wetting, spreading, sticking, reducing evaporation, reducing volatilization, buffering, emulsifying, dispersing, reducing spray drift, and reducing foaming. No single adjuvant can perform all these functions, but compatible adjuvants often can be combined to perform multiple functions simultaneously.
  • Among nonlimiting examples of adjuvants included in the formulation are binders, dispersants and stabilizers, specifically, for example, casein, gelatin, polysaccharides (e.g., starch, gum arabic, cellulose derivatives, alginic acid, etc.), lignin derivatives, bentonite, sugars, synthetic water-soluble polymers (e.g., polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyacrylic acid, etc.), PAP (acidic isopropyl phosphate), BHT (2,6-di-t-butyl-4-methylphenol), BHA (a mixture of 2-t-butyl-4-methoxyphenol and 3-t-butyl-4-methoxyphenol), vegetable oils, mineral oils, fatty acids and fatty acid esters.
  • x. Surfactants
  • In some instances, the composition provided herein includes a surfactant. Surfactants, also called wetting agents and spreaders, physically alter the surface tension of a spray droplet. For a formulation to perform its function properly, a spray droplet must be able to wet the foliage and spread out evenly over a leaf. Surfactants enlarge the area of formulation coverage, thereby increasing the pest's exposure to the chemical. Surfactants are particularly important when applying a formulation to waxy or hairy leaves. Without proper wetting and spreading, spray droplets often run off or fail to cover leaf surfaces adequately. Too much surfactant, however, can cause excessive runoff and reduce efficacy.
  • Surfactants are classified by the way they ionize or split apart into electrically charged atoms or molecules called ions. A surfactant with a negative charge is anionic. One with a positive charge is cationic, and one with no electrical charge is nonionic. Formulation activity in the presence of a nonionic surfactant can be quite different from activity in the presence of a cationic or anionic surfactant. Selecting the wrong surfactant can reduce the efficacy of a pesticide product and injure the target plant. Anionic surfactants are most effective when used with contact pesticides (pesticides that control the pest by direct contact rather than being absorbed systemically). Cationic surfactants should never be used as stand-alone surfactants because they usually are phytotoxic.
  • Nonionic surfactants, often used with systemic pesticides, help pesticide sprays penetrate plant cuticles. Nonionic surfactants are compatible with most pesticides, and most EPA-registered pesticides that require a surfactant recommend a nonionic type. Adjuvants include, but are not limited to, stickers, extenders, plant penetrants, compatibility agents, buffers or pH modifiers, drift control additives, defoaming agents, and thickeners.
  • Among nonlimiting examples of surfactants included in the compositions described herein are alkyl sulfate ester salts, alkyl sulfonates, alkyl aryl sulfonates, alkyl aryl ethers and polyoxyethylenated products thereof, polyethylene glycol ethers, polyvalent alcohol esters and sugar alcohol derivatives.
  • xi. Combinations
  • In formulations and in the use forms prepared from these formulations, the modulating agent may be in a mixture with other active compounds, such as pesticidal agents (e.g., insecticides, sterilants, acaricides, nematicides, molluscicides, or fungicides; see, e.g., pesticides listed in Table 12), attractants, growth-regulating substances, or herbicides. As used herein, the term “pesticidal agent” refers to any substance or mixture of substances intended for preventing, destroying, repelling, or mitigating any pest. A pesticide can be a chemical substance or biological agent used against pests including insects, pathogens, weeds, and microbes that compete with humans for food, destroy property, spread disease, or are a nuisance. The term “pesticidal agent” may further encompass other bioactive molecules such as antibiotics, antivirals pesticides, antifungals, antihelminthics, nutrients, pollen, sucrose, and/or agents that stun or slow insect movement.
  • In instances where the modulating agent is applied to plants, a mixture with other known compounds, such as herbicides, fertilizers, growth regulators, safeners, semiochemicals, or else with agents for improving plant properties is also possible.
  • V. Delivery
  • A host described herein can be exposed to any of the compositions described herein in any suitable manner that permits delivering or administering the composition to the insect. The modulating agent may be delivered either alone or in combination with other active or inactive substances and may be applied by, for example, spraying, microinjection, through plants, pouring, dipping, in the form of concentrated liquids, gels, solutions, suspensions, sprays, powders, pellets, briquettes, bricks and the like, formulated to deliver an effective concentration of the modulating agent. Amounts and locations for application of the compositions described herein are generally determined by the habits of the host, the lifecycle stage at which the microorganisms of the host can be targeted by the modulating agent, the site where the application is to be made, and the physical and functional characteristics of the modulating agent. The modulating agents described herein may be administered to the insect by oral ingestion, but may also be administered by means which permit penetration through the cuticle or penetration of the insect respiratory system.
  • In some instances, the insect can be simply “soaked” or “sprayed” with a solution including the modulating agent. Alternatively, the modulating agent can be linked to a food component (e.g., comestible) of the insect for ease of delivery and/or in order to increase uptake of the modulating agent by the insect. Methods for oral introduction include, for example, directly mixing a modulating agent with the insect's food, spraying the modulating agent in the insect's habitat or field, as well as engineered approaches in which a species that is used as food is engineered to express a modulating agent, then fed to the insect to be affected. In some instances, for example, the modulating agent composition can be incorporated into, or overlaid on the top of, the insect's diet. For example, the modulating agent composition can be sprayed onto a field of crops which an insect inhabits.
  • In some instances, the composition is sprayed directly onto a plant e.g., crops, by e.g., backpack spraying, aerial spraying, crop spraying/dusting etc. In instances where the modulating agent is delivered to a plant, the plant receiving the modulating agent may be at any stage of plant growth. For example, formulated modulating agents can be applied as a seed-coating or root treatment in early stages of plant growth or as a total plant treatment at later stages of the crop cycle. In some instances, the modulating agent may be applied as a topical agent to a plant, such that the host insect ingests or otherwise comes in contact with the plant upon interacting with the plant.
  • Further, the modulating agent may be applied (e.g., in the soil in which a plant grows, or in the water that is used to water the plant) as a systemic agent that is absorbed and distributed through the tissues (e.g., stems or leafs) of a plant or animal host, such that an insect feeding thereon will obtain an effective dose of the modulating agent. In some instances, plants or food organisms may be genetically transformed to express the modulating agent such that a host feeding upon the plant or food organism will ingest the modulating agent.
  • Delayed or continuous release can also be accomplished by coating the modulating agent or a composition containing the modulating agent(s) with a dissolvable or bioerodable coating layer, such as gelatin, which coating dissolves or erodes in the environment of use, to then make the modulating agent available, or by dispersing the agent in a dissolvable or erodable matrix. Such continuous release and/or dispensing means devices may be advantageously employed to consistently maintain an effective concentration of one or more of the modulating agents described herein in a specific host habitat.
  • The modulating agent can also be incorporated into the medium in which the insect grows, lives, reproduces, feeds, or infests. For example, a modulating agent can be incorporated into a food container, feeding station, protective wrapping, or a hive. For some applications the modulating agent may be bound to a solid support for application in powder form or in a “trap” or “feeding station.” As an example, for applications where the composition is to be used in a trap or as bait for a particular host insect, the compositions may also be bound to a solid support or encapsulated in a time-release material. For example, the compositions described herein can be administered by delivering the composition to at least one habitat where a vector (e.g., a vector of a human pathogen, e.g., a mosquito, mite, biting louse, or tick) grows, lives, reproduces, feeds, or infests.
  • VI. Screening
  • Included herein are methods for screening for modulating agents that are effective to alter the microbiota of a host (e.g., insect) and thereby decrease host fitness. The screening assays provided herein may be effective to identify one or more modulating agents (e.g., phage) that target symbiotic microorganisms resident in the host and thereby decrease the fitness of the host. For example, the identified modulating agent (e.g., phage) may be effective to decrease the viability of pesticide- or allelochemical-degrading microorganisms (e.g., bacteria e.g., a bacterium that degrades a pesticide listed in Table 12), thereby increasing the hosts sensitivity to a pesticide (e.g., sensitivity to a pesticide listed in Table 12) or allelochemical agent.
  • For example, a phage library may be screened to identify a phage that targets a specific endosymbiotic microorganism resident in a host. In some instances, the phage library may be provided in the form of one or more environmental samples (e.g., soil, pond sediments, or sewage water).
  • Alternatively, the phage library may be generated from laboratory isolates. The phage library may be co-cultured with a target bacterial strain. After incubation with the bacterial strain, phage that successfully infect and lyse the target bacteria are enriched in the culture media. The phage-enriched culture may be sub-cultured with additional bacteria any number of times to further enrich for phage of interest. The phage may be isolated for use as a modulating agent in any of the methods or compositions described herein, wherein the phage alters the microbiota of the host in a manner that decreases host fitness.
  • TABLE 12
    Pesticides
    Aclonifen
    Acetamiprid
    Alanycarb
    Amidosulfuron
    Aminocyclopyrachlor
    Amisulbrom
    Anthraquinone
    Asulam, sodium salt
    Benfuracarb
    Bensulide
    beta-HCH; beta-BCH
    Bioresmethrin
    Blasticidin-S
    Borax; disodium tetraborate
    Boric acid
    Bromoxynil heptanoate
    Bromoxynil octanoate
    Carbosulfan
    Chlorantraniliprole
    Chlordimeform
    Chlorfluazuron
    Chlorphropham
    Climbazole
    Clopyralid
    Copper (II) hydroxide
    Cyflufenamid
    Cyhalothrin
    Cyhalothrin, gamma
    Decahydrate
    Diafenthiuron
    Dimefuron
    Dimoxystrobin
    Dinotefuran
    Diquat dichloride
    Dithianon
    E-Phosphamidon
    EPTC
    Ethaboxam
    Ethirimol
    Fenchlorazole-ethyl
    Fenothiocarb
    Fenitrothion
    Fenpropidin
    Fluazolate
    Flufenoxuron
    Flumetralin
    Fluxapyroxad
    Fuberidazole
    Glufosinate-ammonium
    Glyphosate
    Group: Borax, borate salts (see
    Group: Paraffin oils, Mineral
    Halfenprox
    Imiprothrin
    Imidacloprid
    Ipconazole
    Isopyrazam
    Isopyrazam
    Lenacil
    Magnesium phosphide
    Metaflumizone
    Metazachlor
    Metazachlor
    Metobromuron
    Metoxuron
    Metsulfuron-methyl
    Milbemectin
    Naled
    Napropamide
    Nicosulfuron
    Nitenpyram
    Nitrobenzene
    o-phenylphenol
    Oils
    Oxadiargyl
    Oxycarboxin
    Paraffin oil
    Penconazole
    Pendimethalin
    Penflufen
    Penflufen
    Pentachlorbenzene
    Penthiopyrad
    Penthiopyrad
    Pirimiphos-methyl
    Prallethrin
    Profenofos
    Proquinazid
    Prothiofos
    Pyraclofos
    Pyrazachlor
    Pyrazophos
    Pyridaben
    Pyridalyl
    Pyridiphenthion
    Pyrifenox
    Quinmerac
    Rotenone
    Sedaxane
    Sedaxane
    Silafluofen
    Sintofen
    Spinetoram
    Sulfoxaflor
    Temephos
    Thiocloprid
    Thiamethoxam
    Tolfenpyrad
    Tralomethrin
    Tributyltin compounds
    Tridiphane
    Triflumizole
    Validamycin
    Zinc phosphide
  • EXAMPLES
  • The following is an example of the methods of the invention. It is understood that various other embodiments may be practiced, given the general description provided above.
  • Example 1: Treatment of the Anopheles Mosquito with Azithromycin Solutions
  • This example demonstrates the ability to kill or decrease the fitness of the Anopheles coluzzii mosquitoes and decrease the transmission rate of parasites by treatment with azithromycin, relatively broad but shallow antibacterial activity. It inhibits some Gram-positive bacteria, some Gram-negative bacteria, and many atypical bacteria. The effect of azithromycin on mosquitoes is mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the mosquito that are sensitive to azithromycin. One targeted bacterial strain is Asaia.
  • The mosquito has been described as the most dangerous animal in the world and malaria is one mosquito-borne disease that detrimentally impacts humans. There are about 3,500 mosquito species and those that transmit malaria all belong to a sub-set called the Anopheles. Approximately 40 Anopheles species are able to transmit malaria that significantly impacts human health.
  • Therapeutic Design:
  • Blood meals mixed with azithromycin solutions are formulated with final antibiotic concentrations of 0 (negative control), 0.1, 1, or 5 μg/ml in 1 mL of blood.
  • Experimental Design:
  • To prepare for the treatment, mosquitoes are grown in a lab environment and medium.
  • Experiments are performed with female mosquitoes from an Anopheles coluzzii Ngousso colony, originally established from field mosquitoes collected in Cameroon, maintained on human blood and fed as adults with 5% fructose. Larvae are fed tetramin fish food. Temperature is maintained at 28° C. (±1° C.), 70-80% humidity on a 12 hr light/dark cycle.
  • Human Blood Feeding and Plasmodium Infections:
  • Plasmodium falciparum NF54 gametocytes are cultured in RPMI medium (GIBCO) including 300 mg. L-1 L-glutamine supplemented with 50 mg/L hypoxanthine, 25 mM HEPES plus 10% heat-inactivated human serum without antibiotics. Two 25-mL cultures are started 17 and 14 days before the infection at 0.5% parasitemia in 6% v/v washed 0+red blood cells (RBCs). Media is changed daily. Before mosquito infection, centrifuged RBCs are pooled and supplemented with 20% fresh washed RBCs and human serum (2:3 v/v ratio between RBCs and serum). Mosquitoes are offered a blood meal from a membrane-feeding device (2 ml Eppendorf tube) covered with Parafilm and kept at 37° C.
  • Azithromycin solutions are made by dissolving azithromycin (SIGMA-ALDRICH, PZ0007) in DMSO. Different volumes of azithromycin solution are added to fresh blood to total 1 mL in preparation for blood meals. The final azithromycin concentrations in the blood are 0 (just solvent as control solution), 0.1, 1, or 5 μg/ml.
  • For each Plasmodium infection, at least 100 age-matched, 2- to 3-day-old, mosquitoes per condition are offered a control or experimental blood meal from a membrane-feeding device (2 ml Eppendorf tube) covered with parafilm and kept at 37° C. and nonengorged mosquitoes are removed. Meals are given every four days for a total of three blood meals. Between the blood meals, mosquitoes are provided with a cotton pad moistened with distilled water for oviposition. Unfed mosquitoes are not removed after the second and later blood meals. Deaths are counted daily and carcasses are removed and stored for Asaia analysis as described herein. At least 50 mosquitoes per concentration of azithromycin are used for each replicate. At the end of the last blood meal, mosquitoes are kept for 12 hours before dissection.
  • Microbiota Analysis by Quantitative Polymerase Chain Reaction:
  • Before dissection, mosquitoes are immersed in 70% ethanol for 5 minutes then rinsed 3 times in sterile phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) to kill and remove surface bacteria, thus minimizing sample contamination with cuticle bacteria during dissection. The midgut of each mosquitoe (control and azithromycin treatment) is removed and frozen immediately on dry ice and stored at 20° C. until processing. Midguts are only excluded from analysis if they burst and a substantial amount of the gut content is lost. Samples are homogenized in phenol-chloroform in a Precellys 24 homogenizer (Bertin) using 0.5 mm-wide glass beads (Bertin) for 30 seconds at 6800 rpm and deoxy-ribonucleic acid (DNA) is extracted with phenol-chloroform. The 16S ribosomal DNA (rDNA) is used for Asaia quantification and is shown as a ratio of the Anopheles housekeeping gene 40S ribosomal protein S7 (Vector-Base gene ID AGAP010592). Primer sequences for Asaia are: forward 5′-GTGCCGATCTCTAAAAGCCGTCTCA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 219) and reverse 5′-TTCGCTCACCGGCTTCGGGT-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 220), and for S7: forward 5′-GTGCGCGAGTTGGAGAAGA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 221) and reverse 5′-ATCGGTTTGGGCAGAATGC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 222). Quantitative polymerase chain reaction (qPCR) is performed on a 7500 Fast Real-Time thermocycler (Applied Biosystems) using the SYBR Premix Ex Taq kit (Takara), following the manufacturer's instructions. Azithromycin treated mosquitoes show a reduction of Asaia specific genes.
  • The survival rates of mosquitoes treated with azithromycin are compared to the mosquitoes treated with the negative control. The survival rate of mosquitoes treated with azithromycin solution is decreased compared to the control.
  • Example 2: Treatment of the Aedes vexans Mosquito with an Antibiotic Solution
  • This Example demonstrates the ability to kill or decrease the fitness of the Aedes vexans mosquitoes by treatment with doxycycline, a broad spectrum antibiotic that inhibits protein production. The effect of doxycycline on mosquitoes is mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the mosquito that are sensitive to doxycycline. One targeted bacterial strain is Wolbachia.
  • Successful control and eradication of porcine reproductive and respiratory syndrome virus (PRRSV) is of great importance to the global swine industry today. To reduce the risk of PRRSV entry, swine producers utilize stringent measures to enhance the biosecurity of their farms; however, infection of PRRSV in swine herds still frequently occurs. One vector of transmission of PRRSV is the Aedes vexans mosquito. Aedes vexans is a cosmopolitan and common pest mosquito. On top of PRRSV, it is also a known vector of Dirofilaria immitis (dog heartworm); Myxomatosis (deadly rabbit virus disease) and Eastern equine encephalitis (deadly horse virus disease in the USA). Aedes vexans is the most common mosquito in Europe, often composing more than 80% the European mosquito community. Its abundance depends upon availability of floodwater pools. In summer, mosquito traps can collect up to 8,000 mosquitoes per trap per night.
  • Therapeutic Design:
  • Blood meals mixed with doxycycline solutions are formulated with final antibiotic concentrations of 0 (negative control), 1, 10, or 50 μg/ml in 1 mL of blood
  • Experimental Design:
  • To prepare for the treatment, mosquitoes are grown in a lab environment and medium. Experiments are performed with female mosquitoes from an Aedes vexans, originally established from field mosquitoes collected on a field of the University of Minnesota St. Paul campus, maintained on human blood and fed as adults with 5% fructose. Doxycycline solutions are made by dissolving doxycycline (SIGMA-ALDRICH, D9891) in sterile water. Different volumes of a doxycycline solution are added to fresh blood to total 1 mL in preparation for blood meals. The final doxycycline concentrations in the blood are approximately 0 (control solution), 1, 10 or 50 μg/ml.
  • For each replicate, age-matched, 2- to 3-day-old mosquitoes are offered a control or experimental blood meal from a membrane-feeding device (2 ml Eppendorf tube) covered with parafilm and kept at 37° C. Nonengorged mosquitoes are discarded. Meals are given every four days for a total of three blood meals. Between the blood meals, mosquitoes are provided with a cotton pad moistened with distilled water for oviposition. Unfed mosquitoes are not removed after the second and later blood meals. Deaths are counted daily and carcasses are removed and stored for Wolbachia analysis as described herein. At least 50 mosquitoes per concentration of doxycycline are used for each replicate. At the end of the last blood meal, mosquitoes are kept for 12 hours before dissection.
  • Microbiota Analysis by Quantitative Polymerase Chain Reaction:
  • Before dissection, mosquitoes are immersed in 70% ethanol for 5 minutes then rinsed 3 times in sterile phosphate-buffered saline (PBS) to kill and remove surface bacteria, thus minimizing sample contamination with cuticle bacteria during dissection. The midgut of each mosquito (control and doxycycline treatment) is removed and frozen immediately on dry ice and stored at 20° C. until processing. Midguts are only excluded from analysis if they burst and a substantial amount of the gut content is lost. Samples are homogenized in phenol-chloroform in a Precellys 24 homogenizer (Bertin) using 0.5 mm wide glass beads (Bertin) for 30 seconds at 6800 rpm and deoxy-ribonucleic acid (DNA) is extracted with phenol-chloroform. The 16S ribosomal DNA (rDNA) is used for Wolbachia quantification and is shown as a ratio of the Aedes housekeeping gene 40S ribosomal protein S7 (Vector-Base gene ID AAEL009496). Primer sequences for Wolbachia are: forward primer 5′-TCAGCCACACTGGAACTGAG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 225) and reverse primer 5′-TAACGCTAGCCCTCTCCGTA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 226), and for S7: forward 5′-AAGGTCGACACCTTCACGTC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 227) and reverse 5′-CCGTTTGGTGAGGGTCTTTA-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 228). Quantitative polymerase chain reaction (qPCR) is performed on a 7500 Fast Real-Time thermocycler (Applied Biosystems) using the SYBR Premix Ex Taq kit (Takara), following the manufacturer's instructions. Doxycycline treated mosquitoes show a reduction of Wolbachia specific genes.
  • The survival rates of mosquitoes treated with doxycycline solution are compared to the mosquitoes treated with the negative control. The survival rate of mosquitoes treated with doxycycline solution is decreased compared to the control.
  • Example 3: Treatment of the Dermacentor andersoni, with an Antibiotic Solution
  • This Example demonstrates the ability to kill or decrease the fitness of the tick, Dermacentor andersoni, by treatment with Liquamycin LA-200 oxytetracycline, a broad spectrum antibiotic commonly used to treat a broad range of bacterial infections in cattle. The effect of Liquamycin LA-200 oxytetracycline on ticks is mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the tick that are sensitive to Liquamycin LA-200 oxytetracycline. One targeted bacterial strain is Rickettsia.
  • Ticks are obligate hematophagous arthropods that feed on vertebrates and cause great economic losses to livestock due to their ability to transmit diseases to humans and animals. In particular, ticks transmit pathogens throughout all continents and are labeled as principle vectors of zoonotic pathogens. In fact, 415 new tick-borne bacterial pathogens have been discovered since Lyme disease was characterized in 1982. Dermacentor andersoni, the Rocky Mountain wood tick, has been labeled a ‘veritable Pandora's box of disease-producing agents’ and transmits several pathogens, including Rickettsia rickettsii and Francisella tularensis. It is also a vector of Anaplasma marginale, the agent of anaplasmosis, and the most widespread tick-borne pathogen of livestock worldwide (Gall et al., The ISME Journal 10:1846-1855, 2016). Economic losses due to anaplasmosis in cattle are estimated to be $300 million per year in the United States (Rochon et al., J Med. Entomol. 49:253-261, 2012).
  • Therapeutic design: A therapeutic dose (11 mg/kg of body weight) of Liquamycin LA-200 oxytetracycline injection on −4, −1, +3 and +5 days post application of ticks.
  • Experimental Design:
  • Questing adult D. andersoni are collected by flag and drag techniques at sites in Burns, Oreg. and Lake Como, Mont. as described in (Scoles et al., J. Med. Entomol. 42:153-162, 2005). Field collected ticks are used to establish laboratory colonies. For tick bacteria analysis, a cohort of adult F1 or F2 male ticks from each colony is fed on a Holstein calf and dissected to collect midguts (MG) and salivary glands (SG) for genomic DNA isolation and bacteria quantification as follows:
  • A cohort of F1 ticks are fed on either antibiotic-treated calves or untreated calves (control). The antibiotic-treated calves received a therapeutic dose (11 mg/kg of body weight) of Liquamycin LA-200 oxytetracycline injections on −4, −1, +3 and +5 days post application of ticks, whereas untreated calves did not receive any injections (untreated control). Females ticks are allowed to oviposit to continue a second generation of the untreated and treated ticks (F2 generation). The F2 treated generation arose from F1 adults that are exposed to antibiotics. The F2 ticks are not subjected to antibiotics.
  • F1 and F2 generation adult male ticks are fed for 7 days and then dissected within 24 h. Deaths are counted daily and ticks are removed and stored for Rickettsia analysis as described herein. Before dissection, the ticks are surface sterilized and all dissection tools are sterilized between each dissection. Tick MG and SG are dissected and pooled in groups of 30 with three biological replicates. Tissues are stored in Cell Lysis Solution (Qiagen, Valencia, Calif., USA) and Proteinase K (1.25 mg/ml). Genomic DNA is isolated using the PureGene Extraction kit (Qiagen) according to the manufacturer's specifications.
  • Quantitative Analysis of Rickettsia bellii:
  • To quantify Rickettsia, rickA gene copy numbers are measured using SYBR Green quantitative PCR of non-treated and antibiotic treated in F1 and F2 ticks. The quantity of Rickettsia is determined using Forward (5′-TACGCCACTCCCTGTGT CA-3′; SEQ ID NO: 229) and Reverse (5′-GATGTAACGGTATTAC ACCAACAG-3′; SEQ ID NO: 230) primers. The bacterial quantity is measured in F1 and F2 MG and SG of the pooled samples. Quantitative polymerase chain reaction (qPCR) is performed on a 7500 Fast Real-Time thermocycler (Applied Biosystems) using the SYBR Premix Ex Taq kit (Takara), following the manufacturer's instructions. Liquamycin LA-200 oxytetracycline treated ticks show a reduction of Rickettsia specific genes.
  • The survival rates of ticks treated with antibiotic solution are compared to the ticks untreated. The survival rate of ticks treated with Liquamycin LA-200 oxytetracycline solution is decreased compared to the untreated.
  • Example 4: Treatment of Mites that Infect Livestock with Rifampicin Solutions
  • This Example demonstrates the ability to kill or decrease the fitness of mites by treating them with an antibiotic solution. This Example demonstrates that the effect of oxytetracycline on mites is mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous, such as Bacillus, to the mites that are sensitive to oxytetracycline.
  • Sarcoptic mange is caused by mites that infest animals by burrowing deeply into the skin and laying eggs inside the burrows. The eggs hatch into the larval stage. The larval mites then leave the burrows, move up to the skin surface, and begin forming new burrows in healthy skin tissue. Development from egg to adult is completed in about 2 weeks. The lesions resulting from infestations by these mites are a consequence of the reaction of the animals' immune system to the mites' presence. Because of the intensity of the animals' immunological response, it takes only a small number of mites to produce widespread lesions and generalized dermatitis. While mites can be killed with chemically synthesized miticides, these types of chemicals must sprayed on every animal in the herd with high-pressure hydraulic spray equipment to ensure penetration by the spray into the skin. Furthermore, these types of chemical pesticides may have detrimental ecological and/or agricultural effects.
  • Therapeutic design: Oxytetracycline solution is formulated with 0 (negative control), 1, 10, or 50 μg/ml in 10 mL of sterile water with 0.5% sucrose and essential amino acids.
  • Experimental Design:
  • To determine whether adult mites at the reproductive stage have different susceptibility compared to phoretic mites or their offspring because their cuticle is not hardened, mites living on livestock and mites associated with larvae and pupae are collected. This assay tests antibiotic solutions on different types of mites and determines how their fitness is altered by targeting endogenous microbes, such as Bacillus.
  • The brood mites are collected from mite-infested pigs. Skin samples are collected by gently scraping and lifting off encrusted areas from the inner ear area of the pig with a sharpened teaspoon and subsequently examined for mites.
  • Mites are grouped per age and assayed separately. The age is determined based on the morphology and pigmentation of the larva or the pupa as follows: mites collected from spinning larvae that are small enough to move around are grouped into Group 1; mites collected from stretched larvae, which are too big to lay in the cell and start to stretch upright with their mouth in the direction of the cell opening, are grouped into Group 2; and mites collected from pupae are grouped into Group 3. Mites are stored on their host larva or pupa in glass Petri dishes until 50 units are collected. This ensures their feeding routine and physiological status remains unchanged. To prevent mites from straying from their host larva or pupa or climbing onto one another, only hosts at the same development stage are kept in the same dish.
  • The equipment—a stainless steel ring (56 mm inner diameter, 2-3 mm height) and 2 glass circles (62 mm diameter)—is cleaned with acetone and hexane or pentane to form the testing arena. The oxytetracycline solutions and control solution are applied on the equipment by spraying the glass disks and ring of the arena homogeneously. For this, a reservoir is loaded with 1 ml of the solutions; the distance of the sprayed surface from the bottom end of the tube is set at 11 mm and a 0.0275 inch nozzle is used. The pressure is adjusted (usually in the range 350-500 hPa) until the amount of solution deposited is 1±0.05 mg/cm2. The antibiotic solutions are poured in their respective dishes, covering the whole bottom of the dishes, and residual liquid is evaporated under a fume hood. The ring is placed between the glass circles to build a cage. The cages are used within 60 hr of preparation, for not more than three assays, in order to control the exposure of mites to antibiotic solutions. 10 to 15 mites are introduced in this cage and the equipment pieces are bound together with droplets of melted wax. Mites collected from spinning larvae, stretched larvae, white eyed pupae and dark eyed with white and pale body are used.
  • After 4 hours, mites are transferred into a clean glass Petri dish (60 mm diameter) with two or three white eye pupae (4-5 days after capping) to feed on. The mites are observed under a dissecting microscope at 4 hr, 24 hr, and 48 hr after being treated with the antibiotic or the control solutions, and classified according to the following categories:
      • Mobile: they walk around when on their legs, whether after being poked by a needle.
      • Paralyzed: they move one or more appendages, unstimulated or after stimulation, but they cannot move around.
      • Dead: immobile and do not react to 3 subsequent stimulations.
  • A sterile toothpick or needle is used to stimulate the mites by touching their legs. New tooth picks or sterile needles are used for stimulating each group to avoid contamination between mite groups.
  • The assays are carried out at 32.5° C. and 60-70% relative humidity. If the mortality in the controls exceeds 30%, the replicate is excluded. Each experiment is replicated with four series of cages.
  • The status of Bacillus in mite groups is assessed by PCR. Total DNA is isolated from control (non-oxytetracycline treated) and oxytetracyline treated individuals (whole body) using a DNA Kit (OMEGA, Bio-tek) according to the manufacturer's protocol. The primers for Bacillus, forward primer 5′-GAGGTAGACGAAGCGACCTG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 231) and reverse primer 5′-TTCCCTCACGGTACTGGTTC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 232), are designed based on 23S-5S rRNA sequences obtained from the Bacillus genome (Accession Number: AP007209.1) (Takeno et al., J. Bacteriol. 194(17):4767-4768, 2012) using Primer 5.0 software (Primer-E Ltd., Plymouth, UK). The PCR amplification cycles included an initial denaturation step at 95° C. for 5 min, 35 cycles of 95° C. for 1 min, 59° C. for 1 min, and 72° C. for 2 min, and a final extension step of 5 min at 72° C. Amplification products from oxytetracyline treated and control samples are analyzed on 1% agarose gels, stained with SYBR safe, and visualized using an imaging System.
  • The survival rates of mites treated with an oxytetracyline solution are compared to the Varroa mites treated with the negative control.
  • The survival rate and the mobility of mites treated with oxytetracyline solution are expected to be decreased compared to the control.
  • Example 5: Production of a Phage Library
  • This Example demonstrates the acquisition of a phage collection from environmental samples.
  • Therapeutic design: Phage library collection having the following phage families: Myoviridae, Siphoviridae, Podoviridae, Lipothrixviridae, Rudiviridae, Ampullaviridae, Bicaudaviridae, Clavaviridae, Corticoviridae, Cystoviridae, Fuselloviridae, Gluboloviridae, Guttaviridae, Inoviridae, Leviviridae, Microviridae, Plasmaviridae, Tectiviridae
  • Experimental Design:
  • Multiple environmental samples (soil, pond sediments, sewage water) are collected in sterile 1 L flasks over a period of 2 weeks and are immediately processed as described below after collection and stored thereafter at 4° C. Solid samples are homogenized in sterile double-strength difco luria broth (LB) or tryptic soy broth (TSB) supplemented with 2 mM CaCl2) to a final volume of 100 mL. The pH and phosphate levels are measured using phosphate test strips. For purification, all samples are centrifuged at 3000-6000 g in a Megafuge 1.0R, Heraeus, or in Eppendorf centrifuge 5702 R, for 10-15 min at +4° C., and filtered through 0.2-μm low protein filters to remove all remaining bacterial cells. The supernatant is stored at 4° C. in the presence of chloroform in a glass bottle.
  • Example 6: Identification of Target Specific Phage
  • This Example demonstrates the isolation, purification, and identification of single target specific phages from a heterogeneous phage library.
  • Experimental Design:
  • 20-30 ml of the phage library described in Example 5 is diluted to a volume of 30-40 ml with LB-broth. The target bacterial strain, e.g., Buchnera, is added (50-200 μl overnight culture grown in LB-broth) to enrich phages that target this specific bacterial strain in the culture. This culture is incubated overnight at +37° C., shaken at 230 rpm. Bacteria from this enrichment culture are removed by centrifugation (3000-6000 g in Megafuge 1.0R, Heraeus, or in Eppendorf centrifuge 5702 R, 15-20 min, +4° C.) and filtered (0.2 or 0.45 μm filter). 2.5 ml of the bacteria free culture is added to 2.5 ml of LB-broth and 50-100 μl of the target bacteria to enrich the phages. The enrichment culture is grown overnight as above. A sample from this enrichment culture is centrifuged at 13,000 g for 15 min at room temperature and 10 μl of the supernatant is plated on a LB-agar containing petri dish along with 100-300 μl of the target bacteria and 3 ml of melted 0.7% soft-agar. The plates are incubated overnight at +37° C. Each of the plaques observed on the bacterial lawn are picked and transferred into 500 μl of LB-broth. A sample from this plaque-stock is further plated on the target bacteria. Plaque-purification is performed three times for all discovered phages in order to isolate a single homogenous phage from the heterogeneous phage mix.
  • Lysates from plates with high-titer phages (>1×10{circumflex over ( )}10 PFU/ml) are prepared by harvesting overlay plates of a host bacterium strain exhibiting confluent lysis. After being flooded with 5 ml of buffer, the soft agar overlay is macerated, clarified by centrifugation, and filter sterilized. The resulting lysates are stored at 4° C. High-titer phage lysates are further purified by isopycnic CsCl centrifugation, as described in (Summer et al., J. Bacteriol. 192:179-190, 2010).
  • DNA is isolated from CsCl-purified phage suspensions as described in (Summer, Methods Mol. Biol. 502:27-46, 2009). An individual isolated phage is sequenced as part of two pools of phage genomes by using a 454 pyrosequencing method. Phage genomic DNA is mixed in equimolar amounts to a final concentration of about 100 ng/L. The pooled DNA is sheared, ligated with a multiplex identifier (MID) tag specific for each of the pools, and sequenced by pyrosequencing using a full-plate reaction on a Roche FLX Titanium sequencer according to the manufacturer's protocols. The pooled phage DNA is present in two sequencing reactions. The trimmed FLX Titanium flow-gram output corresponding to each of the pools is assembled individually by using Newbler Assembler version 2.5.3 (454 Life Sciences), by adjusting the settings to include only reads containing a single MID per assembly. The identity of individual contigs is determined by PCR using primers generated against contig sequences and individual phage genomic DNA preparations as the template. Sequencher 4.8 (Gene Codes Corporation) is used for sequence assembly and editing. Phage chromosomal end structures are determined experimentally. Cohesive (cos) ends for phages are determined by sequencing off the ends of the phage genome and sequencing the PCR products derived by amplification through the ligated junction of circularized genomic DNA, as described in (Summer, Methods Mol. Biol. 502:27-46, 2009). Protein-coding regions are initially predicted using GeneMark.hmm (Lukashin et al. Nucleic Acids Res. 26:1107-1115, 1998), refined through manual analysis in Artemis (Rutherford et al., Bioinformatics 16:944-945, 2000.), and analyzed through the use of BLAST (E value cutoff of 0.005) (Camacho et al., BMC Bioinformatics 10:421, 2009). Proteins of particular interest are additionally analyzed by InterProScan (Hunter et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 40:D306-D312, 2012).
  • Electron microscopy of CsCl-purified phage (>1×10{circumflex over ( )}11 PFU/ml) that lysed the endosymbiotic bacteria, Buchnera, is performed by diluting stock with the tryptic soy broth buffer. Phages are applied onto thin 400-mesh carbon-coated Formvar grids, stained with 2% (wt/vol) uranyl acetate, and air dried. Specimens are observed on a JEOL 1200EX transmission electron microscope operating at an acceleration voltage of 100 kV. Five virions of each phage are measured to calculate mean values and standard deviations for dimensions of capsid and tail, where appropriate.
  • Example 7: Treatment of Aphids with a Solution of Purified Phages
  • This Example demonstrates the ability to kill or decrease the fitness of aphids by treating them with a phage solution. This Example demonstrates that the effect of phage on aphids is mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the aphid that are sensitive to phages. One targeted bacterial strain is Buchnera with the phage identified in Example 6.
  • Aphids are representative species for testing microbiota modulating agents and effects on fitness of the aphids.
  • Therapeutic Design:
  • Phage solutions are formulated with 0 (negative control), 102, 105, or 108 plaque-forming units (pfu)/ml phage from Example 6 in 10 mL of sterile water with 0.5% sucrose and essential amino acids.
  • Experimental Design:
  • To prepare for the treatment, aphids are grown in a lab environment and medium. In a climate-controlled room (16 h light photoperiod; 60±5% RH; 20±2° C.), fava bean plants are grown in a mixture of vermiculite and perlite at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness. To limit maternal effects or health differences between plants, 5-10 adults from different plants are distributed among 10 two-week-old plants, and allowed to multiply to high density for 5-7 days. For experiments, second and third instar aphids are collected from healthy plants and divided into treatments so that each treatment receives approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants.
  • Phage solutions are prepared as described herein. Wells of a 96-well plate are filled with 200 μl of artificial aphid diet (Febvay et al., Canadian Journal of Zoology 66(11):2449-2453, 1988) and the plate is covered with parafilm to make a feeding sachet. Artificial diet is either mixed with sterile water and with 0.5% sucrose and essential amino acids as a negative control or phage solutions with varying concentrations of phages. Phage solutions are mixed with artificial diet to get final concentrations of phages between 102 to 108 (pfu)/ml.
  • For each replicate treatment, 30-50 second and third instar aphids are placed individually in wells of a 96-well plate and a feeding sachet plate is inverted above them, allowing the insects to feed through the parafilm and keeping them restricted to individual wells. Experimental aphids are kept under the same environmental conditions as aphid colonies. After the aphids are fed for 24 hr, the feeding sachet is replaced with a new one containing sterile artificial diet and a new sterile sachet is provided every 24 h for 4 days. At the time that the sachet is replaced, aphids are also checked for mortality. An aphid is counted as dead if it had turned brown or is at the bottom of the well and does not move during the observation. If an aphid is on the parafilm of the feeding sachet but not moving, it is assumed to be feeding and alive.
  • The status of Buchnera in aphid samples is assessed by PCR. Aphids adults from the negative control (non-phage treated) and phage treated groups are first surface-sterilized with 70% ethanol for 1 min, 10% bleach for 1 min and three washes of ultrapure water for 1 min. Total DNA is extracted from each individual (whole body) using an Insect DNA Kit (OMEGA, Bio-tek) according to the manufacturer's protocol. The primers for Buchnera, forward primer 5′-GTCGGCTCATCACATCC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 233) and reverse primer 5′-TTCCGTCTGTATTATCTCCT-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 234), are designed based on 23S-5S rRNA sequences obtained from the Buchnera genome (Accession Number: GCA_000009605.1) (Shigenobu et al., Nature 407:81-86, 2000) using Primer 5.0 software (Primer-E Ltd., Plymouth, UK). The PCR amplification cycles included an initial denaturation step at 95° C. for 5 min, 35 cycles of 95° C. for 30s, 55° C. for 30s, and 72° C. for 60s, and a final extension step of 10 min at 72° C. Amplification products from rifampicin treated and control samples are analyzed on 1% agarose gels, stained with SYBR safe, and visualized using an imaging System. Phage treated aphids show a reduction of Buchnera specific genes.
  • The survival rates of aphids treated with Buchnera specific phages are compared to the aphids treated with the negative control. The survival rate of aphids treated with Buchnera specific phages is decreased as compared to the control treated aphids.
  • Example 8: Production of a colA Bacteriocin Solution
  • This Example demonstrates the production and purification of colA bacteriocin.
  • Construct Sequence:
  • (SEQ ID NO: 235)
    catatgatgacccgcaccatgctgtttctggcgtgcgtggcggcgctgta
    tgtgtgcattagcgcgaccgcgggcaaaccggaagaatttgcgaaactga
    gcgatgaagcgccgagcaacgatcaggcgatgtatgaaagcattcagcgc
    tatcgccgctttgtggatggcaaccgctataacggcggccagcagcagca
    gcagcagccgaaacagtgggaagtgcgcccggatctgagccgcgatcagc
    gcggcaacaccaaagcgcaggtggaaattaacaaaaaaggcgataaccat
    gatattaacgcgggctggggcaaaaacattaacggcccggatagccataa
    agatacctggcatgtgggcggcagcgtgcgctggctcgag
  • Experimental Design:
  • DNA is generated by PCR with specific primers with upstream (NdeI) and downstream (XhoI) restriction sites. Forward primer GTATCTATTCCCGTCTACGAACATATGGAATTCC (SEQ ID NO: 236) and reverse primer CCGCTCGAGCCATCTGACACTTCCTCCAA (SEQ ID NO: 237). Purified PCR fragments (Nucleospin Extract II-Macherey Nagel) are digested with NdeI or XhoI and then the fragments are ligated. For colA cloning, the ligated DNA fragment is cloned into pcr2.1 (GenBank database accession number EY122872) vector (Anselme et al., BMC Biol. 6:43, 2008). The nucleotide sequence is systematically checked (Cogenics).
  • The plasmid with colA sequence is expressed in BL21 (DE3)/pLys. Bacteria are grown in LB broth at 30° C. At an OD600 of 0.9, isopropyl β-D-1-thiogalactopyranoside (IPTG) is added to a final concentration of 1 mM and cells were grown for 6h. Bacteria are lysed by sonication in 100 mM NaCL, 1% Triton X-100, 100 mM Tris-base pH 9.5, and proteins are loaded onto a HisTrap HP column (GE Healthcare). The column is washed successively with 100 mM NaCl, 100 mM Tris-HCl pH 6.8, and PBS. Elution is performed with 0.3M imidazol in PBS. Desalting PD-10 columns (GE Healthcare) are used to eliminate imidazol and PBS solubilized peptides are concentrated on centrifugal filter units (Millipore).
  • ColA Protein Sequence:
  • (SEQ ID NO: 211)
    MTRTMLFLAC VAALYVCISA TAGKPEEFAK LSDEAPSNDQ
    AMYESIQRYR RFVDGNRYNG GQQQQQQPKQ WEVRPDLSRD
    QRGNTKAQVE INKKGDNHDI NAGWGKNING PDSHKDTWHV
    GGSVRW
  • Example 9: Treatment of Aphids with a Solution of colA Bacteriocin
  • This Example demonstrates the ability to kill or decrease the fitness of aphids by treating them with a bacteriocin solution. This Example demonstrates that the effect of bacteriocins on aphids is mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the aphid that are sensitive to ColA bacteriocin. One targeted bacterial strain is Buchnera with the bacteriocin produced in Example 8.
  • Therapeutic Design:
  • ColA solutions are formulated with 0 (negative control), 0.6, 1, 50 or 100 mg/ml of ColA from Example 8 in 10 mL of sterile water with 0.5% sucrose and essential amino acids.
  • Experimental Design:
  • To prepare for the treatment, aphids are grown in a lab environment and medium. In a climate-controlled room (16 h light photoperiod; 60±5% RH; 20±2° C.), plants are grown in a mixture of vermiculite and perlite and are infested with aphids. In the same climatic conditions, E. balteatus larvae are obtained from a mass production; the hoverflies are reared with sugar, pollen, and water; and the oviposition is induced by the introduction of infested host plants in the rearing cage during 3 h. The complete life cycle takes place on the host plants that are daily re-infested with aphids.
  • Wells of a 96-well plate are filled with 200 μl of artificial aphid diet (Febvay et al., Canadian Journal of Zoology 66(11):2449-2453, 1988) and the plate is covered with parafilm to make a feeding sachet. Artificial diet is either mixed with the solution of sterile water with 0.5% sucrose and essential amino acids as a negative control or ColA solutions with varying concentrations of ColA. ColA solutions are mixed with artificial diet to obtain final concentrations between 0.6 to 100 mg/ml.
  • For each replicate treatment, 30-50 second and third instar aphids are placed individually in wells of a 96-well plate and a feeding sachet plate is inverted above them, allowing the insects to feed through the parafilm and keeping them restricted to individual wells. Experimental aphids are kept under the same environmental conditions as aphid colonies. After the aphids are fed for 24 hr, the feeding sachet is replaced with a new one containing sterile artificial diet and a new sterile sachet is provided every 24 h for 4 days. At the time that the sachet is replaced, aphids are also checked for mortality. An aphid is counted as dead if it had turned brown or is at the bottom of the well and does not move during the observation. If an aphid is on the parafilm of the feeding sachet but not moving, it is assumed to be feeding and alive.
  • The status of Buchnera in aphid samples is assessed by PCR. Aphids adults from the negative control and phage treated are first surface-sterilized with 70% ethanol for 1 min, 10% bleach for 1 min and three washes of ultrapure water for 1 min. Total DNA is extracted from each individual (whole body) using an Insect DNA Kit (OMEGA, Bio-tek) according to the manufacturer's protocol. The primers for Buchnera, forward primer 5′-GTCGGCTCATCACATCC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 233) and reverse primer 5′-TTCCGTCTGTATTATCTCCT-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 234), are designed based on 23S-5S rRNA sequences obtained from the Buchnera genome (Accession Number: GCA_000009605.1) (Shigenobu, et al., Nature 200.407, 81-86) using Primer 5.0 software (Primer-E Ltd., Plymouth, UK). The PCR amplification cycles included an initial denaturation step at 95° C. for 5 min, 35 cycles of 95° C. for 30s, 55° C. for 30s, and 72° C. for 60s, and a final extension step of 10 min at 72° C. Amplification products from rifampicin treated and control samples are analyzed on 1% agarose gels, stained with SYBR safe, and visualized using an imaging System. ColA treated aphids show a reduction of Buchnera specific genes.
  • The survival rates of aphids treated with Buchnera specific ColA bacteriocin are compared to the aphids treated with the negative control. The survival rate of aphids treated with Buchnera specific ColA bacteriocin is decreased as compared to the control treated aphids.
  • Example 10: Treatment of Aphids with Rifampicin Solutions
  • This Example demonstrates the ability to kill or decrease the fitness of aphids by treating them with rifampicin, a narrow spectrum antibiotic that inhibits DNA-dependent RNA synthesis by inhibiting a bacterial RNA polymerase. This Example demonstrates that the effect of rifampicin on aphids is mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the aphid that are sensitive to rifampicin. One targeted bacterial strain is Buchnera.
  • Therapeutic Design:
  • The antibiotic solutions are formulated with 0 (negative control), 1, 10, or 50 μg/ml of rifampicin in 10 mL of sterile water with 0.5% sucrose and essential amino acids.
  • Experimental Design:
  • To prepare for the treatment, aphids are grown in a lab environment and medium. In a climate-controlled room (16 h light photoperiod; 60±5% RH; 20±2° C.), fava bean plants are grown in a mixture of vermiculite and perlite at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness. To limit maternal effects or health differences between plants, 5-10 adults from different plants are distributed among 10 two-week-old plants, and allowed to multiply to high density for 5-7 days. For experiments, second and third instar aphids are collected from healthy plants and divided into treatments so that each treatment receives approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants.
  • Rifampicin solutions are made by dissolving rifampicin (SIGMA-ALDRICH, 557303) in sterile water with 0.5% sucrose and essential aminoacids. Wells of a 96-well plate are filled with 200 μl of artificial aphid diet (Febvay et al., Canadian Journal of Zoology 66(11):2449-2453, 1988) and the plate is covered with parafilm to make a feeding sachet. Artificial diet is either mixed with sterile water and with 0.5% sucrose and essential aminoacids as a negative control or a rifampicin solution with one of the concentrations of rifampicin. Rifampicin solutions are mixed with artificial diet to get final concentrations of the antibiotic between 1 and 50 μg/mL.
  • For each replicate treatment, 30-50 second and third instar aphids are placed individually in wells of a 96-well plate and a feeding sachet plate is inverted above them, allowing the insects to feed through the parafilm and keeping them restricted to individual wells. Experimental aphids are kept under the same environmental conditions as aphid colonies. After the aphids are fed for 24 hr, the feeding sachet is replaced with a new one containing sterile artificial diet and a new sterile sachet is provided every 24 h for four days. At the time that the sachet is replaced, aphids are also checked for mortality. An aphid is counted as dead if it had turned brown or is at the bottom of the well and does not move during the observation. If an aphid is on the parafilm of the feeding sachet but not moving, it is assumed to be feeding and alive.
  • The status of Buchnera in aphid samples is assessed by PCR. Total DNA is isolated from control (non-rifampicin treated) and rifampicin treated individuals using an Insect DNA Kit (OMEGA, Bio-tek) according to the manufacturer's protocol. The primers for Buchnera, forward primer 5′-GTCGGCTCATCACATCC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 233) and reverse primer 5′-TTCCGTCTGTATTATCTCCT-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 234), are designed based on 23S-5S rRNA sequences obtained from the Buchnera genome (Accession Number: GCA_000009605.1) (Shigenobu et al., Nature 407:81-86, 2000) using Primer 5.0 software (Primer-E Ltd., Plymouth, UK). The PCR amplification cycles included an initial denaturation step at 95° C. for 5 min, 35 cycles of 95° C. for 30s, 55° C. for 30s, and 72° C. for 60s, and a final extension step of 10 min at 72° C. Amplification products from rifampicin treated and control samples are analyzed on 1% agarose gels, stained with SYBR safe, and visualized using an imaging System. Rifampicin treated aphids show a reduction of Buchnera specific genes.
  • The survival rates of aphids treated with rifampicin solution are compared to the aphids treated with the negative control. The survival rate of aphids treated with rifampicin solution is decreased compared to the control.
  • Example 11: High Throughput Screening (HTS) for Buchnera Targeting Molecules
  • This Example demonstrates the identification of molecules that target Buchnera.
  • Experimental Design:
  • A HTS to identify inhibitors of targeted bacterial strains, Buchnera, uses sucrose fermentation in pH-MMSuc medium (Ymele-Leki et al., PLoS ONE 7(2):e31307, 2012) to decrease the pH of the medium. pH indicators in the medium monitor medium acidification spectrophotometrically through a change in absorbance at 615 nm (A615). A target bacterial strain, Buchnera, derived from a glycerol stock, is plated on an LB-agar plate and incubated overnight at 37° C. A loopful of cells is harvested, washed three times with PBS, and then resuspended in PBS at an optical density of 0.015.
  • For the HTS, 10 μL of this bacterial cell suspension is aliquoted into the wells of a 384-well plate containing 30 μL of pH-MMSuc medium and 100 nL of a test compound fraction from a natural product library of pre-fractionated extracts (39,314 extracts arrayed in 384-well plates) from microbial sources, such as fungal endophytes, bacterial endophytes, soil bacteria, and marine bacteria, described in (Ymele-Leki et al., PLoS ONE 7(2):e31307, 2012). For each assay, the A615 is measured after incubation at room temperature at 6 hr and 20 hr. This step is automated and validated in the 384-well plate format using an EnVision™ multi-well spectrophotometer to test all fractions from the library. Fractions that demonstrate delayed medium acidification by sucrose fermentation and inhibited cell growth are selected for further purification and identification.
  • Example 12: Isolation and Identification of Buchnera Specific Molecules
  • This Example demonstrates the isolation and identification of an isolate from the fraction described in Example 11 that blocks sucrose fermentation and inhibits cell growth of Buchnera.
  • Experimental Design:
  • The fraction described in Example 11 is resuspended in 90% water/methanol and passed over a C18 SPE column to get fraction I. The column is then washed with methanol to get fraction II. Fraction II is separated on an Agilent 1100 series HPLC with a preparative Phenyl-hexyl column (Phenomenex, Luna, 25 cm610 mm, 5 mm particle size) using an elution buffer with 20% acetonitrile/water with 0.1% formic acid at a flow rate of 2 mL/min for 50 minutes. This yields multiple compounds at different elution times. Spectra for each compound is obtained on an Alpha FT-IR mass spectrometer (Bruker), an Ultrospec™ 5300 pro UV/Visible Spectrophotometer (Amersham Biosciences), and an INOVA 600 MHz nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometer (Varian).
  • Example 13: Treatment of Aphids with a Solution of a Buchnera Specific Molecule
  • This Example demonstrates the ability to kill or decrease the fitness of aphids by treating them with one of the compounds identified in Example 12 through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the aphid that are sensitive to this compound. One targeted bacterial strain is Buchnera.
  • Therapeutic Design:
  • Each compound from Example 12 is formulated at 0 (negative control), 0.6, 1, 20 or 80 μg/ml in 10 mL of sterile water with 0.5% sucrose and essential amino acids.
  • Experimental Design:
  • To prepare for the treatment, aphids are grown in a lab environment and medium. In a climate-controlled room (16 h light photoperiod; 60±5% RH; 20±2° C.), fava bean plants are grown in a mixture of vermiculite and perlite at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness. To limit maternal effects or health differences between plants, 5-10 adults from different plants are distributed among 10 two-week-old plants, and allowed to multiply to high density for 5-7 days. For experiments, second and third instar aphids are collected from healthy plants and divided into treatments so that each treatment receives approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants.
  • Wells of a 96-well plate are filled with 200 μl of artificial aphid diet (Febvay et al., Canadian Journal of Zoology 66(11):2449-2453, 1988) and the plate is covered with parafilm to make a feeding sachet. Artificial diet is either mixed with sterile water with 0.5% sucrose and essential amino acids as a negative control or solutions with varying concentrations of the compound.
  • For each replicate treatment, 30-50 second and third instar aphids are placed individually in wells of a 96-well plate and a feeding sachet plate is inverted above them, allowing the insects to feed through the parafilm and keeping them restricted to individual wells. Experimental aphids are kept under the same environmental conditions as aphid colonies. After the aphids are fed for 24 hr, the feeding sachet is replaced with a new one containing sterile artificial diet and a new sterile sachet is provided every 24 h for 4 days. At the time that the sachet is replaced, aphids are also checked for mortality. An aphid is counted as dead if it had turned brown or is at the bottom of the well and does not move during the observation. If an aphid is on the parafilm of the feeding sachet but not moving, it is assumed to be feeding and alive.
  • The status of Buchnera in aphid samples is assessed by PCR. Aphids from the negative control and compound 1 treated are first surface-sterilized with 70% ethanol for 1 min, 10% bleach for 1 min and three washes of ultrapure water for 1 min. Total DNA is extracted from each individual (whole body) using an Insect DNA Kit (OMEGA, Bio-tek) according to the manufacturer's protocol. The primers for Buchnera, forward primer 5′-GTCGGCTCATCACATCC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 233) and reverse primer 5′-TTCCGTCTGTATTATCTCCT-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 234), are designed based on 23S-5S rRNA sequences obtained from the Buchnera genome (Accession Number: GCA_000009605.1) (Shigenobu et al., Nature 407:81-86, 2000) using Primer 5.0 software (Primer-E Ltd., Plymouth, UK). The PCR amplification cycles included an initial denaturation step at 95° C. for 5 min, 35 cycles of 95° C. for 30s, 55° C. for 30s, and 72° C. for 60s, and a final extension step of 10 min at 72° C. Amplification products from compound 1 treated and control samples are analyzed on 1% agarose gels, stained with SYBR safe, and visualized using an imaging System. Reduction of Buchnera specific genes indicates antimicrobial activity of compound 1.
  • The survival rate of aphids treated with the compound is compared to the aphids treated with the negative control. A decrease in the survival rate of aphids treated with the compound is expected to indicate antimicrobial activity of the compound.
  • Example 14: Insects Treated with an Antibiotic Solution
  • This Example demonstrates the treatment of aphids with rifampicin, a narrow spectrum antibiotic that inhibits DNA-dependent RNA synthesis by inhibiting a bacterial RNA polymerase. This Example demonstrates that the effect of rifampicin on a model insect species, aphids, was mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the insect that were sensitive to rifampicin. One targeted bacterial strain is Buchnera.
  • Therapeutic Design
  • The antibiotic solution was formulated according to the means of delivery, as follows (FIG. 1A-1G):
  • 1) Through the plants: with 0 (negative control) or 100 μg/ml of rifampicin formulated in an artificial diet (based on Akey and Beck, 1971; see Experimental Design) with and without essential amino acids (2 mg/ml histidine, 2 mg/ml isoleucine, 2 mg/ml leucine, 2 mg/ml lysine, 1 mg/ml methionine, 1.62 mg/ml phenylalanine, 2 mg/ml threonine, 1 mg/ml tryptophan, and 2 mg/ml valine).
  • 2) Leaf coating: 100 μl of 0.025% nonionic organosilicone surfactant solvent Silwet L-77 in water (negative control) or 100 μl of 50 μg/ml of rifampicin formulated in solvent solution was applied directly to the leaf surface and allowed to dry.
  • 3) Microinjection: injection solutions were either 0.025% nonionic organosilicone surfactant solvent Silwet L-77 in water (negative control), or 50 μg/ml of rifampicin formulated in solvent solution.
  • 4) Topical delivery: 100 μl of 0.025% nonionic organosilicone surfactant solvent Silwet L-77 (negative control), or 50 μg/ml of rifampicin formulated in solvent solution were sprayed using a 30 mL spray bottle.
  • 5) Leaf injection method A—Leaf perfusion and cutting: leaves were injected with approximately 1 ml of 50 μg/ml of rifampicin in water with food coloring or approximately 1 ml of negative control with water and food coloring. Leaves were cut into 2×2 cm squared pieces and aphids were placed on the leaf pieces.
  • 6) Leaf perfusion and delivery through plant: Leaves were injected with approximately 1 ml of 100 μg/ml of rifampicin in water plus food coloring or approximately 1 ml of negative control with water and food coloring. The stem of injected leaf was then placed into an Eppendorf tube with 1 ml of 100 μg/ml of rifampicin plus water and food coloring or 1 ml of negative control with only water and food coloring. 7) Combination delivery method: a) Topical delivery to aphid and plant: via spraying both aphids and plants with 0.025% nonionic organosilicone surfactant solvent Silwet L-77 in water (negative control) or 100 μg/ml of rifampicin formulated in solvent solution using a 30 mL, b) Delivery through plant: water only (negative control) or 100 μg/ml of rifampicin formulated in water.
  • Plant Delivery Experimental Design:
  • Aphids (LSR-1 strain, Acyrthosiphon pisum) were grown on fava bean plants (Vroma vicia faba from Johnny's Selected Seeds) in a climate-controlled incubator (16 h light/8 h dark photoperiod; 60±5% RH; 25±2° C.). Prior to being used for aphid rearing, fava bean plants were grown in potting soil at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness. To limit maternal effects or health differences between plants, 5-10 adults from different plants were distributed among 10 two-week-old plants, and allowed to multiply to high density for 5-7 days. For experiments, first instar aphids were collected from healthy plants and divided into 3 different treatment groups: 1) artificial diet alone without essential amino acids, 2) artificial diet alone without essential amino acids and 100 μg/ml rifampicin, and 3) artificial diet with essential amino acids and 100 μg/ml rifampicin). Each treatment group received approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants.
  • The artificial diet used was made as previously published (Akey and Beck, 1971 Continuous Rearing of the Pea Aphid, Acyrthosiphon pisum, on a Holidic Diet), with and without the essential amino acids (2 mg/ml histidine, 2 mg/ml isoleucine, 2 mg/ml leucine, 2 mg/ml lysine, 1 mg/ml methionine, 1.62 mg/ml phenylalanine, 2 mg/ml threonine, 1 mg/ml tryptophan, and 2 mg/ml valine), except neither diet included homoserine or beta-alanyltyrosine. The pH of the diets was adjusted to 7.5 with KOH and diets were filter sterilized through a 0.22 μm filter and stored at 4° C. for short term (<7 days) or at −80° C. for long term.
  • Rifampicin (Tokyo Chemical Industry, LTD) stock solutions were made at 25 mg/ml in methanol, sterilized by passing through a 0.22 μm syringe filter, and stored at −20° C. For treatments (see Therapeutic design), the appropriate amount of stock solution was added to the artificial diet with or without essential amino acids to obtain a final concentration of 100 μg/ml rifampicin. The diet was then placed into a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube with a fava bean stem with a leaf and the opening of the tube was closed using parafilm. This artificial diet feeding system was then placed into a deep petri dish (Fisher Scientific, Cat#FB0875711) and aphids were applied to the leaves of the plant.
  • For each treatment, 33 aphids were placed onto each leaf. Artificial diet feeding systems were changed every 2-3 days throughout the experiment. Aphids were monitored daily for survival and dead aphids were removed from the deep petri dish housing the artificial feeding system when they were discovered.
  • In addition, the developmental stage (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th instar) was determined daily throughout the experiment. Once an aphid reached the 4th instar stage, they were given their own artificial feeding system in a deep petri dish so that fecundity could be monitored once they reached adulthood.
  • For adult aphids, new nymphs were counted daily and then discarded. At the end of the experiments, fecundity was determined as the mean number of offspring produced daily once the aphid reached adulthood. Pictures of aphids were taken throughout the experiment to evaluate size differences between treatment groups.
  • After 7 days of treatment, DNA was extracted from multiple aphids from each treatment group. Briefly, the aphid body surface was sterilized by dipping the aphid into a 6% bleach solution for approximately 5 seconds. Aphids were then rinsed in sterile water and DNA was extracted from each individual aphid using a DNA extraction kit (Qiagen, DNeasy kit) according to manufacturer's instructions. DNA concentration was measured using a nanodrop nucleic acid quantification, and Buchnera and aphid DNA copy numbers were measured by qPCR. The primers used for Buchnera were Buch_groES_18F (CATGATCGTGTGCTTGTTAAG; SEQ ID NO: 238) and Buch_groES_98R (CTGTTCCTCGAGTCGATTTCC; SEQ ID NO: 239) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS). The primers used for aphid were ApEF1a 107F (CTGATTGTGCCGTGCTTATTG; SEQ ID NO: 240) and ApEF1a 246R (TATGGTGGTTCAGTAGAGTCC; SEQ ID NO: 241) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS). qPCR was performed using a qPCR amplification ramp of 1.6 degrees C./s and the following conditions: 1) 95° C. for 10 minutes, 2) 95° C. for 15 seconds, 3) 55° C. for 30 seconds, 4) repeat steps 2-3 40×, 5) 95° C. for 15 seconds, 6) 55° C. for 1 minute, 7) ramp change to 0.15 degrees C./s, 8) 95° C. for 1 second. qPCR data was analyzed using analytic (Thermo Fisher Scientific, QuantStudio Design and Analysis) software.
  • Antibiotic Treatment Delays and Stops Progression of Aphid Development
  • LSR-1 1st instar aphids were divided into three separate treatment groups as defined in Experimental Design (above). Aphids were monitored daily and the number of aphids at each developmental stage was determined. Aphids treated with artificial diet alone without essential amino acids began reaching maturity (5th instar stage) at approximately 6 days (FIG. 2A). Development was delayed in aphids treated with rifampicin, and by 6 days of treatment, most aphids did not mature further than the 3rd instar stage, even after 12 days and their size is drastically affected (FIGS. 2A-2C).
  • In contrast, aphids treated with artificial diet with rifampicin supplemented with essential amino acids developed faster and to higher instar stages as compared to aphids treated with rifampicin alone, but not as quickly as aphids treated with artificial diet without essential amino acids (FIGS. 2A-2C). These data indicate that treatment with rifampicin impaired aphid development. Adding back essential amino acids partially rescued this defect in development.
  • Antibiotic Treatment Increased Aphid Mortality
  • Survival rate of aphids was also measured during the treatments. The majority of the aphids treated with artificial diet alone without essential amino acids were alive at 5 days post-treatment (FIG. 3). After 5 days, aphids began gradually dying, and some survived beyond 13 days post-treatment.
  • In contrast, aphids treated with rifampicin without essential amino acids had lower survival rates than aphids treated with artificial diet alone (p<0.00001). Rifampicin-treated aphids began dying after 1 day of treatment and all aphids succumbed to treatment by 9 days. Aphids treated with both rifampicin and essential amino acids survived longer than those treated with rifampicin alone (p=0.017). These data indicate that rifampicin treatment affected aphid survival.
  • Antibiotic Treatment Decreased Aphid Reproduction
  • Fecundity was also monitored in aphids during the treatments. By days 7 and 8 post-treatment, the majority of the adult aphids treated with artificial diet without essential amino acids began reproducing. The mean number of offspring produced daily after maturity by aphids treated with artificial diet without essential amino acids was approximately 4 (FIG. 4). In contrast, aphids treated with rifampicin with or without essential amino acids were unable to reach adulthood and produce offspring. These data indicate that rifampicin treatment resulted in a loss of aphid reproduction.
  • Antibiotic Treatment Decreased Buchnera in Aphids
  • To test whether rifampicin, specifically resulted in loss of Buchnera in aphids, and that this loss impacted aphid fitness, DNA was extracted from aphids in each treatment group after 7 days of treatment and qPCR was performed to determine the Buchnera/aphid copy numbers. Aphids treated with artificial diet alone without essential amino acids had high ratios of Buchnera/aphid DNA copies. In contrast, aphids treated with rifampicin had ˜4-fold less Buchnera/aphid DNA copies (FIG. 5), indicating that rifampicin treatment decreased Buchnera levels.
  • Leaf Coating Delivery Experimental Design
  • Rifampicin stock solution was added to 0.025% of a nonionic organosilicone surfactant solvent, Silwet L-77, to obtain a final concentration of 50 μg/ml rifampicin. Aphids (eNASCO strain, Acyrthosiphon pisum) were grown on fava bean plants as described in a previous Example. For experiments, first instar aphids were collected from healthy plants and divided into 2 different treatment groups: leaves were sprayed with 1) negative control (solvent solution only), 2) 50 μg/ml rifampicin in solvent. Solutions were absorbed onto a 2×2 cm piece of fava bean leaf.
  • Each treatment group received approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plant. For each treatment, 20 aphids were placed onto each leaf. Aphids were monitored daily for survival and dead aphids were removed when they were discovered. In addition, the developmental stage (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th instar, and 5R, representing a reproducing 5th instar) was determined daily throughout the experiment. Pictures of aphids were taken throughout the experiment to evaluate size differences between treatment groups.
  • After 6 days of treatment, DNA was extracted from multiple aphids from each treatment group and qPCR for quantifying Buchnera levels was done as described in the previous Example.
  • Antibiotic Treatment Delivered Through Leaf Coating Delays and Stops Progression of Aphid Development
  • LSR-1 1st instar aphids were divided into two separate treatment groups as defined in the Experimental Design described herein. Aphids were monitored daily and the number of aphids at each developmental stage was determined. Aphids placed on coated leaves treated with control began reaching maturity (5th instar reproducing stage; 5R) at approximately 6 days (FIG. 6A). Development was delayed in aphids placed on coated leaves with rifampicin, and by 6 days of treatment, most aphids did not mature further than the 3rd instar stage, even after 12 days, and their size is drastically affected (FIGS. 6A and 6B).
  • These data indicate that leaf coating with rifampicin impaired aphid development.
  • Antibiotic Treatment Delivered Through Leaf Coating Increased Aphid Mortality
  • Survival rate of aphids was also measured during the leaf coating treatments. Aphids placed on coated leaves with rifampicin had lower survival rates than aphids placed on coated leaves with the control (FIG. 7). These data indicate that rifampicin treatment delivered through leaf coating affected aphid survival.
  • Antibiotic Treatment Delivered Through Leaf Coating Decreased Buchnera in Aphids
  • To test whether rifampicin delivered through leaf coating, specifically resulted in loss of Buchnera in aphids, and that this loss impacted aphid fitness, DNA was extracted from aphids in each treatment group after 6 days of treatment and qPCR was performed to determine the Buchnera/aphid copy numbers.
  • Aphids placed on leaves treated with control had high ratios of Buchnera/aphid DNA copies. In contrast, aphids placed on leaves treated with rifampicin had a drastic reduction of Buchnera/aphid DNA copies (FIG. 8), indicating that rifampicin leaf coating treatment eliminated endosymbiotic Buchnera.
  • Microinjection Delivery Experimental Design:
  • Microinjection was performed using NanoJet III Auto-Nanoliter Injector with the in-house pulled borosilicate needle (Drummond Scientific; Cat#3-000-203-G/XL). Aphids (eNASCO strain, Acyrthosiphon pisum) were grown on fava bean plants as described in a previous Example. Aphids are transferred using a paint brush to a tubing system connected to vacuum (FIG. 1C). The injection site was at the ventral thorax of the aphid. The injection solutions were either the organosilicone surfactant solvent 0.025% Silwet L-77 (Lehle Seeds, Cat No VIS-01) in water (negative control), or 50 μg/ml of rifampicin formulated in solvent solution. The injection volume was 10 nl for nymph and 20 nl for adult (both at a rate of 2 nl/sec). Each treatment group had approximately the same number of individuals injected from each of the collection plants. After injection, aphids were released into a petri dish with fava bean leaves, whose stems are in 2% agar.
  • Microinjection with Antibiotic Treatment Decreased Buchnera in Aphids
  • To test whether rifampicin delivered by microinjection results in loss of Buchnera in aphids, and that this loss impacts aphid fitness as demonstrated in previous Examples, DNA was extracted from aphids in each treatment group after 4 days of treatment and qPCR was performed as described in a previous Example to determine the Buchnera/aphid copy numbers.
  • Aphids microinjected with negative control had high ratios of Buchnera/aphid DNA copies. In contrast, aphid nymphs and adults microinjected with rifampicin had a drastic reduction of Buchnera/aphid DNA copies (FIG. 9), indicating that rifampicin microinjection treatment decreased the presence of endosymbiotic Buchnera.
  • Topical Delivery Experimental Design:
  • Aphids (LSR-1 strain, Acyrthosiphon pisum) were grown on fava bean plants as described in a previous Example. Spray bottles were filled with 2 ml of control (0.025% Silwet L-77) or rifampicin solutions (50 μg/ml of in solvent solution). Aphids (number=10) were transferred to the bottom of a clean petri dish and gathered to the corner of the petri dish using a paint brush. Subsequently, aphids were separated into two cohorts and sprayed with ˜100 μl of either control or rifampicin solutions. Immediately after spraying, the petri dish was covered with a lid. Five minutes after spraying, aphids were released into a petri dish with fava bean leaves with stems in 2% agar.
  • Topical Delivery of Antibiotic Treatment Decreased Buchnera in Aphids
  • To test whether rifampicin delivered by topical delivery results in loss of Buchnera in aphids, and that this loss impacts aphid fitness as demonstrated in previous Examples, DNA was extracted from aphids in each treatment group after 3 days of treatment and qPCR as described in a previous Example was performed to determine the Buchnera/aphid copy numbers.
  • Aphids sprayed with the control solution had high ratios of Buchnera/aphid DNA copies. In contrast, aphids sprayed with rifampicin had a drastic reduction of Buchnera/aphid DNA copies (FIG. 10), indicating that rifampicin treatment delivered through topical treatment decreases the presence of endosymbiotic Buchnera.
  • Leaf Injection Method A—Leaf Perfusion and Cutting
  • Experimental Design:
  • Aphids LSR-1 (which harbor only Buchnera), Acyrthosiphon pisum were grown on fava bean plants (Vroma vicia faba from Johnny's Selected Seeds) in a climate-controlled incubator (16 h light/8 h dark photoperiod; 60±5% RH; 25±2° C.). Prior to being used for aphid rearing, fava bean plants were grown in potting soil at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness. To limit maternal effects or health differences between plants, 5-10 adults from different plants were distributed among 10 two-week-old plants, and allowed to multiply to high density for 5-7 days. For experiments, first and second instar aphids were collected from healthy plants and divided into 2 different treatment groups: 1) negative control (leaf injected with water plus blue food coloring) and 2) leaf injected with 50 μg/ml rifampicin in water plus blue food coloring. Each treatment group received approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants. For treatment, rifampicin stock solution (25 mg/ml in 100% methanol) was diluted to 50 μg/ml in water plus blue food coloring. The solution was then placed into a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube with a fava bean stem perfused with the solutions and the opening of the tube was closed using parafilm. This feeding system was then placed into a deep petri dish (Fisher Scientific, Cat#FB0875711) and aphids were applied to the leaves of the plant. For each treatment, 74-81 aphids were placed onto each leaf. The feeding systems were changed every 2-3 days throughout the experiment. Aphids were monitored daily for survival and dead aphids were removed from the deep petri dish when they were discovered. In addition, the developmental stage (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 5R (5th that has reproduced) instar) was determined daily throughout the experiment.
  • Antibiotic Treatment Delivered Through Leaf Injection Method a Delays and Stops Progression of Aphid Development
  • LSR-1 1st and 2nd instar aphids were divided into two separate treatment groups as defined in Leaf injection method A—Leaf perfusion and cutting Experimental Design (described herein). Aphids were monitored daily and the number of aphids at each developmental stage was determined. Aphids treated with water plus food coloring began reaching maturity (5th instar stage) at approximately 6 days (FIG. 11). Development was delayed in aphids feeding on rifampicin injected leaves, and by 6 days of treatment, most aphids did not mature further than the 4th instar stage. Even after 8 days, the development of aphids feeding on rifampicin injected leaves was drastically delayed (FIG. 11). These data indicate that rifampicin treatment via leaf perfusion impaired aphid development.
  • Antibiotic Treatment Delivered Through Leaf Injection Method a Increased Aphid Mortality
  • Survival rate of aphids was also measured during the leaf perfusion experiments. Aphids placed on leaves injected with rifampicin had lower survival rates than aphids placed on leaves injected with the control solution (FIG. 12). These data indicate that rifampicin treatment delivered through leaf injection affected aphid survival.
  • Antibiotic Treatment Delivered Thorough Leaf Injection Method a Results in Decreased Levels of Buchnera
  • To test whether rifampicin delivered via leaf perfusion results in loss of Buchnera in aphids, and that this loss impacts aphid fitness as demonstrated in previous Examples, DNA was extracted from aphids in each treatment group after 8 days of treatment and qPCR as described in a previous Example was performed to determine the Buchnera/aphid copy numbers.
  • Aphids feeding on leaves injected with the control solution had high ratios of Buchnera/aphid DNA copies. In contrast, aphids feeding on leaves injected with rifampicin had a reduction of Buchnera/aphid DNA copies (FIG. 13), indicating that rifampicin treatment delivered via leaf injection decreases the presence of endosymbiotic Buchnera, as shown in previous Examples, and resulted in a fitness decrease.
  • Leaf Perfusion and Delivery Through Plant
  • Experimental Design:
  • Aphids LSR-1 (which harbor only Buchnera), Acyrthosiphon pisum were grown on fava bean plants (Vroma vicia faba from Johnny's Selected Seeds) in a climate-controlled incubator (16 h light/8 h dark photoperiod; 60±5% RH; 25±2° C.). Prior to being used for aphid rearing, fava bean plants were grown in potting soil at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness.
  • To limit maternal effects or health differences between plants, 5-10 adults from different plants were distributed among 10 two-week-old plants, and allowed to multiply to high density for 5-7 days. For experiments, first and second instar aphids were collected from healthy plants and divided into 2 different treatment groups: 1) aphids placed on leaves injected with the negative control solution (water and food coloring) and placed into an Eppendorf tube with the negative control solution, or 2) aphids placed on leaves that were injected with 100 ug/ml rifampicin in water plus food coloring and put into an Eppendorf tube with 100 ug/ml rifampicin in water. Each treatment group received approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants.
  • For treatment, rifampicin stock solution (25 mg/ml in 100% methanol) was diluted to 100 μg/ml in water plus blue food coloring. The solution was then placed into a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube with a fava bean stem with a leaf also perfused with the solutions and the opening of the tube was closed using parafilm. This feeding system was then placed into a deep petri dish (Fisher Scientific, Cat#FB0875711) and aphids were applied to the leaves of the plant.
  • For each treatment, 49-50 aphids were placed onto each leaf. The feeding systems were changed every 2-3 days throughout the experiment. Aphids were monitored daily for survival and dead aphids were removed from the deep petri dish when they were discovered.
  • In addition, the developmental stage (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 5R (5th that has reproduced) instar) was determined daily throughout the experiment.
  • Antibiotic Treatment Delivered Through Leaf Injection and Delivery Through Plant Delays and Stops Progression of Aphid Development
  • LSR-1 1st and 2nd instar aphids were divided into two separate treatment groups as defined in Leaf perfusion and delivery through plant Experimental Design (described herein). Aphids were monitored daily and the number of aphids at each developmental stage was determined. Aphids treated with the control solution (water plus food coloring only) began reaching maturity (5th instar stage) at approximately 6 days (FIG. 14).
  • Development was delayed in aphids treated with rifampicin, and by 6 days of treatment, most aphids did not mature further than the 3rd instar stage. Even after 8 days, their development was drastically delayed (FIG. 14). These data indicate that rifampicin treatment via leaf perfusion impaired aphid development.
  • Antibiotic Treatment Delivered Through Leaf Injection and Delivery Through Plant Increased Aphid Mortality
  • Survival rate of aphids was also measured during the experiments where aphids were treated with either control solution or rifampicin delivered via leaf perfusion and through the plant. Aphids feeding on leaves perfused and treated with rifampicin had lower survival rates than aphids feeding on leaves perfused and treated with the control solution (FIG. 15). These data indicate that rifampicin treatment delivered through leaf perfusion and through the plant negatively impacted aphid survival.
  • Antibiotic Treatment Delivered Via Leaf Injection and Through the Plant Results in Decreased Levels of Buchnera
  • To test whether rifampicin delivered via leaf perfusion and through the plant results in loss of Buchnera in aphids, and that this loss impacts aphid fitness as demonstrated in previous Examples, DNA was extracted from aphids in each treatment group after 6 and 8 days of treatment and qPCR was performed to determine the Buchnera/aphid copy numbers, as described in previous Examples.
  • Aphids feeding on leaves injected and treated with the control solution had high ratios of Buchnera/aphid DNA copies. In contrast, aphids feeding on leaves perfused and treated with rifampicin had a statistically significant reduction of Buchnera/aphid DNA copies at both time points (p=0.0037 and p=0.0025 for days 6 and 8, respectively) (FIGS. 16A and 16B), indicating that rifampicin treatment delivered via leaf perfusion and through the plant decreased the presence of endosymbiotic Buchnera, and as shown in previous Examples, and resulted in a fitness decrease.
  • Combination Delivery Method
  • Experimental Design:
  • Aphids LSR-1 (which harbor only Buchnera), Acyrthosiphon pisum were grown on fava bean plants (Vroma vicia faba from Johnny's Selected Seeds) in a climate-controlled incubator (16 h light/8 h dark photoperiod; 60±5% RH; 20±2° C.). Prior to being used for aphid rearing, fava bean plants were grown in potting soil at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness. To limit maternal effects or health differences between plants, 5-10 adults from different plants were distributed among 10 two-week-old plants, and allowed to multiply to high density for 5-7 days.
  • For experiments, first and second instar aphids were collected from healthy plants and divided into 2 different treatment groups: 1) treatment with Silwet-L77 or water control solutions or 2) treatment with rifampicin diluted in silwet L-77 or water. Each treatment group received approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants. The combination of delivery methods was as follows: a) Topical delivery to aphid and plant by spraying 0.025% nonionic organosilicone surfactant solvent Silwet L-77 (negative control) or 100 μg/ml of rifampicin formulated in solvent solution using a 30 mL spray bottle and b) Delivery through plant with either water (negative control) or 100 μg/ml of rifampicin formulated in water. For treatment, rifampicin stock solution (25 mg/ml in 100% methanol) was diluted to 100 μg/ml in Silwet L-77 (for topical treatment to aphid and coating the leaf) or water (for delivery through plant). The solution was then placed into a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube with a fava bean stem with a leaf also perfused with the solutions and the opening of the tube was closed using parafilm. This feeding system was then placed into a deep petri dish (Fisher Scientific, Cat#FB0875711) and aphids were applied to the leaves of the plant.
  • For each treatment, 76-80 aphids were placed onto each leaf. The feeding systems were changed every 2-3 days throughout the experiment. Aphids were monitored daily for survival and dead aphids were removed from the deep petri dish when they were discovered.
  • In addition, the developmental stage (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 5R (5th that has reproduced) instar) was determined daily throughout the experiment.
  • Combination Antibiotic Treatment Delays Aphid Development
  • LSR-1 1st and 2nd instar aphids were divided into two separate treatment groups as defined in Combination delivery method Experimental Design (described herein). Aphids were monitored daily and the number of aphids at each developmental stage was determined. Control treated aphids began reaching maturity (5th instar stage) at approximately 6 days (FIG. 17). Development was delayed in aphids treated with rifampicin, and by 6 days of treatment, most aphids did not mature further than the 3rd instar stage, even after 7 days their development was drastically delayed (FIG. 17). These data indicate that a combination of rifampicin treatments impaired aphid development.
  • Combination Antibiotic Treatment Results in Increased Aphid Mortality
  • Survival rate of aphids was also measured during the experiments where aphids were treated with a combination of rifampicin treatments. Rifampicin treated aphids had slightly lower survival rates than aphids treated with control solutions (FIG. 18). These data indicate that rifampicin treatment delivered through a combination of treatments affected aphid survival.
  • Combination Antibiotic Treatment in Decreased Levels of Buchnera
  • To test whether rifampicin delivered via a combination of methods results in loss of Buchnera in aphids, and that this loss impacts aphid fitness as demonstrated in previous Examples, DNA was extracted from aphids in each treatment group after 7 days of treatment and qPCR as described in a previous Example was performed to determine the Buchnera/aphid copy numbers.
  • Aphids treated with the control solutions had high ratios of Buchnera/aphid DNA copies. In contrast, aphids treated with rifampicin had a statistically significant and drastic reduction of Buchnera/aphid DNA copies (p=0.227; FIG. 19), indicating that rifampicin treatment delivered via a combination of methods decreases the presence of endosymbiotic Buchnera, and as shown in previous Examples, this resulted in a fitness decrease.
  • Together this data described in the previous Examples demonstrate the ability to kill and decrease the development, reproductive ability, longevity, and endogenous bacterial populations, e.g., fitness, of aphids by treating them with an antibiotic through multiple delivery methods.
  • Example 15: Insects Treated with a Natural Antimicrobial Polysacharide
  • This Example demonstrates the treatment of aphids with Chitosan, a natural cationic linear polysaccharide of deacetylated beta-1,4-D-glucosamine derived from chitin. Chitin is the structural element in the exoskeleton of insects, crustaceans (mainly shrimp and crabs) and cell walls of fungi, and the second most abundant natural polysaccharide after cellulose. This Example demonstrates that the effect of chitosan on insects was mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the insect that were sensitive to chitosan. One targeted bacterial strain is Buchnera aphidicola.
  • Therapeutic Design
  • The chitosan solution was formulated using a combination of leaf perfusion and delivery through plants (FIG. 20). The control solution was leaf injected with water+blue food coloring and water in tube. The treatment solution with 300 ug/ml chitosan in water (low molecular weight) via leaf injection (with blue food coloring) and through plant (in Eppendorf tube).
  • Leaf Perfusion-Plant Delivery Experimental Design:
  • Aphids LSR-1 (which harbor only Buchnera), Acyrthosiphon pisum were grown on fava bean plants (Vroma vicia faba from Johnny's Selected Seeds) in a climate-controlled incubator (16 h light/8 h dark photoperiod; 60±5% RH; 25±2° C.). Prior to being used for aphid rearing, fava bean plants were grown in potting soil at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness. To limit maternal effects or health differences between plants, 5-10 adults from different plants were distributed among 10 two-week-old plants, and allowed to multiply to high density for 5-7 days. For experiments, first and second instar aphids were collected from healthy plants and divided into 2 different treatment groups: 1) negative control (water treated), 2) The treatment solution included 300 ug/ml chitosan in water (low molecular weight). Each treatment group received approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants.
  • Chitosan (Sigma, catalog number 448869-50G) stock solution was made at 1% in acetic acid, sterilized autoclaving, and stored at 4° C. For treatment (see Therapeutic design), the appropriate amount of stock solution was diluted with water to obtain the final treatment concentration of chitosan. The solution was then placed into a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube with a fava bean stem with a leaf also perfused with the solutions and the opening of the tube was closed using parafilm. This feeding system was then placed into a deep petri dish (Fisher Scientific, Cat#FB0875711) and aphids were applied to the leaves of the plant.
  • For each treatment, 50-51 aphids were placed onto each leaf. The feeding systems were changed every 2-3 days throughout the experiment. Aphids were monitored daily for survival and dead aphids were removed from the deep petri dish when they were discovered.
  • In addition, the developmental stage (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 5R (5th that has reproduced) instar) was determined daily throughout the experiment.
  • After 8 days of treatment, DNA was extracted from multiple aphids from each treatment group. Briefly, the aphid body surface was sterilized by dipping the aphid into a 6% bleach solution for approximately 5 seconds. Aphids were then rinsed in sterile water and DNA was extracted from each individual aphid using a DNA extraction kit (Qiagen, DNeasy kit) according to manufacturer's instructions. DNA concentration was measured using a nanodrop nucleic acid quantification, and Buchnera and aphid DNA copy numbers were measured by qPCR. The primers used for Buchnera were Buch_groES_18F (CATGATCGTGTGCTTGTTAAG; SEQ ID NO: 238) and Buch_groES_98R (CTGTTCCTCGAGTCGATTTCC; SEQ ID NO: 239) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS). The primers used for aphid were ApEF1a 107F (CTGATTGTGCCGTGCTTATTG; SEQ ID NO: 240) and ApEF1a 246R (TATGGTGGTTCAGTAGAGTCC; SEQ ID NO: 241) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS). qPCR was performed using a qPCR amplification ramp of 1.6 degrees C./s and the following conditions: 1) 95° C. for 10 minutes, 2) 95° C. for 15 seconds, 3) 55° C. for 30 seconds, 4) repeat steps 2-3 40×, 5) 95° C. for 15 seconds, 6) 55° C. for 1 minute, 7) ramp change to 0.15 degrees C./s, 8) 95° C. for 1 second. qPCR data was analyzed using analytic (Thermo Fisher Scientific, QuantStudio Design and Analysis) software.
  • There was a Negative Response on Insect Fitness Upon Treatment with the Natural Antimicrobial Polysaccharide
  • LSR-1 A. pisum 1st and 2nd instar aphids were divided into two separate treatment groups as defined in Experimental Design (above). Aphids were monitored daily and the number of aphids at each developmental stage was determined. Aphids treated with the negative control alone began reaching maturity (5th instar stage) at approximately 6 days (FIG. 21). Development was delayed in aphids treated with chitosan solution, and by 6 days of treatment with chitosan, most aphids did not mature further than the 4rd instar stage. These data indicate that treatment with chitosan delayed and stopped progression of aphid development.
  • Chitosan Treatment Increased Aphid Mortality
  • Survival rate of aphids was also measured during the treatments. The majority of the aphids treated with the control alone were alive at 3 days post-treatment (FIG. 22). After 4 days, aphids began gradually dying, and some survived beyond 7 days post-treatment.
  • In contrast, aphids treated with chitosan solution had lower survival rates than aphids treated with control. These data indicate that there was a decrease in survival upon treatment with the natural antimicrobial polysaccharide.
  • Chitosan Treatment Decreased Buchnera in Aphids
  • To test whether the chitosan solution treatment, specifically resulted in loss of Buchnera in aphids, and that this loss impacted aphid fitness, DNA was extracted from aphids in each treatment group after 8 days of treatment and qPCR was performed to determine the Buchnera/aphid copy numbers. Aphids treated with control alone had high ratios of Buchnera/aphid DNA copies. In contrast, aphids treated with 300 ug/ml chitosan in water had ˜5-fold less Buchnera/aphid DNA copies (FIG. 23), indicating that chitosan treatment decreased Buchnera levels.
  • Together this data described previously demonstrated the ability to kill and decrease the development, longevity, and endogenous bacterial populations, e.g., fitness, of aphids by treating them with a natural antimicrobial polysaccharide.
  • Example 16: Insects Treated with Nisin, a Natural Antimicrobial Peptide
  • This Example demonstrates the treatment of aphids with the natural, “broad spectrum,” polycyclic antibacterial peptide produced by the bacterium Lactococcus lactis that is commonly used as a food preservative. The antibacterial activity of nisin is mediated through its ability to generate pores in the bacterial cell membrane and interrupt bacterial cell-wall biosynthesis through a specific lipid II interaction. This Example demonstrates that the negative effect of nisin on insect fitness is mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the insect that were sensitive to nisin. One targeted bacterial strain is Buchnera aphidicola.
  • Therapeutic Design:
  • Nisin was formulated using a combination of leaf perfusion and delivery through plants. The control solution (water) or treatment solution (nisin) was injected into the leaf and placed in the Eppendorf tube. The treatment solutions consisted of 1.6 or 7 mg/ml nisin in water.
  • Leaf Perfusion-Plant Delivery Experimental Design:
  • LSR-1 aphids, Acyrthosiphon pisum were grown on fava bean plants (Vroma vicia faba from Johnny's Selected Seeds) in a climate-controlled incubator (16 h light/8 h dark photoperiod; 60±5% RH; 25±2° C.). Prior to being used for aphid rearing, fava bean plants were grown in potting soil at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness. To limit maternal effects or health differences between plants, 5-10 adults from different plants were distributed among 10 two-week-old plants, and allowed to multiply to high density for 5-7 days. For experiments, first and second instar aphids were collected from healthy plants and divided into 2 different treatment groups: 1) negative control (water treated), 2) nisin treated with either 1.6 or 7 mg/ml nisin in water. Each treatment group received approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants.
  • For treatment (see Therapeutic design), nisin (Sigma, product number: N5764) solution was made at 1.6 or 7 mg/ml (w/v) in water and filter sterilized using a 0.22 um syringe filter. The solution was then injected into the leaf of the plant and the stem of the plant was placed into a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube. The opening of the tube was closed using parafilm. This feeding system was then placed into a deep petri dish (Fisher Scientific, Cat#FB0875711) and aphids were applied to the leaves of the plant.
  • For each treatment, 56-59 aphids were placed onto each leaf. The feeding systems were changed every 2-3 days throughout the experiment. Aphids were monitored daily for survival and dead aphids were removed from the deep petri dish when they were discovered.
  • In addition, the developmental stage (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 5R (5th instar aphids that are reproducing) instar) was determined daily throughout the experiment.
  • After 8 days of treatment, DNA was extracted from the remaining aphids in each treatment group. Briefly, the aphid body surface was sterilized by dipping the aphid into a 6% bleach solution for approximately 5 seconds. Aphids were then rinsed in sterile water and DNA was extracted from each individual aphid using a DNA extraction kit (Qiagen, DNeasy kit) according to manufacturer's instructions. DNA concentration was measured using a nanodrop nucleic acid quantification, and Buchnera and aphid DNA copy numbers were measured by qPCR. The primers used for Buchnera were Buch_groES_18F (CATGATCGTGTGCTTGTTAAG; SEQ ID NO: 238) and Buch_groES_98R (CTGTTCCTCGAGTCGATTTCC; SEQ ID NO: 239) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS). The primers used for aphid were ApEF1a 107F (CTGATTGTGCCGTGCTTATTG; SEQ ID NO: 240) and ApEF1a 246R (TATGGTGGTTCAGTAGAGTCC; SEQ ID NO: 241) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS). qPCR was performed using a qPCR amplification ramp of 1.6 degrees C./s and the following conditions: 1) 95° C. for 10 minutes, 2) 95° C. for 15 seconds, 3) 55° C. for 30 seconds, 4) repeat steps 2-3 40×, 5) 95° C. for 15 seconds, 6) 55° C. for 1 minute, 7) ramp change to 0.15 degrees C./s, 8) 95° C. for 1 second. qPCR data was analyzed using analytic (Thermo Fisher Scientific, QuantStudio Design and Analysis) software.
  • There was a Dose-Dependent Negative Response on Insect Fitness Upon Treatment with Nisin
  • LSR-1 A. pisum 1 st and 2nd instar aphids were divided into three separate treatment groups as defined in Experimental Design (above). Aphids were monitored daily and the number of aphids at each developmental stage was determined. Aphids treated with the negative control solution (water) began reaching maturity (5th instar stage) at approximately 6 days, and reproducing (5R stage) by 7 days (FIG. 24). Development was severely delayed in aphids treated with 7 mg/ml nisin. Aphids treated with 7 mg/ml nisin only developed to the 2nd instar stage by day 3, and by day 6, all aphids in the group were dead (FIG. 24). Development was slightly delayed in aphids treated with the lower concentration of nisin (1.6 mg/ml) and at each time point assessed, there were more less-developed aphids compared to water-treated controls (FIG. 24). These data indicate that treatment with nisin delayed and stopped progression of aphid development and this delay in development was dependent on the dose of nisin administered.
  • However, it is important to note that treatment with 7 mg/ml of nisin also had a negative impact on the health of the leaves used in the assay. Shortly after leaf perfusion of 7 mg/ml of nisin it started turning brown. After two days, the leaves perfused with 7 mg/ml turned black. There was no noticeable difference in the condition of the leaves treated with 1.6 mg/ml nisin.
  • Treatment with Nisin Resulted in Increased Aphid Mortality
  • Survival rate of aphids was also measured during the treatments. Approximately 50% of aphids treated with the control alone survived the 8-day experiment (FIG. 25). In contrast, survival was significantly less for aphids treated with 7 mg/ml nisin (p<0.0001, by Log-Rank Mantel Cox test), and all aphids in this group succumbed to the treatment by 6 days (FIG. 25). Aphids treated with the lower dose of nisin (1.6 mg/ml) had higher mortality compared to control treated aphids, although the difference did not reach statistical significance (p=0.0501 by Log-Rank Mantel Cox test). These data indicate that there was a dose-dependent decrease in survival upon treatment with nisin.
  • Treatment with Nisin Resulted in Decreased Buchnera in Aphids
  • To test whether treatment with nisin, specifically resulted in loss of Buchnera in aphids, and that this loss impacted aphid fitness, DNA was extracted from aphids in each treatment group after 8 days of treatment and qPCR was performed to determine the Buchnera/aphid copy numbers. Aphids treated with control alone had high ratios of Buchnera/aphid DNA copies. In contrast, aphids treated with 1.6 mg/ml nisin had ˜1.4-fold less Buchnera/aphid DNA copies after 8 days of treatment (FIG. 26). No aphids were alive in the group treated with 7 mg/ml nisin, and therefore, Buchnera/aphid DNA copies was not assessed in this group. These data indicate that nisin treatment decreased Buchnera levels.
  • Together this data described previously demonstrate the ability to kill and decrease the development, longevity, and endogenous bacterial populations, e.g., fitness, of aphids by treating them with the antimicrobial peptide nisin.
  • Example 17: Insects Treated with Levulinic Acid Decreases Insect Fitness
  • This Example demonstrates the treatment of aphids with levulinic acid, a keto acid produced by heating a carbohydrate with hexose (e.g., wood, starch, wheat, straw, or cane sugar) with the addition of a dilute mineral acid reduces insect fitness. Levulinic acid has previously been tested as an antimicrobial agent against Escherichia coli and Salmonella in meat production (Carpenter et al., 2010, Meat Science; Savannah G. Hawkins, 2014, University of Tennessee Honors Thesis). This Example demonstrates that the effect of levulinic acid on insects was mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the insect that were sensitive to levulinic acid. One targeted bacterial strain is Buchnera aphidicola.
  • Therapeutic Design:
  • The levulinic acid was formulated using a combination of leaf perfusion and delivery through plants. The control solution was leaf injected with water and water was placed in the Eppendorf tube.
  • The treatment solutions included 0.03 or 0.3% levulinic acid in water via leaf injection and through plant (in Eppendorf tube).
  • Leaf Perfusion-Plant Delivery Experimental Design:
  • eNASCO aphids, Acyrthosiphon pisum were grown on fava bean plants (Vroma vicia faba from Johnny's Selected Seeds) in a climate-controlled incubator (16 h light/8 h dark photoperiod; 60±5% RH; 25±2° C.). Prior to being used for aphid rearing, fava bean plants were grown in potting soil at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness. To limit maternal effects or health differences between plants, 5-10 adults from different plants were distributed among 10 two-week-old plants, and allowed to multiply to high density for 5-7 days. For experiments, first and second instar aphids were collected from healthy plants and divided into 2 different treatment groups: 1) negative control (water treated), 2) The treatment solution included 0.03 or 0.3% levulinic acid in water. Each treatment group received approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants.
  • For treatment (see Therapeutic design), levulinic acid (Sigma, product number: W262706) was diluted to either 0.03 or 0.3% in water. The solution was then placed into a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube with a fava bean stem with a leaf also perfused with the solutions and the opening of the tube was closed using parafilm. This feeding system was then placed into a deep petri dish (Fisher Scientific, Cat#FB0875711) and aphids were applied to the leaves of the plant.
  • For each treatment, 57-59 aphids were placed onto each leaf. The feeding systems were changed every 2-3 days throughout the experiment. Aphids were monitored daily for survival and dead aphids were removed from the deep petri dish when they were discovered.
  • In addition, the developmental stage (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th instar) was determined daily throughout the experiment.
  • After 7 of treatment, DNA was extracted from the remaining aphids in each treatment group. Briefly, the aphid body surface was sterilized by dipping the aphid into a 6% bleach solution for approximately 5 seconds. Aphids were then rinsed in sterile water and DNA was extracted from each individual aphid using a DNA extraction kit (Qiagen, DNeasy kit) according to manufacturer's instructions. DNA concentration was measured using a nanodrop nucleic acid quantification, and Buchnera and aphid DNA copy numbers were measured by qPCR. The primers used for Buchnera were Buch_groES_18F (CATGATCGTGTGCTTGTTAAG; SEQ ID NO: 238) and Buch_groES_98R (CTGTTCCTCGAGTCGATTTCC; SEQ ID NO: 239) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS). The primers used for aphid were ApEF1a 107F (CTGATTGTGCCGTGCTTATTG; SEQ ID NO: 240) and ApEF1a 246R (TATGGTGGTTCAGTAGAGTCC; SEQ ID NO: 241) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS). qPCR was performed using a qPCR amplification ramp of 1.6 degrees C./s and the following conditions: 1) 95° C. for 10 minutes, 2) 95° C. for 15 seconds, 3) 55° C. for 30 seconds, 4) repeat steps 2-3 40×, 5) 95° C. for 15 seconds, 6) 55° C. for 1 minute, 7) ramp change to 0.15 degrees C./s, 8) 95° C. for 1 second. qPCR data was analyzed using analytic (Thermo Fisher Scientific, QuantStudio Design and Analysis) software.
  • There was a Dose-Dependent Negative Response on Insect Fitness Upon Treatment with Levulinic Acid
  • eNASCO A. pisum 1st and 2nd instar aphids were divided into three separate treatment groups as defined in Experimental Design (above). Aphids were monitored daily and the number of aphids at each developmental stage was determined. Aphids treated with the negative control alone began reaching maturity (5th instar stage) at approximately 7 days (FIG. 27). Development was delayed in aphids treated with levulinic acid and by 11 days post-treatment, nearly all control treated aphids reached maturity while 23 and 63% aphids treated with 0.03 and 0.3% levulinic acid, respectively, did not mature further than the 4rd instar stage. These data indicate that treatment with levulinic acid delayed and stopped progression of aphid development and this delay in development is dependent on the dose of levulinic acid administered.
  • Treatment with Levulinic Acid Results in Increased Aphid Mortality
  • Survival rate of aphids was also measured during the treatments. Approximately 50% of aphids treated with the control alone survived the 11-day experiment (FIG. 28). In contrast, survival was significantly less for aphids treated with 0.3% levulinic acid (p<0.01). Aphids treated with the low dose of levulinic acid (0.03%) had higher mortality compared to control treated aphids, although the difference did not reach statistical significance. These data indicate that there was a dose-dependent decrease in survival upon treatment with levulinic acid.
  • Treatment with Levulinic Acid Results in Decreased Buchnera in Aphids
  • To test whether treatment with levulinic acid, specifically resulted in loss of Buchnera in aphids, and that this loss impacted aphid fitness, DNA was extracted from aphids in each treatment group after 7 days of treatment and qPCR was performed to determine the Buchnera/aphid copy numbers. Aphids treated with control alone had high ratios of Buchnera/aphid DNA copies. In contrast, aphids treated with 0.03 or 0.3% levulinic acid in water had 6-fold less Buchnera/aphid DNA copies after 7 days of treatment (FIG. 29, left panel). These data indicate that levulinic acid treatment decreased Buchnera levels.
  • Together this data described previously demonstrated the ability to kill and decrease the development, longevity, and endogenous bacterial populations, e.g., fitness, of aphids by treating them with levulinic acid.
  • Example 18: Insects Treated with a Plant Derived Secondary Metabolite Solution
  • This Example demonstrates the treatment of aphids with gossypol acetic acid, a natural phenol derived from the cotton plant (genus Gossypium) that permeates cells and acts as an inhibitor for several dehydrogenase enzymes. This Example demonstrates that the effect of gossypol on insects was mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the insect that were sensitive to gossypol. One targeted bacterial strain is Buchnera aphidicola.
  • Therapeutic Design:
  • The gossypol solution was formulated depending on the delivery method: 1) Through the plants: with 0 (negative control) or 0.5%, 0.25%, and 0.05% of gossypol formulated in an artificial diet (based on Akey and Beck, 1971; see Experimental Design) without essential amino acids (histidine, isoleucine, leucine, lysine, methionine, phenylalanine, threonine, tryptophan, and valine).
  • 2) Microinjection: injection solutions were either 0.5% of gossypol or artificial diet only (negative control).
  • Plant Delivery Experimental Design:
  • Aphids (either eNASCO (which harbor both Buchnera and Serratia primary and secondary symbionts, respectively) or LSR-1 (which harbor only Buchnera) strains, Acyrthosiphon pisum) were grown on fava bean plants (Vroma vicia faba from Johnny's Selected Seeds) in a climate-controlled incubator (16 h light/8 h dark photoperiod; 60±5% RH; 25±2° C.). Prior to being used for aphid rearing, fava bean plants were grown in potting soil at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness. To limit maternal effects or health differences between plants, 5-10 adults from different plants were distributed among 10 two-week-old plants, and allowed to multiply to high density for 5-7 days. For experiments, first and second instar aphids were collected from healthy plants and divided into 4 different treatment groups: 1) artificial diet alone without essential amino acids, 2) artificial diet alone without essential amino acids and 0.05% of gossypol, 3) artificial diet alone without essential amino acids and 0.25% of gossypol, and 4) artificial diet alone without essential amino acids and 0.5% of gossypol. Each treatment group received approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants.
  • The artificial diet used was made as previously published (Akey and Beck, 1971 Continuous Rearing of the Pea Aphid, Acyrthosiphon pisum, on a Holidic Diet), with and without the essential amino acids (2 mg/ml histidine, 2 mg/ml isoleucine, 2 mg/ml leucine, 2 mg/ml lysine, 1 mg/ml methionine, 1.62 mg/ml phenylalanine, 2 mg/ml threonine, 1 mg/ml tryptophan, and 2 mg/ml valine), except neither diet included homoserine or beta-alanyltyrosine. The pH of the diets was adjusted to 7.5 with KOH and diets were filter sterilized through a 0.22 μm filter and stored at 4° C. for short term (<7 days) or at −80° C. for long term.
  • Gossypol acetic acid (Sigma, Cat#G4382-250MG) stock solution was made at 5% in methanol and sterilized by passing through a 0.22 μm syringe filter, and stored at 4° C. For treatments (see Therapeutic design), the appropriate amount of stock solution was added to the artificial diet to obtain the different final concentrations of gossypol. The diet was then placed into a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube with a fava bean stem with a leaf and the opening of the tube was closed using parafilm. This feeding system was then placed into a deep petri dish (Fisher Scientific, Cat#FB0875711) and aphids were applied to the leaves of the plant.
  • For each treatment, 15-87 aphids were placed onto each leaf. Artificial diet feeding systems were changed every 2-3 days throughout the experiment. Aphids were monitored daily for survival and dead aphids were removed from the deep petri dish housing the artificial feeding system when they were discovered.
  • In addition, the developmental stage (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 5R (5th that has reproduced) instar) was determined daily throughout the experiment. Once an aphid reached the 4th instar stage, they were given their own artificial feeding system in a deep petri dish so that fecundity could be monitored once they reached adulthood.
  • For adult aphids, new nymphs were counted daily and then discarded. At the end of the experiments, fecundity was measured in two ways: 1) the mean day at which the first offspring for the treatment group was determined and 2) the mean number of offspring produced daily once the aphid reached adulthood. Pictures of aphids were taken throughout the experiment to evaluate size differences between treatment groups.
  • After 5 or 13 days of treatment, DNA was extracted from multiple aphids from each treatment group. Briefly, the aphid body surface was sterilized by dipping the aphid into a 6% bleach solution for approximately 5 seconds. Aphids were then rinsed in sterile water and DNA was extracted from each individual aphid using a DNA extraction kit (Qiagen, DNeasy kit) according to manufacturer's instructions. DNA concentration was measured using a nanodrop nucleic acid quantification, and Buchnera and aphid DNA copy numbers were measured by qPCR. The primers used for Buchnera were Buch_groES_18F (CATGATCGTGTGCTTGTTAAG; SEQ ID NO: 238) and Buch_groES_98R (CTGTTCCTCGAGTCGATTTCC; SEQ ID NO: 239) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS). The primers used for aphid were ApEF1a 107F (CTGATTGTGCCGTGCTTATTG; SEQ ID NO: 240) and ApEF1a 246R (TATGGTGGTTCAGTAGAGTCC; SEQ ID NO: 241) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS). qPCR was performed using a qPCR amplification ramp of 1.6 degrees C./s and the following conditions: 1) 95° C. for 10 minutes, 2) 95° C. for 15 seconds, 3) 55° C. for 30 seconds, 4) repeat steps 2-3 40×, 5) 95° C. for 15 seconds, 6) 55° C. for 1 minute, 7) ramp change to 0.15 degrees C./s, 8) 95° C. for 1 second. qPCR data was analyzed using analytic (Thermo Fisher Scientific, QuantStudio Design and Analysis) software.
  • There was a Dose-Dependent Negative Response on Insect Fitness Upon Treatment with the Allelochemical Gossypol
  • eNASCO and LSR-1 A. pisum 1st and 2nd instar aphids were divided into four separate treatment groups as defined in Experimental Design (described herein). Aphids were monitored daily and the number of aphids at each developmental stage was determined. Aphids treated with artificial diet alone began reaching maturity (5th instar stage) at approximately 3 days (FIG. 30A). Development was delayed in aphids treated with gossypol, and by 5 days of treatment with 0.5% of gossypol, most aphids did not mature further than the 3rd instar stage, and their size is also affected (FIGS. 30A and 30B). These data indicate that treatment with gossypol delayed and stopped progression of aphid development, and that this response was dose dependent.
  • Gossypol Treatment Increased Aphid Mortality
  • Survival rate of aphids was also measured during the treatments. The majority of the aphids treated with artificial diet alone without essential amino acids were alive at 2 days post-treatment (FIG. 31). After 4 days, aphids began gradually dying, and some survived beyond 7 days post-treatment.
  • In contrast, aphids treated with 0.25 (not significantly different than control, p=0.2794) and 0.5% of gossypol had lower survival rates than aphids treated with artificial diet alone, with 0.5% gossypol treatment being significantly different than AD no EAA control (p=0.002). 0.5% gossypol-treated aphids began dying after 2 days of treatment and all aphids succumbed to treatment by 4 days. Aphids treated with 0.25% survived a bit longer than those treated with 0.5% but were also drastically affected. These data indicate that there was a dose-dependent decrease in survival upon treatment with the allelochemical gossypol.
  • Gossypol Treatment Decreased Aphid Reproduction
  • Fecundity was also monitored in aphids during the treatments. By days 7 and 8 post-treatment, the majority of the adult aphids treated with artificial diet without essential amino acids began reproducing. The mean number of offspring produced daily after maturity by aphids treated with artificial diet without essential amino acids was approximately 5 (FIGS. 32A and 32B).
  • In contrast, aphids treated with 0.25% of gossypol show a reduction to reach adulthood and produce offspring. These data indicate that gossypol treatment resulted in a decrease of aphid reproduction.
  • Gossypol Treatment Decreased Buchnera in Aphids
  • To test whether different concentrations of gossypol, specifically resulted in loss of Buchnera in aphids, and that this loss impacted aphid fitness, DNA was extracted from aphids in each treatment group after 5 or 13 days of treatment and qPCR was performed to determine the Buchnera/aphid copy numbers. Aphids treated with artificial diet alone without essential amino acids (control) had high ratios of Buchnera/aphid DNA copies. In contrast, aphids treated with 0.25 and 0.5% of gossypol had ˜4-fold less Buchnera/aphid DNA copies (FIG. 33), indicating that gossypol treatment decreased Buchnera levels, and that this decrease was concentration dependent.
  • Microinjection Delivery Experimental Design:
  • Microinjection was performed using NanoJet III Auto-Nanoliter Injector with the in-house pulled borosilicate needle (Drummond Scientific; Cat#3-000-203-G/XL). Aphids (LSR-1 strain, A. pisum) were grown on fava bean plants as described in a previous Example. Each treatment group had approximately the same number of individuals injected from each of the collection plants. Nymph aphids (<3rd instar stage) were transferred using a paint brush to a tubing system connected to vacuum and microinjected into the ventral thorax with 20 nl of either artificial diet without essential amino acids (negative control) or 0.05% of gossypol solution in artificial diet without essential amino acids. After injection, aphids were placed in a deep petri dish with a fava bean leaf with stem in 2% agar.
  • Microinjection with Antibiotic Treatment Decreased Buchnera in Aphids
  • To test whether gossypol delivered by microinjection results in loss of Buchnera in aphids, and that this loss impacts aphid fitness as demonstrated in previous Examples, DNA was extracted from aphids in each treatment group after 4 days of treatment and qPCR was performed as described in a previous Example to determine the Buchnera/aphid copy numbers.
  • Aphids microinjected with negative control had high ratios of Buchnera/aphid DNA copies. In contrast, aphid nymphs and adults microinjected with gossypol had a drastic reduction of Buchnera/aphid DNA copies (FIG. 34), indicating that gossypol microinjection treatment decreases the presence of endosymbiotic Buchnera, and as shown in previous Examples this resulted in a fitness decrease.
  • Together this data described in the previous Examples demonstrated the ability to kill and decrease the development, reproductive ability, longevity, and endogenous bacterial populations, e.g., fitness, of aphids by treating them with plant secondary metabolite solution through multiple delivery methods.
  • Example 19: Insects Treated with Natural Plant Derived Antimicrobial Compound, Trans-Cinnemaldehyde
  • This Example demonstrates the treatment of aphids with trans-cinnemaldehyde, a natural aromatic aldehyde that is the major component of bark extract of cinnamon (Cinnamomum zeylandicum) results in decreased fitness. Trans-cinnemaldehyde has been shown to have antimicrobial activity against both gram-negative and gram-positive organisms, although the exact mechanism of action of its antimicrobial activity remains unclear. Trans-cinnemaldehyde may damage bacterial cell membranes and inhibit of specific cellular processes or enzymes (Gill and Holley, 2004 Applied Environmental Microbiology). This Example demonstrates that the effect of trans-cinnemaldehyde on insects was mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the insect that were sensitive to trans-cinnemaldehyde. One targeted bacterial strain is Buchnera aphidicola.
  • Therapeutic Design:
  • Trans-cinnemaldehyde was diluted to 0.05%, 0.5%, or 5% in water and was delivered through leaf perfusion (˜1 ml was injected into leaves) and through plants.
  • Experimental Design:
  • Aphids (LSR-1 (which harbor only Buchnera) strains, Acyrthosiphon pisum) were grown on fava bean plants (Vroma vicia faba from Johnny's Selected Seeds) in a climate-controlled incubator (16 h light/8 h dark photoperiod; 60±5% RH; 25±2° C.). Prior to being used for aphid rearing, fava bean plants were grown in potting soil at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness. To limit maternal effects or health differences between plants, 5-10 adults from different plants were distributed among 10 two-week-old plants, and allowed to multiply to high density for 5-7 days. For experiments, first and second instar aphids were collected from healthy plants and divided into four different treatment groups: 1) water treated controls, 2) 0.05% trans-cinnemaldehyde in water, 3) 0.5% trans-cinnemaldehyde in water, and 4) 5% trans-cinnemaldehyde in water. Each treatment group received approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants.
  • Trans-cinnemaldehyde (Sigma, Cat#C80687) was diluted to the appropriate concentration in water (see Therapeutic design), sterilized by passing through a 0.22 μm syringe filter, and stored at 4° C. Fava bean leaves were injected with approximately 1 ml of the treatment and then the leaf was placed in a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube containing the same treatment solution. The opening of the tube where the fava bean stem was placed was closed using parafilm. This treatment feeding system was then placed into a deep petri dish (Fisher Scientific, Cat#FB0875711) and aphids were applied to the leaves of the plant.
  • For each treatment, 40-49 aphids were placed onto each leaf. Treatment feeding systems were changed every 2-3 days throughout the experiment. Aphids were monitored daily for survival and dead aphids were removed from the deep petri dish housing the treatment feeding system when they were discovered.
  • In addition, the developmental stage (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 5R (5th that has reproduced) instar) was determined daily throughout the experiment.
  • After 3 days of treatment, DNA was extracted from the remaining living aphids from each treatment group. Briefly, the aphid body surface was sterilized by dipping the aphid into a 6% bleach solution for approximately 5 seconds. Aphids were then rinsed in sterile water and DNA was extracted from each individual aphid using a DNA extraction kit (Qiagen, DNeasy kit) according to manufacturer's instructions. DNA concentration was measured using a nanodrop nucleic acid quantification, and Buchnera and aphid DNA copy numbers were measured by qPCR. The primers used for Buchnera were Buch_groES_18F (CATGATCGTGTGCTTGTTAAG; SEQ ID NO: 238) and Buch_groES_98R (CTGTTCCTCGAGTCGATTTCC; SEQ ID NO: 239) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS). The primers used for aphid were ApEF1a 107F (CTGATTGTGCCGTGCTTATTG; SEQ ID NO: 240) and ApEF1a 246R (TATGGTGGTTCAGTAGAGTCC; SEQ ID NO: 241) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS). qPCR was performed using a qPCR amplification ramp of 1.6 degrees C./s and the following conditions: 1) 95° C. for 10 minutes, 2) 95° C. for 15 seconds, 3) 55° C. for 30 seconds, 4) repeat steps 2-3 40×, 5) 95° C. for 15 seconds, 6) 55° C. for 1 minute, 7) ramp change to 0.15 degrees C./s, 8) 95° C. for 1 second. qPCR data was analyzed using analytic (Thermo Fisher Scientific, QuantStudio Design and Analysis) software.
  • There was a Dose-Dependent Negative Response on Insect Fitness Upon Treatment with the Natural Antimicrobial Trans-Cinnemaldehyde
  • LSR-1 A. pisum 1st and 2nd instar aphids were divided into four separate treatment groups as defined in Experimental Design (described herein). Aphids were monitored daily and the number of aphids at each developmental stage was determined. Aphids treated with water alone began reaching the 3rd instar stage at 3 days post-treatment (FIG. 35). Development was delayed in aphids treated with trans-cinnemaldehyde, and by 3 days of treatment with each the three of the trans-cinnemaldehyde concentrations, none of the aphids matured past the second instar stage (FIG. 35). Moreover, all the aphids treated with the highest concentration of trans-cinnemaldehyde (5%) remained at the 1st instar stage throughout the course of the experiment. These data indicate that treatment with trans-cinnemaldehyde delays and stops progression of aphid development, and that this response is dose dependent.
  • Trans-Cinnemaldehyde Treatment Increased Aphid Mortality
  • Survival rate of aphids was also measured during the treatments. Approximately 75 percent of the aphids treated with water alone were alive at 3 days post-treatment (FIG. 36). In contrast, aphids treated with 0.05%, 0.5%, and 5% trans-cinnemaldehyde had significantly lower (p<0.0001 for each treatment group compared to water treated control) survival rates than aphids treated with water alone. These data indicate that there was a dose-dependent decrease in survival upon treatment with the natural antimicrobial trans-cinnemaldehyde.
  • Trans-Cinnemaldehyde Treatment Decreased Buchnera in Aphids
  • To test whether different concentrations of trans-cinnemaldehyde, specifically resulted in loss of Buchnera in aphids, and that this loss impacted aphid fitness, DNA was extracted from aphids in each treatment group after 3 days of treatment and qPCR was performed to determine the Buchnera/aphid copy numbers. Aphids treated with water alone (control) had high ratios of Buchnera/aphid DNA copies. Similarly, aphids treated with the lowest concentration of trans-cinnemaldehyde (0.5%) had high ratios of Buchnera/aphid DNA copies.
  • In contrast, aphids treated with 0.5 and 5% of trans-cinnemaldehyde had ˜870-fold less Buchnera/aphid DNA copies (FIG. 37), indicating that trans-cinnemaldehyde treatment decreased Buchnera levels, and that this decrease was concentration dependent.
  • Together this data described in the previous Examples demonstrate the ability to kill and decrease the development, reproductive ability, longevity, and endogenous bacterial populations, e.g., fitness, of aphids by treating them with plant secondary metabolite solution through multiple delivery methods.
  • Example 20: Insects Treated with Scorpion Antimicrobial Peptides
  • This Example demonstrates the treatment of aphids with multiple scorpion antimicrobial peptides (AMP), of which several are identified AMPs in the venom gland transcriptome of the scorpion Urodacus yaschenkoi (Luna-Ramirez et al., 2017, Toxins). AMPs typically have a net positive charge and hence, a high affinity for bacterial membranes. This Example demonstrates that the effect of the AMP on insects was mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the insect that were sensitive to AMP peptides. One targeted bacterial strain is Buchnera aphidicola, an obligate symbiont of aphids.
  • Therapeutic Design:
  • The Uy192 solution was formulated using a combination of leaf perfusion and delivery through plants. The control solution was leaf injected with water+blue food coloring and water in tube. The treatment solution consisted of 100 ug/ml Uy192 in water via leaf injection (with blue food coloring) and through plant (in Eppendorf tube).
  • Leaf Perfusion-Plant Delivery Experimental Design:
  • Aphids LSR-1 (which harbor only Buchnera), Acyrthosiphon pisum were grown on fava bean plants (Vroma vicia faba from Johnny's Selected Seeds) in a climate-controlled incubator (16 h light/8 h dark photoperiod; 60±5% RH; 20±2° C.). Prior to being used for aphid rearing, fava bean plants were grown in potting soil at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness. To limit maternal effects or health differences between plants, 5-10 adults from different plants were distributed among 10 two-week-old plants, and allowed to multiply to high density for 5-7 days. For experiments, first and second instar aphids were collected from healthy plants and divided into 2 different treatment groups: 1) negative control (water treated), 2) The treatment solution of 100 ug/ml AMP in water. Each treatment group received approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants.
  • Uy192 was synthesized by Bio-Synthesis at >75% purity. 1 mg of lyophilized peptide was reconstituted in 500 ul of 80% acetonitrile, 20% water, and 0.1% TFA, 100 ul (100 ug) was aliquoted into 10 individual Eppendorf tubes, and allowed to dry. For treatment (see Therapeutic design), 1 ml of water was added to a 100 ug aliquot of peptide to obtain the final concentration of Uy192 (100 ug/ml). The solution was then placed into a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube with a fava bean stem with a leaf also perfused with the solutions and the opening of the tube was closed using parafilm. This feeding system was then placed into a deep petri dish (Fisher Scientific, Cat#FB0875711) and aphids were applied to the leaves of the plant.
  • For each treatment, 50 aphids were placed onto each leaf. The feeding systems were changed every 2-3 days throughout the experiment. Aphids were monitored daily for survival and dead aphids were removed from the deep petri dish when they were discovered.
  • In addition, the developmental stage (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 5R (5th that has reproduced) instar) was determined daily throughout the experiment.
  • After 8 days of treatment, DNA was extracted from the remaining aphids in each treatment group. Briefly, the aphid body surface was sterilized by dipping the aphid into a 6% bleach solution for approximately 5 seconds. Aphids were then rinsed in sterile water and DNA was extracted from each individual aphid using a DNA extraction kit (Qiagen, DNeasy kit) according to manufacturer's instructions. DNA concentration was measured using a nanodrop nucleic acid quantification, and Buchnera and aphid DNA copy numbers were measured by qPCR. The primers used for Buchnera were Buch_groES_18F (CATGATCGTGTGCTTGTTAAG; SEQ ID NO: 238) and Buch_groES_98R (CTGTTCCTCGAGTCGATTTCC; SEQ ID NO: 239) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS). The primers used for aphid were ApEF1a 107F (CTGATTGTGCCGTGCTTATTG; SEQ ID NO: 240) and ApEF1a 246R (TATGGTGGTTCAGTAGAGTCC; SEQ ID NO: 241) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS). qPCR was performed using a qPCR amplification ramp of 1.6 degrees C./s and the following conditions: 1) 95° C. for 10 minutes, 2) 95° C. for 15 seconds, 3) 55° C. for 30 seconds, 4) repeat steps 2-3 40×, 5) 95° C. for 15 seconds, 6) 55° C. for 1 minute, 7) ramp change to 0.15 degrees C./s, 8) 95° C. for 1 second. qPCR data was analyzed using analytic (Thermo Fisher Scientific, QuantStudio Design and Analysis) software.
  • There was a Negative Response on Insect Fitness Upon Treatment with the Scorpion AMPs
  • LSR-1 A. pisum 1st and 2nd instar aphids were divided into two separate treatment groups as defined in Experimental Design (above). Aphids were monitored daily and the number of aphids at each developmental stage was determined. Aphids treated with the negative control alone began reaching maturity (5th instar stage) at approximately 6 days (FIG. 38). Development was delayed in aphids treated with Uy192, and after 8 days of treatment, aphids did not mature further than the 4rd instar stage. These data indicate that treatment with Uy192 delayed and stopped progression of aphid development.
  • Treatment with Scorpion AMPs Results in Increased Aphid Mortality
  • Survival rate of aphids was also measured during the treatments. The majority of the aphids treated with the control alone were alive at 3 days post-treatment (FIG. 39). After 4 days, aphids began gradually dying, and some survived beyond 7 days post-treatment.
  • In contrast, aphids treated with Uy192 had lower survival rates than aphids treated with control. These data indicate that there was a decrease in survival upon treatment with the scorpion AMP Uly192.
  • Treatment with Scorpion AMP Uy192 Results in Decreased Buchnera in Aphids
  • To test whether treatment with Uy192, specifically resulted in loss of Buchnera in aphids, and that this loss impacted aphid fitness, DNA was extracted from aphids in each treatment group after 8 days of treatment and qPCR was performed to determine the Buchnera/aphid copy numbers. Aphids treated with control alone had high ratios of Buchnera/aphid DNA copies. In contrast, aphids treated with 100 ug/ml Uy192 in water had ˜7-fold less Buchnera/aphid DNA copies (FIG. 40), indicating that Uy192 treatment decreased Buchnera levels.
  • Together this data described previously demonstrated the ability to kill and decrease the development, longevity, and endogenous bacterial populations, e.g., fitness, of aphids by treating them with a natural scorpion antimicrobial peptide.
  • Example 21: Insects Treated with Scorpion Antimicrobial Peptides
  • This Example demonstrates the treatment of aphids with several scorpion antimicrobial peptides (AMPs) D10, D3, Uyct3, and Uy17, which have been recently identified AMPs in the venom gland transcriptome of the scorpion Urodacus yaschenkoi (Luna-Ramirez et al., 2017, Toxins). AMPs typically have a net positive charge and hence, a high affinity for bacterial membranes. This Example demonstrates that the effect of the AMPs on insects was mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the insect that were sensitive to AMP peptides. One targeted bacterial strain is Buchnera aphidicola, an obligate symbiont of aphids.
  • Aphids are agricultural insect pests causing direct feeding damage to the plant and serving as vectors of plant viruses. In addition, aphid honeydew promotes the growth of sooty mold and attracts nuisance ants. The use of chemical treatments, unfortunately still widespread, leads to the selection of resistant individuals whose eradication becomes increasingly difficult.
  • Therapeutic Design:
  • The indicated peptide or peptide cocktail (see Aphid Microinjection Experimental Design and Leaf perfusion-Plant Experimental Design sections for details below) was directly microinjected into aphids or delivered using a combination of leaf perfusion and delivery through plants. As a negative control, aphids were microinjected with water (for microinjection experiments) or placed on leaves injected with water and water in tube (for leaf perfusion and plant delivery experiments). The treatment solutions consisted of 20 nl of 5 μg/μl of D3 or D10 dissolved in water (for aphid microinjections) or 40 μg/ml of a cocktail of D10, Uy17, D3, and UyCt3 in water via leaf injection and through plant (in Eppendorf tube).
  • Aphid Microinjection Experimental Design
  • Microinjection was performed using NanoJet III Auto-Nanoliter Injector with the in-house pulled borosilicate needle (Drummond Scientific; Cat#3-000-203-G/XL). Aphids (LSR-1 strain, Acyrthosiphon pisum) were grown on fava bean plants (Vroma vicia faba from Johnny's Selected Seeds) in a climate-controlled incubator (16 h light/8 h dark photoperiod; 60±5% RH; 25±2° C.). Prior to being used for aphid rearing, fava bean plants were grown in potting soil at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness. To limit maternal effects or health differences between plants, 5-10 adults from different plants were distributed among 10 two-week-old plants, and allowed to multiply to high density for 5-7 days. Each treatment group had approximately the same number of individuals injected from each of the collection plants. Adult aphids were microinjected into the ventral thorax with 20 nl of either water or 100 ng (20 ul of a 5 ug/ml solution of peptide D3 or D10. The microinjection rate as 5 nl/sec. After injection, aphids were placed in a deep petri dish containing a fava bean leaf with stem in 2% agar.
  • Peptides were synthesized by Bio-Synthesis at >75% purity. 1 mg of lyophilized peptide was reconstituted in 500 μl of 80% acetonitrile, 20% water, and 0.1% TFA, 100 μl (100 μg) was aliquoted into 10 individual Eppendorf tubes, and allowed to dry.
  • After 5 days of treatment, DNA was extracted from the remaining aphids in each treatment group. Briefly, the aphid body surface was sterilized by dipping the aphid into a 6% bleach solution for approximately 5 seconds. Aphids were then rinsed in sterile water and DNA was extracted from each individual aphid using a DNA extraction kit (Qiagen, DNeasy kit) according to manufacturer's instructions. DNA concentration was measured using a nanodrop nucleic acid quantification, and Buchnera and aphid DNA copy numbers were measured by qPCR. The primers used for Buchnera were Buch_groES_18F (CATGATCGTGTGCTTGTTAAG; SEQ ID NO: 238) and Buch_groES_98R (CTGTTCCTCGAGTCGATTTCC; SEQ ID NO: 239) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS). The primers used for aphid were ApEF1a 107F (CTGATTGTGCCGTGCTTATTG; SEQ ID NO: 240) and ApEF1a 246R (TATGGTGGTTCAGTAGAGTCC; SEQ ID NO: 241) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS). qPCR was performed using a qPCR amplification ramp of 1.6 degrees C./s and the following conditions: 1) 95° C. for 10 minutes, 2) 95° C. for 15 seconds, 3) 55° C. for 30 seconds, 4) repeat steps 2-3 40×, 5) 95° C. for 15 seconds, 6) 55° C. for 1 minute, 7) ramp change to 0.15 degrees C./s, 8) 95° C. for 1 second. qPCR data was analyzed using analytic (Thermo Fisher Scientific, QuantStudio Design and Analysis) software.
  • Microinjection of Aphids with Scorpion Peptides D3 and D10 Results in Decreased Insect Survival
  • LSR-1 A. pisum 1st and 2nd instar aphids were divided into three separate treatment groups as defined in Experimental Design (described herein). Aphids were monitored daily and survival rate was determined. After 5 days of treatment, the aphids injected with the scorpion peptides had lower survival rates compared to water injected controls (9, 35, and 45% survival for injection with D3, D10, and water, respectively) (FIG. 41). These data indicate that there was a decrease in survival upon treatment with the scorpion AMPs D3 and D10.
  • Microinjection of Aphids with Scorpion Peptides D3 and D 10 Results in a Reduction of Buchnera Endosymbionts
  • To test whether injection with the scorpion AMPs D3 and D10, specifically resulted in loss of Buchnera in aphids, and that this loss impacted aphid fitness, DNA was extracted from aphids in each treatment group 5 days after injection and qPCR was performed to determine the Buchnera/aphid copy numbers. Aphids injected with water alone had high ratios of Buchnera/aphid DNA (47.4) while aphids injected with D3 and D10 had lower ratios of Buchnera/aphid DNA (25.3 and 30.9, respectively) (FIG. 42). These data indicate that treatment with scorpion peptides D3 and D10 resulted in decreased levels of the bacterial symbiont Buchnera.
  • Leaf Perfusion-Plant Delivery Experimental Design:
  • eNASCO Aphids (which harbor Buchnera and Serratia), Acyrthosiphon pisum were grown on fava bean plants (Vroma vicia faba from Johnny's Selected Seeds) as described above. For experiments, first and second instar aphids were collected from healthy plants and divided into 2 different treatment groups: 1) negative control (water treated), 2) The treatment solution consisted of 40 μg/ml of each D10, Uy17, D3, and UyCt3 in water. Each treatment group received approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants.
  • Peptides were synthesized, dissolved, and aliquoted, as described above. For treatment (see Therapeutic design), water was added to a 100 μg aliquot of peptide to obtain the desired final concentration (40 μg/ml). The four peptides were combined to make the peptide cocktail solution. This solution was used to perfuse into leaves via injection. Following injection, the stems of the injected leaves were placed into a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube which was then sealed with parafilm. This feeding system was then placed into a deep petri dish (Fisher Scientific, Cat#FB0875711) and aphids were applied to the leaves of the plant.
  • For each treatment, 41-49 aphids were placed onto each leaf. The feeding systems were changed every 2-3 days throughout the experiment. Aphids were monitored daily for survival and dead aphids were removed from the deep petri dish when they were discovered.
  • Treatment with Cocktail of Scorpion Peptides Results in Increased Aphid Mortality
  • Survival rate of aphids was also measured during the treatments. After 6 days of treatment, aphids treated with the peptide cocktail had lower survival rates compared to those treated with water, and after 9 days the effect is more evident (16 and 29% survival for peptide cocktail and water treated, respectively) (FIG. 43). These data indicate that there was a decrease in survival upon treatment with the cocktail of scorpion AMPs, and as shown in previous Examples these AMP decreased the endosymbiont levels in the aphids.
  • Together this data described previously demonstrated the ability to kill and decrease the longevity and endogenous bacterial populations, e.g., fitness, of aphids by treating them with single natural scorpion antimicrobial peptides or a peptide cocktail.
  • Example 22: Insects Treated with an Antimicrobial Peptide Fused to a Cell Penetrating Peptide
  • This Example demonstrates the treatment of aphids with a fused scorpion antimicrobial peptide (AMP) (Uy192) to a cell penetrating peptide derived from a virus. The AMP Uy192 is one of several recently identified AMPs in the venom gland transcriptome of the scorpion Urodacus yaschenkoi (Luna-Ramirez et al., 2017, Toxins). AMPs typically have a net positive charge and hence, a high affinity for bacterial membranes. To enhance the delivery of the scorpion peptide Uy192 into aphid cells, the peptide was synthesized fused to a portion of the transactivator of transcription (TAT) protein of human immunodeficiency virus I (HIV-1). Previous studies have shown that conjugating this cell penetrating peptide (CPP) to other molecules increased their uptake into cells via transduction (Zhou et al., 2015 Journal of Insect Science and Cermenati et al., 2011 Journal of Insect Physiology). This Example demonstrates that the effect of the fused peptide on insects was mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the insect that were sensitive to the antimicrobial peptide. One targeted bacterial strain is Buchnera.
  • Therapeutic Design
  • The scorpion peptide conjugated to the cell penetrating peptide and fluorescently tagged with 6FAM (Uy192+CPP+FAM) was formulated using a combination of leaf perfusion and delivery through plants. The control solution (water) or treatment solution (Uy192+CPP+FAM) was injected into the leaf and placed in the Eppendorf tube. The treatment solution included 100 μg/ml Uy192+CPP+FAM in water.
  • Leaf Perfusion-Plant Delivery Experimental Design
  • LSR-1 aphids, Acyrthosiphon pisum were grown on fava bean plants (Vroma vicia faba from Johnny's Selected Seeds) in a climate-controlled incubator (16 h light/8 h dark photoperiod; 60±5% RH; 25±2° C.). Prior to being used for aphid rearing, fava bean plants were grown in potting soil at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness. To limit maternal effects or health differences between plants, 5-10 adults from different plants were distributed among 10 two-week-old plants, and allowed to multiply to high density for 5-7 days. For experiments, first instar aphids were collected from healthy plants and divided into 2 different treatment groups: 1) negative control (water treated), 2) Uy192+CPP+FAM treated with 100 μg/ml Uy192+CPP+FAM in water. Each treatment group received approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants.
  • For treatment (see Therapeutic design), Uy192+CPP+FAM (amino acid sequence: YGRKKRRQRRRFLSTIWNGIKGLL-FAM) was synthesized by Bio-Synthesis at >75% purity. 5 mg of lyophilized peptide was reconstituted in 1 ml of 80% acetonitrile, 20% water, and 0.1% TFA, 50 μl (100 μg) was aliquoted into individual Eppendorf tubes, and allowed to dry. For treatment (see Therapeutic design), 1 ml of sterile water was added to a 100 μg aliquot of peptide to obtain the final concentration of Uy192+CPP+FAM (100 μg/ml). The solution was then injected into the leaf of the plant and the stem of the plant was placed into a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube. The opening of the tube was closed using parafilm. This feeding system was then placed into a deep petri dish (Fisher Scientific, Cat#FB0875711) and aphids were applied to the leaves of the plant. Epi fluorescence imaging of the leaf confirmed that the leaves contained the green fluorescently tagged peptide in their vascular system.
  • For each treatment, 30 aphids were placed onto each leaf in triplicate. The feeding systems were changed every 2-3 days throughout the experiment. Aphids were monitored daily for survival and dead aphids were removed from the deep petri dish when they were discovered. In addition, the developmental stage (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 5R (5th instar aphids that are reproducing) instar) was determined daily throughout the experiment.
  • At 5 days post-treatment, DNA was extracted from several aphids in each treatment group. Briefly, the aphid body surface was sterilized by dipping the aphid into a 6% bleach solution for approximately 5 seconds. Aphids were then rinsed in sterile water and DNA was extracted from each individual aphid using a DNA extraction kit (Qiagen, DNeasy kit) according to manufacturer's instructions. DNA concentration was measured using a nanodrop nucleic acid quantification, and Buchnera and aphid DNA copy numbers were measured by qPCR. The primers used for Buchnera were Buch_groES_18F (CATGATCGTGTGCTTGTTAAG; SEQ ID NO: 238) and Buch_groES_98R (CTGTTCCTCGAGTCGATTTCC; SEQ ID NO: 239) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS). The primers used for aphid were ApEF1a 107F (CTGATTGTGCCGTGCTTATTG; SEQ ID NO: 240) and ApEF1a 246R (TATGGTGGTTCAGTAGAGTCC; SEQ ID NO: 241) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS). qPCR was performed using a qPCR amplification ramp of 1.6 degrees C./s and the following conditions: 1) 95° C. for 10 minutes, 2) 95° C. for 15 seconds, 3) 55° C. for 30 seconds, 4) repeat steps 2-3 40×, 5) 95° C. for 15 seconds, 6) 55° C. for 1 minute, 7) ramp change to 0.15 degrees C./s, 8) 95° C. for 1 second. qPCR data was analyzed using analytic (Thermo Fisher Scientific, QuantStudio Design and Analysis) software.
  • Treatment with Scorpion Peptide Uy192 Fused to a Cell Penetrating Peptide Delayed and Stopped Progression of Aphid Development
  • LSR-1 A. pisum 1st instar aphids were divided into three separate treatment groups as defined in Experimental Design (above). Aphids were monitored daily and the number of aphids at each developmental stage was determined. Development for both aphids treated with water and those treated with the scorpion peptide fused to the cell penetrating peptide was similar for days 0 and 1 (FIG. 44). By day 2, however, control treated aphids developed to either in the second or third instar stage, while some aphids treated with the scorpion peptide fused to the cell penetrating peptide remained in the first instar stage (FIG. 44). Even at 3 days post-treatment, some aphids treated with the scorpion peptide fused to the cell penetrating peptide remained in the first instar stage (FIG. 44). By 7 days post-treatment, the majority of the water treated aphids developed to the 5th or 5th reproducing instar stage. In contrast, only 50 percent of aphids treated with the scorpion peptide fused to the cell penetrating peptide developed to the 5th instar stage, while ˜42 and ˜8 percent of aphids remained at the 3rd or 4th instar stage, respectively (FIG. 44). These data indicate that treatment with the scorpion peptide Uy192 fused to the cell penetrating peptide delayed and stopped progression of aphid development.
  • Treatment with the Scorpion Peptide Uy192 Fused to a Cell Penetrating Peptide Resulted in Increased Aphid Mortality
  • Survival rate of aphids was also measured during the treatments. Approximately 40% of aphids treated with the control alone survived the 7-day experiment (FIG. 45). In contrast, survival was significantly less for aphids treated with 100 μg/ml Uy192+CPP+FAM (p=0.0036, by Log-Rank Mantel Cox test), with only 16% of aphids surviving to day 7 (FIG. 45). These data indicate that there was a decrease in survival upon treatment with the scorpion peptide Uy192 fused to a cell penetrating peptide.
  • Treatment with a Scorpion Peptide Fused to a Cell Penetrating Peptide Resulted in Decreased Buchnera/Aphid DNA Ratios
  • To test whether treatment with treatment with Uy192+CPP+FAM, specifically resulted in loss of Buchnera in aphids, and that this loss impacted aphid fitness, DNA was extracted from aphids in each group after 5 days of treatment, and qPCR was performed to determine the Buchnera/aphid copy numbers. Aphids treated with water had high ratios (˜134) of Buchnera/aphid DNA. In contrast, aphids treated with the scorpion peptide fused to the cell penetrating peptide had ˜1.8-fold less Buchnera/aphid DNA copies after 5 days of treatment (FIG. 46). These data indicate that treatment with the scorpion peptide fused to a cell penetrating peptide decreased endosymbiont levels.
  • The Scorpion Peptide Fused to a Cell Penetrating Peptide Freely Entered the Bacteriocytes to Act Against Buchnera
  • To test whether the cell penetrating peptide aids in the delivery of the scorpion peptide into the bacteriocytes directly, isolated bacteriocytes were directly exposed to the fusion protein and imaged. The bacteriocytes were dissected from the aphids in Schneider's medium supplemented with 1% w/v BSA (Schneider-BSA medium), and placed in an imaging well containing 20 ul of schneider's medium. A 100 ug lyophilized aliquot of the scorpion peptide was resuspended in 100 ul of the schneider's medium to produce 1 mg/ml solution, and 5ul of this solution was mixed in to the well containing bacteriocytes. After 30 min of incubation at room temperature, the bacteriocytes were thoroughly washed to eliminate any excess free peptide in the solution. Images of the bacteriocytes were captured before and after the incubation (FIG. 47). The fusion peptide penetrated the bacteriocyte membranes and was directly available to Buchnera.
  • Together, this data demonstrates the ability to kill and decrease the development, longevity, and endogenous bacterial populations, e.g., fitness, of aphids by treating them with the scorpion antimicrobial peptide Uy192 fused to a cell penetrating peptide.
  • Example 23: Insects Treated with Vitamin Analogs
  • This Example demonstrates the treatment of aphids with the provitamin pantothenol which is the alcohol analog of pantothenic acid (Vitamin B5). Aphids have obligate endosymbiont bacteria, Buchnera, that help them make essential amino acids and vitamins, including Vitamin B5. A previous study has shown that pantothenol inhibits the growth of Plasmodium falciparium by inhibition of the specific parasite kinases (Saliba et al., 2005). It was hypothesized that treating insects with pantothenol would be detrimental for the bacterial-insect symbiosis therefore affecting insect fitness. This Example demonstrates that the treatment with pantothenol decreased insect fitness.
  • Therapeutic Design:
  • Pantothenol solutions were formulated depending on the delivery method:
  • 1) In artificial diet through the plants: with 0 (negative control) or 10 or 100 uM pantothenol formulated in an artificial diet (based on Akey and Beck, 1971; see Experimental Design) without essential amino acids (2 mg/ml histidine, 2 mg/ml isoleucine, 2 mg/ml leucine, 2 mg/ml lysine, 1 mg/ml methionine, 1.62 mg/ml phenylalanine, 2 mg/ml threonine, 1 mg/ml tryptophan, and 2 mg/ml valine).
  • 2) Leaf coating: 100 μl of 0.025% nonionic organosilicone surfactant solvent Silwet L-77 in water (negative control) or 100 μl of 50 μg/ml of rifampicin formulated in solvent solution was applied directly to the leaf surface and allowed to dry.
  • Plant Delivery Experimental Design
  • Aphids (eNASCO, Acyrthosiphon pisum) were grown on fava bean plants (Vroma vicia faba from Johnny's Selected Seeds) in a climate-controlled incubator (16 h light/8 h dark photoperiod; 60±5% RH; 25±2° C.). Prior to being used for aphid rearing, fava bean plants were grown in potting soil at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness. To limit maternal effects or health differences between plants, 5-10 adults from different plants were distributed among 10 two-week-old plants, and allowed to multiply to high density for 5-7 days. For experiments, first and second instar aphids were collected from healthy plants and divided into 3 different treatment groups: 1) artificial diet alone without essential amino acids, 2) artificial diet alone without essential amino acids and 10 uM pantothenol, and 3) artificial diet alone without essential amino acids and 100 uM pantothenol. Each treatment group received approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants.
  • The artificial diet used was made as previously published (Akey and Beck, 1971 Continuous Rearing of the Pea Aphid, Acyrthosiphon pisum, on a Holidic Diet), with and without the essential amino acids (2 mg/ml histidine, 2 mg/ml isoleucine, 2 mg/ml leucine, 2 mg/ml lysine, 1 mg/ml methionine, 1.62 mg/ml phenylalanine, 2 mg/ml threonine, 1 mg/ml tryptophan, and 2 mg/ml valine), except neither diet included homoserine or beta-alanyltyrosine. The pH of the diets was adjusted to 7.5 with KOH and diets were filter sterilized through a 0.22 μm filter and stored at 4° C. for short term (<7 days) or at −80° C. for long term.
  • Pantothenol (Sigma Cat#295787) solutions were made at 10 uM and 100 uM in artificial diet without essential amino acids, sterilized by passing through a 0.22 μm syringe filter, and stored at −20° C. For treatments (see Therapeutic design), the appropriate amount of stock solution was added to the artificial diet without essential amino acids to obtain a final concentration of 10 or 100 uM pantothenol. The diet was then placed into a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube with a fava bean stem with a leaf and the opening of the tube was closed using parafilm. This artificial diet feeding system was then placed into a deep petri dish (Fisher Scientific, Cat#FB0875711) and aphids were applied to the leaves of the plant.
  • For each treatment, 16-20 aphids were placed onto each leaf. Artificial diet feeding systems were changed every 2-3 days throughout the experiment. Aphids were monitored daily for survival and dead aphids were removed from the deep petri dish housing the artificial feeding system when they were discovered.
  • In addition, the developmental stage (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th instar) was determined daily throughout the experiment. Once an aphid reached the 4th instar stage, they were given their own artificial feeding system in a deep petri dish so that fecundity could be monitored once they reached adulthood.
  • For adult aphids, new nymphs were counted daily and then discarded. At the end of the experiments, fecundity was determined as the mean number of offspring produced daily once the aphid reached adulthood. Pictures of aphids were taken throughout the experiment to evaluate size differences between treatment groups.
  • After 8 days of treatment, DNA was extracted from multiple aphids from each treatment group. Briefly, the aphid body surface was sterilized by dipping the aphid into a 6% bleach solution for approximately 5 seconds. Aphids were then rinsed in sterile water and DNA was extracted from each individual aphid using a DNA extraction kit (Qiagen, DNeasy kit) according to manufacturer's instructions. DNA concentration was measured using a nanodrop nucleic acid quantification, and Buchnera and aphid DNA copy numbers were measured by qPCR. The primers used for Buchnera were Buch_groES_18F (CATGATCGTGTGCTTGTTAAG; SEQ ID NO: 238) and Buch_groES_98R (CTGTTCCTCGAGTCGATTTCC; SEQ ID NO: 239) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS). The primers used for aphid were ApEF1a 107F (CTGATTGTGCCGTGCTTATTG; SEQ ID NO: 240) and ApEF1a 246R (TATGGTGGTTCAGTAGAGTCC; SEQ ID NO: 241) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS). qPCR was performed using a qPCR amplification ramp of 1.6 degrees C./s and the following conditions: 1) 95° C. for 10 minutes, 2) 95° C. for 15 seconds, 3) 55° C. for 30 seconds, 4) repeat steps 2-3 40×, 5) 95° C. for 15 seconds, 6) 55° C. for 1 minute, 7) ramp change to 0.15 degrees C./s, 8) 95° C. for 1 second. qPCR data was analyzed using analytic (Thermo Fisher Scientific, QuantStudio Design and Analysis) software.
  • Vitamin Analog Treatment Delays Aphid Development
  • eNASCO 1st and 2nd instar aphids were divided into three separate treatment groups as defined in Plant Delivery Experimental Design (described herein). Aphids were monitored daily and the number of aphids at each developmental stage was determined. Aphids treated with artificial diet alone without essential amino acids began reaching maturity (5th instar stage) at approximately 5 days (FIG. 48A). Development was delayed in aphids treated with pantothenol, especially at days two and three post-treatment (FIG. 48A), indicating that treatment with pantothenol impairs aphid development. Eventually, most aphids from each treatment group reached maturity and began reproducing. In addition to monitoring developmental stage of aphids over time, aphids were also imaged and aphid area was determined. All aphids were the same size after 1 day of treatment, however, by 3 days post-treatment, aphids treated with pantothenol were smaller in area than untreated controls. Moreover, aphids treated with pantothenol had much less of an increase in body size (as determined by area) over the course of the experiment, compared to aphids treated with artificial diet alone without essential amino acids (FIG. 48B).
  • Vitamin Analog Treatment Increased Aphid Mortality
  • Survival rate of aphids was also measured during the treatments. Aphids reared on artificial diet alone without essential amino acids had higher survival rates compared to aphids treated with 10 or 100 uM pantothenol (FIG. 49), indicating that pantothenol treatment negatively affected aphid fitness.
  • Treatment with Pantothenol Decreases Aphid Fecundity
  • Fecundity was also monitored in aphids during the treatments. The fraction of aphids surviving to maturity and reproducing was determined. Approximately one quarter of aphids treated with artificial diet without essential amino acids survived to reach maturity by 8 days post-treatment (FIG. 50A). In contrast, only a little over 1/10th of aphids treated with 10 or 100 uM pantothenol survived to reach maturity and reproduce by 8 days post-treatment. The mean day aphids in each treatment group began reproducing was also measured and for all treatment groups, the mean day aphids began reproducing was 7 days (FIG. 50B). Additionally, the mean number of offspring per day produced by mature, reproducing aphids was also monitored. Aphids treated with artificial diet alone without essential amino acids produced approximately 7 offspring/day. In contrast, aphids treated with 10 and 100 uM pantothenol only produced approximately 4 and 5 offspring/day, respectively, shown in FIG. 50C. Taken together, these data indicate that pantothenol treatment resulted in a loss of aphid reproduction.
  • Pantothenol Treatment does not Affect Buchnera in Aphids
  • To test whether treatment with pantothenol, specifically resulted in loss of Buchnera in aphids, and that this loss impacted aphid fitness, DNA was extracted from aphids in each treatment group after 8 days of treatment and qPCR was performed to determine the Buchnera/aphid copy numbers. Aphids treated with artificial diet alone without essential amino acids had high ratios of Buchnera/aphid DNA copies as did aphids treated with each of the two concentrations of pantothenol (FIG. 51). These data indicate that pantothenol treatment does not affect Buchnera/aphid DNA copy number directly.
  • Leaf Coating Delivery Experimental Design:
  • Pantothenol powder was added to 0.025% of a nonionic organosilicone surfactant solvent, Silwet L-77, to obtain a final concentration of 10 uM pantothenol. The treatment was filter sterilized using a 0.22 um filter and stored at 4 degrees C. Aphids (eNASCO strain, Acyrthosiphon pisum) were grown on fava bean plants as described in a previous Example. For experiments, first instar aphids were collected from healthy plants and divided into 2 different treatment groups: 1) negative control (solvent solution only) and 2) 10 uM pantothenol in solvent. 100 ul of the solution was absorbed onto a 2×2 cm piece of fava bean leaf.
  • Each treatment group received approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plant. For each treatment, 20 aphids were placed onto each leaf. Aphids were monitored daily for survival and dead aphids were removed when they were discovered. In addition, the developmental stage (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th instar, and 5R, representing a reproducing 5th instar) was determined daily throughout the experiment.
  • Pantothenol Treatment Delivered Through Leaf Coating does not Affect Aphid Development
  • eNASCO 1st instar aphids were divided into two separate treatment groups as defined in the Experimental Design described herein. Aphids were monitored daily and the number of aphids at each developmental stage was determined. Aphids placed on coated leaves treated with either the control or pantothenol solution matured at similar rates up to two days post-treatment (FIG. 52). These data indicate that leaf coating with pantothenol did not affect aphid development.
  • Pantothenol Treatment Delivered Through Leaf Coating Increased Aphid Mortality
  • Survival rate of aphids was also measured during the leaf coating treatments. Aphids placed on coated leaves with pantothenol had lower survival rates than aphids placed on coated leaves with the control solution (FIG. 53). These data indicate that pantothenol treatment delivered through leaf coating significantly (p=0.0019) affected aphid survival. All aphids died in this experiment and there were no remaining aphids left to extract DNA from and determine Buchnera/aphid DNA ratios.
  • Together this data described in the previous Examples demonstrate the ability to kill and decrease the development, reproductive ability, longevity, and endogenous bacterial populations, e.g., fitness, of aphids by treating them with pantothenol through multiple delivery methods.
  • Example 24: Insects Treated with a Cocktail of Amino Acid Transporters Inhibitors
  • This Example demonstrates the treatment of aphids with a cocktail of amino acid analogs. The objective of this treatment was to inhibit uptakes of glutamine into the bacteriocytes through the ApGLNT1 glutamine transporter. It has previously been shown that arginine inhibits glutamine uptake by the glutamine transporter (Price et al., 2014 PNAS), and we hypothesized that treatment with analogs of arginine, or other amino acid analogs, may also inhibit uptake of essential amino acids into the aphid bacteriocytes. This Example demonstrates that the decrease in fitness upon treatment was mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the insect that were sensitive to amino acid analogs. One targeted bacterial strain is Buchnera.
  • Therapeutic Design:
  • The amino acid cocktail was formulated for delivery through leaf perfusion and through the plant. This delivery method consisted of injecting leaves with approximately 1 ml of the amino acid cocktail in water (see below for list of components in the cocktail) or 1 ml of the negative control solution containing water only.
  • Leaf Perfusion and Delivery Through Plants Experimental Design:
  • Aphids LSR-1 (which harbor only Buchnera), Acyrthosiphon pisum were grown on fava bean plants (Vroma vicia faba from Johnny's Selected Seeds) in a climate-controlled incubator (16 h light/8 h dark photoperiod; 60±5% RH; 25±2° C.). Prior to being used for aphid rearing, fava bean plants were grown in potting soil at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness. To limit maternal effects or health differences between plants, 5-10 adults from different plants were distributed among 10 two-week-old plants, and allowed to multiply to high density for 5-7 days. For experiments, first instar aphids were collected from healthy plants and divided into 2 different treatment groups: 1) negative control (water treatment) and 2) amino acid cocktail treatment. The amino acid cocktail contained each of the following agents at the indicated final concentrations: 330 μM L-NNA (N-nitro-L-Arginine; Sigma), 0.1 mg/ml L-canavanine (Sigma), 0.5 mg/ml D-arginine (Sigma), 0.5 mg/ml D-phenylalanine (Sigma), 0.5 mg/ml D-histidine (Sigma), 0.5 mg/ml D-tryptophan (Sigma), 0.5 mg/ml D-threonine (Sigma), 0.5 mg/ml D-valine (Sigma), 0.5 mg/ml D-methionine (Sigma), 0.5 mg/ml D-leucine, and 6 μM L-NMMA (citrate) (Cayman Chemical). ˜1 ml of the treatment solution was perfused into the fava bean leaf via injection and the stem of the plant was put into a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube containing the treatment solution. The opening of the tube was closed using parafilm. This feeding system was then placed into a deep petri dish (Fisher Scientific, Cat#FB0875711) and aphids were applied to the leaves of the plant. For each treatment, a total of 56-58 aphids were placed onto each leaf (each treatment consisted of two replicates of 28-31 aphids). Each treatment group received approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants. The feeding systems were changed every 2-3 days throughout the experiment. Aphids were monitored daily for survival and dead aphids were removed from the deep petri dish when they were discovered. The aphid developmental stage (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th instar) was determined daily throughout the experiment and microscopic images were taken of the aphids on day 5 to determine aphid area measurements.
  • Stock solutions of L-NNA were made at 5 mM in water, sterilized by passing through a 0.22 m syringe filter, and stored at −20° C.. Stock solutions of L-canavanine were made at 100 mg/ml in water, sterilized by passing through a 0.22 μm syringe filter, and stored at 4° C. Stock solutions of D-arginine and D-threonine were made at 50 mg/ml in water, sterilized by passing through a 0.22 μm syringe filter, and stored at 4° C. Stock solutions of D-valine and D-methionine were made at 25 mg/ml in water, sterilized by passing through a 0.22 μm syringe filter, and stored at 4° C. Stock solutions of D-leucine were made at 12 mg/ml in water, sterilized by passing through a 0.22 μm syringe filter, and stored at 4° C. Stock solutions of D-phenylalanine and D-histidine were made at 50 mg/ml in 1M HCl, sterilized by passing through a 0.22 μm syringe filter, and stored at 4° C. Stock solutions of D-tryptophan were made at 50 mg/ml in 0.5M HCl, sterilized by passing through a 0.22 μm syringe filter, and stored at 4° C. Stock solutions of L-NMMA were made at 6 mg/ml in sterile PBS, sterilized by passing through a 0.22 am syringe filter, and stored at −20° C. For treatments (see Therapeutic design), the appropriate amount of stock solution was added to water to obtain the final concentration of the agent in the cocktail as indicated above.
  • After 6 days of treatment, DNA was extracted from multiple aphids from each treatment group. Briefly, the aphid body surface was sterilized by dipping the aphid into a 6% bleach solution for approximately 5 seconds. Aphids were then rinsed in sterile water and DNA was extracted from each individual aphid using a DNA extraction kit (Qiagen, DNeasy kit) according to manufacturer's instructions. DNA concentration was measured using a nanodrop nucleic acid quantification, and Buchnera and aphid DNA copy numbers were measured by qPCR. The primers used for Buchnera were Buch_groES_18F (CATGATCGTGTGCTTGTTAAG; SEQ ID NO: 238) and Buch_groES_98R (CTGTTCCTCGAGTCGATTTCC; SEQ ID NO: 239) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS). The primers used for aphid were ApEF1a 107F (CTGATTGTGCCGTGCTTATTG; SEQ ID NO: 240) and ApEF1a 246R (TATGGTGGTTCAGTAGAGTCC; SEQ ID NO: 241) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS). qPCR was performed using a qPCR amplification ramp of 1.6 degrees C./s and the following conditions: 1) 95° C. for 10 minutes, 2) 95° C. for 15 seconds, 3) 55° C. for 30 seconds, 4) repeat steps 2-3 40×, 5) 95° C. for 15 seconds, 6) 55° C. for 1 minute, 7) ramp change to 0.15 degrees C./s, 8) 95° C. for 1 second. qPCR data was analyzed using analytic (Thermo Fisher Scientific, QuantStudio Design and Analysis) software.
  • Treatment with a Cocktail of Amino Acid Analogs Delayed and Stopped Progression of Aphid Development
  • LSR-1 1st instar aphids were divided into two separate treatment groups as defined in Leaf perfusion and delivery through plants experimental design (described herein). Aphids were monitored daily and the number of aphids at each developmental stage was determined. Aphids treated with water began reaching maturity (5th instar stage) at day 5 post-treatment (FIG. 54A). By 6 days post-treatment, ˜20 percent of aphids treated with water reached the 5th instar stage. In contrast, less than 3 percent of the aphids treated with the amino acid cocktail reached the 5th instar stage, even after 6 days (FIG. 54A). This delay in development upon treatment with the amino acid cocktail was further exemplified by aphid size measurements taken at 5 days post-treatment. Aphids treated with water alone were approximately 0.45 mm2, whereas aphids treated with the amino acid cocktail were approximately 0.33 mm2 (FIG. 54B). These data indicate that treatment with the amino acid cocktail delayed aphid development, negatively impacting aphid fitness.
  • Treatment with an Amino Acid Analog Cocktail Resulted in Decreased Buchnera in Aphids
  • To test whether treatment with the amino acid analog cocktail specifically resulted in loss of Buchnera in aphids, and that this loss impacted aphid fitness, DNA was extracted from aphids in each treatment group after 6 days of treatment and qPCR was performed to determine the Buchnera/aphid copy numbers. Aphids placed on control solution had high ratios of Buchnera/aphid DNA copies. In contrast, aphids placed on AA cocktail treatment had a drastic reduction of Buchnera/aphid DNA copies (FIG. 55), indicating that the AA analog cocktail treatment eliminated endosymbiotic Buchnera.
  • Together, this data demonstrates the ability to decrease the development and endogenous bacterial populations, e.g., fitness, of aphids by treating them with a cocktail of amino acid analogs.
  • Example 25: Insects Treated with a Combination of Agents (Antibiotic, Peptide, and Natural Antimicrobial)
  • This Example demonstrates the treatment of insects with a combination of three antimicrobial agents—an antibiotic (rifampicin), a peptide (the scorpion peptide Uy192), and a natural antimicrobial (low molecular weight chitosan). In other Examples, each of these agents administered individually resulted in decreased aphid fitness and reduced endosymbiont levels. This Example demonstrates that through the delivery of a combination of treatments, insect fitness and endosymbiont levels were reduced as well as, or better than, treatment with each individual agent alone.
  • Therapeutic Design
  • The combination treatment was formulated for delivery through leaf perfusion and through the plant. This delivery method consisted of injecting leaves with approximately 1 ml of the combination treatment in water (with final concentrations of 100 μg/ml rifampicin, 100 μg/ml Uy192, and 300 μg/ml chitosan) or 1 ml of the negative control solution containing water only.
  • Leaf Perfusion and Delivery Through Plants Experimental Design
  • Aphids LSR-1 (which harbor only Buchnera), Acyrthosiphon pisum were grown on fava bean plants (Vroma vicia faba from Johnny's Selected Seeds) in a climate-controlled incubator (16 h light/8 h dark photoperiod; 60±5% RH; 25±2° C.). Prior to being used for aphid rearing, fava bean plants were grown in potting soil at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness. To limit maternal effects or health differences between plants, 5-10 adults from different plants were distributed among 10 two-week-old plants, and allowed to multiply to high density for 5-7 days. For experiments, first instar aphids were collected from healthy plants and divided into 2 different treatment groups: 1) negative control (water treatment) and 2) a combination of 100 μg/ml rifampicin, 100 μg/ml Uy192, and 300 μg/ml chitosan treatment. 1 ml of the treatment solution was perfused into the fava bean leaf via injection and the stem of the plant was put into a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube containing the treatment solution. The opening of the tube was closed using parafilm. This treatment system was then placed into a deep petri dish (Fisher Scientific, Cat#FB0875711) and aphids were applied to the leaves of the plant. For each treatment, a total of 56 aphids were placed onto each leaf (each treatment consisted of two replicates of 28 aphids). Each treatment group received approximately the same number of individuals from each of the collection plants. The feeding systems were changed every 2-3 days throughout the experiment. Aphids were monitored daily for survival and dead aphids were removed from the deep petri dish when they were discovered. The aphid developmental stage (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th instar) was determined daily throughout the experiment and microscopic images were taken of the aphids on day 5 to determine aphid area measurements.
  • Rifampicin (Tokyo Chemical Industry, LTD) stock solution was made at 25 mg/ml in methanol, sterilized by passing through a 0.22 μm syringe filter, and stored at −20° C. For treatment, the appropriate amount of stock solution was added to water to obtain a final concentration of 100 μg/ml rifampicin. Uy192 was synthesized by Bio-Synthesis at >75% purity. 1 mg of lyophilized peptide was reconstituted in 500 μl of 80% acetonitrile, 20% water, and 0.1% TFA. 100 μl (100 μg) was aliquoted into 10 individual Eppendorf tubes and allowed to dry. For treatment, 1 ml of water was added to a 100-g aliquot of peptide to obtain the final concentration of 100 μg/ml Uy192. Chitosan (Sigma, catalog number 448869-50G) stock solution was made at 1% in acetic acid, sterilized autoclaving, and stored at 4° C. For treatments the appropriate amount of stock solution was added to water to obtain the final concentration of 300 μg/ml chitosan.
  • After 6 days of treatment, DNA was extracted from multiple aphids from each treatment group. Briefly, the aphid body surface was sterilized by dipping the aphid into a 6% bleach solution for approximately 5 seconds. Aphids were then rinsed in sterile water and DNA was extracted from each individual aphid using a DNA extraction kit (Qiagen, DNeasy kit) according to manufacturer's instructions.
  • DNA concentration was measured using a nanodrop nucleic acid quantification, and Buchnera and aphid DNA copy numbers were measured by qPCR. The primers used for Buchnera were Buch_groES_18F (CATGATCGTGTGCTTGTTAAG; SEQ ID NO: 238) and Buch_groES_98R (CTGTTCCTCGAGTCGATTTCC; SEQ ID NO: 239) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS). The primers used for aphid were ApEF1a 107F (CTGATTGTGCCGTGCTTATTG; SEQ ID NO: 240) and ApEF1a 246R (TATGGTGGTTCAGTAGAGTCC; SEQ ID NO: 241) (Chong and Moran, 2016 PNAS). qPCR was performed using a qPCR amplification ramp of 1.6 degrees C./s and the following conditions: 1) 95° C. for 10 minutes, 2) 95° C. for 15 seconds, 3) 55° C. for 30 seconds, 4) repeat steps 2-3 40×, 5) 95° C. for 15 seconds, 6) 55° C. for 1 minute, 7) ramp change to 0.15 degrees C./s, 8) 95° C. for 1 second. qPCR data was analyzed using analytic (Thermo Fisher Scientific, QuantStudio Design and Analysis) software.
  • Treatment with a Combination of Three Antimicrobial Agents Delayed and Stopped Progression of Aphid Development
  • LSR-1 1st instar aphids were divided into two separate treatment groups as defined in Leaf perfusion and delivery through plants experimental design (described herein). Aphids were monitored daily and the number of aphids at each developmental stage was determined. Aphids treated with water began reaching maturity (5th instar stage) at day 5 post-treatment (FIG. 56A). By 6 days post-treatment, ˜20 percent of aphids treated with water reached the 5th instar stage. In contrast, no aphids treated with the combination of three agents reached the 5th instar stage, even after 6 days (FIG. 56A). This delay in development upon combination treatment was further exemplified by aphid size measurements taken at 5 days post-treatment. Aphids treated with water alone were approximately 0.45 mm2, whereas aphids treated with the 3-agent combination were approximately 0.26 mm2 (FIG. 56B). These data indicate that treatment with a combination of agents delayed aphid development, negatively impacting aphid fitness.
  • Treatment with a Combination of Three Antimicrobial Agents Increased Aphid Mortality
  • Survival was also monitored daily after treatment. At 2 days post-treatment, approximately 75 percent of aphids treated with water were alive, whereas only 62 percent of aphids treated with the combination of agents were alive. This trend of more aphids surviving treatment in the control (water-treated) group continued for the duration of the experiment. At 6 days post-treatment, 64 percent of control (water-treated) aphids survived, whereas 58 percent of aphids treated with a combination of rifampicin, Uy192, and chitosan survived (FIG. 57). These data indicate that the combination of treatments negatively affected aphid survival.
  • Treatment with a Combination of Three Agents Resulted in Decreased Buchnera in Aphids
  • To test whether treatment with a combination of a peptide, antibiotic, and natural antimicrobial specifically resulted in loss of Buchnera in aphids, and that this loss impacted aphid fitness, DNA was extracted from aphids in each treatment group after 6 days of treatment and qPCR was performed to determine the Buchnera/aphid copy numbers. Aphids treated with water alone ratios of approximately 2.3 Buchnera/aphid DNA (FIG. 58). In contrast, aphids treated with the combination of a peptide, antibiotic, and natural antimicrobial had approximately 2-fold lower ratios of Buchnera/aphid DNA (FIG. 58). These data indicate that combination treatment reduced endosymbiont levels, which resulted in decreased aphid fitness.
  • Together, this data demonstrates the ability to decrease the development and endogenous bacterial populations, e.g., fitness, of aphids by treating them with a combination of a peptide, antibiotic, and natural antimicrobial.
  • Example 26: Insects Treated with an Antibiotic Solution
  • This Example demonstrates the effects of treatment of weevils with ciprofloxacin, a bactericidal antibiotic that inhibits the activity of DNA gyrase and topoisomerase, two enzymes essential for DNA replication. This Example demonstrates that the phenotypic effect of ciprofloxacin on another model insect, weevils, was mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the insects that were sensitive to ciprofloxacin. One targeted bacterial strain is Sitophilus primary endosymbiont (SPE, Candidatus Sodalis pierantonius).
  • Experimental Design:
  • Sitophilus maize weevils (Sitophilus zeamais) were reared on organic corn at 27.5° C. and 70% relative humidity. Prior to being used for weevil rearing, corn was frozen for 7 days and then tempered to 10% humidity with sterile water. For experiments, adult male/female mating pairs were divided into 3 different treatment groups that were done in triplicate: 1) water control, 2) 250 μg/ml ciprofloxacin, and 3) 2.5 mg/ml ciprofloxacin. Ciprofloxacin (Sigma) stock solutions were made at 25 mg/ml in 0.1N HCl, sterilized by passing through a 0.22 μm syringe filter, and stored at −20° C. For treatments, the appropriate amount of stock solution was diluted in sterile water.
  • The weevils were subjected to three successive treatments:
      • 1. The first treatment included soaking 25 g of corn with each of the three treatment groups listed above: 1) water control, 2) 250 μg/ml ciprofloxacin, and 3) 2.5 mg/ml ciprofloxacin. Briefly, 25 g of corn was placed into a 50 ml conical tube and each of the treatment was added to fill the tube completely. The tube was put on a shaker for 1.5 hours after which, the corn was removed and placed into a deep petri dish and air dried. Male/Female mating pairs were then added to each treatment group and allowed to feed for 4 days.
      • 2. After 4 days, mating pairs were removed and subjected to a second treatment by putting them onto 25 g of new corn treated with 1) water control, 2) 250 μg/ml ciprofloxacin, and 3) 2.5 mg/ml ciprofloxacin. Mating pairs fed and laid eggs on this corn for 7 days. The corn from the second treatment was assessed for the emergence of offspring (see assessment of offspring, below)
      • 3. Mating pairs were subjected to a final treatment which included a combination of submerging them into the treatment (1) water control, 2) 250 μg/ml ciprofloxacin, and 3) 2.5 mg/ml ciprofloxacin for 5 seconds and then placing them in a vial with 10 corn kernels that had been coated with 1 ml of 1) water control, 2) 250 μg/ml ciprofloxacin, and 3) 2.5 mg/ml ciprofloxacin.
  • Weevil survival was monitored daily for 18 days, after which DNA was extracted from the remaining weevils in each group. Briefly, the weevil body was surface sterilized by dipping the weevil into a 6% bleach solution for approximately 5 seconds. Weevils were then rinsed in sterile water and DNA was extracted from each individual aphid using a DNA extraction kit (Qiagen, DNeasy kit) according to manufacturer's instructions. DNA concentration was measured using a nanodrop nucleic acid quantification, and SPE and weevil DNA copy numbers were measured by qPCR. The primers used for SPE were qPCR_Sod_F (ATAGCTGTCCAGACGCTTCG; SEQ ID NO: 242) and qPCR_Sod_R (ATGTCGTCGAGGCGATTACC; SEQ ID NO: 243). The primers used for weevil (β-actin) were SACT144_FOR (GGTGTTGGCGTACAAGTCCT; SEQ ID NO: 244) and SACT314_REV (GAATTGCCTGATGGACAGGT; SEQ ID NO: 245) (Login et al., 2011). qPCR was performed using a qPCR amplification ramp of 1.6 degrees C./s and the following conditions: 1) 95° C. for 10 minutes, 2) 95° C. for 15 seconds, 3) 57° C. for 30 seconds, 4) repeat steps 2-3 40×, 5) 95° C. for 15 seconds, 6) 55° C. for 1 minute, 7) ramp change to 0.15 degrees C./s, 8) 95° C. for 1 second. qPCR data was analyzed using analytic (Thermo Fisher Scientific, QuantStudio Design and Analysis) software.
  • Assessment of Offspring:
  • After 25 days, one replicate of the corn kernels from the second treatment of the adult mating pairs was dissected (see Experimental Design, above) to check for the presence of any developing larvae, pupae, or adult weevils. Most of the development of Sitophilus weevils takes place within the grain/rice/corn and adults emerge from the kernels once their development is complete. Corn kernels were gently dissected open with a scalpel and any developing weevils were collected and the percent of adults, pupae, and larvae were determined. The weevils from the dissection were then surface sterilized and the levels of SPE were determined by qPCR. Corn kernels from the remaining two replicates of each of the groups from the second treatment were not dissected but checked daily for the emergence of adult weevils.
  • Assessment of Antibiotic Penetration into Corn
  • 25 mg of corn kernels was placed into a 50 ml conical tube and water or 2.5 mg/ml or 0.25 mg/ml ciprofloxacin in water was added to fill the tube. The kernels were soaked for 1.5 hours as described herein. After soaking, kernels were air dried and assayed to determine whether the antibiotic was able to coat and penetrate the kernel. To test this, a concentrated sample of Escherichia coli DH5a in water was spread onto 5 Luria Broth (LB) plates. To each plate the following was done, 1) a corn kernel soaked in water was added, 2) an entire corn kernel that had been soaked with 2.5 or 0.25 mg/ml ciprofloxacin was added, and 3) a half of corn kernel that had been soaked with 2.5 or 0.25 mg/ml ciprofloxacin was added and placed inside down on the plate. The plates were incubated overnight at 37 degrees C. and bacterial growth and/or zone(s) of inhibition were assessed the next day.
  • Soaking Corn Kernels in Antibiotics Allowed Antibiotics to Coat the Surface and Penetrate Corn Kernels.
  • To test whether ciprofloxacin could coat the surface of a corn kernel after a kernel, corn kernels were soaked in water without antibiotics or water with 2.5 or 0.25 mg/ml ciprofloxacin (as described above). A concentrated culture of E. coli was then spread onto LB plates and one of the coated kernels was then placed onto the center of the plate. The plates were incubated overnight, and bacterial growth was assessed the next day.
  • A lawn of bacteria grew on the entire plate with the corn kernel that had been coated in water without any antibiotics (FIG. 56A). In contrast, no bacteria grew on plates with entire corn kernels that had been soaked in either of the two concentrations of ciprofloxacin (FIG. 56B, left panels). These data show that the coating method employed in these experiments allowed for ciprofloxacin to successfully coat the surface of corn kernels and inhibit bacterial growth.
  • To test whether ciprofloxacin could penetrate the corn kernel, corn kernels soaked in 2.5 or 0.25 mg/ml ciprofloxacin were cut in half and placed cut side down on an LB plate with a concentrated culture of E. coli. The plates were incubated overnight and the next day bacterial growth was assessed. No bacterial growth was present on the plates with the kernels soaked in either concentration of antibiotic, indicating that ciprofloxacin penetrated the corn kernel (FIG. 56B, right panels). Together, these data indicate that the method of corn kernel soaking used for these experiments successfully coated and penetrated the kernels with the antibiotic.
  • Antibiotic Treatment Decreases SPE Levels in the F0 Generation.
  • S. zeamais mating pairs were divided into three separate treatment groups as defined in Experimental Design (above). Weevils were monitored daily and all weevils remained alive for the course of the experiment. After 18 days of treatment, weevils were surface sterilized, genomic DNA was extracted, and SPE levels were measured by qPCR. Weevils treated with water only had approximately 4 and 8-fold higher amounts of SPE compared to weevils treated with 250 ug/ml and 2.5 mg/ml ciprofloxacin, respectively (FIG. 57). These data indicate that treatment of weevils with ciprofloxacin resulted in decreased levels of SPE.
  • Antibiotic Treatment Delays the Development and Decreases the SPE Levels of the F1 Generation of Weevils.
  • The development of the F1 generation of weevils was assessed by dissecting corn kernels that F0 mating pairs had oviposited on for 7 days and were subsequently removed. After 25 days, 12 offspring were found in water/control-treated corn with the majority (˜67%) of offspring being in the pupae form (FIG. 58A). 13 and 20 offspring were found in weevils treated with 250 ug/ml and 2.5 mg/ml ciprofloxacin, respectively. Interestingly, weevils treated with antibiotic showed a delay in development compared to control treated weevils with the majority (38 and 65% for 250 ug/ml and 2.5 mg/ml ciprofloxacin, respectively) of the offspring being in the larval form (FIG. 58A).
  • Genomic DNA was extracted from weevils dissected from the corn kernels and qPCR was performed to measure the levels of SPE. Water treated F1 weevils had approximately 4-fold higher levels of SPE compared to weevils treated with 2.5 mg/ml ciprofloxacin (FIG. 58B). These data indicate that treatment with ciprofloxacin reduced the levels of the SPE in weevils which led to a delay in development.
  • Antibiotic Treatment Decreased Weevil Reproduction
  • The number of weevils that emerged over the course of 43 days after the initial mating pairs were removed from the second treatment was used a measure for the fecundity FIGS. 59A and 59B). The first weevil emerged on day 29, and the total number of weevils that emerged till day 43 were counted. While weevils treated with water and 250 ug/ml had similar amount of F1 offspring, there were much less offspring that emerged from the 2.5 mg/ml treatment group, indicating that antibiotic treatment decreased SPE levels affected weevil fecundity.
  • Together with the previous Examples, this data demonstrate the ability to kill and decrease the development, reproductive ability, longevity, and endogenous bacterial populations, e.g., fitness, of weevils by treating them with an antibiotic through multiple delivery methods.
  • Example 27: Mites Treated with an Antibiotic Solution
  • This Example demonstrates the ability to kill, decrease the fitness of two-spotted spider mites by treating them with rifampicin, a narrow spectrum antibiotic that inhibits DNA-dependent RNA synthesis by inhibiting a bacterial RNA polymerase, and doxycycline, a broad-spectrum antibiotic that prevents bacterial reproduction by inhibiting protein synthesis. The effect of rifampicin and doxycycline on mites was mediated through the modulation of bacterial populations endogenous to the mites that were sensitive to the antibiotics.
  • Insects, such as mosquitoes, and arachnids, such as ticks, can function as vectors for pathogens causing severe diseases in humans and animals such as Lyme disease, dengue, trypanosomiases, and malaria. Vector-borne diseases cause millions of human deaths every year. Also, vector-borne diseases that infect animals, such as livestock, represent a major global public health burden. Thus, there is a need for methods and compositions to control insects and arachnids that carry vector-borne diseases. Two-spotted spider mites are arachnids in the same subclass as ticks. Therefore, this Example demonstrates methods and compositions used to decrease the fitness of two-spotted spider mites and provide insight into decreasing tick fitness.
  • Therapeutic Design
  • Two treatments were used for these experiments 1) 0.025% Silwet L-77 (negative control) or 2) a cocktail of antibiotics containing 250 μg/ml rifampicin and 500 μg/ml doxycycline. Rifampicin (Tokyo Chemical Industry, LTD) stock solutions were made at 25 mg/ml in methanol, sterilized by passing through a 0.22 μm syringe filter, and stored at −20° C. Doxcycline (manufacturer) stock solutions were made at 50 mg/mL in water, sterilized by passing through a 0.22 μm syringe filter, and stored at −20° C.
  • Experimental Design:
  • This assay tested an antibiotic solution on two-spotted spider mites and determined how their fitness was altered by targeting endogenous microbes.
  • Kidney plants were grown in potting soil at 24° C. with 16 h of light and 8 h of darkness. Mites were reared on kidney bean plants at 26° C. and 15-20% relative humidity. For treatments, one-inch diameter leaf disks were cut from kidney bean leaves and sprayed with either 0.025% Silwet L-77 (negative control) or the antibiotic cocktail (250 μg/ml rifampicin and 500 μg/ml doxycycline in 0.025% Silwet L-77) using a Master Airbrush Brand Compressor Model C-16-B Black Mini Airbrush Air Compressor. The compressor was cleaned with ethanol before, after, and between treatments. The liquid was feed through the compressor using a quarter inch tube. A new tube was used for each treatment.
  • After leaf discs dried, four of each treatment were placed in a cup on top of a wet cotton ball covered with a piece of kimwipe. Each treatment setup was done in duplicate. 25 adult female mites were then placed in the cup. On day 4, the females were removed from the cup and the eggs and larvae were left on the leaf discs.
  • On day 11, mites at the protonymph stage and the deutonymph stage were taken from the cups and placed in their own tube so survival could be measured. Each tube contained a moist cotton ball covered with a piece of kimwipe with a half inch leaf disc treated with the negative control or the cocktail.
  • The mites were observed under a dissecting microscope daily after feeding on a leaf treated with the antibiotic or the control solutions, and classified according to the following categories:
      • Alive: they walked around when on their legs or moved after being poked by a paint brush.
      • Dead: immobile and did not react to stimulation from a paint brush
  • A sterile paint brush was used to stimulate the mites by touching their legs. Mites classified as dead were kept throughout the assay and rechecked for movement daily. The assays were carried out at 26° C. and 15-20% relative humidity.
  • Antibiotic Treatment Increased Mite Mortality
  • The survival rates of the two-spotted spider mites treated with the antibiotic cocktail were compared to the mites treated with the negative control. The survival rates of the mites treated with the cocktail were decreased compared to the control (FIG. 60).
  • This data demonstrates the ability to decrease fitness of mites by treating them with a solution of antibiotics.
  • Example 28: Insects Treated with a Solution of Purified Phage
  • This Example demonstrates the isolation and purification of phages from environmental samples that targeted specific insect bacteria. This Example also demonstrates the efficacy of isolated phages against the target bacteria in vitro by plaque assays, by measuring their oxygen consumption rate, and the extracellular acidification rate. Finally, this Example demonstrates the efficacy of the phages in vivo, by measuring the ability of the phage to the target bacteria from flies by treating them with a phage isolated against the bacteria. This Example demonstrates that a pathogenic bacterium that decreased the fitness of an insect can be cleared using a phage to target the bacteria. Specifically, Serratia marcescens which is a pathogenic bacterium in flies can be cleared with the use of a phage that was isolated from garden compost.
  • Experimental Design
  • Isolation of Specific Bacteriophages from Natural Samples:
  • Bacteriophages against target bacteria were isolated from environmental source material. Briefly, a saturated culture of Serratia marcescens was diluted into fresh double-strength tryptic soy broth (TSB) and grown for ˜120 minutes to early log-phase at 24-26° C., or into double-strength Luria-Bertani (LB) broth and grown for 90 min at 37° C.. Garden compost was prepared by homogenization in PBS and sterilized by 0.2 μm filtration. Raw sewage was sterilized by 0.2 μm filtration. One volume of filtered source material was added to log-phase bacterial cultures and incubation was continued for 24 h. Enriched source material was prepared by pelleting cultures and filtering supernatant fluid through 0.45 μm membranes.
  • Phages were isolated by plating samples onto double-agar bacterial lawns. Stationary bacterial cultures were combined with molten 0.6% agar LB or TSB and poured onto 1.5% agar LB or TSB plates. After solidification, 2.5 μL of phage sample dilutions were spotted onto the double-agar plates and allowed to absorb. Plates were then wrapped and incubated overnight at 25° C. (TSA) or 37° C. (LB), then assessed for the formation of visible plaques. Newly isolated plaques were purified by serial passaging of individual plaques on the target strain by picking plaques into SM Buffer (50 mM Tris-HCl [pH 7.4], 10 mM MgSO4, 100 mM NaCl) and incubating for 15 min at 55° C., then repeating the double-agar spotting method from above using the plaque suspension.
  • Bacteriophages were successfully isolated from both sewage and compost, as detailed above. Plaque formation was clearly evident after spotting samples onto lawns of the S. marcescens bacteria used for the enrichments.
  • Passaging, Quantification, and Propagation of Bacteriophages:
  • Propagation and generation of phage lysates for use in subsequent experiments was performed using bacteriophages isolated and purified as above. Briefly, saturated bacterial cultures were diluted 100-fold into fresh medium and grown for 60-120 minutes to achieve an early-logarithmic growth state for effective phage infection. Phage suspensions or lysates were added to early log phase cultures and incubation was continued until broth clearing, indicative of phage propagation and bacterial lysis, was observed, or until up to 24 h post-infection. Lysates were harvested by pelleting cells at 7,197×g for 20 min, then filtering the supernatant fluid through 0.45 or 0.2 μm membranes. Filtered lysates were stored at 4° C.
  • Enumeration of infective phage particles was performed using the double-agar spotting method. Briefly, a 1:10 dilution series of samples was performed in PBS and dilutions were spotted onto solidified double-agar plates prepared with the host bacteria as above. Plaque-forming units (PFU) were counted after overnight incubation to determine the approximate titer of samples.
  • In Vitro Analysis of Isolated Phages Measuring Bacterial Respiration:
  • A Seahorse XFe96 Analyzer (Agilent) was used to measure the effects of phages on bacteria by monitoring oxygen consumption rate (OCR) and extracellular acidification rate (ECAR) during infection. XFe96 plates were coated the day prior to experiments by 15 μL of a 1 mg/mL poly-L-lysine stock per well and dried overnight at 28° C. and XFe96 probes were equilibrated by placing into wells containing 200 μL of XF Calibrant and incubating in the dark at room temperature. The following day, poly-L-lysine coated plates were washed twice with ddH2O. Saturated overnight cultures of E. coli BL21 (LB, 37° C.) or S. marcescens (TSB, 25° C.) were subcultured at 1:100 into the same media and grown with aeration for ˜2.5 h at 30° C. Cultures were then diluted to O.D.600 nm˜0.02 using the same media. Treatments were prepared by diluting stocks into SM Buffer at 10× final concentration and loading 20 μL of the 10× solutions into the appropriate injection ports of the probe plate. While the probes were equilibrating in the XFe96 Flux Analyzer, bacterial plates were prepared by adding 90 μL of bacterial suspensions or media controls and spun at 3,000 rpm for 10 min. Following centrifugation, an additional 90 μL of the appropriate media were added gently to the wells so as not to disturb bacterial adherence, bringing the total volume to 180 μL per well.
  • The XFe96 Flux Analyzer was run at ˜30° C., following a Mix, Wait, Read cycling of 1:00, 0:30, 3:00. Four cycles were completed to permit equilibration/normalization of bacteria, then the 20 μL treatments were injected and cycling continued as above, for a total time of approximately 6 h. Data were analyzed using the Seahorse XFe96 Wave software package.
  • The effects of isolated bacteriophages were assayed by measuring oxygen consumption rate (OCR) and extracellular acidification rate (ECAR) of bacteria with a Seahorse XFe96 Analyzer. When E. coli was infected with phage T7 and S. marcescens infected with the newly isolated ϕSmVL-C1, dramatic decreases in OCR were observed following brief bursts in this rate (FIG. 64). For both phages with both host organisms, the Seahorse assay permitted the detection of successful phage infection without the need for plaque assays. Thus, this method is applicable for detecting phage infection of a host organism not amenable to traditional phage detection methods.
  • SYBR Gold Transduction Assay for Infection Identification:
  • Bacteriophage preparations were prepared for staining by pretreating with nucleases to remove extraviral nucleic acids that could interfere with fluorescent signal interpretation. Briefly, MgCl2 was added to 10 mL of phage lysate at 10 mM final concentration, and RNase A (Qiagen) and DNase I (Sigma) were both added to final concentrations of 10 μg/mL. Samples were incubated for 1 h at room temperature. After nuclease treatment, 5 mL of lysates were combined with 1 μL of SYBR Gold (Thermo, 10,000×) and incubated at room temperature for ˜1.5 h. Excess dye was subsequently removed from samples using Amicon ultrafiltration columns. Briefly, Amicon columns (15 mL, 10 k MWCO) were washed by adding 10 mL of SM Buffer and spinning at 5,000×g, 4° C. for 5 min. Labeled phage samples were then spun through the columns at 5,000×g, 4° C. until the volume had decreased by approximately 10-fold (15-30 min). To wash samples, 5 mL SM Buffer was added to each reservoir and the spin repeated, followed by two additional washes. After the third wash, the retained samples were pipetted out from the Amicon reservoirs and brought up to approximately 1 mL using SM Buffer. To remove larger contaminants, washed and labeled phage samples were spun at 10,000×g for 2 min, and the supernatants were subsequently filtered through 0.2 μm membranes into black microtubes and stored at 4° C.
  • Saturated bacterial cultures (E. coli MG1655 grown in LB at 37° C., S. marcescens and S. symbiotica grown in TSB at 26° C.) were prepared by spinning down 1 mL aliquots and washing once with 1 mL PBS before a final resuspension using 1 mL PBS. Positive control labeled bacteria were stained by combining 500 μL of washed bacteria with 1 μL of SYBR Gold and incubating for 1 h in the dark at room temperature. Bacteria were pelleted by spinning at 8,000×g for 5 min and washed twice with an equal volume of PBS, followed by resuspension in a final volume of 500 μL PBS. A volume of 25 μL of stained bacteria was combined with 25 μL of SM Buffer in a black microtube, to which 50 μL of 10% formalin (5% final volume, ˜2% formaldehyde) was added and mixed by flicking. Samples were fixed at room temperature for ˜3 h and then washed using Amicon ultrafiltration columns. Briefly, 500 μL of picopure water was added to Amicon columns (0.5 mL, 100 k MWCO) and spun at 14,000×g for 5 min to wash membranes. Fixed samples were diluted by adding 400 μL of PBS and then transferred to pre-washed spin columns and spun at 14,000×g for 10 min. Columns were transferred to fresh collection tubes, and 500 μL of PBS was added to dilute out fixative remaining in the retentate. Subsequently, two additional PBS dilutions were performed, for a total of three washes. The final retentates were diluted to roughly 100 μL, then columns were inverted into fresh collection tubes and spun at 1,000×g for 2 min to collect samples. Washed samples were transferred to black microtubes and stored at 4° C.
  • For transduction experiments and controls, 25 μL of bacteria (or PBS) and 25 μL of SYBR Gold labeled phage (or SM Buffer) were combined in black microtubes and incubated static for 15-20 min at room temperature to permit phage adsorption and injection into recipient bacteria. Immediately after incubation, 50 μL of 10% formalin was added to samples and fixation was performed at room temperature for ˜4 h. Samples were washed with PBS using Amicon columns, as above.
  • Injection of bacteriophage nucleic acid was required for a phage to successfully infect a host bacterial cell. Coliphage P1kc labeled with SYBR Gold and co-incubated with S. marcescens revealed the presence of fluorescent bacteria by microscopy, validating the use of this assay in a phage isolation pipeline. As with the Seahorse assay, this approach provided an alternative to traditional phage methods to permit expansion to organisms not amenable to plaque assay. Additionally, the SYBR Gold transduction assay did not require bacterial growth, so is applicable to analysis of phages targeting difficult or even non-culturable organisms, including endosymbionts such as Buchnera.
  • Testing In Vivo Efficacy of the Phages Against S. marcescens in Drosophila melanogaster Flies
  • S. marcescens cultures were grown in Tryptic Soy Broth (TSB) at 30° C. with constant shaking at 200 rpm.
  • The media used to rear fly stocks was cornmeal, molasses and yeast medium (11 g/l yeast, 54 g/l yellow cornmeal, 5 g/l agar, 66 ml/I molasses, and 4.8 ml/I propionic acid). All the components of the diet except propionic acid were heated together to 80° C. in deionized water with constant mixing for 30 minutes and let to cool to 60° C. Propionic acid was then mixed in and 50 ml of the diet was aliquoted into individual bottles and allowed to cool down and solidify. The flies were raised at 26° C., 16:8 hour light:dark cycle, at around 60% humidity.
  • To infect the flies with S. marcescens, a fine needle (About 10 um wide tip) was dipped in a dense overnight stationary phase culture and the thorax of the flies was punctured. For this experiment, four replicates of 10 males and 10 females each were infected with S. marcescens using the needle puncturing method as the positive control for fly mortality. For the treatment group, four replicates of 10 males and 10 females each were pricked with S. marcescens and a phage solution containing about 108 phage particles/ml. Finally, two replicates of 10 males and 10 females each that were not pricked or treated in anyway were used as a negative control for mortality.
  • Flies in all conditions were placed in food bottles and incubated at 26° C., 16:8 light:dark cycle, at 60% humidity. The number of alive and dead flies were counted every day for four days after the pricking. All The flies pricked with S. marcescens alone were all dead within 24 hours of the treatment. In comparison, more than 60% of the flies in the phage treatment group, and all the flies in the untreated control group were alive at that time point (FIG. 65). Further, most of the flies in the phage treatment group and the negative control group went on to survive for four more days when the experiment was terminated.
  • To ascertain the reason of death of the flies, dead flies from both the S. marcescens and S. marcescens+phage pricked flies were homogenized and plated out. Four dead flies from each of the four replicates of both the S. marcescens and the S. marcescens+phage treatment were homogenized in 100 ul of TSB. A 1:100 dilution was also produced by diluting the homogenate in TSB. 10 ul of the concentrated homogenate as well as the 1:100 dilution was plated out onto TSA plates, and incubated overnight at 30° C. Upon inspection of the plates for bacteria growth, all the plates from the dead S. marcescens pricked flies had a lawn of bacteria growing on them, whereas the plates from the dead S. marcescens+phage pricked flies had no bacteria on them. This shows that in the absence of the phage, S. marcescens likely induced septic shock in the flies leading to their fatality. However, in the presence of the phage, the mortality may have been due to injury caused by the pricking with the needle.
  • OTHER EMBODIMENTS
  • Although the foregoing invention has been described in some detail by way of illustration and example for purposes of clarity of understanding, the descriptions and examples should not be construed as limiting the scope of the invention. The disclosures of all patent and scientific literature cited herein are expressly incorporated in their entirety by reference.

Claims (15)

1-9. (canceled)
10. A method of decreasing fitness of an insect vector for a human pathogen, comprising: delivering to the insect vector a composition comprising a first agent, wherein the first agent is an antibiotic that targets a microorganism resident in the insect vector in a manner that results in a decrease in fitness of the insect vector.
11. The method of claim 10, wherein the microorganism is an obligate symbiont of the insect vector.
12. The method of claim 10, wherein the antibiotic is chosen from oxytetracycline, rifampicin, ciprofloxacin, doxycycline, ampicillin, polymyxin B, timentin, and azithromycin.
13. The method of claim 11, wherein the antibiotic is chosen from oxytetracycline, rifampicin, ciprofloxacin, doxycycline, ampicillin, polymyxin B, timentin, and azithromycin.
14. The method of claim 10, wherein the composition comprises a first agent and a second agent.
15. The method of claim 10, wherein targeting comprises altering at least one of a level, activity, or metabolism of the microorganism.
16. The method of claim 10, wherein delivering comprises providing the composition to at least one habitat where the insect vector grows, lives, reproduces, feeds, or infests.
17. The method of claim 16, wherein delivering comprises spraying.
18. The method of claim 16, wherein the composition is formulated as an insect comestible composition for ingestion by the insect vector.
19. The method of claim 10, wherein the insect vector is a mosquito.
20. The method of claim 19, wherein the antibiotic is azithromycin.
21. The method of claim 19, wherein the antibiotic is doxycycline.
22. The method of claim 10, wherein the insect vector is a tick.
23. The method of claim 22, wherein the antibiotic is oxytetracycline.
US16/826,728 2017-01-24 2020-03-23 Compositions and related methods for controlling vector-borne diseases Abandoned US20200261536A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US16/826,728 US20200261536A1 (en) 2017-01-24 2020-03-23 Compositions and related methods for controlling vector-borne diseases
US17/120,476 US20210275635A1 (en) 2017-01-24 2020-12-14 Compositions and related methods for controlling vector-borne diseases

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201762450057P 2017-01-24 2017-01-24
US201762583912P 2017-11-09 2017-11-09
PCT/US2018/015065 WO2018140507A1 (en) 2017-01-24 2018-01-24 Compositions and related methods for controlling vector-borne diseases
US201916480053A 2019-07-23 2019-07-23
US16/826,728 US20200261536A1 (en) 2017-01-24 2020-03-23 Compositions and related methods for controlling vector-borne diseases

Related Parent Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/480,053 Continuation US20190365853A1 (en) 2017-01-24 2018-01-24 Compositions and related methods for controlling vector-borne diseases
PCT/US2018/015065 Continuation WO2018140507A1 (en) 2017-01-24 2018-01-24 Compositions and related methods for controlling vector-borne diseases

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/120,476 Continuation US20210275635A1 (en) 2017-01-24 2020-12-14 Compositions and related methods for controlling vector-borne diseases

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20200261536A1 true US20200261536A1 (en) 2020-08-20

Family

ID=62978713

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/480,053 Abandoned US20190365853A1 (en) 2017-01-24 2018-01-24 Compositions and related methods for controlling vector-borne diseases
US16/826,728 Abandoned US20200261536A1 (en) 2017-01-24 2020-03-23 Compositions and related methods for controlling vector-borne diseases
US17/120,476 Pending US20210275635A1 (en) 2017-01-24 2020-12-14 Compositions and related methods for controlling vector-borne diseases

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/480,053 Abandoned US20190365853A1 (en) 2017-01-24 2018-01-24 Compositions and related methods for controlling vector-borne diseases

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US17/120,476 Pending US20210275635A1 (en) 2017-01-24 2020-12-14 Compositions and related methods for controlling vector-borne diseases

Country Status (9)

Country Link
US (3) US20190365853A1 (en)
EP (1) EP3573638A4 (en)
JP (2) JP2020509078A (en)
CN (1) CN111148523A (en)
AU (1) AU2018212575B2 (en)
BR (1) BR112019014958A2 (en)
CA (1) CA3047357A1 (en)
UA (1) UA126575C2 (en)
WO (1) WO2018140507A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111690587A (en) * 2019-03-13 2020-09-22 华东理工大学 Method for centrifugally screening grease yeast strains with high oil content and application thereof

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20200060286A1 (en) * 2017-01-24 2020-02-27 Flagship Pioneering Innovations V, Inc. Compositions and related methods for controlling vector-borne diseases
US20220227817A1 (en) * 2021-01-21 2022-07-21 The Chinese University Of Hong Kong Engineered globular endolysin, a highly potent antibacterial enzyme for multidrug resistant gram-negative bacteria
FR3128117A1 (en) * 2021-10-15 2023-04-21 Institut National De Recherche Pour L'agriculture L'alimentation Et L'environnement Combination of E. faecalis and an anti-inflammatory agent and uses thereof in the prevention and/or treatment of respiratory diseases

Family Cites Families (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6503881B2 (en) * 1996-08-21 2003-01-07 Micrologix Biotech Inc. Compositions and methods for treating infections using cationic peptides alone or in combination with antibiotics
WO2005034863A2 (en) * 2003-10-03 2005-04-21 Jarikuma Corporation Countermeasures against malaria
US20110263487A1 (en) * 2007-12-20 2011-10-27 University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. Plant Production and Delivery System for Recombinant Proteins as Protein-Flour or Protein-Oil Compositions
WO2009111838A1 (en) * 2008-03-13 2009-09-17 Agriculture Victoria Services Pty Limited Method of treatment using antimicrobial composition
WO2010080819A1 (en) * 2009-01-06 2010-07-15 C3 Jian, Inc. Targeted antimicrobial moieties
US8334366B1 (en) * 2009-04-29 2012-12-18 The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary Of Agriculture Mutant lycotoxin-1 peptide sequences for insecticidal and cell membrane altering properties
EP3317294B1 (en) * 2015-07-02 2023-03-15 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Stabilized anti-microbial peptides
US20200060286A1 (en) * 2017-01-24 2020-02-27 Flagship Pioneering Innovations V, Inc. Compositions and related methods for controlling vector-borne diseases

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111690587A (en) * 2019-03-13 2020-09-22 华东理工大学 Method for centrifugally screening grease yeast strains with high oil content and application thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN111148523A (en) 2020-05-12
US20210275635A1 (en) 2021-09-09
RU2019126318A (en) 2021-02-26
WO2018140507A8 (en) 2018-10-18
BR112019014958A2 (en) 2020-04-14
CA3047357A1 (en) 2018-08-02
AU2018212575A1 (en) 2019-07-04
UA126575C2 (en) 2022-11-02
JP2020509078A (en) 2020-03-26
US20190365853A1 (en) 2019-12-05
RU2019126318A3 (en) 2021-11-16
EP3573638A4 (en) 2020-12-23
JP2023052111A (en) 2023-04-11
WO2018140507A1 (en) 2018-08-02
EP3573638A1 (en) 2019-12-04
AU2018212575B2 (en) 2022-07-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20210195917A1 (en) Compositions and related methods for agriculture
US20210360934A1 (en) Compositions and related methods for controlling vector-borne diseases
US11690387B2 (en) Methods and related compositions for manufacturing food and feed
US20210275635A1 (en) Compositions and related methods for controlling vector-borne diseases
CA3046103A1 (en) Compositions and related methods for agriculture
RU2804136C2 (en) Compositions and corresponding methods for the control of diseases transmitted by vectors
RU2777518C2 (en) Compositions and corresponding methods for control of diseases transmitted by carriers
RU2805081C2 (en) Compositions and corresponding methods for agriculture
RU2780586C2 (en) Methods and corresponding compositions for manufacture of food products and feeds
BR112019014730B1 (en) METHOD TO INCREASE THE FITNESS OF A HONEY BEE

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: FLAGSHIP PIONEERING INNOVATIONS V, INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:FLAGSHIP PIONEERING, INC.;REEL/FRAME:052220/0034

Effective date: 20181207

Owner name: FLAGSHIP PIONEERING, INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:MARTINEZ, IGNACIO;CEZAR, CHRISTINE;MARTIN, BARRY ANDREW;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20180103 TO 20180123;REEL/FRAME:052219/0954

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION